8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 1/700
General Information 1
Care & Safety 2
Routine Maintenance 3
Attachments A
Body & Framework BElectrics C
Controls D
Hydraulics E
Transmision F
Brakes
GEngine K
ServiceManual
3CX, 4CX,
& Variants
From M/c No. 400001 To 460000
Publicación No. 9803/3260 Issue 9
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 2/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 3/700
Introduction
This publication is designed for the benefit of JCB Distributor Service Engineers who are receiving, or have received, training
by JCB Technical Training Department.
These personnel should have a sound knowledge of workshop practice, safety procedures, and general techniques associated
with the maintenance and repair of hydraulic earthmoving equipment.
Renewal of oil seals, gaskets, etc., and any component showing obvious signs of wear or damage is expected as a matter of
course. It is expected that components will be cleaned and lubricated where appropriate, and that any opened hose or pipe
connections will be blanked to prevent excessive loss of hydraulic fluid and ingress of dirt. Finally, please remember above all
else SAFETY MUST COME FIRST!
The manual is compiled in sections, the first three are numbered and contain information as follows:
1 = General Information - includes torque settings and service tools.
2 = Care & Safety - includes warnings and cautions pertinent to aspects of workshop procedures etc.
3 = Routine Maintenance - includes service schedules and recommended lubricants for all themachine.
The remaining sections are alphabetically coded and deal with Dismantling, Overhaul etc. of specific components, for example:
A = Attachments
B = Body & Framework ...etc.
The page numbering in each alphabetically coded section is not continuous. This allows for the insertion of new items in laterissues of the manual.
Section contents, technical data, circuit descriptions, operation descriptions etc are inserted at the beginning of each
alphabetically coded section.
All sections are listed on the front cover; tabbed divider cards align directly with individual sections on the front cover for rapidreference.
Where a torque setting is given as a single figure it may be varied by plus or minus 3%. Torque figures indicated are for dry
threads, hence for lubricated threads may be reduced by one third.
With the exception of slewing operations 'Left Hand' and 'Right Hand' are as viewed from the rear of the machine facingforwards.
Throughout this manual abbreviations are used to identify various machine types. The abbreviations and their full explanation
are as follows:
AWS - All Wheel Steer2WS - 2 Wheel Steer
2WD - 2 Wheel Drive
4WD - 4 Wheel Drive
The contents page at the beginning of each section will clearly identify using parenthesis () when a procedure/description is
pertinent to a particular machine, for example:
Loader Arm Safety Strut (AWS Machines)
- Fitting and Removing
Loader Arm Safety Strut (2WS Machines)
- Fitting and Removing
9803/3260 Issue 2*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 4/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 5/700
i
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
i
Issue 4*
Contents Page No.
Machine Identification Plate 1 - 1
Typical Machine Identification Number 1 - 1
Typical Engine Identification Number 1 - 1
Unit Identification 1 - 2
Torque Settings 2 - 1
Service Tools Numerical List 3 - 1
Service Tools
- Attachments 4 - 1
- Body & Framework 4 - 1- Electrics 4 - 5
- Hydraulics 4 - 6
- Transmission 4 - 10
- Engine 4 - 13
Sealing and Retaining Compounds 5 - 1
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 6/700
1 - 1
Machine Identification Plate
Your machine has an identification plate X mounted on the
loader tower as shown. The serial numbers of the machineand its major units are stamped on the plate.
The serial number of each major unit is also stamped on the
unit itself. If a major unit is replaced by a new one, the serial
number on the identification plate will be wrong. Either
stamp the new number of the unit on the identification plate,or simply stamp out the old number. This will prevent the
wrong unit number being quoted when replacement parts
are ordered.
The machine and engine serial numbers can help identify
exactly the type of equipment you have.
Typical Machine
Identification Number
SLP 3CX T S R E 0430001
A B C D E F G
A World Manufacturer Identification
B Machine Model
C Steer Type (T= 2WS, F=4WS)
D Build Type (S=Sideshift, C=Centremount, L=Loader)
E Year of Manufacture:R = 1994 1 = 2001
S = 1995 2 = 2002
T = 1996 3 = 2003
V = 1997 4 = 2004W = 1998 5 = 2005
X = 1999 6 = 2006
Y = 2000 7 = 2007
F Manufacturer Location (E = England)
G Machine Serial Number:
Typical Engine
Identification Number
AB 50262 U 500405 P
A B C D E
A Engine Type
AB = 4 cylinder turbo
B Build Number
C Country of Origin
D Engine Sequence Number
E Year of Manufacture
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
1 - 1
Issue 2
S218130X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 7/700
1 - 2
Unit Identification
Engine Serial Plate
The engine serial number is stamped on a label which is
fastened to the left side of the cylinder block (looking fromthe rear).
Syncro Shuttle Serial Plate
The Syncro Shuttle serial number is stamped on a label
which is mounted to the rear face of the unit.
Front Axle Serial Plate (All Wheel Steer Machines)
The front axle serial number is stamped on a plate mounted
on the axle.
Front Axle Serial Plate (2 Wheel Steer Machines)
The front axle serial number is stamped on a plate mounted
on the the axle.
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
1 - 2
Issue 2*
S088471
*
S145300
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 8/700
1 - 3
Unit Identification (cont'd)
Rear Axle Serial Plate (All Wheel Steer Machines)
The rear axle serial number is stamped on a plate mounted
to the front face of the axle, as shown.
Rear Axle Serial Plate (2 Wheel Steer Machines)
The rear axle serial number is stamped on a plate mounted
to the front face of the axle, as shown.
Powershift Serial Plate
The powershift serial number is stamped on a plate which is
mounted to the side of the unit as shown.
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
1 - 3
Issue 2*
S156570
S146790
S143050
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 9/700
2 - 1
Torque Settings
Use only where no torque setting is specified in the text. Values are for dry threads and may be within three per cent of the
figures stated. For lubricated threads the values should be REDUCED by one third.
UNF Grade 'S' Bo lts
Bolt Size Hexagon (A/F) Torque Settings
in (mm) in Nm kgf m lbf ft
1/4 (6.3) 7/16 14 1.4 10
5/16 (7.9) 1/2 28 2.8 203/8 (9.5) 9/16 49 5.0 36
7/16 (11.1) 5/8 78 8.0 58
1/2 (12.7) 3/4 117 12.0 87
9/16 (14.3) 13/16 170 17.3 125
5/8 (15.9) 15/16 238 24.3 175
3/4 (19.0) 11/8 407 41.5 3007/8 (22.2) 15/16 650 66.3 480
1 (25.4) 11/2 970 99.0 71511/4 (31.7) 17/8 1940 198.0 1430
11/2 (38.1) 21/4 3390 345.0 2500
Metric Grade 8.8 Bol ts
Bolt Size Hexagon (A/F) Torque Settings
(mm) mm Nm kgf m lbf ft
M5 (5) 8 7 0.7 5
M6 (6) 10 12 1.2 9
M8 (8) 13 28 3.0 21
M10 (10) 17 56 5.7 42
M12 (12) 19 98 10 72M16 (16) 24 244 25 180
M20 (20) 30 476 48 352
M24 (24) 36 822 84 607
M30 (30) 46 1633 166 1205
M36 (36) 55 2854 291 2105
Rivet Nut Bol ts/Screws
Bolt Size Torque Settings (for steel rivet nuts)(mm) Nm kgf m lbf ft
M3 (3) 1.2 0.12 0.9
M4 (4) 3.0 0.3 2.0
M5 (5) 6.0 0.6 4.5M6 (6) 10.0 1.0 7.5M8 (8) 24.0 2.5 18.0
M10 (10) 48.0 4.9 35.5
M12 (12) 82.0 8.4 60.5
Note: All bolts used on JCB machines are high tensile and must not be replaced by bolts of a lesser tensile specification.
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
2 - 1
Issue 1
SXXXXXX SXXXXXXSXXXXXX
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 10/700
3 - 1
1406/0011 Bonded Washer 4 - 7
1406/0014 Bonded Washer 4 - 7
1406/0018 Bonded Washer 4 - 71406/0021 Bonded Washer 4 - 6, 4 - 7
1406/0029 Bonded Washer 4 - 71604/0003 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1604/0004 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1604/0006 Male Adapter 4 - 6, 4 - 7
1604/0008 Adapter 4 - 61606/0003 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0004 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0007 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0008 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0009 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0012 Male Adapter 4 - 6, 4 - 71606/0014 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1606/0015 Male Adapter 4 - 6, 4 - 7
1606/0017 Male Adapter 4 - 7
1612/0006 Adapter 4 - 6
2401/0103 'O' Ring 4 - 7
4101/0202 Lock and Seal 5 - 14101/0402 Loctite 932 5 - 1
4101/0502 Loctite 262 5 - 1
4101/0602 High Strength Retainer 5 - 1
4102/0502 High Strength Gasketing 5 - 1
4102/1201 Multi-Gasket 5 - 1
4102/1901 Loctite 577 5 - 14104/0101 Activator N (Aerosol) 5 - 1
4104/0102 Activator N (Bottle) 5 - 1
4104/1538 JCB Cleaner & Degreaser 5 - 1
816/00017 Adapter 4 - 8
816/00189 Blanking Cap 4 - 8816/00190 Blanking Cap 4 - 8816/00193 Blanking Cap 4 - 8
816/00196 Blanking Cap 4 - 8
816/00197 Blanking Cap 4 - 8
816/00294 Blanking Cap 4 - 8
816/00439 Male Adapter 4 - 7
816/00440 Male Adapter 4 - 7816/15007 Male Adapter 4 - 7
816/15008 Male Adapter 4 - 7
816/15118 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
816/20008 Adapter 4 - 6
816/20013 Adapter 4 - 6
816/50005 Adapter 4 - 8
816/50043 Adapter 4 - 8816/55038 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6
816/55040 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6
816/60096 Adapter 4 - 8
825/00410 Crowfoot Wrench 4 - 5
825/99833 Adapter for 825/00410 4 - 5826/01099 Rivet Nut 4 - 1
826/01101 Rivet Nut 4 - 1
826/01102 Rivet Nut 4 - 1
826/01103 Rivet Nut 4 - 1
826/01104 Rivet Nut 4 - 1
826/01105 Rivet Nut 4 - 1892/00011 Spool Clamp 4 - 8
892/00039 Spool Clamp & A.R.V. Clamp 4 - 8
892/00041 De-glazing Tool 4 - 13892/00047 Adapter 4 - 8
892/00048 Adapter 4 - 8892/00049 Adapter 4 - 8
892/00051 Adapter 4 - 8
892/00055 Blanking Plug 4 - 8
892/00056 Blanking Plug 4 - 8892/00057 Blanking Plug 4 - 8
892/00058 Blanking Plug 4 - 8892/00059 Blanking Plug 4 - 8
892/00060 Blanking Plug 4 - 8
892/00071 Male Adapter 4 - 7
892/00074 Female Connector 4 - 8892/00075 Female Connector 4 - 8
892/00076 Female Connector 4 - 8
892/00077 Female Connector 4 - 8
892/00078 Connector 4 - 6
892/00137 Micro-Bore Hose 1/4in. BSP, 3 Metres 4 - 7
892/00167 Gland Seal Fitting Sleeve 4 - 9892/00174 Measuring Cup 4 - 12
892/00176 Extractor 4 - 9
892/00177 Extractor Collets 4 - 9
892/00178 Extractor Collets 4 - 9
892/00179 Bearing Press 4 - 10
892/00180 Seal Fitting Tool 4 - 9892/00182 Bearing Pad Driver 4 - 11
892/00223 Hand Pump 4 - 7
892/00224 Impulse Extractor 4 - 12
892/00225 Adapter for Extractor 4 - 12
892/00231 Gland Seal Fitting Sleeve 4 - 9
892/00232 Gland Seal Fitting Sleeve 4 - 9892/00233 Gland Seal Fitting Sleeve 4 - 9
892/00253 Pressure Test Kit 4 - 6
892/00255 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
892/00256 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
892/00257 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6892/00258 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6892/00259 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
892/00260 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
892/00261 Pressure Test Adapter 4 - 6
892/00262 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6, 4 - 7
892/00263 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6
892/00264 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6892/00265 Pressure Test 'T' Adapter 4 - 6
892/00268 Flow Monitoring Unit 4 - 6
892/00269 Sensor Head 4 - 6
892/00270 Load Valve 4 - 6
892/00271 Adapter 4 - 6
892/00272 Adapter 4 - 6
892/00273 Sensor Head 4 - 6892/00274 Adapter 4 - 7
892/00275 Adapter 4 - 6
892/00276 Adapter 4 - 6
892/00277 Adapter 4 - 6
892/00278 Gauge 4 - 7892/00279 Gauge 4 - 7
892/00282 Shunt 4 - 5
892/00283 Tool Kit Case 4 - 5
892/00284 Tachometer 4 - 5
892/00285 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Probe 4 - 5
892/00286 Surface Temperature Probe 4 - 5892/00293 Connector Pipe 4 - 6
892/00294 Connector Pipe 4 - 6
892/00295 End Float Setting Tool 4 - 10892/00298 Fluke Meter 4 - 5
892/00301 Flow Test Adapter 4 - 10
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
3 - 1
Issue 5
Service Tools Numerical ListPage No. Page No.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 11/700
3 - 2
892/00302 Flow Test Adapter 4 - 10
892/00304 Flow Test Adapter 4 - 10
892/00309 ARV Test Kit (Excavator Valve) 4 - 7
892/00333 Heavy Duty Socket 4 - 11
892/00334 Gland Seal Fitting Tool 4 - 9
892/00335 ARV Cartridge Removal Tool 4 - 7892/00706 Test Probe 4 - 7
892/00812 Drive Coupling Spanner 4 - 10
892/00817 Heavy Duty Socket 4 - 11
892/00818 Heavy Duty Socket 4 - 11
892/00819 Heavy Duty Socket 4 - 11
892/00822 Splined Bolt Socket 4 - 12892/00825 End Float Setting Tool 4 - 10
892/00836 Lifting Wire Assembly 4 - 13
892/00842 Glass Lifter 4 - 2
892/00843 Folding Stand 4 - 2
892/00844 Long Knife 4 - 3892/00845 Cartridge Gun 4 - 2892/00846 Glass Extractor (Handles) 4 - 3
892/00847 Nylon Spatula 4 - 4
892/00848 Wire Starter 4- -3
892/00849 Braided Cutting Wire 4- -3
892/00882 Alternator Pulley Socket 4 - 5
892/00891 Wheel Hub Seal - Fitting Tool 4 - 12926/15500 Rubber Spacer Blocks 4 - 4
990/00083 End Float Setting Tool 4 - 10
992/00800 Extractor 4 - 4
992/01003 Plug 4 - 7
992/04000 Torque Multiplier 4 - 12
992/04800 Flange Spanner 4 - 12
992/07601 Spanner 4 - 11992/07603 Replacer - Bearing Cup 4 - 11
992/07604 Replacer - Bearing Cone 4 - 11
992/07606 Measuring Cup - Pinion Bearing 4 - 11
992/07607 Preload Spacer 4 - 11
992/07609 Bearing Adapter 4 - 11992/07614 Bearing Adapter 4 - 11
992/00800 Pivot Pin Extractor Tool 4 - 4
992/09100 Spool Clamp 4 - 8
992/09200 Charging Tool 4 - 1
992/09300 Ram Spanner 4 - 8
992/09400 Ram Spanner 4 - 8992/09500 Ram Spanner 4 - 8
992/09600 Ram Spanner 4 - 8
992/09700 Ram Spanner 4 - 8992/10000 Ram Spanner 4 - 8
992/10100 Spool & A.R.V. Clamp 4 - 8992/10200 Body 4 - 7
992/12300 12V Mobile Oven 4 - 2
992/12400 Static Oven - 2 Cartridge 4 - 2
992/12600 Static Oven - 6 Cartridge 4 - 2
992/12800 Cut-Out Knife 4 - 3
992/12801 "L" Blades 4 - 3993/59300 2/4WD Pressure Test Tool 4 - 10
993/59500 Impulse Extractor Adapter 4 - 12
993/68100 Slide Hammer Kit 4 - 4
993/69800 Seal Kit 4 - 6
993/85700 Battery Tester 4 - 5
4104/1310 Hand Cleaner 4 - 2
The following parts are replacement items for kits and would
normally be included in the kit numbers quoted on pages
1/3-1 and 1/3-2.
Service Tools Numerical List Page No.
Replacement item for kit no. 892/00180892/00181 4 - 9
Replacement items for kit no. 892/00253
892/00201 Replacement Gauge 4 - 6
892/00202 Replacement Gauge 4 - 6
892/00203 Replacement Gauge 4 - 6892/00254 Replacement Hose 4 - 6
Replacement items for kit no. 992/09200
05/900137 Spring 4 - 1
1406/0011 Bonded Washer 1/4 in. BSP, 2 off 4 - 11410/0001 Washer 4 - 11604/0002 Adapter 1/4in. x 1/4in. BSP, 1 off 4 - 1
2401/0006 'O' Ring 4 - 1
2401/0104 'O' Ring 4 - 1
823/00242 Washer 4 - 1
823/00248 Washer 4 - 1
826/00696 Screw 4 - 1892/00135 Adapter 4 - 1
892/00150 Pressure Gauge 4 - 1
992/09206 Bleed Screw 4 - 1
992/09207 Snap Ring 4 - 1
Hammermaster 260 only
892/00823 Charging Device 4 - 1892/00824 Adapter 4 - 1
Replacement items for kit no. 892/00309
892/00340 Test Block Body 4 - 7
892/00341 Setting Body 4 - 7892/00343 Spanner 4 - 7
892/00345 Anti-Cavitation Lock Out Bung 4 - 7
993/68300 Adjusting Pin 4 - 7
Replacement items for kit no. 993/68100
993/68101 Slide Hammer 4 - 4993/68102 End Stops 4 - 4
993/68103 Adaptor - M20 x 5/8" UNF 4 - 4
993/68104 Adaptor - M20 x 1" UNF 4 - 4993/68105 Adaptor - M20 x M20 4 - 4
993/68106 Adaptor - M20 x M24 4 - 4993/68107 Bar - M20 x M20 X 800MM 4 - 4
993/68108 Adaptor - M20 x 7/8" UNF 4 - 4
993/68109 Adaptor - M20 x M12 4 - 4
993/68110 Adaptor - M20 x 5/8" UNF (Shoulder) 4 - 4
993/68111 Adaptor - M20 x 1/2" UNF 4 - 4
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
3 - 2
Issue 6*
Service Tools Numerical List (cont'd)Page No.
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 12/700
4 - 1
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 1
Issue 1
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section A - Attachments
Section B - Body & Framework
3 992/09200 Nitrogen Charging Tool for
Roadbreakers
4 892/00150 :Pressure Gauge
5 892/00135 :Adapter
6 1406/0011 :Washer7 1604/0002 :Adapter
8 992/09206 :Bleed Screw
9 823/00248 :Washer
10 2401/0006 :'O' Ring
11 05/900137 :Spring
12 1410/0001 :Washer13 992/09207 :Snap Ring
14 2401/0104 :'O' Ring
15 826/00696 :Screw
16 823/00242 :Washer
Hammermaster 260 only
892/00823 :Charging Device
892/00824 :Adapter
826/01099 M6 x 16mm Rivet Nut
826/01101 M6 x 19mm Rivet Nut
826/01103 M8 x 18mm Rivet Nut
826/01102 M8 x 21mm Rivet Nut
826/01104 M10 x 23mm Rivet Nut
826/01105 M10 x 26mm Rivet Nut
Installation Tool Available from:
Bollhoff Fastenings Ltd.
Midacre
The Willenhall Estate
Rose Hill
WillenhallWest Midlands, WV13 2JW
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 13/700
Cartridge Gun - hand operated - essential for theapplication of sealants, polyurethane materials etc.
JCB part number -
892/00845
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section B - Body & Framework
4 - 2
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 2
Issue 2*
S186250
S186240
S186300
Hand Cleaner - special blend for the removal of
polyurethane adhesives.
JCB part number - 4104/1310(454g; 1 lb tub)
12V Mobile Oven - 1 cartridge capacity - required topre-heat adhesive prior to use. It is fitted with a male
plug (703/23201) which fits into a female socket
(715/04300).
JCB part number - 992/12300
240V Static Oven - available with 2 or 6 cartridge
capacity - required to pre-heat adhesive prior to use.
No plug supplied. Note: 110V models available upon
request - contact JCB Technical Service.
JCB part number:992/12400 - 2 Cartridge x 240V
992/12600 - 6 Cartridge x 240V
Folding Stand for
Holding Glass -
essential for preparing
new glass prior to
installation.
JCB part number -892/00843
Glass Lifter - minimum 2 off - essential for glass
installation, 2 required to handle large panes of glass.
Ensure suction cups are protected from damage
during storage.
JCB part number - 892/00842
S186260
S186280
S186270
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 14/700
Cut-Out Knife - used to
remove broken glass.
JCB part number - 992/12800
Wire Starter - used toaccess braided cutting wire
(below) through original
polyurethane seal.
JCB part number - 892/00848
Glass Extractor (Handles) - used with braided cutting
wire (below) to cut out broken glass.
JCB part number - 892/00846
Braided Cutting Wire - consumable heavy duty cut-out
wire used with the glass extraction tool (above).
JCB part number - 892/00849
(approx 25 m length)
'L' Blades - 25 mm (1 in) cut - replacement blades for
cut-out knife (above).
JCB part number - 992/12801 (unit quantity = 5 off)
Long Knife - used to give extended reach for normally
inaccessible areas.
JCB part number - 892/00844
4 - 3
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 3
Issue 2*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section B - Body & Framework
S186320
S186310
S186360S186330
S186350
S186340
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 15/700
Slide Hammer Kit - 993/68100
1 :993/68101 Slide Hammer
2 :993/68102 End Stops
3 :993/68103 Adaptor - M20 x 5/8" UNF
4 :993/68104 Adaptor - M20 x 1" UNF5 :993/68105 Adaptor - M20 x M20
6 :993/68106 Adaptor - M20 x M24
7 :993/68107 Bar - M20 x M20 X 800MM
8 :993/68108 Adaptor - M20 x 7/8" UNF
9 :993/68109 Adaptor - M20 x M12
10 :993/68110 Adaptor - M20 x 5/8" UNF (Shoulder)11 :993/68111 Adaptor - M20 x 1/2" UNF
4 - 4
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 4
Issue 6*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section B - Body & Framework
Nylon Spatula -
general tool used for
smoothing sealants - also
used to re-install glass inrubber glazing because metal tools
will chip the glass edge.
JCB part number - 892/00847S186470
Rubber Spacer Blocks - used to provide the correct
set clearance between glass edgeand cab frame.
JCB part number - 926/15500
(unit quantity = 500 off)
S186550
S196910
12
2 2
3
5
7
8
64
9
11
10
992/00800 - Pivot Pin Extractor for Front Axle*
S218880
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 16/700
993/85700 Battery Tester
AVO Test Kit
1 892/00283 Tool Kit Case
2 892/00298 Fluke Meter 85
3 892/00286 Surface Temperature Probe
4 892/00284 Venture Microtach Digital
Tachometer
5 892/00282 100 amp Shunt - open type
6 892/00285 Hydraulic Temperature Probe
825/00410 15 mm Crowfoot Wrench
825/99833 Adapter
4 - 5
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 5
Issue 4*
S216200
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section C - Electrics
892/00882 Socket for Alternator Pulley Nut
(machines from serial number 430001)
S216770S239510
S188231
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 17/700
Pressure Test Adapters
892/00255 1/4 in BSP x Test Point
892/00256 3/8 in BSP x Test Point
892/00257 1/2 in BSP x Test Point892/00258 5/8 in BSP x Test Point
816/15118 3/4 in BSP x Test Point892/00259 1 in BSP x Test Point
892/00260 1.1/4 in BSP x Test Point
892/00261 5/8 in UNF x Test Point
Pressure Test 'T' Adapters
892/00262 1/4 in M BSP x 1/4 in F BSP x Test Point816/55038 3/8 in M BSP x 3/8 in F BSP x Test Point
816/55040 1/2 in M BSP x 1/2 in F BSP x Test Point892/00263 5/8 in M BSP x 5/8 in F BSP x Test Point
892/00264 3/4 in M BSP x 3/4 in F BSP x Test Point
892/00265 1 in M BSP x 1 in F BSP x Test Point
Hydraulic Circuit Pressure Test Kit
892/00253 Pressure Test Kit:892/00201 Replacement Gauge 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 )
:892/00202 Replacement Gauge 0-40 bar (0-600 lbf/in2 )
:892/00203 Replacement Gauge 0-400 bar (0-6000 lbf/in2 )
:892/00254 Replacement Hose
993/69800 Seal Kit for 892/00254 (can also be used with
probe 892/00706)
4 - 6
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 6
Issue 3*
S188131
S188121
S200141
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section E - Hydraulics
Flow Test Equipment
892/00268 Flow Monitoring Unit
892/00269 Sensor Head 0 - 100 l/min (0 - 22 UK gal/min)
892/00293 Connector Pipe892/00270 Load Valve
1406/0021 Bonded Washer
1604/0006 Adapter 3/4 in M x 3/4 in M BSP1612/0006 Adapter 3/4 in F x 3/4 in M BSP
892/00271 Adapter 3/4 in F x 5/8 in M BSP
892/00272 Adapter 5/8 in F x 3/4 in M BSP
816/20008 Adapter 3/4 in F x 1/2 in M BSP
892/00275 Adapter 1/2 in F x 3/4 in M BSP
892/00276 Adapter 3/4 in F x 3/8 in M BSP892/00277 Adapter 3/8 in F x 3/4 in M BSP
892/00273 Sensor Head 0 - 380 l/min
892/00294 Connector Pipe
1606/0015 Adapter 1.1/4 in M BSP x 1 in M BSP
892/00078 Connector 1 in F x 1 in F BSP1604/0008 Adapter 1 in M x 1 in M BSP1606/0012 Adapter 1 in M x 3/4 in M BSP
816/20013 Adapter 3/4 in F x 1 in M BSP
S188151
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 18/700
4 - 7
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 7
Issue 4*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section E - Hydraulics
Components for Loader Valve Block A.R.V. Testing
1 2401/0103 'O' Ring
2 1406/0018 Bonded Washer
3 992/01003 Plug
4 992/10200 Body for Hamworthy A.R.V.
Components for Excavator Valve Block A.R.V. Testing
892/00309 A.R.V. Pressure Test Kit
1 : 892/00340 Test Block Body2 : 892/00341 Setting Body
3 : 993/68300 Adjusting Pin
4 : 892/00343 Spanner
5 : 892/00345 Anti-cavitation Lock Out Bung
6 892/00335 A.R.V. Cartridge Removal Tool
Hand Pump Equipment
892/00223 Hand Pump892/00137 Micro-bore Hose 1/4 in BSP x 3 metres
892/00274 Adapter 1/4 in M BSP x 3/8 in M BSP Taper
892/00262 1/4 in M BSP x 1/4 in F BSP x Test Point
892/00706 Test Probe
892/00278 Gauge 0 - 40 bar (0 - 600 lbf/in2 )
892/00279 Gauge 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 )
Bonded Washers
1406/0011 1/4 in. BSP1406/0018 1/2 in. BSP
1406/0014 5/8 in. BSP
1406/0021 3/4 in. BSP
1406/0029 1.1/4 in. BSP
Male Adapters - BSP x NPT (USA only)
816/00439 3/8 in. x 1/4 in.
816/00440 1/2 in. x 1/4 in.
816/15007 3/8 in. x 3/8 in.
816/15008 1/2 in. x 3/8 in.
Male Adapters - BSP x BSP
1606/0003 3/8 in. x 1/4 in.
1604/0003 3/8 in. x 3/8 in.
892/00071 3/8 in. x 3/8 in. taper1606/0004 1/2 in. x 1/4 in.
1606/0007 1/2 in. x 3/8 in.
1604/0004 1/2 in. x 1/2 in.
1606/0017 5/8 in. x 1/2 in.
1606/0008 3/4 in. x 3/8 in.
1606/0009 3/4 in. x 1/2 in.1604/0006 3/4 in. x 3/4 in.
1606/0012 3/4 in. x 1 in.
1606/0014 3/4 in. x 1.1/4 in.
1606/0015 1 in. x 1.1/4 in.
S196400
S193850
S196700
S188140
S193860
1
2
6
4
5
3
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 19/700
4 - 8
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 8
Issue 2*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section E - Hydraulics
Female Cone Blanking Plug
892/00055 1/4 in. BSP
892/00056 3/8 in. BSP
892/00057 1/2 in. BSP
892/00058 5/8 in. BSP
892/00059 3/4 in. BSP892/00060 1 in. BSP
S193870
Male Cone Blanking Cap
816/00294 1/4 in. BSP
816/00189 3/8 in. BSP
816/00190 1/2 in. BSP
816/00197 5/8 in. BSP
816/00196 3/4 in. BSP816/00193 1 in. BSP S193880
892/00047 3/8 in. BSP (A) x 1/4 in. BSP (B)
892/00048 1/2 in. BSP (A) x 1/4 in. BSP (B)892/00049 5/8 in. BSP (A) x 1/4 in. BSP (B)
816/50043 3/4 in. BSP (A) x 1/4 in. BSP (B)
892/00051 1 in. BSP (A) x 1/4 in. BSP (B)
816/50005 1/2 in. BSP (A) x 1/2 in. BSP (B)
816/60096 3/4 in. BSP (A) x 3/4 in. BSP (B)
816/00017 1 in. BSP (A) x 1 in. BSP (B)S193890
Female Connectors
892/00074 3/8 in. BSP x 3/8 in. BSP
892/00075 1/2 in. BSP x 1/2 in. BSP
892/00076 5/8 in. BSP x 5/8 in. BSP
892/00077 3/4 in. BSP x 3/4 in. BSP
S193900
992/09100 Excavator Spool Clamp
992/10100 Hamworthy Loader Spool & A.R.V. Clamp
892/00011 Spool Clamp892/00039 Spool Clamp (Hamworthy A.R.V.)
S216210
Hexagon Spanners for Ram Pistons and End Caps
992/09300 55mm A/F
992/09400 65mm A/F992/09500 75mm A/F
992/09600 85mm A/F
992/09700 95mm A/F
992/10000 125mm A/F
S193930
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 20/700
4 - 9
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 9
Issue 2*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section E - Hydraulics
892/00176 Bearing Extractor for Hamworthy Pumps
892/00177 Bearing Collets (A) for 1900 Series Pumps
892/00178 Bearing Collets (A) for 2200 Series Pumps
S\216220
892/00180 Seal Fitting Tool for fitting 'O' ring and kin ring to
Danfoss Orbitrol Unit
892/00181 Replacement Plastic Boss
S216230
Gland Seal Protection Sleeves
892/00231 For 60 mm Rod Diameter
892/00232 For 70 mm Rod Diameter
892/00233 For 75 mm Rod Diameter
892/00167 For 90 mm Rod Diameter
S216240
892/00334 Gland Seal Fitting Tool
S216250
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 21/700
4 - 10
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 10
Issue 4*
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section F - Transmission
892/00179 Bearing Press (use
with appropriate adapters)
892/00295 End Float Setting Tool 892/00825 Reverse Clutch End Float Setting Tool
(Powershift transmission only)
S188190 S190760
990/00083 End Float Setting Tool
S188180
892/00812 Drive Coupling Spanner for front
and rear axle yoke couplings
and for 4WD output
coupling on SyncroShuttle
S196720
S188200
993/59300 2/4 WD Pressure Test
Adaptor & Clamp
S196750
A 892/00304 Flow Test Adapter
B 892/00301 Flow Test Adapter
C 892/00302 Flow Test Adapter
S188210
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 22/700
4 - 11
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 11
Issue 1
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section F - Transmission
992/07604 Replacer - Crownwheel Bearing
and Differential Bearing Cones
992/07614 Adapter Set - Bull Pinion Bearing
Remover/Replacer
992/07601 Spanner for Half Shaft Nuts
992/07609 Adapter - Steer/Drive Axle Pinion
Bearing Cone
992/07607 Spacer - Pinion Bearing Preload
992/07606 Measuring Cup - Pinion Bearing
892/00817 17 mm A/F x 3/4in. square drive
892/00818 22 mm A/F x 3/4in. square drive
892/00819 15 mm A/F x 1/2in. square drive
892/00333 19 mm A/F x 3/4in. square drive
892/00182 Bearing Pad Driver
992/07603 Replacer - Pinion Head Bearing Cup
S188160
S216260
S216270
S216280
S216290
S216300 S216310
S216320 S216330
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 23/700
4 - 12
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 12
Issue 3*
892/00174
Measuring Cup - Pinion HeadBearing
892/00822
Splined Bolt Socket for
driveshafts
992/04000
Torque Multiplier (use in conjunction with a torque wrench to give a 5:1
multiplication when tightening pinion nuts)
992/04800
Flange Spanner - for locking pinionflange while pinion nut is slackened or
torque set
S197040
892/00224
Impulse Extractor Set for Hub Bearing Seals
S197030
S197070
S190770
892/00225 Adapter - Impulse Extractor
Small 17mm to 25mm
Medium 25mm to 45mm
Large 45mm to 80mm993/59500 Adapter - Impulse Extractor (syncroshuttle and powershift transmission)
S197060
892/00891
Fitting Tool Assembly for
Wheel Hub Seals
S227760
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section F - Transmission
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 24/700
892/00836
Lifting Wire Assembly (for
engine removal)
4 - 13
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
4 - 13
Issue 2*
S219080
Service Tools (cont'd)
Section F - Transmission
892/00041 De-glazing Tool for Cylinder Bores (toassist bedding-in of new piston rings)
S192390
Section K - Engine
Fixture for Syncro Shuttle & Powershift Gearbox removal &replacement
Drawing available from:
JCB Service
Rocester
StaffordshireST14 5LS
Note: When removing/replacing a Syncro Shuttle Gearbox,
use items 1, 2 and 3.
When removing/replacing a Powershift Gearbox, use items1 and 4.
For details of other engine service tools refer to PerkinsService Manual, Publication No. 9806/0100
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 25/700
5 - 1
Sealing and Retaining Compounds
JCB Multi-Gasket A medium strength sealant suitable for allsizes of gasket flanges, and for hydraulic fittings
of 25-65mm diameter. 4102/1201
JCB High Strength Gasketing For all size of flanges where the strength
of the joint is important. 4102/0502
JCB High Strength Retainer For all retaining parts which are unlikely to
be dismantled. 4101/0602
JCB Lock and Seal A medium strength locking fluid for sealing
and retaining nuts, bolts, and screws up to
50mm diameter, and for hydraulic fittingsup to 25mm diameter. 4101/0202
Loctite 577 A medium strength thread sealing compound. 4102/1901
Loctite 262 A medium to high strength locking fluid for
retention and sealing of ram piston heads. 4101/0502
Loctite 932 A locking fluid for use on threads larger
than 50mm dia. 4101/0402
Loctite Activator N A cleaning primer which speeds the curing
rate of anaerobic products. 4104/0101 Aerosol4104/0102 Bottle
Direct Glazing Kit For one pane of glass, comprises items
marked † below plus applicator nozzle etc. 993/55700
† Ultra Fast Adhesive For direct glazing 4103/2109 310 ml
† Active Wipe 205 For direct glazing 4104/1206 30 ml
4104/1203 250 g
† Black Primer 206J For direct glazing 4201/4906 30 ml
Clear Silicone Sealant To seal butt jointed glass 4102/0933
Black Polyurethane Sealant To finish exposed edges of laminated glass 4102/2309 310 ml
JCB Cleaner & Degreaser For degreasing components prior to use of anaerobic
adhesives and sealants. 4104/1538 Aerosol
Section 1 General Information
9803/3260
Section 1
5 - 1
Issue 3*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 26/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 27/700
i
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
i
Issue 2
Contents Page No.
Safety Notices 1 - 1
General safety 2 - 1
Operating safety 3 - 1
Maintenance safety 4 - 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 28/700
1 - 1
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
1 - 1
Issue 1
Safety Notices
In this publication and on the machine, there are safety notices. Each notice starts with a
signal word. The signal word meanings are given below.
! DANGERDenotes an extreme hazard exists. If proper precautions are not taken, it is highly
probable that the operator (or others) could be killed or seriously injured.INT-1-2-1
!WARNINGDenotes a hazard exists. If proper precautions are not taken, the operator (or others)
could be killed or seriously injured.INT-1-2-2
! CAUTIONDenotes a reminder of safety practices. Failure to follow these safety practices could
result in injury to the operator (or others) and possible damage to the machine.INT-1-2-3
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 29/700
2 - 1
All construct ion and agricultural equipment can be
hazardous. When a JCB machine is correctly operated andproperly maintained, it is a safe machine to work with. But
when it is carelessly operated or poorly maintained it can
become a danger to you (the operator) and others.
Do not work with the machine until you are sure that you can
control it.
Do not start any job until you are sure that you and those
around you will be safe.
If you are unsure of anything, about the machine or the job,
ask someone who knows. Do not assume anything.
Remember
BE CAREFUL
BE ALERT
BE SAFEGEN-1-6
General Safety
!WARNING
DecalsYou can be injured if you do not obey the decal safety
instructions. Keep decals clean. Replace unreadable or
missing decals with new ones before operating the machine.
Make sure replacement parts include warning decals wherenecessary.INT-1-3-4
!WARNING
Care and Alertness All the time you are working with or on the machine, take
care and stay alert. Always be careful. Always be alert forhazards.INT-1-3-5
!WARNING
ClothingYou can be injured if you do not wear the proper clothing.Loose clothing can get caught in the machinery. Wear
protective clothing to suit the job. Examples of protective
clothing are: a hard hat, safety shoes, safety glasses, a well
fitting overall, ear-protectors and industrial gloves. Keep
cuffs fastened. Do not wear a necktie or scarf. Keep long
hair restrained.INT-1-3-6
!WARNING
Lifting EquipmentYou can be injured if you use faulty lifting equipment. Makesure that lifting equipment is in good condition. Make sure
that lifting tackle complies with all local regulations and issuitable for the job. Make sure that lifting equipment is
strong enough for the job.INT-1-3-7
!WARNING
Raised AttachmentsRaised attachments can fall and injure you. Do not walk or
work under raised attachments unless they are safely
blocked.INT-1-3-8
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
2 - 1
Issue 1
SXXXXXX SXXXXXXSXXXXXX
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 30/700
3 - 1
Operating Safety
!WARNING
Machine Condition A defective machine can injure you or others. Do not operate
a machine which is defective or has missing parts. Makesure the maintenance procedures in this handbook are
completed before using the machine.INT-2-1-2
!WARNING
ControlsYou or others can be killed or seriously injured if you operate
the control levers from outside the cab. Operate the controllevers only when you are correctly seated inside the cab.INT-2-1-3
!WARNING
Machine LimitsOperating the machine beyond its design limits can damage
the machine, it can also be dangerous. Do not operate the
machine outside its limits. Do not try to upgrade themachine performance with unapproved modifications.INT-2-1-4
!WARNING
Engine/Steering FailureIf the engine or steering fails, stop the machine as quickly as
possible. Do not operate the machine until the fault has been
corrected.INT-2-1-5
!WARNING
EngineThe engine has rotating parts. Do not open the engine cover
while the engine is running. Do not use the machine with the
cover open.INT-2-1-6
!WARNING
Entering/Leaving Always face the machine when entering and leaving the cab.
Use the step(s) and handrails. Make sure the step(s),
handrails and your boot soles are clean and dry. Do not
jump from the machine. Do not use the machine controls ashandholds, use the handrails.INT-2-1-7
!WARNING
ROPS/FOPS Structure
The machine is fitted with a Roll Over Protection Structure(ROPS) and a Falling Objects Protection Structure (FOPS).You could be killed or seriously injured if you operate the
machine with a damaged or missing ROPS/FOPS. If the
ROPS/FOPS has been in an accident, do not use the
machine until the structure has been renewed. Modifications
and repairs that are not approved by the manufacturer may
be dangerous and will invalidate the ROPS/FOPScertification.INT-2-1-9/3
!WARNING
Exhaust GasesBreathing the machine exhaust gases can harm and
possibly kill you. Do not operate the machine in closedspaces without making sure there is good ventilation. If
possible, fit an exhaust extension. If you begin to feel
drowsy, stop the machine at once. Get out of the cab into
fresh air.INT-2-1-10
!WARNING
Communications
Bad communications can cause accidents. Keep peoplearound you informed of what you will be doing. If you will be
working with other people, make sure any hand signals that
may be used are understood by everybody. Work sites can
be noisy, do not rely on spoken commands.INT-2-2-3
!WARNING
Ramps and TrailersWater, mud, ice, grease and oil on ramps or trailers can
cause serious accidents. Make sure ramps and trailers are
clean before driving onto them. Use extreme caution when
driving onto ramps and trailers.INT-2-2-6
! DANGER
SparksExplosions and fire can be caused by sparks from the
exhaust or the electrical system. Do not use the machine in
closed areas where there is flammable material, vapour or
dust.INT-2-2-10
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
3 - 1
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 31/700
3 - 2
Operating Safety (cont'd)
!WARNING
The transmission is in 4 wheel drive until de-selected byhydraulic pressure to 2 wheel drive. If the machine is to be
raised and the engine/transmission run, make sure all four
wheels are off the ground and supported by axle stands. If
only the rear wheels are raised, the machine could still drive
through the front axle.Trans 2-2/1
!WARNING
Powershift TransmissionDo not change from a high gear to a low gear (for instance,
4th to 1st) in one sudden movement whilst the machine is
moving. Otherwise the machine will rapidly decelerate, youor others could be killed or seriously injured. When selecting
lower gears, allow the engine speed to drop before each
gear change.2-1-1-9/1
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
3 - 2
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 32/700
4 - 1
Maintenance Safety
!WARNING
RepairsDo not try to do repairs or any other type of maintenance
work you do not understand. To avoid injury and/or damageget the work done by a specialist engineer.GEN-1-5
!WARNING
Modifications and WeldingNon-approved modifications can cause injury and damage.
Parts of the machine are made from cast iron; welds on cast
iron can weaken the structure and break. Do not weld castiron. Contact your JCB distributor for advice before
modifying the machine.INT-3-1-2/1
!WARNING
Metal SplintersYou can be injured by flying metal splinters when driving
metal pins in or out. Use a soft faced hammer or drift toremove and fit metal pins. Always wear safety glasses.INT-3-1-3
!WARNING
Electrical CircuitsUnderstand the electrical circuit before connecting or
disconnecting an electrical component. A wrong connection
can cause injury and/or damage.INT-3-1-4
!WARNING
CommunicationsBad communications can cause accidents. If two or more
people are working on the machine, make sure each is
aware of what the others are doing. Before starting the
engine make sure the others are clear of the danger areas;examples of danger areas are: the rotating blades and belt
on the engine, the attachments and linkages, and anywhere
beneath or behind the machine. People can be killed or
injured if these precautions are not taken.INT-3-1-5
!WARNING
PetrolDo not use petrol in this machine. Do not mix petrol with the
diesel fuel; in storage tanks the petrol will rise to the top and
form flammable vapours.INT-3-1-6
!WARNING
Battery
A battery with frozen electrolyte can explode if it is used orcharged. Do not use a machine with a frozen battery. Tohelp prevent the battery from freezing, keep the battery fully
charged.INT-3-1-7
!WARNING
Battery GasesBatteries give off explosive gases. Keep flames and sparks
away from the battery. Do not smoke close to the battery.Make sure there is good ventilation in closed areas where
batteries are being used or charged. Do not check the
battery charge by shorting the terminals with metal; use ahydrometer or voltmeter.INT-3-1-8
!WARNING
Battery TerminalsThe machine is negatively earthed. Always connect the
negative pole of the battery to earth.
When connecting the battery, connect the earth (-) lead last.
When disconnecting the battery, disconnect the earth (-)
lead first.INT-3-1-9
!WARNING
Hydraulic FluidFine jets of hydraulic fluid at high pressure can penetrate the
skin. Do not use your fingers to check for hydraulic fluid
leaks. Do not put your face close to suspected leaks. Hold apiece of cardboard close to suspected leaks and then
inspect the cardboard for signs of hydraulic fluid. If hydraulic
fluid penetrates your skin, get medical help immediately.INT-3-1-10/1
! DANGER
Hydraulic PressureHydraulic fluid at system pressure can injure you. Before
disconnecting or connecting hydraulic hoses, stop theengine and operate the controls to release pressure trapped
in the hoses. Make sure the engine cannot be started while
the hoses are open.INT-3-1-11/1
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
4 - 1
Issue 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 33/700
4 - 2
Maintenance Safety (cont 'd)
!WARNING
Diesel FuelDiesel fuel is flammable; keep naked flames away from the
machine. Do not smoke while refuelling the machine orworking on the engine. Do not refuel with the engine
running. There could be a fire and injury if you do not follow
these precautions.INT-3-2-2
!WARNING
OilOil is toxic. If you swallow any oil, do not induce vomiting,seek medical advice. Used engine oil contains harmful
contaminants which can cause skin cancer. Do not handle
used engine oil more than necessary. Always use barrier
cream or wear gloves to prevent skin contact. Wash skin
contaminated with oil thoroughly in warm soapy water. Do
not use petrol, diesel fuel or paraffin to clean your skin.INT-3-2-3
!WARNING
Soft Ground A machine can sink into soft ground. Never work under a
machine on soft ground.INT-3-2-4
!WARNING
Tyres and RimsOver-inflated or over-heated tyres can explode. Follow the
instructions in this handbook for inflating the tyres. Do not
weld or cut rims. Get a tyre/wheel specialist to do any repair
work.INT-3-2-6
!WARNING
Hot CoolantThe cooling system is pressurised when the engine is hot.
Hot coolant can spray out when you remove the radiator
cap. Let the system cool before removing the radiator cap.
To remove the cap; turn it to the first notch and let the
system pressure escape, then remove the cap.INT-3-2-9
!WARNING Always wear safety glasses when dismantling assemblies
containing components under pressure from springs. Thiswill protect against eye injury from components accidently
flying out.GEN 6-2
! CAUTION
Rams
The efficiency of the rams will be affected if they are notkept free of solidified dirt. Clean dirt from around the ramsregularly. When leaving or parking the machine, close all
rams if possible to reduce the risk of weather corrosion.INT-3-2-10
! CAUTION
CleaningCleaning metal parts with incorrect solvents can cause
corrosion. Use only recommended cleaning agents andsolvents.INT-3-2-11
! CAUTION
'O' rings, Seals and GasketsBadly fitted, damaged or rotted 'O' rings, seals and gaskets
can cause leakages and possible accidents. Renew
whenever disturbed unless otherwise instructed. Do not useTriochloroethane or paint thinners near 'O' rings and seals.INT-3-2-12
!WARNING
Fires
If your machine is equipped with a fire extinguisher, makesure it is checked regularly. Keep it in the operator's cab
until you need to use it.
Do not use water to put out a machine fire, you could spread
an oil fire or get a shock from an elecrical fire. Use carbon
dioxide, dry chemical or foam extinguishers. Contact your
nearest fire department as quickly as possible. Firefighters
should use self-contained breathing apparatus.INT-3-2-7/1
!WARNING
Jacking A machine can roll off jacks and crush you unless the wheels
have been chocked. Always chock the wheels at the
opposite end of the machine that is to be jacked. Do notwork underneath a machine supported only by jacks. Always
support a jacked-up machine on axle stands before working
underneath it.INT-3-2-8
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
4 - 2
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 34/700
4 - 3
Maintenance Safety (cont 'd)
!WARNING
Hydraulic Hoses
Damaged hoses can cause fatal accidents. Inspect thehoses regularly for:
- Damaged end fittings- Chafed outer covers
- Ballooned outer covers
- Kinked or crushed hoses
- Embedded armouring in outer covers
- Displaced end fittings.INT-3-3-2
!WARNING
Safety StrutRaised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause serious
injury. Before working under raised loader arms, fit the
loader arm safety strut.2-1-1-6
!WARNING A raised and badly supported machine can fall on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface before raising
one end. Ensure the other end is securely chocked. Do notrely solely on the machine hydraulics or jacks to support the
machine when working under it.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being started
while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-1
!WARNINGWaxoyl contains turpentine substitute, which is flammable.
Keep flames away when applying Waxoyl. Waxoyl can take
a few weeks to dry completely. Keep flames away during thedrying period.
Do not weld near the affected area during the drying period.
Take the same precautions as for oil to keep Waxoyl off your
skin. Do not breathe the fumes. Apply in a well-ventilated
area.5-3-1-9
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before working underneath it. Park
the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply the
parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and stop theengine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being started
while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-2
!WARNINGTo avoid burning, wear protective gloves when handling hotcomponents. To protect your eyes, wear goggles when
using a wire brush to clean components.HYD 1-3
!WARNING
JCB Extradig Dipper LubricantJCB Extradig dipper lubricant contains 1.53% lead. The
repeated swallowing of very small quantities can causechronic lead poisoning. Do not smoke or touch food while
handling this lubricant. Dispose of waste (rags etc.) in
accordance with local regulations.2-1-1-8
!WARNING
Fluoroelastomeric MaterialsCertain seals and gaskets (e.g. crankshaft oil seal) on JCBmachines contain fluoroelastomeric materials such as Viton,
Fluorel and Technoflon. Fluoroelastomeric materials
subjected to high temperatures can produce highly corrosive
hydrofluoric acid. THIS ACID CAN SEVERELY BURN.
New fluoroelastomeric components at ambient temperaturerequire no special safety precautions.
Used fluoroelastomeric components whose temperatures
have not exceeded 300°C require no special safetyprecautions. If evidence of decomposition (e.g. charring) is
found, refer to the next paragraph for safety instructions DONOT TOUCH COMPONENT OR SURROUNDING AREA.
Used fluoroelastomeric components subjected to
temperatures greater than 300°C (e.g. engine fire) must be
treated using the following safety procedure. Make sure that
heavy duty gloves and special safety glasses are worn:
1 Ensure that components have cooled then remove and
place material into plastic bags.
2 Thoroughly wash contaminated area with 10% calcium
hydroxide or other suitable alkali solution, if necessary usewire wool to remove burnt remains.
3 Thoroughly wash contaminated area with detergent and
water.
4 Contain all removed material, gloves etc. used in thisoperation in sealed plastic bags and dispose of in
accordance with Local Authority Regulations.
DO NOT BURN FLUOROELASTOMERIC MATERIALS.
If contamination of skin or eyes occurs, wash the affectedarea with a continuous supply of clean water or with calcium
hydroxide solution for 15-60 minutes. Get medical attention
immediately.INT-3-3-5/1
Section 2 Care & Safety
9803/3260
Section 2
4 - 3
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 35/700
Lubricants & Capacities 1 - 1
Service Schedules 2 - 1
Greasing- Loader Arms 3 - 1
- 6-in-1 Clamshovel 3 - 2- Backhoe Quick-Hitch 3 - 2- Loader Quick-Hitch 3 - 2- Stabilisers (Centremount Machines) 3 - 2- Backhoe (Sideshift Machines) 3 - 3- Backhoe (Centremount Machines) 3 - 4- Knuckle Boom (4CN (216) Models) 3 - 5- Front Axle (2-Wheel Drive Machines) 3 - 6- Front Axle (4-Wheel Drive Machines) 3 - 7- Front Axle (All Wheel Steer Machines) 3 - 8- Rear Axle (All Wheel Steer Machines) 3 - 9- Extending Dipper 3 - 10- Hydraulic Pump Driveshaft (2WS Machines) 3 - 10- Front and Rear Propshafts 3 - 11- Backhoe Quick Hitch (Hydraulic) 3 - 11
Oiling- Parking Brake Cable 4 - 1- Control Levers 4 - 1- Boom Lock 4 - 1
Loader Arm Safety Strut- Fitting and Removing 5 - 1
Slew Gearbox (Sideshift Machines)- Draining Water & Checking Oil Level 6 - 1
Hydraulic Fluid- Check Level 7 - 1
Hydraulic Tank Breather- Clean 7 - 1
Hydraulic Filter- Renew Element 7 - 2- Renew Element (from M409448) 7 - 3
Syncro Shuttle Transmission- Check Level 8 - 1- Renew Filter 8 - 1- Change Oil & Clean Strainer 8 - 1
Powershift Transmission- Check Level 8 - 2- Renew Filter 8 - 2- Change Oil & Clean Strainer 8 - 2
Front Axle Oil Level- Check Differential Oil Level 9 - 1- Change Differential Oil 9 - 1
- Check Hub Oil Level 9 - 1- Change Hub Oil 9 - 1
i
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
i
Issue 5*
Contents Page No.
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 36/700
Rear Axle Oil Level (AWS Machines)- Check Differential Oil Level 9 - 2- Change Differential Oil 9 - 2- Check Hub Oil Level 9 - 2- Change Hub Oil 9 - 2
Rear Axle (2WS Machines)- Check the Oil Level 9 - 3- Change the Oil 9 - 3
Engine Oil and Filter (To Serial No. 430000)- Check Level 10 - 1- Change Oil & Filter 10 - 1
Engine Oil and Filter (From Serial No. 430001)- Check Level 10 - 2- Change Oil & Filter 10 - 2
Fuel Filter (Glass Bowl Type)- Drain 10 - 3- Renew Element 10 - 3
Fuel Filter (Spin-on Cartridge Type))- Drain 10 - 3- Renew Element 10 - 3
Fuel Sediment Bowl- Drain 10 - 4- Clean 10 - 4
Fuel System- Bleeding 10 - 4
Cooling System- Antifreeze 12 - 1- Check Level 12 - 1- Drain & Refill 12 - 2
Fan Belt- Check Tension 13 - 1- Adjust 13 - 1
Cab Heater Filter (To Serial No. 430000)
- Clean 13 - 1
Cab Heater Filter (From Serial No. 430001)- Clean 13 - 2
Air Filter Pre-Cleaner- Empty 14 - 1
Air Filter- Renew Outer Element 14 - 2- Renew Inner Element 14 - 2
Parking Brake
- Check Adjustment 15 - 1- Pad Renewal 15 - 1
ii
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
ii
Issue 4*
Contents Page No.
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 37/700
Service Brakes (To Serial No. 430000)- Checking The Foot Brake Fluid Level 15 - 2
Service Brakes (From Serial No. 430001)- Checking The Foot Brake Fluid Level 15 - 2
Battery- First Aid 16 - 1- Checking Electrolyte Level 16 - 1- Cleaning the Battery 16 - 1- Jump Starting (Safety) 16 - 2- Jump Starting (Procedure) 16 - 2
Boom Lock (To Serial No. 430000)- Checking the Hydraulic Fluid Level 17 - 1
Boom Lock (From Serial No. 433724)- Checking the Hydraulic Fluid Level 17 - 1
Hydraulic Oil Cooler- Clean 18 - 1
Bulb Replacement- Headlight Bulb 19 - 1- Front Sidelight Bulb 19 - 1- Worklight Bulb 19 - 2- Front Indicator Light Bulb 19 - 2- Rear Brake/Sidelight Bulb 19 - 3- Fog Light Bulb 19 - 3- Number Plate Light 19 - 4
- Cab Interior Light 19 - 4- Rotating Beacon Bulb 19 - 5- Switch Illumination Bulbs 19 - 5
iii
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
iii
Issue 4*
Contents Page No.
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 38/700
1 - 1
Lubricants & Capacities
ITEM CAPACITY FLUID/LUBRICANT INTERNATIONAL
Litres UK Gal SPECIFICATION
Fuel Tank 100 22 Diesel Oil ASTM D975-66T Nos. 1D, 2D
Engine (Oil)➀ JCB 15W/40 Multigrade SAE15W/40, MIL-L-46152B,
2 Wheel Steer Machines -10 °C to 50 °C (14 °F to 122 °F) API CD/SE, MIL-L-2104D
- Build AA 9.7 2.1
- Build AA (Hot Climate) 11.0 2.4 JCB Super Universal Agricultural SAE10W/30, MIL-L-2105,
- Build AB 10.0 2.2 -15 °C to 30 °C (5 °F to 86 °F) MIL-L-46152, API CD/SE,
MIL-L-2104C
4 Wheel Steer Machines- Build AB 10.0 2.2 JCB Torque Converter Fluid SAE10W, MIL-L-46152,
-18 °C to 0 °C (0 °F to 32 °F) MIL-L-2104D, API CD/SE
Engine (Coolant) 20.0 4.4 JCB Universal Antifreeze/water ASTM D3306-74
Syncro Shuttle (2WD)➁ 15.75 3.5 JCB Special Transmission Fluid ESP-M2C 33G
Syncro Shuttle (4WD)➁ 16.25 3.6
(machines up to serial number 431230)
Syncro Shuttle (2WD)➁ 13.0 2.9 JCB Special Transmission Fluid ESP-M2C 33G
Syncro Shuttle (4WD)➁ 14.0 3.1
(machines from serial number 431230 to TBA)
Syncro Shuttle (2WD)➁ 14.4 3.2 JCB Special Transmission Fluid ESP-M2C 33G
Syncro Shuttle (4WD)➁ 15.4 3.4
(machines from serial number TBA - fitted with 12.2 inch convertors)
Powershift➁ 14.75 3.25 JCB Special Transmission Fluid ESP-M2C 33G
Front Axle (4WD)
Housing (2WS) 13 2.86 JCB HD90 Gear Oil API-GL-5
Housing (AWS) ➅ 18 3.96 MIL-L-2105C
Hubs (x2) 2.0 0.44
Rear Axle (AWS)
Housing 18 3.96 JCB Special Gear Oil Plus API-GL-4
Hubs (x2) 2.0 0.44
Rear Axle (2WS) 23 5.0 JCB Special Gear Oil Plus API-GL-4
Slew Gearbox 4.3 0.9 JCB HD90 Gear Oil API-GL-5, MIL-L-2105C
Brake System
- Standard 1.2 0.26 JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid ISO VG15
- Servo 1.4 0.31 ! CAUTION: DO NOT USE ORDINARY BRAKE FLUID
Hydraulic System➂ 135 29.7 JCB High Performance Hydraulic Oil ISO VG46
(Above 38 °C, 100 °F)
JCB Hydraulic Fluid HP32 ISO VG32(Below 38 °C, 100 °F)
Air Conditioning System 1544 g 3.4 lb Refrigerant Freon 12
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
1 - 1
Issue 6*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 39/700
1 - 2
(machines up to serial number 430000)
Air Conditioning System 1200 g 2lb 10oz Refrigerant R134a
(machines from serial number 430001)
Boom Lock 1.0 0.22 JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid ISO VG15
Grease Points --- JCB MPL Grease or Lithium based, No. 2
JCB HP Grease➃ consistency.
Extending Dipper --- Waxoyl➄
Electrical --- As a corrosion and moisture inhibitor all exposed connections should be
connections coated liberally with petroleum jelly.
➀ Note: New engines DO NOT require a running-in period. The engine/machine should be used in a normal work cycle
immediately, glazing of the piston cylinder bores, resulting in excessive oil consumption, could occur if the engine is
gently run-in. Under no circumstances should the engine be allowed to idle for extended periods; (e.g. warming up
without load). Engines of new machines are fil led at the factory with JCB 10W/30 Multigrade oil. This oil should be drainedafter the first 100 hours operation and the engine filled with the appropriate recommended grade as shown in the
lubrication chart. JCB 10W/30 Multigrade should also be used for the first 100 hours operation whenever a new or
reconditioned engine is fitted to the machine. After the first 100 hours operation, it is essential that the 10W/30 oil is
replaced by the lubricant recommended. The figure quoted is TOTAL system capacity. Use the MIN and MAX marks on
the dipstick when filling the system. Figures quoted within ±0.5 litre (0.11 U.K. gal).
➁ Note: The figure quoted is TOTAL system capacity. Use the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick when filling the system.
Figures quoted within ±1.0 litre (0.22 U.K. gal).
➂ Note: The total hydraulic system capacity depends on the equipment being used. Fill with all rams closed. Watch level
indicator on hydraulic tank.
➃ Note: JCB HP Grease is a high specification grease, in certain applications this grease must be used, for instance
transmission bearings during an overhaul.
➄ ! WARNING: Waxoyl contains turpentine substitute, which is inflammable. Keep flames away when applying Waxoyl.
Waxoyl can take a few weeks to dry completely. Keep flames away during the drying period. Do not weld near the
affected area during the drying period. Take the same precautions as for oil to keep Waxoyl off your skin. Do not breathe
the fumes. Apply in a well-ventilated area.GEN-1-3
➅ Note: AWS axles with limited slip differential must use JCB Special Gear Oil Plus.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
1 - 2
Issue 2*
Lubricants & Capacities (continued)
ITEM CAPACITY FLUID/LUBRICANT INTERNATIONAL
Litres UK Gal SPECIFICATION*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 40/700
2 - 1
Service Schedules
A badly maintained machine is a danger to the operator and the people working around him. Make sure that the regular
maintenance and lubrication jobs listed in the service schedules are done to keep the machine in a safe and efficient working
condition.
!WARNINGRaised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause serious injury. Before working under raised loader arms, fit the
loader arm safety strut.GEN 3-2
Apart from the daily jobs, the schedules are based on machine running hours. Keep a regular check on the hourmeter readings
to correctly gauge service intervals. Do not use a machine which is due for a service. Make sure any defects found during the
regular maintenance checks are rectified immediately.
Calendar equivalents:
10 Hours = Daily
50 Hours = Weekly
500 Hours = Six Months
1000 Hours = Yearly
2000 Hours = 2 Years
Pre-start Cold Checks Operation 10 50 †100 500 1000 2000
Service Points and Fluid Levels Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr
ENGINE
Oil level - Check ●
Oil and Filter ➃ - Change ● ● ● ●
Air Cleaner Dust Valve - Clean ● ● ● ●
Air Cleaner Outer Element - Change ● ●
Air Cleaner Inner Element - Change ●
Fuel Filter - Change ● ● ● ●
Fuel Filter - Drain ●
Coolant Quality/Level - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Fuel Sedimenter - Drain and Clean ● ● ● ● ●
Fan Belt Tension/Condition - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Valve Clearances ➂ - Check and Adjust ●
Engine Mounting Bolts for Tightness ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Radiator - Clean ● ● ●
All Hoses - Condition - Check ● ● ● ●
Precleaner - Clean ● ● ● ● ● ●
TRANSMISSION, AXLES
AND STEERINGTransmission Oil Level - Check ● ● ●
Transmission Oil - Change ● ●
Transmission Filter - Change ● ● ● ●
Axle Oil Level (incl. Hubs when applicable) ➀ - Check ● ●
Axle Oil (incl. Hubs when applicable) - Change ● ●
Axle Oil (Limited Slip Diff.) - Change ● ● ●
Tyre Pressures/Condition - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Front Hub Bearings ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Transmission Strainer - Clean ● ●
Drive Shafts - Security/Grease ● ● ● ●
Steer Axle Movement/Shimming ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Steer Axle Pivots and Linkages ➆ - Grease ● ● ● ●
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
2 - 1
Issue 6*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 41/700
2 - 2
Pre-start Cold Checks Operation 10 50 †100 500 1000 2000
Service Points and Fluid Levels Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr
HYDRAULICS
Oil Level ➁ - Check ● ● ● ●
Oil ➂ - Sample/Change ●
Oil Filter - Change ● ● ● ●
Hoses - Damage or Leaks - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Pipework - Damage or Leaks - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Rams - External Leaks - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Rams - Chrome Condition - Check ● ● ● ●
Hydraulic Oil Cooler - Clean ● ● ●
Boom Lock Fluid Level - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Hydraulic Oil Strainer - Clean ●
Hydraulic Tank Filler Cap (with integral filter) - Change ●
BRAKESBrake System Fluid Level - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Brake System Fluid ➂ - Change ●
Parking Brake - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Master Cylinder Rod ➂ - Adjustment Check ● ● ●
ELECTRICS
Battery Electrolyte Level (if applicable) - Check ● ● ●
Wiring for Chaffing/Routing - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Battery Terminals for Condition and Tightness - Check ● ● ● ●
BODYWORK AND CABSlew Actuator Oil Level ➀ - Check ● ● ● ●
Slew Actuator (in below freezing conditions) - Drain Water ● ● ● ● ●
Pins and Bushes - Check and Grease ● ● ● ● ● ●
Door/Window Hinges - Lubricate ● ● ● ● ●
All Cables - Lubricate ● ● ● ●
Cab Heater Filter ➅ - Clean ● ● ●
Extending Dipper - Adjust/Grease ● ● ● ● ●
Hydraclamp Shimming ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Door - Fit and Catches - Check ● ● ● ●
Cab Seat - Operation - Check ● ● ● ●
Cab Floor Mat - Condition - Check ● ● ● ●
Toe Plate Condition - Check ● ● ●
Front Mudguards - Security (if fitted) - Check ● ●
Windscreen Washer Fluid Level - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Condition of Paintwork - Check ● ● ● ●
Machine Generally - Check and Clean ● ● ● ● ● ●
Machine Generally for Leaks and/or Damage ➄ - Check ● ● ● ● ●
ATTACHMENTS
6-in-1 Clam Shovel - Grease ● ● ● ● ● ●
Backhoe & Loader Quick Hitch - Grease ● ● ● ● ● ●
Stabilisers (Centremount Machines) - Grease ● ● ● ● ● ●
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
2 - 2
Issue 5
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 42/700
2 - 3
Functional Test Operation 10 50 †100 500 1000 2000
and Final Inspection Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr
ENGINE
Idle Speed ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Maximum Governed Speed ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Stall Speed ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Maximum No-Load Speed ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Exhaust Smoke (excessive) - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Exhaust System Security ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Air Inlet System Security - Check ● ● ● ●
Throttle System and Control Cable ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
TRANSMISSION, AXLES AND
STEERING
Steer Modes - Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Steer Phasing ➂ - Check ● ● ●
Steering Proximity Switch - Operation ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
2WD/4WD Selection - Check ● ● ● ●
Wheel Nuts Torque - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Forward/Reverse and Gear Change - Operation - Check ● ● ● ●
Hydraulic Speed Control - Operation (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ●
Steer Circuit Pressure ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
Transmission Main Line Pressure ➂ - Check ● ● ●
Clutch Disconnect - Check ● ● ● ●
Neutral Start Operation - Check ● ● ● ●
Power Shift Selection (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ●
Clutch Pack Pressures ➂ - Check ● ● ● ●
HYDRAULICS
MRV Pressure ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Operation All Services - Check ● ● ● ● ●
Hose Burst Protection Valves (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ●
Offloader Valve Pressure ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
Auxiliary Circuit & Pressures ➂ - Check and Adjust ● ● ● ●
BRAKES
Foot Brake - Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Parking Brake - Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Servo Operation (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ●
ELECTRICS
Starter Motor - Check ● ● ● ●
Alternator - Output - Check ● ● ● ●
Wipers/Washers - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Beacon - Operation (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Heater - Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Warning Lights - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Lights and Instruments - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
2 - 3
Issue 4
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 43/700
2 - 4
Functional Test Operation 10 50 †100 500 1000 2000
and Final Inspection Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr Hr
ELECTRICS (continued)
Horn - Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Reverse Alarm - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Shovel Reset/Return to Dig (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Air Conditioner (if fitted) - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
Operation of Stop Control/E.S.O.S. - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
BODYWORK AND CAB
Teeth and Side Cutters - Check ● ● ● ●
Doors and Hinges - Fitment/Leaks - Check ● ● ● ●
Locks and Keys - Check ● ● ● ●
Seat/Seat Belts - Check ● ● ● ●
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment Operation - Check ● ● ● ● ● ●
† Note: First 100 Hours Service only, to be completed by your JCB Distributor.
➀ Note: Check for leaks every 50 hours, check level if leaking.
➁ Note: Check the hydraulic fluid level with the loader and backhoe in the travel position.
➂ Note: Jobs which should only be done by a specialist are indicated by a ➂.
➃ Note: If operating under arduous conditions, change the engine oil filter every 250 hours.
➄ Note: Check generally for leaks on ALL systems, for example, hydraulic, engine (coolant, fuel and oil), transmission, brakes,
axles etc. If a leak is evident find the source and repair as required. Make sure that the system is topped up with the
recommended fluid after repair. Examples of machine general damage are paintwork, toe plate, glazing rubbers etc.,
repair any damage as required.
➅ Note: If operating in dusty working environments, clean the cab heater filter more frequently.
➆ Note: The axles are factory greased with a high performace grease, if during service a standard grease is used, then the
interval must be reduced to every 50 hours.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
2 - 4
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 44/700
Note: The illustration shows an all wheel steer machine, the
loader arms grease points are identical for 2WS and AWS
machines.
Greasing
Loader Arms - for Interval see Service Schedule
For each grease point there is another on the other side of
the machine.
11 grease points each side -
Total 22 grease points.
Normally two strokes of the grease gun should be sufficient.
Stop greasing when fresh grease appears at the joint.
3 - 1
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 1
Issue 2*
140210
*
2
7
3
9
8
4
6
1
5
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 45/700
Backhoe Quick-Hitch
- for Interval see Service Schedule
For grease points 2 and 3 there is another on the opposite
side of the Quick-Hitch ( 4 and 5 ).
Total 5 Grease Points
Loader Quick-Hitch
- for Interval see Service Schedule
2 grease points each side -
Total 4 grease points.
Greasing (cont'd)
6 - in - 1 Clamshovel
- for Interval see Service Schedule
For each grease point there is another at the other end ofthe bucket.
3 grease points each side -
Total 6 grease points.
Stabilisers (Centremount Machines)
- for Interval see Service Schedule
3 grease points on each stabiliser -
Total 6 grease points.
3 - 2
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 2
Issue 2*
S137251
S138941S089921
S089961
*
41
2
3
B
2
53
1
2
3
2
1
3
4
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 46/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 47/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 48/700
3 - 5
Greasing (cont'd)
Knuckle Boom (4CN Models) - for Interval see Service Schedule
18 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 5
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 49/700
3 - 6
Greasing (cont'd)
Front Axle (2 Wheel Drive Machines) - for Interval see Service Schedule
12 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 6
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 50/700
3 - 7
Greasing (cont'd)
Front Axle (4 Wheel Drive Machines) - for Interval see Service Schedule
10 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 7
Issue 3*
*
S199790
1
23
4
5
6
7
8
9 0
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 51/700
3 - 8
Greasing (cont'd)
Front Axle (All Wheel Steer Machines) - for Interval see Service Schedule
12 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 8
Issue 1
S143010
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 52/700
3 - 9
Greasing (cont'd)
Rear Axle (All Wheel Steer Machines) - for Interval see Service Schedule
10 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 9
Issue 1
S143050
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 53/700
3 - 10
Greasing (cont'd)
Extending Dipper - for Interval see Service Schedule
!WARNINGWaxoyl contains turpentine substitute, which is
flammable. Keep flames away when applying Waxoyl.
Waxoyl can take a few weeks to dry completely. Keep
flames away during the drying period. Do not weld near
the affected area during the drying period. Take the
same precautions as for oil to keep Waxoyl off your skin.
Do not breathe the fumes. Apply in a well-ventilated
area.GEN-1-3
Extend the dipper.
Coat the working surfaces with Waxoyl.
Hydraulic Pump Driveshaft (2 Wheel Steer Machines)
- for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Grease Point (if fitted)
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 10
Issue 1
S157371
S140080
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 54/700
3 - 11
Greasing (cont'd)
Rear Propshaft - for Interval see Service Schedule
3 Grease Points
Front Propshaft (4 Wheel Drive ) - for Interval see Service
Schedule
3 Grease Points
Backhoe Quick Hitch (Hydraulic) - for Interval see Service
Schedule
! CAUTIONWaxoyl contains turpentine substitute, which is
inflammable. Keep flames away when applying Waxoyl.
Waxoyl can take a few weeks to dry completely. Keep
flames away during the drying period.
Do not weld near the affected area during the drying
period. Take the same precautions as for oil to keep
Waxoyl off your skin. Do not breathe the fumes. Apply in
a well-ventilated area.5-3-1-9
Coat the slide A with Waxoyl .
4 Grease Points
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
3 - 11
Issue 2*
S157500
S157510
1 3
2
3 21
S211750
4
3
2
1
A
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 55/700
4 - 1
Oiling
Parking Brake Cable
- for Interval see Service Schedule
Oil the clevis at the brake end of the cable and at the base ofthe lever.
Control Levers
- for Interval see Service Schedule
Oil the clevis at the bottom of every attachment control
lever.
Boom Lock
- for Interval see Service Schedule
Oil the clevis at the back end of the remote boom lock.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
4 - 1
Issue 1
S094680
S144460
S152200
S104990
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 56/700
5 - 1
Loader Arm Safety Strut
Fitting and Removing
Install the loader arm safety strut as detailed below before
working underneath raised loader arms.
Depending on the age and type of machine, the strut may be
stowed inside the cab, mounted on the left hand fender
cladding, as shown at X. Alternatively, the strut may be
stowed on the loader arm, as shown at Y.
Fitting
!WARNING
The loader arm safety strut must be fitted before any
work is done beneath raised l oader arms. Make sure the
shovel is empty, then fit the safety strut as instructed
below.GEN-1-7
1 Fully raise the loader arms and stop the engine.
2 Release fastener A and withdraw strut C from its
stowage bracket.
3 Push the strut C over the ram piston rod and secure the
strut in position with strap B.
4 Start the engine and slowly lower the loader arms until
the weight of the arms is just taken by the strut.
Removing
1 Raise the loader arms to take the weight off the strut,
then stop the engine.
2 Undo strap B, remove the strut C and return it to its
stowage position.
3 Secure the strut in its stowage position with fastener A.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
5 - 1
Issue 4*
SXXXXXX
S164101
S161710
X
C
A
C
B
S215110
A
C
Y
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 57/700
6 - 1
Slew Gearbox (Sideshift Machines)
Draining Water and Checking Oil Level
- for interval see Service Schedule
Note: In freezing conditions this procedure must be carried
out each working day.
1 Preparation
Park machine on level ground. Extend the dipper and
lower the boom to rest the bucket on the ground.
Engage the parking brake. Stop engine. Remove starterkey.
2 Draining Water
Slacken plug B. Close the plug when water stops
flowing and oil appears.
3 Check Oil Level
Remove fill/level plug A. Top up to bottom of filler hole
with oil specified on page 3/1-1.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
6 - 1
Issue 2*
SXXXXXX
S148080
SXXXXXX
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 58/700
Hydraulic Fluid Level
Check Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
Position the machine on level ground. Set the loader shovel
on the ground. Retract the extending dipper if fitted. Raise
the boom, swing in the dipper and close the bucket. Stop
the engine. Remove the starter key.
Look at the fluid level in the lens A. The level should be at
the red mark (or above). If the fluid is cloudy, water or air has
entered the system. Water or air in the system could
damage the hydraulic pump. Contact your JCB distributor if
the fluid is cloudy.
Note: Earlier machines have a sight tube H, the level should
be between the two marks on the tube.
If required, top up at B with hydraulic fluid specified on page
3/1-1.
7 - 1
Hydraulic Tank Breather
Clean - for Interval see Service Schedule
Remove screw C, washer D and cap E.
Remove filter F and wash in clean fuel.
Clean inside cap E and re-assemble onto valve body G.
Note: On machines from Serial No. M409559 the hydraulic
tank breather (and filter) forms an integral part of the
hydraulic tank filler cap B. Replace the filler cap (and
breather filter) with a new one at the recommended interval
(see Service Schedules ).
The filler cap is threaded and must be screwed onto the fillerneck, torque tighten the cap to 20 Nm (15 lbf ft), - this is
equivalent to hand tight plus a further quarter turn using a
spanner.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
7 - 1
Issue 2*
S209960
B
A
*
C
D
E
F
G
S145380
H
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 59/700
7 - 2
Hydraulic Filter
Renew Element- for Interval see Service Schedule
Position machine as at A and remove tank cap B.
Remove screws C, cover plate D and gasket E, discard the
gasket.
Remove complete element assembly F and seal G.
Remove nut and spring H. Remove element from spindle.
Remove the 'L' shaped seal K.
Clean magnets J (see note).
Fit a new element and gasket E. Refit cover plate D and
tighten screws C to 7Nm (5lbf ft).
Top up hydraulic tank and refit cap B.
Note: The filter core (item J ) on machines from serial number
402727 is non-magnetic.
Note: New machines are fitted with a 10 micron rated
element to eliminate all possible traces of contaminationfrom the hydraulic system. At the initial 100 hour service, fit
a new 25 micron rated element.
If the hydraulic system should become contaminated after
the initial service, then fit a 10 micron filter element for 100
operating hours to remove the contamination. After 100hours fit a new 25 micron element.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
7 - 2
Issue 2*
S142871
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 60/700
7 - 3
Hydraulic Filter
(from M/C Serial No 409448)
Renew Element
Note: New machines are fitted with a 10 micron rated
element to eliminate all possible traces of contamination
from the hydraulic system. At the initial 100 hour service, fit
a new 25 micron rated element.
If the hydraulic system should become contaminated after
the initial service, then fit a 10 micron filter element for 100
operating hours to remove the contamination. After 100
hours fit a new 25 micron element.
Position the machine as at A on page 7 - 2.
Removal
Remove screws A. Remove the cover plate B and gasket C,
discard the gasket.
Remove the spring D.
Hold handle E and pull the element assembly from the
hydraulic tank.
Hold canister F.
Hold handle E and rotate the element G 90°.
Replacement
Fit a new seal H.
Make sure that seal J is fitted in the new element.
Push the element G into its canister F and rotate the elemen
90° to lock it into position. Check that the element has
locked into position by pulling on handle E.
Install the element assembly in the hydraulic tank.
Fit spring D and new gasket C. Fit cover plate B and tighten
screws A to 5 lbf ft (7 Nm).
Add oil through filler.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
7 - 3
Issue 1*
A
B
CD
E
G
H
F
S185850
J
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 61/700
8 - 1
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Check Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
A- Dipstick/Filler
Oil level should be to the full mark on the dipstick when the
oil is cold i.e. before starting machine operation.
DO NOT OVERFILL
Change Oil & Clean Strainer
- for Interval see Service Schedule
Drain oil by removing strainer B. Clean strainer using a
suitable solvent.
When refitting strainer, renew gasket C and apply JCB Lockand Seal to bolts D.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
D 10 1.0 7.4
Renew Filter - for Interval see Service Schedule
Unscrew and discard element E.
Smear seal F with transmission oil, and fit new element hand
tight only.
Fill system to dipstick mark with JCB Special Transmission
Fluid.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
8 - 1
Issue 1
143030
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 62/700
8 - 2
Powershift Transmission
Check Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
A - Dipstick/Filler
Oil level should be to the full mark on the dipstick when the
oil is cold i.e. before starting machine operation.
DO NOT OVERFILL
Change Oil & Clean Strainer
- for Interval see Service Schedule
Drain oil by removing drain plug B.
Remove and clean strainer G. Clean strainer using a suitable
solvent.
When refitting strainer, renew gasket C and apply JCB Lock
and Seal to bolts D.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
D 10 1.0 7.4
Renew Filter - for Interval see Service Schedule
Unscrew and discard element E.
Smear seal F with transmission oil, and fit new element hand
tight only.
Fill system to dipstick mark with JCB Special Transmission
Fluid.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
8 - 2
Issue 1
S143040
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 63/700
9 - 1
Front Axle Oil Level
Check Differential Oil Level - for Interval see Service
Schedule
1 Remove fill/level plug A. Oil should be level with the
bottom of the fill/level hole.
2 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended axle oil.
Clean and refit fill/level plug A, torque to 79 Nm (58 lbf
ft).
Change Differential Oil - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Remove fill/level plug A and drain plug B (see note).
Allow time for the oil to drain out.
Note: On 2WS machines, drain plug B is positioned on the
underside of the axle.
2 Clean and refit drain plug B, torque to 79 Nm (58 lbf ft).
3 Fill the axle with JCB recommended axle oil through the
fill/level hole A. Oil should be level with the bottom of
the fill/level hole.
4 Clean and refit fill/level plug A, torque to 79 Nm (58 lbf
ft).
Check Hub Oil Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Make sure the OIL LEVEL mark on the hub is
horizontal.
2 Remove fill/level plug C. Oil should be level with the
bottom of the fill/level hole.
3 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended axle oil.
Clean and refit fill/level plug C.
Change Hub Oil - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Set the machine level, with the tyres just clear of the
ground. Manually rotate the wheels to bring the OIL
LEVEL mark on the hubs to the vertical position, with
the fill/level plugs C at the bottom.
2 Remove fill/level plugs C. Allow time for the oil to drain
out.
3 Set OIL LEVEL marks to the horizontal.
4 Fill the hubs with JCB recommended axle oil through
the fill/level holes C. Oil should be level with the bottom
of the fill/level hole.
5 Clean and refit fill/level plugs C.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
9 - 1
Issue 2*
S162260
S113430
S113430
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 64/700
9 - 2
Rear Axle Oil Level (All Wheel Steer
Machines)
Check Differential Oil Level - for Interval see Service
Schedule
1 Remove fill/level plug A. Oil should be level with the
bottom of the fill/level hole.
2 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended axle oil.
Clean and refit fill/level plug A.
Change Differential Oil - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Remove fill/level plug A and drain plug B. Allow time for
the oil to drain out.
2 Clean and refit drain plug B.
3 Fill the axle with JCB recommended axle oil through the
fill/level hole A. Oil should be level with the bottom of
the fill/level hole.
4 Clean and refit fill/level plug A.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
9 - 2
Issue 2*
S113450
*Check Hub Oil Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Make sure the OIL LEVEL mark on the hub is horizontal.
2 Remove fill/level plug C. Oil should be level with the
bottom of the fill/level hole.
3 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended axle oil.
Clean and refit fill/level plug C.
Change Hub Oil - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Set the machine level, with the tyres just clear of the
ground. Manually rotate the wheels to bring the OIL
LEVEL mark on the hubs to the vertical position, with
the fill/level plugs C at the bottom.
2 Remove fill/level plugs C. Allow time for the oil to drain
out.
3 Set OIL LEVEL marks to the horizontal.
4 Fill the hubs with JCB recommended axle oil through
the fill/level holes C. Oil should be level with the bottomof the fill/level hole.
5 Clean and refit fill/level plugs C.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 65/700
9 - 3
Rear Axle Oil Level (2 Wheel Steer
Machines)
Check Oil Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
Note: It is essential that the machine is parked on level
ground to ensure accurate oil level checking.
1 At the drive head casing remove fill/ level plug A. Oil
should be level with the bottom of the fill/level hole.
2 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended axle oil.
Clean and refit fill/level plug A.
Change Oil - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Set the machine level, with the machine tyres just clear
of the ground. Manually rotate both wheels of the axle
to bring the OIL LEVEL mark on the hubs to the
vertical position, with the fill/level plugs C at thebottom.
2 Remove fill/level plugs C from the hubs and drain plug
B from the drive head casing. Allow time for the oil to
drain out.
3 Clean and refit drain plug B.
4 Set both hub OIL LEVEL marks to the horizontal.
5 Fill the axle with the specified quantity of oil through
drive head casing fill/level plug A. If the machine has
been set level, oil should just dribble out both hub
fill/level points.
6 Clean and refit both hub fill/level plugs C and fill/level
plug A.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
9 - 3
Issue 1
S113450
S113440
S113400
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 66/700
10 - 1
Engine Oil and Filter
Check Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Make sure that the oil level is between the two marks
on the dipstick A .
2 If necessary, top up with JCB recommended oil
through filler point B.
3 Replace dipstick and filler cap.
Change Oil & Filter - for Interval see Service Schedule
!CAUTIONOil is toxic. If you swallow any oil, do not induce
vomiting, seek medical advice. Used engine oil contains
harmful contaminants which can cause skin cancer. Do
not handle used engine oil more than necessary. Always
use barrier cream or wear gloves to prevent skin
contact. Wash skin contaminated with oil thoroughly in
warm soapy water. Do not use petrol, diesel fuel or
paraffin to clean your skin.INT-3-2-3
1 Remove drain plug C and discard the 'O' ring. Drain the
oil into a suitable container. Clean and refit the drain
plug with a new 'O' ring. Tighten to 34 Nm (25 lbf ft).
2 Change the filter:
a Unscrew oil filter canister D.
b Clean the filter head E.
c Smear the new filter canister seal F with engine oil.d Screw in the new filter canister - hand tight only.
3 Fill the engine with new oil. Wipe off any spilt oil. Check
the system for leaks.
4 Replace filler cap.
After refilling with oil, extract from the fuse box (adjacent tothe instrument console) the fuse controlling the electric fuel
shut off valve (mounted on the fuel injection pump) then
operate the starter until the oil pressure warning light is
extinguished.
Reinsert the electric shut off valve fuse, run the engine at
idling speed for a few seconds, then check for oil leaks
again.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
10 - 1
Issue 1
S142900
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 67/700
Engine Oil and Filter (From Serial No.
430001)
Checking the Oil Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage theparking brake and set the transmission to neutral. Raise
and block the loader arms. Lower the backhoe to the
ground and stop the engine.
2 Open the bonnet.
3 Check that the oil level is between the two marks on
the dipstick A . Add oil if necessary, through filler B.
Make sure that the dipstick and filler cap are fully
inserted and tightened.
10 - 2
Changing the Oil and Filter - for Interval see Service
Schedule
!WARNINGOil is toxic. If you swallow any oil, do not induce
vomiting, seek medical advice. Used engine oil contains
harmful contaminants which can cause skin cancer. Do
not handle used engine oil more than necessary. Always
use barrier cream or wear gloves to prevent skin
contact. Wash skin contaminated with oil thoroughly in
warm soapy water. Do not use petrol, diesel fuel or
paraffin to clean your skin.INT-3-2-3
1 Place a container that can hold at least 12 litres (3 gal)
beneath the engine (to catch the oil).
2 Remove drain plug C and its 'O' ring. Let the oil drain
out, then clean and refit the drain plug with a new 'O'
ring. Tighten to 34 Nm (25 lbf ft).
3 Change the filter:
a Unscrew the filter canister D. Remember that it will
be full of oil.
b Check that adapter G is secure.
c Clean the filter head F.d Add clean engine lubricating oil to the new filter
canister. Allow enough time for the oil to pass
through the filter element.
e Smear the seal E on the new filter with oil. Screw inthe new filter canister - hand tight only.
4 Fill the engine to the max mark on the dipstick with new
oil through the filler. Check for leaks. Make sure the
filler cap is correctly refitted.
5 Obtain oil pressure:
Make sure the engine will not start and turn the starterswitch to operate the starter motor until the oil pressure
light is extinguished. (To make sure the engine will not
start, remove the engine shut-off solenoid fuse, housed
in the fuse box).
6 Check for leaks:Re-insert the engine shut-off solenoid fuse and operate
the engine. Check for leaks. When the engine has
cooled, check the oil level.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
10 - 2
Issue 3
S209020
A
B
F
G
EC
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 68/700
10 - 3
Fuel Filter (Glass Bowl Type)
Drain - for Interval see Service Schedule
Drain off any water in bowl B by turning tap A.
Renew Element - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Hold bowl B and unscrew bolt C, remove bowl and
filter element E. Wash the bowl in clean fuel.
2 Inspect seals D and 'O' ring seals F, renew if damaged.
3 Fit new element E, seals D, 'O' rings F and bowl B.
Tighten bolt C. Check for leaks.
4 Bleed the fuel system as described on page 3/10-4.
Fuel Filter (Spin-on Cartridge Type)
Drain - for Interval see Service Schedule
Drain off any water in the element G by turning tap H.
Renew Element - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Unscrew the filter element G. The element is hand tight
but may require a strap wrench to remove. The filter willbe full of fuel.
2 To assist with bleeding, fill the new filter element with
fuel before fitting. Install new element G hand tight only.
Check for leaks.
3 Bleed the fuel system as described on page 3/10-4.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
10 - 3
Issue 2*
S142950
C
F
F D
E
D
B
D
DA
H
G
* *
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 69/700
10 - 4
Fuel Sediment Bowl
Drain - for Interval see Service Schedule
Drain off any water in bowl by turning tap G.
Clean - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Hold bowl J and unscrew bolt K . Remove and wash the
bowl in clean fuel.
2 Refit the bowl; make sure seals are seated correctly.
3 Bleed the fuel system as described on page 3/10 - 4.
Note: Do not over-tighten bolt K .
Bleed the Fuel System
! CAUTIONRunning the engine with air in the system could damage
the fuel injection pump. After maintenance, remove air
from the system as detailed below.2-3-3-7
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral. Raise
and block the loader arms. Lower the backhoe to the
ground and stop the engine.
2 Set the starter key to the IGN position.
!WARNINGHot oil and engine components can burn you. Make sure
the engine is cool before doing this job.2-3-3-2
3 Operate the fuel lift pump priming lever X slowly, for
approximately two minutes. The engine is now ready to
start. If the engine runs smoothly for a short time, and
then begins to run roughly or stops, check again for air
in the fuel system. Check all seals and connections,
especially in the low pressure side of the system.
Note: If no fuel is moved when the fuel lift pump priming
lever X is operated, then the pump diaphragm may have
rested in a 'maximum lift' position. To move the diaphragm,
use the starter key to turn the engine, then try the priming
lever again.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
10 - 4
Issue 1
S142960
K
J
G
S209040
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 70/700
Check Level - for Interval see Service Schedule
The engine coolant level can be visually checked when the
engine is hot or cold. However if coolant needs to be addedthen make sure that the engine has cooled before removing
the coolant reservoir cap.
1 Park the machine on level ground.
2 Visually check the coolant level reservoir. The coolant
level must be between the two marks indicated on the
reservoir, shown at A.
!WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised when the engine ishot. Hot coolant can spray out when you remove the cap.
Let the system cool before removing the cap.ENG-1-2
3 If necessary, top up with pre-mixed water/anti-freeze.
Re-fit the cap.
12 - 1
Cooling System
An ti freeze
The protection provided by JCB Universal Anti-freeze is
shown below. If any other anti-freeze is used, refer to themanufacturers' instructions and ensure that a corrosion
inhibitor is included.
DO NOT use solutions of more than 60% or less than 50%
or damage to the cooling system will occur.
Solution Maintains circulation Protects against
down to: damage down to:deg C deg F deg C deg F
55% -36 -33 -41 -42
The strength of the anti-freeze solution must be checked at
least once a year, preferably at the beginning of the cold
period.
It is an advantage to leave the anti-freeze in all the year
round as it gives continued protection against corrosion. Always renew the anti-freeze every two years.
A 50% anti-freeze mixture must be used even if frost
protection is not needed. This gives protection against
corrosion and raises the coolant's boiling point.
Note: After adding anti-freeze or topping up with pre-mixed
solution ensure that the cab heater control is in the hot
position and the engine run. This will ensure the coolantmixture circulates through the entire cooling system.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
12 - 1
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 71/700
12 - 2
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
12 - 2
Issue 1
Cooling System
Drain and Refill - for Interval see Service Schedule
!WARNING
The cooling system is pressurised when the coolant is
hot. Hot coolant will burn you. Make sure the engine is
cool before draining the system.ENG-1-3
1 Park the machine on level ground.
2 Wait until the engine has cooled down.
3 Carefully loosen filler cap A and let any pressure
escape, then remove the cap.
4 Remove drain plug C from the cylinder block and drain
the coolant.
5 Remove the bolts holding the front radiator grille in
position. Remove the grille to gain access to the
radiator bottom hose.
6 Remove the radiator hose at D and drain the coolant.
7 Flush the system with clean water.
8 Refit drain points C and D, and the front radiator grille.
9 Fill the system with a correct water/anti-freeze mixture
and refit filler cap A.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 72/700
13 - 1
Fan Belt
Check Tension - for Interval see Service Schedule
Adjustment
1 Park the machine on level ground.
2 Loosen bolts A, B, C, and D holding the alternator.
3 Reposition the alternator until belt deflection at point X
is approximately 10mm (3/8 in.).
! CAUTION
If any leverage is necessary, use a length of wood at the
drive end bracket only; otherwise damage to thealternator may be caused.ENG 1-4
4 Tighten bolts A, B, C, and D ensuring that bolt at the
rear of the alternator is the last to be tightened.
Note: If a new belt is fitted, the belt tension must be
checked again after the first 20 hours of operation.
Cab Heater Filter
Clean - for Interval see Service Schedule
!WARNING
The filter may be filled with dust. Wear goggles and a
face mask when removing the filter.2-3-3-6
!WARNING
Make the machine safe before getting beneath it. Lower
the attachments to the ground; engage the parking
brake; remove the starter key, disconnect the battery.2-3-2-2
1 Park the machine on level ground.
2 The filter is located beneath the cab. Remove the
retaining screws E. Carefully slide the filter from its
holder.
3 Knock loose dust off the filter. Wash the filter in clean
water. Allow to dry.
Note: Do not squeeze the filter to dry it. Shake off the bulk
of the water, then let the rest drain off. If the filter was
clogged, clean it more often.
4 Carefully slide the filter into its holder. Fit and tighten
the retaining screws E.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
13 - 1
Issue 1
S099850S145280
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 73/700
13 - 2
Cab Heater Fil ter (From Serial No. 430001)
Clean - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the attachments to the ground and stop theengine.
2 Remove the cover retaining screws (2 off) and then
remove the cover, item E.
3 Knock loose dust off the filter F. Carefully blow
compressed air through all the folds of the fi lter, blow in
the opposite direction to the arrows marked on the
filter.
Note: The compressed air must be set at a pressure nogreater than 7 bar (100 lb/in2 ).
4 Refit the cover E and secure with the retaining screws
(2 off).
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
13 - 2
Issue 1
S209400
F
E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 74/700
14 - 1
AIr Fil ter Pre-Cleaner
Note: DO NOT run the engine with the pre-cleaner removed.
Empty Pre-cleaner - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Unscrew wingnut C and lift off cover D.
2 Carefully remove the dust bowl E and empty out any
dust. Make sure that no dust is spilt into the air intake.
3 Wipe the bowl clean and re-assemble the pre-cleaner.
Note: To clean oil and grease from the pre-cleaner, wash in
hot water with a little detergent. Dry before refitting.
Note: Certain types of collector bowl may not have indicator
markings, in which case empty the unit when one third full.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
14 - 1
Issue 2*
S142940
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 75/700
14 - 2
Ai r Fi lter
Renew Outer Element - for Interval see Service Schedule
! CAUTION
The outer element must be renewed immediately if the
warning light on the instrument panel illuminates.2-3-3-1
Note: The elements must be renewed only. Do not attempt
to clean them with an airline or by washing. Do not run the
engine with raincap, pre-cleaner or dust valve removed.
1 Unscrew nut A and remove outer element B.
2 Clean inside canister and dust valve C.
3 Fit new element B. Test seating of seal D by smearing
with grease and checking for witness mark at base ofcanister.
4 If the seal is correct, re-insert new outer element and
tighten nut A.
5 Ensure that dust valve C is at the bottom when refitting.
6 Check the security and condition of the induction hose
and its clips. Ensure that the restriction indicator sensor
is connected.
Renew Inner Element - for Interval see Service Schedule
The inner element must be renewed at latest every third time
the outer element is renewed. As a record, mark the innerelement with a felt tip pen each time the outer element isrenewed.
1 Prevent dust from entering the engine by disconnecting
the induction hose H.
2 Unscrew nut A and remove outer element B.
3 Unscrew nut E and remove inner element F.
4 Clean inside canister and dust valve C.
5 Test seating of seal G by smearing with grease prior to
inserting new element F, then removing to check for
witness mark at base.
6 If the seal is correct, re-insert new inner element and
tighten nut E.
7 Insert new outer element B and test seating of seal D
as previously described.
8 If the seal is correct, re-insert new outer element and
tighten nut A.
9 Reconnect the induction hose H. Ensure that the
restriction indicator sensor is reconnected.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
14 - 2
Issue 2*
S142970
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 76/700
15 - 1
Parking Brake
The parking brake should be fully engaged when the lever is
vertical. The parking brake indicator light should light whenthe brake is engaged with the forward/reverse lever away
from neutral (starter switch at IGN).
! CAUTIONThe parking brake must not be used to slow the machine
from travelling speed, except in an emergency,
otherwise the efficiency of the brake will be reduced.
Whenever the parking brake has been used in an
emergency, always renew the brake pads.4-2-1-1/1
!WARNING Asbestos dust can damage your lungs. The brake pads
contain asbestos. Wear a face mask and gloves when
working on or near the brake pads. Dispose of brake
dust and used brake pads in accordance with local
regulations.2-1-1-7
Check Adjustment - for Interval see Service Schedule
Pads should just touch disc as at A . Adjust at handle grip B
if required and then test the parking brake as described on
page G/21 - 1.
Pad Renewal
Renew pads when thickness C of the friction material is 3mm (0.125 in).
Back off all adjustment, slacken nut D and withdraw pads.
Install new pads and set the parking brake as described on
page G/21 - 1.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
15 - 1
Issue 1
S151890
A
B
C D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 77/700
Parking Brake - 5 Speed Gearbox Only
To renew the brake pads, the parking brake caliper
assembly must be removed, for this reason we recommendthat only competent maintenance engineers renew the pads.
The parking brake should be fully engaged when the lever is
vertical. The parking brake indicator light should light when
the brake is engaged with the forward/reverse lever away
from neutral (starter switch at IGN).
! CAUTIONThe parking brake must not be used to slow the machine
from travelling speed, except in an emergency,
otherwise the efficiency of the brake will be reduced.
Whenever the parking brake has been used in an
emergency, always renew the brake pads.4-2-1-1/1
!WARNINGBefore adjusting the parking brake, make sure that the
machine is on level ground. Put chocks each side of all
four wheels. Disconnect the battery so that the engine
cannot be started. If you do not take these precautions
the machine could run over you.2-3-2-4
15 - 2
Test the parking brake as described on page G/24-2. If the
machine moved during the test, check the pads and/or takeup the cable slack.
1 Check the Pads
Use feeler gauges and check the gap between the
brake disc A and the face of the brake caliper housing
( B ). The gap should be greater than 1mm (0.040 in.). Ifthe gap is less than 1mm renew the pads.
2 Take Up the Cable Slack
Disengage the parking brake (lever horizontal). Turn
handle grip C clockwise, half a turn. Test the parking
brake. If the brake fails the test, repeat procedure.
3 Renew the Brake Pads
a Disengage the parking brake (lever horizontal). Turn
handle grip C to bring pin D central in its slot.b Remove clevis E, from top hole.
c Loosen and remove bolts F, remove the caliperassembly.
d Remove the old brake pads from the caliper
housing. Fit new pads, align the flat G and raised
portion H appropriately in the caliper housing.
e Refit the caliper assembly to the gearbox, torque
tighten bolts F to 244 Nm (180 lbf ft).f Refit clevis E, in the top hole.
g Set the parking brake as described on page G/24-
2.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
15 - 2
Issue 4
S234140BS236080
S234140A
1. 0 m m
( 0. 0 4 0 i
n
A236450
B
A
C D
F E
F
G H
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 78/700
15 - 3
Service Brakes
!WARNINGFaulty brakes can kill. If you have to add oil to the brake
reservoir regularly get the brake system checked by your
JCB distributor. Do not use the machine until the fault
has been put right.2-3-2-5
Checking The Foot Brake Fluid Level (to serial number
430000) - for interval see Service Schedules
1 If an adjustable steering column is fitted, slackensteering wheel tilt lock A . Move the steering wheel
towards the rear of the machine.
2 Remove the reservoir cap B and check the level. The
MAX and MIN marks are etched on the side of thereservoir.
!WARNINGUse of incorrect fluid will cause serious damage to the
seals which could in turn cause brake failure.BRAK 1-1
3 If necessary, add fluid. If the system has fallen below
the MIN mark add brake fluid and then bleed the
system (see page G/11-1).
! CAUTIONMake sure the steering column is fully clamped before
driving the machine.5-2-1-3
4 Refit the reservoir cap. If an adjustable steering columnis fitted, adjust the column to give the required position.
Secure the steering column with tilt lock A .
Checking The Foot Brake Fluid Level (from serial number
430001) - for interval see Service Schedules
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral. Raise
and block the loader arms. Lower the backhoe to the
ground and stop the engine.
2 Remove the reservoir cap A and check the level. The
MAX and MIN marks are marked on the side of the
reservoir B. If necessary, add fluid as in Step 3.
If the system has fallen below the MIN mark add brakefluid and then bleed the system (see page G/11-1).
!WARNINGUse of incorrect fluid will cause serious damage to the
seals which could in turn cause brake failure.BRAK 1-1
3 If required, carefully pour the recommended fluid (DO
NOT USE ORDINARY BRAKE FLUID) until it reaches
the correct level.
4 Refit the reservoir cap. Wipe up any spillage.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
15 - 3
Issue 1
S145080
B
A
S208981
A
B
**
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 79/700
16 - 1
Battery
!WARNING
Batteries give off an explosive gas. Do not smoke when
handling or working on the battery. Keep the batteryaway from sparks and flames.
Battery electrolyte contains sulphuric acid. It can burn
you if it touches your skin or eyes. Wear goggles. Handle
the battery carefully to prevent spillage. Keep metallic
items (watches, rings, zips etc) away from the battery
terminals. Such items could short the terminals and burn
you.
Set all switches in the cab to OFF before disconnecting
and connecting the battery. When disconnecting the
battery, take off the earth (-) lead first.
When reconnecting, fit the positive (+) lead first .
Re-charge the battery away from the machine, in a well
ventilated area. Switch the charging circuit off before
connecting or disconnecting the battery. When you have
installed the battery in the machine, wait five minutes
before connecting it up.5-3-4-3
First Aid - Electrolyte
EYESFLUSH WITH WATER FOR 15 MINUTES. GET MEDICAL
HELP FAST.
IF SWALLOWEDDO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. DRINK LARGE QUANTITIES
OF WATER OR MILK. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten
egg or vegetable oil.
SKINFLUSH WITH WATER. REMOVE AFFECTED CLOTHING.
Cleaning the Battery
Check the battery regularly for dirt, corrosion and damage.
Dirt mixed with electrolyte or moisture on the top of the
battery can cause a discharged condition in the battery. Use
baking soda or ammonia and flush the outside of the battery
with water. Use a special cleaner to prevent corrosion on thebattery terminals.
Checking the Electrolyte Level
!WARNING
Do not top the battery up with acid. The electrolyte couldboil out and burn you.2-3-4-6
Remove covers. Look at the level in each cell. The
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
16 - 1
Issue 2*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 80/700
16 - 2
Battery
Jump Starting - Safety
!WARNING
If you try to charge a frozen battery, or jump-start and
run the engine, the battery could explode
Do not use a battery if its electrolyte is frozen. To
prevent the battery electrolyte from freezing, keep the
battery at full charge.
Batteries give off a flammable gas that can explode.
Do not smoke when checking the battery electrolyte
levels. When starting from another machine, make sure
the two machines do not touch. This prevents any
chance of sparks near the battery. Sparks could ignite
the battery gas. If that happens the battery could
explode.
Even with the starter switch set to off some circuits will
be energized when the external power supply is
connected. Set all the machine switches to their OFF
positions before connecting the external power supply.
Do not connect a booster supply directly across the
starter motor. Doing this could bypass the neutral safety
switch and the engine can start with the transmission ingear. The machine could then run away and kill o r inju re
bystanders.
Use only booster cables which are in good condition
with securely attached connectors. Connect both ends
of one booster cable before connecting the other one.5-2-2-3
Jump Starting - Procedure
1 Make sure that the parking brake has been engaged
and the transmission set to neutral.
2 Lower the loader shovel to the ground, if it is not
already there. If the machine is fitted with hose burst
protection valves, the shovel will not lower, in this
instance, install the loader arm safety strut.
3 Set all switches in the cab to the 'OFF' position.
4 a Connect the positive (+) jump lead from the booster
supply to the positive (+) battery terminal.
b Connect the negative (-) jump lead from the booster
supply to a good frame earth, away from the battery.
Note: A good frame earth is part of the machine mainframe,
free from paint and dirt.
5 Start the engine.
6 a Disconnect the negative (-) jump lead from the
machine frame earth.
b Disconnect the positive (+) jump lead from the
positive (+) battery terminal.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
16 - 2
Issue 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 81/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 82/700
18 - 1
Hydraulic Oil Cooler
Clean - for Interval see Service Schedule
1 Raise and lock the loader arms, see page 3/5 - 1.
2 Release bolts A and remove the radiator grille.
3 Brush off all debris from the cooler tubes and fins.
Make sure the loosened material is brushed out of the
cooler enclosure.
4 Refit the radiator grille.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
18 - 1
Issue 1
S145230
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 83/700
19 - 1
Bulb Replacement
Headlight Bulb
1 Release 4 cover screws A, support the light unit and
remove the cover.
2 Release the sealed beam unit B from its electrical
socket (see note).
Note: Because of legislative requirements, some territories
may have a replaceable bulb fitted in the headlight unit, not
a sealed unit.
3 Fit a new sealed unit (see note) and assemble light unit.
Front Sidelight Bulb
1 Release 4 cover screws A, support the light unit and
remove the cover.
2 Release the sealed beam unit B from its electrical
socket (see note).
Note: Because of legislative requirements, some territories
may have a replaceable bulb fitted in the headlight unit, not
a sealed unit.
3 Release sidelight bulb C from its holder.
4 Fit a new sidelight bulb.
5 Refit the sealed unit (see note) and assemble light unit.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
19 - 1
Issue 1
S152260
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 84/700
19 - 2
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Note: Do not touch the new worklight bulb with bare fingers,
otherwise the bulb will be rendered useless.
Worklight Bulb
1 Remove screws H (2 off), support the light unit J
otherwise it could fall and break.
2 Lift and turn light unit J to gain access to connector L.
3 Disconnect at L.
4 Remove bulb by releasing clips M.
5 Do not touch bulb with bare f ingers. Fit a new bulb.
6 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Front Indicator Light Bulb
1 Remove screws A (2 off) to release lens glass.
2 Release bulb by pushing in and turning 1/8 turn
anticlockwise. Remove the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb. Make sure it is secure.
4 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
19 - 2
Issue 1
S152250
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 85/700
19 - 3
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Rear Brake/Sidelight & Indicator Bulb
Note: The illustration shows a sideshift machine, on
centremount machines the rear light assembly is mounted in
the cab roof.
1 Remove screws A (2 off) to release lens glass.
2 Release bulb by pushing in and turning 1/8 turn anti-
clockwise. Remove the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb. Make sure it is secure.
4 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Fog Light Bulb (if fitted)
1 Remove screws B (2 off) to release lens glass.
2 Release bulb by pushing in and turning 1/8 turn
anticlockwise. Remove the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb. Make sure it is secure.
4 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
19 - 3
Issue 2*
S152230
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 86/700
19 - 4
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Note: The following text is not applicable to machines in the
U.S.A.
Number Plate Light Bulb
1 Remove screw B to release light cover.
2 Ease spring contact C to release the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb. Make sure the bulb is seated in the
spring contact holes.
4 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Cab Interior Light Bulb
1 Carefully lever light unit F from the roof, using a
screwdriver in the slot at one end.
2 Ease the spring contact G to release the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb. Make sure the bulb is seated in the
spring contact holes.
4 Refit light unit F, take care not to trap the wires.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
19 - 4
Issue 2*
S152220
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 87/700
19 - 5
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Note: Do not touch the new beacon bulb with bare fingers,
otherwise the bulb will be rendered useless.
Note: The following text is not applicable to machines in the
U.S.A.
Rotating Beacon Bulb
1 Remove screws A (3 off) and remove cover B.
2 Release spring clip C and ease bulb from holder D.
3 Disconnect bulb at E.
4 Do not touch bulb wi th bare f ingers. Fit a new bulb.
Make sure the bulb is seated correctly and the springclip C is secure.
5 Reassemble light unit in the reverse order.
Switch Illumination Bulbs
1 Unscrew the centre portion J of the switch.
2 Carefully remove the bulb using a pair of tweezers. It is
a straight pull from the holder, do not twist the bulb.
3 Fit a new bulb.
4 Refit the centre portion of the switch.
Section 3 Routine Maintenance
9803/3260
Section 3
19 - 5
Issue 2*
S152240
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 88/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 89/700
i
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
i
Issue 3*
Contents Page No.
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
Schematic Hydraulic Circuit 1 - 1
Circuit Description 1 - 2Flow Diverter Valve Removal and Replacement 1 - 3
Flow Diverter Valve Dismantling and Assembly 1 - 4
Flow Testing & Pressure Testing 1 - 5
Extradig Dipper Wear Pads - Upper/Lower
Inspecting the Top Wear Pads 2 - 1
Adjusting the Bottom Wear Pads 2 - 2
A uxiliary Valve
Removal and Replacement 5 - 1
Dismantling and Assembly 6 - 1
Pressure Testing 7 - 1
Schematic Hydraulic Circuits
Low Flow Circuit 10 - 1
High Flow Circuit 11 - 1
Extending Dipper fitted with Rockbreaker 12 - 1
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 90/700
1 - 1
Schematic Hydraulic Circuit
Component Key
1 Hydraulic Tank
2 Pump (Section 2)
3 Steering Priority Valve
4 Priority Flow Divider
5 Excavator Auxiliary Valve Block
6 Loader Valve Block
7 B.H.T.M.A. Class 'C' Quick Release Couplings
8 HTC Switch
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
1 - 1
Issue 1*
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
S209080
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 91/700
1 - 2
Circuit Descript ion
Oil from section P2 of hydraulic pump 2 enters the steering
priority valve 3 (associated circuits not shown). From here
the oil passes to flow diverter valve 4. This valve establishesa priority (and controlled) flow to the hydraulic tool circuit(HTC). If the hydraulic tool circuit has not been selected, the
oil passes from port B of valve 4 to the auxiliary backhoe
valve 5. From here the oil passes via the loader valve 6 to
tank 1.
When the HTC is selected a solenoid inside valve 4 is
energised, this causes the flow of oil inside the valve to be
diverted to port P and on to the HTC via quick release
couplings 7. Return oil from the HTC passes directly to tank
via hose C. The flow of oil from port P is regulated
regardless of changes in load pressure or pump flow. Any
excess oil is distributed to port B for use in other actuators
(eg. extending dipper).
The diverter valve 4 also incorporates a relief valve; when the
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
1 - 2
Issue 1*
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
S209070
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 92/700
1 - 3
Flow Diverter Valve
Removal and Replacement
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before working underneath it.
Park the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply
the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and
stop the engine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.
GEN-1-2
Removal
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral. Lower
the backhoe and loader end to the ground and stop the
engine.
2 Operate the loader valve block control levers back and
forth to vent residual hydraulic pressure.
3 Disconnect all hydraulic hoses from the valve block and
plug all orifices to prevent ingress of dirt. Label each
hose before disconnecting, this will ensure correct
refitting.
4 Remove the electrical solenoid connector.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
!WARNING
Fine jets of hydraulic fluid at high pressure can
penetrate the skin. Do not use your fingers to check for
hydraulic fluid leaks. Do not put your face close to
suspected leaks. Hold a piece of cardboard close to
suspected leaks and then inspect the cardboard for
signs of hydraulic fluid. If hydraulic fluid penetrates your
skin, get medical help immendiately.
INT-3-1-10/1
Make sure that the hoses are correctly installed. The hose
connections from the flow diverter valve are as follows:
Port E = to the steering priority valve.
Port P = to the HTC quick release coupling
Port B = to the excavator auxiliary valve block
Port T = to the hydraulic tank
Note: The flow diverter valve ports should be stamped 'E',
'P', 'B' and 'T'.
After replacement check the flow setting and the relief valve
pressure settings (see pages A/1 - 5 and A/1 - 6).
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
1 - 3
Issue 1*
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
S209060
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 93/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 94/700
Flow Testing & Pressure Testing
1 - 5
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
1 - 5
Issue 1*
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
A209090
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 95/700
1 - 6
Flow Testing & Pressure Testing
!WARNING
Hydraulic Fluid
Fine jets of hydraulic fluid at high pressure can
penetrate the skin. Do not use your fingers to check for
hydraulic fluid leaks. Do not put your face close to
suspected leaks. Hold a piece of cardboard close to
suspected leaks and then inspect the cardboard for
signs of hydraulic fluid. If hydraulic fluid penetrates your
skin, get medical help immediately.
INT-3-1-10/1
!WARNING
Hydraulic Pressure
Hydraulic f luid at system pressure can injure you. Beforedisconnecting or connecting hydraulic hoses, stop the
engine and operate the controls to release pressure
trapped in the hoses. Make sure the engine cannot be
started while the hoses are open.
INT-3-1-11/1
Prepare the Machine
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the backhoe and loader end to the ground and
stop the engine.
2 Operate the loader valve block control levers back and
forth to vent residual hydraulic pressure.
3 Flow Testing
3.1 Connect a suitable pressure gauge, flow meter and
flow restrictor valve across the flow and return
couplings on the machine, as shown at A. For
reference, items are identified as:
X = Pressure Gauge
Y = Flow Meter
Z = Flow Restrictor Valve
CAUTION: Make sure that the flow restrictor valve Z is fully
OPEN (the adjusting knob screwed fully out) before starting
the engine.
3.2 Start the engine and set the R.P.M. to 1500.
3.3 Enable the HTC circuit, i.e. press the HTC switch B
to the 'ON' position.
3.4 Note the flow meter reading, the valve should be set
at 20 litres/min. If adjustment is required, loosen
locknut C and turn adjusting screw D until the
4 Pressure Testing
4.1 Use the flow restrictor valve to pressurise thecircuit. As the pressure rises watch the flow reading,
it should start to fall when the pressure reaches 138
bar (2000 lb/in2 ).
4.2 If adjustment is required, loosen locknut E and turn
adjusting screw F until the correct pressure is
obtained.
5 Stop the engine, vent residual pressure and remove the
pressure gauge, flow meter and flow restrictor valve.
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
1 - 6
Issue 1*
Hydraulic Tool Circuit (H.T.C.)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 96/700
2 - 1
The Extradig dipper wear pads are bolt-on replaceable
items. They support and guide the inner dipper sectionduring extension and retraction. The following procedures
explain how to inspect, and where applicable, adjust the
pads.
There is a front and rear set of pads, each set comprises top
wear pads A and bottom wear pads B.
The top wear pads A are not adjustable and must be
replaced with new pads once they have worn to their limit.
See Inspecting the Top Wear Pads .
The bottom wear pads B are adjustable and take up the
wear on both the top and bottom pads. They must also be
replaced with new pads once they have worn to their limit.
See Ad just ing the Bot tom Wear Pads , page 2 - 2.
New wear pads A and B must be replaced as a set and
fitted by a qualified service engineer.
Inspecting the Top Wear Pads
Park the machine on level ground. Engage the parking brake
and put the transmission in neutral.
Position the boom and dipper as shown at C. Retract the
Extradig dipper D. Make sure that the bucket is clear of the
ground and the dipper is supported.
Stop the engine.
Inspect all the top wear pads, if the pads are worn to the
recess as shown at E then the pads must be replaced with
new ones. If the pads are worn near to their limit then
inspect them more frequently than recommended in the
Service Schedules.
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
2 - 1
Issue 1*
Extradig Dipper Wear Pads - Upper/Lower
S148110
A
B
A
B
E
D
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 97/700
2 - 2
Adjust ing the Bottom Wear Pads
Park the machine on level ground. Engage the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral.
Support the boom and dipper as shown at C.
Stop the engine.
Clean the sliding faces of the inner dipper F with a suitable
solvent.
Start the engine. Retract the Extradig dipper D. Make sure
that the bucket is clear of the ground and the dipper is
supported.
Stop the engine.
With grease, mud etc. removed from the sliding facesvisually check the gap between inner dipper and top wear
pad A, as shown at G. The gap should be no greater than
1.5 mm ( 1 / 16 in).
If the gap is greater than 1 / 16 in (1.5 mm) then adjust as
follows:
a Remove one adjusting bolt H and discard one washer
J.
b Refit and tighten bolt H.
c Repeat the procedure for the remaining 3 adjusting
bolts H on the same side of the dipper.
d Visually re-check the gap is no greater than 1.5 mm
( 1 / 16 in) as shown at G, if necessary repeat steps a to c
for the other 4 bolts H on the opposite side of the
dipper.
e Make sure that the inner dipper seats central to the
sides of the outer dipper.
Note: Remember to alternate sides each time an adjustment
is made.Note: When all the adjusting washers J have been removed
and the clearance is greater than 1.5 mm ( 1 / 16 in), then wear
pads A and B must be replaced as a set and fitted by a
qualified service engineer.
When the adjustments have been completed, apply Waxoyl
to the runners of the inner dipper F.
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
2 - 2
Issue 1*
Extradig Dipper Wear Pads - Upper/Lower
S148120
G G
J
HA A
JF
D
H
C
H
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 98/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 99/700
6 - 1
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
6 - 1
Issue 1
Auxiliary Valve
S218240
S218210
S218930
S218220
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
20
21
22
23
109
8
30
30A
29
29A
7
6
21
3
4
5
1, 2
17
19
2428
2725
26
X
Y
Z
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 100/700
6 - 2
Auxi liary Valve
Following removal of the valve from the machine, plug all
ports and thoroughly clean the outside of the casing.
Dismantling and Assembly
Make sure the working area is clean.
The numerical sequence on the illustration is intended as a
guide to dismantling. For assembly reverse the sequence.
Depending on the nature of the fault, it may only be
necessary to work on individual parts of the assembly as
follows:
1 If there is an oil leak between the units, carry out the
sequence involving items 1 to 7.
2 If a spool is faulty carry out the sequence involving items
8 to 23.
3 If a check valve is faulty, remove tie-rod X and carry out
the sequence involving items 24 to 28.
4 Pressure relief valves 29 and 30 can be individually
removed.
When Dismantling
If removing units 4, place the assembly with its output unit 5
resting on a firm flat surface with tie-rods X, Y and Z vertical.
Remove and discard seals 6 and shims 7 from between the
units. Identify the relative positions of the units.
The exploded view shows valve section 4.
To facilitate removal of shoulder screw 13, prevent spool 19
rotating by inserting a suitable rod (e.g. a screwdriver blade)
in the operating linkage hole at the end of the spool.
In the course of dismantling:
1 Discard wiper seals 20, 23 and 'O' rings 21, 22.
2 Unless damaged, do not remove 'O' ring 27 and back-up
seal 28 from valve guide 24. If damaged remove and
discard.
3 Discard 'O' rings 29A.
4 Discard 'O' rings 30A.
When Assembling
Fit new 'O' rings, back-up seals and shims to replace those
discarded in the dismantling procedures.
Use a suitable rod through the operating linkage hole to
prevent spool 19 rotating while installing shoulder screw 13.
When installing valve guide 24, make sure the hole in the
side aligns with the tie-rod hole in the casing.
When clamping the units together, position the assembly on
the bench with the tie-rods horizontal. Tighten nuts 1 onto
tie-rods in the order X, Y, Z and then X again.
Fit seal retainers 10 and 18 with rounded radius (item A )
nearest the housing.
Relief Valves
Ensure that ARV's 29 and 30 are correctly adjusted and
fitted in their specified positions. Refer to page A/7-1 for
pressure testing procedures.
Torque tighten the ARV's to 20 - 24 Nm (14.75 - 17.7 lbf ft,
2.04 - 2.44 kgf m).
Torque Settings
Item Nm Kgf.m lbf.ft
1 26 - 28 2.65 - 2.85 19.1 - 20.6
8, 11, 13 5 - 8 0.51 - 0.82 3.7 - 5.9
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
6 - 2
Issue 1
Auxiliary Valve
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 101/700
7 - 1
Pressure Testing
Auxi liary Relief Valve (A.R.V.)
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Lower the backhoe bucket and loader shovel to rest on the
ground, lower the stabilisers and stop the engine.
Note: For clarity, the illustration shows some of the hoses
removed.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge
to pressure test connector A next to the priority valve.
2 Make sure that the area is clear of all personnel.
3 Extending Dipper:
3.1 Set the engine speed to 1000 RPM.
3.2 Raise the boom and dipper. Fully extend the
extradig dipper and hold, the pressure gauge will
indicate the setting of the head side ARV (item B ).
Refer to Technical Data, page E/1-3.
3.3 If the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut C and
adjust cap D as required. Re-tighten the locknut
after the correct setting has been achieved.
3.4 Raise the boom and dipper. Fully retract the
extradig dipper and hold, the pressure gauge will
indicate the setting of the rod side ARV (item E ). If
the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut F and
adjust cap G as required. Re-tighten the locknut
after the correct setting has been achieved.
4 Knuckle Boom:
4.1 Set the engine speed to 1000 RPM.
4.2 Raise the boom. Swing the knuckle to the left, the
pressure gauge will indicate the setting of the head
side ARV (item B ). Refer to Technical Data, page
E/1-3.
4.3 If the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut C and
adjust cap D as required. Re-tighten the locknut
after the correct setting has been achieved.
4.4 Raise the boom. Swing the knuckle to the right, the
pressure gauge will indicate the setting of the rod
side ARV (item E ). If the pressure is incorrect,
slacken locknut F and adjust cap G as required.
Re-tighten the locknut after the correct setting has
been achieved.
Section A Attachments
9803/3260
Section A
7 - 1
Issue 1
Auxiliary Valve
A218200
S218190
S147680B
EF
G
DC
B
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 102/700
P2A
3B
3A
3M
3L
3N
1A
4V
4E
4M
4W
4F
4N
4P
7
3Q
1A3P
7B
112D
12B
12A12
P
PP
CF
EF
2A
3C
3HP2 P1
S
T
6
6A
4
3
13
26
9 8 0 3 / 3 2 6 0
I s s u e1
Low Flow Attachment Circuit
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 103/700
9 8 0 3 / 3 2 6 0
I s s u e 1
Low Flow Attachment Circuit
Refer also to basic machine circuit on page E/2-2.
Schematic below shows additional items used with ‘Low
Flow’ attachment circuit.
Component Key
P1 Pump, Main SectionP2 Pump, Secondary Section
P2A Pressure Test Point (auxiliary attachments)
S Suction Line
T Tank
1A Neutral Circuit Line2A Neutral Circuit Line
3 Loader Valve Block
3A Pressure Test Point (M.R.V.)
3B Main Relief Valve
3C Loader Lift Ram Spool
3H Load Hold Check Valve3L Unloader Valve Spool
3M Unloader Pilot Valve
3N Unloader Check Valve3P Pressure Test Point (Unloader)
3Q Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
4 Excavator Valve Block4E Dipper Spool
4F Bucket Spool
4M Dipper Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4N Dipper Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
4P Bucket Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4V Load Hold Check Valve4W Load Hold Check Valve
6 In-tank Filter
6A Filter By-pass Valve
7 Priority Valve
7B Connection to Steer Circuit12 Attachment Valve Block12A Attachment Valve Spool
12B Load Hold Check Valve
12C Attachment A.R.V.
12D Attachment A.R.V.
13 Anti-cavitation Check Valve
26 Hydraulic Oil Cooler67 Low Flow Attachment (e.g. Extradig, Jaw
Bucket)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 104/700
P2A
3B
3A
3M
3L
3N
1A
7
3Q
1A3P
7B
12C12D
12B
12A
12
P
PP
CF
EF
2A
3C
3HP2 P1
S
T
6
6A
4V
4E
4M
4W
4F
4N
4P
4
3
13
26
8
9A
9
4Q
9 8 0 3 / 3 2 6 0
I s s u e1
High Flow Attachment Circuit
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 105/700
9 8 0 3 / 3 2 6 0
I s s u e 1
High Flow Attachment Circuit
Refer also to basic machine circuit on page E/2-2.
Schematic below shows additional items used with ‘High
Flow’ attachment circuit.
Component Key
P1 Pump, Main SectionP2 Pump, Secondary Section
P2A Pressure Test Point (auxiliary attachments)
S Suction Line
T Tank
1A Neutral Circuit Line2A Neutral Circuit Line
3 Loader Valve Block
3A Pressure Test Point (M.R.V.)
3B Main Relief Valve
3C Loader Lift Ram Spool
3H Load Hold Check Valve3L Unloader Valve Spool
3M Unloader Pilot Valve
3N Unloader Check Valve3P Pressure Test Point (Unloader)
3Q Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
4 Excavator Valve Block4E Dipper Spool
4F Bucket Spool
4M Dipper Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4N Dipper Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
4P Bucket Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4Q Bucket Ram Rod Side A.R.V. (see note)4V Load Hold Check Valve
4W Load Hold Check Valve
6 In-tank Filter
6A Filter By-pass Valve
7 Priority Valve7B Connection to Steer Circuit
Note: Au xi li ar y rel ief va lve 4Q is only fitted on
machines equipped with a Powerbreaker circuit.
8 Diverter Valve9 Solenoid Valve
9A Check Valve
12 Attachment Valve Block
12A Attachment Valve Spool
12B Load Hold Check Valve12C Attachment A.R.V.
12D Attachment A.R.V.
13 Anti-cavitation Check Valve
21 Sequence Valve
23 Quick Release Coupling
26 Hydraulic Oil Cooler68 High Flow Attachment (e.g. Powerbreaker)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 106/700
P2A
3B
3A
3M
3L
3N
1A
7
3Q
1A3P
7B
12C12D
12B
12A
12
P
PP
CF
EF
2A
3C
3HP2 P1
S
T
6
6A
4V
4E
4M
4W
4F
4N
4P
4
3
13
26
8
9A
9
4Q
9 8 0 3 / 3 2 6 0
I s s u e1
Extending Dipper fitted with Rockbreaker
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 107/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 108/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 109/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 110/700
ii
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
ii
Issue 1
Contents Page No.
Loader Front End
Loader Arms
- Removal and Replacement 20 - 1
Stabiliser Legs (Sideshift Machines)
- Removal and Replacement 25 - 1
Stabiliser Legs Centremount Machines)
- Removal and Replacement 26 - 1
Backhoe
Slew Cylinders (Sideshift Machines)
- Dismantling and Assembly 30 - 1
King Post & Carriage (Sideshift Machines)
- Dismantling and Assembly 31 - 1
Boom & Dipper
- Removal and Replacement 35 - 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 111/700
1 - 1
Engine Side Panels
Removal and Replacement
!WARNING
Raised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause
serious injur y. Before working under raised loader arms,
fit the loader arm safety stru t.GEN 3-2
1 Raise and lock the loader arms.
!WARNING
Do not remove the engine side panels while the engine is
running.2-3-1-5
2 Stop the engine and remove the key.
3 Remove the side panel fixing screw A. Lift the side
panel off.
4 To replace the side panel; slot into position and secure
with fixing screw A.
Engine Cover
Removal and Replacement
1 Remove the side panels.
!WARNING
A hot exhaust w il l burn you. Make sure the exhaust s tack
is cool before removing it.2-3-1-6
2 Loosen clamp F and remove exhaust stack D.
3 Loosen clamp C and remove pre-cleaner B.
4 Remove bolts E, pull cover G forward to release pins H.
5 Lift the engine cover off.
Replacement is a reversal of the removing procedure.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
1 - 1
Issue 1
S146060
S145240
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 112/700
2 - 1
Rivet Nuts
Fitting Procedure
A 'Rivet Nut' is a one piece fastener installed 'blind' from
one side of the machine body/framework. The rivet nut iscompressed so that a section of its shank forms an 'upset'
against the machine body/framework, leaving a durable
thread (see il lustrations).
Rivet nuts are fitted to various parts of the machine body
and framework. They are used in a number of applications,for instance, hose clamp and cab floor plate retention etc.
Various sized rivet nuts are available, see the table below to
determine the size of rivet nut to be used for particular
applications.
If for any reason a new rivet nut requires fitting, then the
correct installation procedure must be followed:
1 Drill a hole in the machine body/framework where the
rivet nut is to be fitted. De-burr hole edges.
2 Screw the rivet nut onto the mandrel of the installation
tool. The bottom of the mandrel should be in line with
the bottom of the rivet nut, shown at A.
3 Wind the body of the installation tool down the
threaded mandrel until it touches the head of the rivet
nut, shown at B.
4 Insert the rivet nut (assembled to the tool) into the hole
drilled in step 1.
5 Hold handle C and at the same time draw the mandrel
into the installation tool by turning nut D. The rivet nut
will contract in length and form an 'upset' (smooth
bulge) seating itself against the body/framework (see
inset E ).
Note: The thread of the rivet nut must not be stripped, take
care when 'upsetting' the rivet nut.
6 Remove the installation tool.
Specifications (all dimensions i n mm)
Rivet Nut Rivet Nut Material Rivet Drill
Thread Outside Thickness Length Hole
Diameter Diameter (Total) Dia.
M5 7 0.25 - 3.00 14.00 7.10
3.00 - 5.50 17.00
M6 9 0.50 - 3.00 16.00 9.10
3.00 - 5.50 19.00
M8 11 0.50 - 3.00 18.00 11.10
3.00 - 5.50 21.00
Note: In an emergency, and if no installation tool isavailable, it is possible to fit a rivet nut by using a nut and
bolt the same thread diameter as the rivet nut beinginstalled. However, this is not the recommended method.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
2 - 1
Issue 1
S150970
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 113/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 114/700
10 - 1
Roll Over Protection & Falling Object
Protection (ROPS/FOPS) Structure
Checking
!WARNING
The Machine is fitted with a roll over protection structu re
(ROPS) and a falling object protection structure (FOPS).
You could be killed or seriously injured if you operate
the machine with a faulty or missing ROPS/FOPS.
Modified and incorrectly repaired ROPS/FOPS are
dangerous. If the ROPS/FOPS has been in an accident,
do not use the machine until the structure has been
repaired and inspected by sui tably qualified personnel.INT-2-1-9/1
For assistance, contact your JCB distributor. Failure to take
these precautions could result in death or injury to theoperator.
Check the structure for damage. Check that the mounting
bolts are installed and undamaged. Check the bolt torques.
Tighten them to the correct torque if necessary.
Bolts A 237 Nm (175 lbf ft)
Bolts B 476 Nm (352 lbf ft)
Bolts C 237 Nm (175 lbf ft)
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
10 - 1
Issue 1
S144180
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 115/700
12 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 1
Issue 1*
Air Conditioning
D
E
A
L
K
B
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 116/700
Operation
To maintain optimum operator comfort in warm climates or
during seasons of high ambient temperature, the airconditioning system delivers cool, dehumidified air into the
cab. Cooling is provided by passing the warm ambient air,together with recirculated air, over an evaporator coil in the
air conditioning unit.
The air conditioning system is a closed circuit through whichthe refrigerant is circulated, its state changing from gas to
liquid and back to gas again, as it is forced through the
system.
The major components of the system are the compressor A ,
condenser B, receiver drier C, expansion valve D andevaporator coil E.
To operate the air conditioning, the operator turns the air
conditioning switch F clockwise to the ON position and turnsthe blower switch G clockwise to select a suitable blower
running speed for the ambient conditions. Air vents H can beadjusted as at X to vary and direct the airflow. If the air
conditioning system pressure is too low or too high, the
amber light J will illuminate.
Provided that the ambient temperature is above 0°C and the
blower switch is away from the OFF position, the airconditioning will switch on. The compressor's
electromagnetic clutch operates, engaging the compressordrive from the engine pulley system. The compressor A
draws in low pressure refrigerant gas from the suction line
(evaporator to compressor) and increases refrigerant
pressure through compression. Increasing pressure alsoincreases refrigerant temperature.
High pressure refrigerant is forced from the compressor to
the condenser B, mounted below the cab. Ambient air is
drawn across the condenser fins by three integral cooling
fans. In the condenser, the refrigerant changes state to ahigh pressure, high temperature liquid but with a lower heat
content.
The refrigerant passes through the receiver drier C. Thereceiver drier serves as a reservoir for refrigerant and also
contains a desiccant to remove moisture from the system.
12 - 2
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 2
Issue 1*
Air Conditioning
A181590
G
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 117/700
12 - 3
Operation (cont'd)
The high temperature, high pressure refrigerant is forced by
compressor action into the expansion valve D, which meters
the amount of refrigerant entering the evaporator. In the
expansion valve the refrigerant instantaneously expands tobecome a low pressure, low temperature liquid.
The refrigerant is drawn through the evaporator coil E by the
suction of the compressor. The temperature of refrigerant is
now considerably below that of the air being drawn across
the evaporator coil by the blowers. Heat is transferred fromthe ambient and recirculated air to the refrigerant, causing
the low pressure liquid to vaporise and become a low
pressure gas. Moisture in the air condenses on the
evaporator coil and is drained away via condensate drain
tubes through the cab floor.
Cool de-humidified air is emitted through air vents into the
cab.
The low temperature, low pressure, high heat content
refrigerant gas, is now drawn by suction back to thecompressor, where the cycle is completed.
Control
Control of the system is achieved by the cyclic action of the
compressor's electromagnetic clutch. The thermostat switch
senses the evaporator coil temperature by means of a
capillary tube and cycles the compressor clutch on and offto prevent freezing of condensate on the evaporator coil.
The signal from the thermostat switch is sent to the
compressor clutch via two pressure switches. These are
designed to disengage the compressor clutch and protect
the system from damage that would be caused by eitherrefrigerant loss or excessive pressure.
The low pressure switch K is connected to the suction hose
adjacent to the compressor. If the pressure in the suction
hose falls below the low pressure switch setting, it opens,
interrupting the supply from the thermostat to disengage thecompressor clutch. At the same time, lamp J illuminates.
The high pressure switch L is connected to the discharge
hose adjacent to the compressor. If the pressure in thedischarge hose rises above the high pressure switch setting,
it opens, interrupting the supply from the thermostat todisengage the compressor clutch. At the same time, lamp J
illuminates.
Switch Pressures
Low Pressure SwitchCut in = 2.1-2.6 bar (30-38 lbf/ in2 )
Cut out = 0.3-0.6 bar (4-8 lbf/ in2 )
High Pressure Switch
Cut in = 15.5-19 bar (225-275 lbf/ in2 )
Cut out = 23.4-24.8 bar (340-360 lbf/ in2 )
Safety Procedures
The air conditioning system uses refrigerant under pressure
in a closed circuit. Any service procedure which breaks intothe closed circuit and therefore requires discharging of the
system, must only be carried out by an air conditioningengineer. The following guidelines should be adhered to by
all personnel servicing the air conditioning system.
!WARNINGThe air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
must be disconnected except by a qualified refrigeration
engineer.4-3-4-1
1 It is critical that the correct refrigerant is used and that
charging is done only by qualified personnel. It is illegal
to discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere but as
a precaution in case of accidental leakage, dischargingand charging of the vehicle refrigerant system must be
conducted in a well ventilated area.
2 Containers of refrigerant should be stored in a cool
environment away from direct sunlight.
!WARNINGDo not carry out welding operations close to the air
conditioning refrigerant circuit. A poisonous gas is
produced when refrigerant comes into contact with
naked flames. Do not smoke or allow naked flames close
to the refrigerant circuit.
BF 1- 9
3 Do Not perform welding operations close to refrigeranthoses (maintain a distance of at least 0.5m from hoses).
4 Do Not steam clean refrigerant system components.
5 When charging or discharging the refrigerant system,
no smoking or naked flames should be allowed in theimmediate vicinity. The refrigerant does not give off a
poisonous odour, however, when it comes into contact
with a naked flame, a poisonous gas is produced.
6 When handling refrigerant, rubber gloves and goggles
should be worn. Operators should ensure no refrigerantcomes into contact with the skin. Particular care should
be taken when connecting or disconnecting charging
hoses or pressure switches. When these components
are connected to the system, a short release of
refrigerant occurs. This results in a high velocity, very
cold gas being emitted from the connection point.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 3
Issue 1*
Air Conditioning
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 118/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 119/700
12 - 5
Fault Finding (cont'd)
Harness Wires
Use the illustration below to complete continuity checks on
the air conditioning system harness wires.
Key
1 Fuse, 25A 2 Pressure Switch
3 Pressure Switch
4 Clutch Relay
5 Compressor Clutch
6 Fuse, 25A
7 Blower Relay8 Cooling Fans
9 Fan Relay
10 Blower ON/OFF/Speed Switch
11 Blower12 Warning lIght
13 Warning Light Relay14 Thermostat
15 From Starter Switch
Colour Code
BL Black
Br BrownR Red
Zones
A Engine
B Cab
C Air Conditioning Unit
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 5
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
A209120
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 120/700
12 - 6
Fault Finding (cont'd)
No Air Conditioning
CHECK ACTION
1 Are the controls set correctly, i.e. air conditioning YES: Check 2
selected, thermostat switch set to coldest position NO: Reset controls and retest.
and blower switched on?
2 Is the air conditioning (evaporator) blower working? YES: Check 3.
NO: Check 4.
3 Is the compressor running (visual check of pulley/clutch)? YES: Check11.
NO: Check 7.
4 Is the air conditioning fuse(s) blown? YES: Renew fuse(s) and retest.
NO: Check 5.
5 Is there a 12V supply to the pressure switch harness? YES: Check 6.(See Pressure Switch Testing ) NO: Check 9.
6 Does the compressor clutch engage with both YES: Check 7.pressure switches bypassed? NO: Renew the compressor clutch and retest.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
7 Does the compressor clutch engage with YES: Renew high pressure switch and retest.
HP switch bypassed? NO: Check 8.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
8 Does the compressor clutch engage with YES: Renew low pressure switch and retest.
LP switch bypassed? NO: Charge check required by refrigeration engineer.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
9 Does the clutch engage with thermostat switch YES: Renew thermostat switch and retest.
bypassed? NO: Check all electrical connections.
10 Are blower switch and wiring OK? YES: Renew blower motor.
NO: Renew switch or wiring.
11 Is sight glass indication OK? YES: Check 12.
NO: Charge check required by refrigeration engineer.
12 Is condensor air flow blocked? YES: Clean condensor and radiator.
NO: Check 13.
13 Is evaporator air flow blocked? YES: Clean filter and, if necessary the evaporator.
NO: Call in refrigeration engineer.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 6
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 121/700
12 - 7
Checking Refrigerant Charge Level
The pressure in the system, i.e. the refrigerant charge level
can be determined by checking the state of refrigerant at thereceiver drier sight glass. The receiver drier is mounted
beneath the cab, on the left hand main chassis sidemember.
If the level of charge is correct the sight glass will be clear. If
the charge is low bubbles will be seen. Bubbles may also bean indication of inadequate cooling, due to a restriction of air
flow around the condenser coil. Recharging of the system
should be carried out by an air conditioning engineer. Check
refrigerant charge level as follows:
1 Park the machine on firm, level ground. Lower thebackhoe and loader to the ground. Engage the parking
brake.
2 Chock the wheels, to prevent movement.
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before getting beneath it. Lower
the attachments to the ground; engage the parking
brake; remove the starter key, disconnect the battery.
2-3-2-2
3 Start the engine and run at idle. Switch air conditioningON to circulate refrigerant.
4 Check refrigerant charge level at sight glass A . (It will
be necessary to use a mirror and torch to view thesightglass, which is located at the top of the receiver
drier).
Leak Testing
Note: The refrigerant is heavier than air and will leak
downwards from the defective component. Check in stillconditions but in a well ventilated area.
Hose or pipe connections are likely leakage points of any
refrigerant circuit.
To test for leaks in the high pressure side of the system i.e.from the compressor output to the expansion valve, run the
air conditioning for a few minutes then switch off the engine
and test for leakage using an electronic leak detector.
To test for leakage in the low pressure side of the system,
switch off the air conditioning and leave for a few minutesbefore testing.
!WARNINGLeak testing in Air Conditioning systems should be
carried out only in a well ventilated area.BF 1-2
Tightening Leaking Hoses
!WARNINGThe air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
must be disconnected except by a qualified refrigeration
engineer.4-3-4-1
The refrigerant hoses have crimped ferrule end fittings. The
hose connectors have an 'O' ring seal which compresses
when the connection is tight, creating an air tight seal.
Hoses are used to connect the inlets and outlets of thecompressor, condenser, receiver drier and expansion valve
(the evaporator coil is connected to the expansion valve
within the air conditioning unit using rigid pipes).
If leakage is detected from a hose connector, either by
means of an electronic leak detector or soapy water, tighten
the connector up and repeat the leakage test. If leakage isstill evident, it will be necessary to de-gas the system and
renew the connector 'O' ring seal.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
12 - 7
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 122/700
13 - 1
Blower Motor
Removal
Note: Record all electrical connections prior to removal.
1 Disconnect the battery
2 Prepare the shroud assembly 13 for removal as follows:
a Remove and disconnect the radio speakers 1, 2 (to
gain access for steps b - f).
b Disconnect the cab light 3.
c Disconnect warning light 4.
d Disengage the blower switch 7 by pulling off knob 5
and removing nut 6.
e Repeat step d for the air conditioning switch
(thermostat) 10.
f Disconnect and remove any optional switches etc.
which may be mounted on the shroud assembly.
3 Support the shroud and remove screws 11 and 12. Note
that screws 12 are located inside the ventilation louvres
X.
4 Carefully lower the shroud away from the cab roof,
taking care not to snag cables etc. or the thermostat
capillary tube.
5 Disconnect the blower motor connecting wires. Support
the motor assembly 15 and remove screws 14. Carefully
lower the assembly clear.
Replacement is the reverse of the removal procedure.
If necessary, renew the blower mounting flange gasket.
Thermostat
To remove the thermostat, remove the shroud as described
for the blower motor. Disconnect the electrical wires from
thermostat 10 and disengage the sensor end of its capillary
tube from the evaporator fins.
For replacement the sequence should be reversed.
Compressor Clutch Relay
The compressor clutch relay is mounted on the battery
compartment. To remove it, simply disconnect it and remove
its securing screw.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
13 - 1
Issue 1*
S209110
Air Conditioning
1
2
13
4
5
7
8 9
10
1211
11
11
14
15
14
14
14
12
3
6
X
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 123/700
Removal and Replacement
!WARNING
Goggles and rubber gloves must be worn when pressure
switches are removed or fitted. A small amount of
refrigerant is released which can be harmful to the skin
and eyes.BF 1-10
Removal
1 Disconnect the electrical connections and unscrew the
pressure switch.
Replacement
Note: The high pressure switch has a red body, the low
pressure switch has a bronze body, both have 1/4 UNF
female threads.
1 Screw the pressure switch into the pressure switch port
and torque tighten sufficiently to form a gas-tight seal.
2 Run the air conditioning and check the pressure
switches for leaks. If any leaks are found, tighten the
pressure switch further until the leaking stops.
13 - 2
Pressure Switches
The 12V supply is fed from the thermostat to the
compressor clutch via the low and high pressure switches
which are wired in series.
The low pressure switch requires a minimum refrigerant
charge level to close its contact. The high pressure switchrequires the charge level to remain below the maximum limit
to keep its contact closed.
Both pressure switch contacts must be closed for the
compressor clutch to operate. If the compressor clutch will
not operate when air conditioning is selected, the fault maybe either electrical or system pressure.
Pressure Switch Testing
1 Switch the engine off so that the air conditioning
system cannot operate.
2 Disconnect the pressure switch harness from the main
vehicle harness and connect an external 12V power
supply to the pressure switch harness connector. If
both pressure switches are working correctly, and the
system is at the correct charge level, the compressorclutch will operate.
If the compressor clutch does not operate with the
external power supply, one of the pressure switches is
faulty or the level of refrigerant charge is insufficient to
close the low pressure switch.
High Pressure Switch Testing
1 Disconnect the air conditioning harness male/female
connectors from the high pressure switch 1.
2 Connect an external 12V power supply to the harness
connectors. If the compressor clutch does not operate,
renew the high pressure switch.
If the clutch operates check the low pressure switch.
Low Pressure Switch Testing
1 If the refrigerant charge level in the system is correct,
but the clutch will still not function, disconnect the air
conditioning harness male/female connectors from the
low pressure switch 2.
2 Connect an external 12V power supply to the harness
connectors. If the compressor clutch does not operate,
renew the low pressure switch.
Note: If both pressure switches operate correctly, check all
electrical connections and the compressor clutch relay.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
13 - 2
Issue 1*
Air Conditioning
S181600
2
1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 124/700
13 - 3
Condenser Coil
It is likely that over a period of time, because of the
machine's working environment, the airflow around the
condenser coil will become restricted due to a build up of
airborne particles.
If the build up of particles is severe, heat dissipation fromthe refrigerant to the air will be significantly reduced,
resulting in poor air conditioning performance.
In extreme cases, over pressurisation of the system occurs,
causing the high pressure cut out switch to operate and
switch off the system.
High pressure cut out can also be caused by an internal
blockage of the condenser coil.
Condenser Coil Cleaning
Take care not to damage the condenser fins or tubes.
Damaged fins must be straightened out to ensure a good
airflow through the coil.
The condensor is located beneath the cab at the rear of the
machine.
1 Park the machine on firm, level ground. Lower the
backhoe and loader to the ground.
2 Remove the starter key.
3 Chock both wheels
!WARNING
Make the machine safe before getting beneath it. Lower
the attachments to the ground; engage the parking
brake; remove the starter key, disconnect the battery.2-3-2-2
4 Use compressed air or low pressure water to backflow
through the coil fins. Take care not to damage the fins.
5 Run the air conditioning and check cooling
performance..
Adjust ing the Compressor Drive Belt
!WARNING
Make sure the engine cannot be started. Disconnect the
battery before doing this job.2-3-3-5
1 Park the machine on firm, level ground. Lower the
backhoe and loader to the ground.
2 Remove the starter key.
3 Remove the left hand side panel.
4 Loosen bolts A, B and C.
5 Position the compressor so that there is 10 mm ( 3
/ 8 in)slack at point X.
6 Tighten bolt A, then bolts B and C.
!WARNING
The air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
must be disconnected except by a qualified refrigeration
engineer.
4-3-4-1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
13 - 3
Issue 1*
Air Conditioning
S181600
A
B
C
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 125/700
14 - 1
Technical DataRefrigerant
R134a
System Capacity
1200g (2 lb 10oz)
Switch Pressures
Low Pressure Switch (white)
Cut in = 3.2 bar max. (47 lbf/ in2 max.)
Cut out = 1.6-1.8 bar (23-26 lbf/ in2 )
High Pressure Switch (blue)
Cut in = 15.2-19.3 bar (220-280 lbf/ in2 )
Cut out = 26.2-29 bar (380-420 lbf/ in2 )
Safety Procedures
The air conditioning system uses refrigerant under pressure
in a closed circuit. Any service procedure which breaks into
the closed circuit and therefore requires discharging of the
system, must only be carried out by an air conditioningengineer. The following guidelines should be adhered to by
all personnel servicing the air conditioning system.
!WARNINGThe air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
should be disconnected until the system has been
discharged by a refrigeration engineer or a suitably
trained person. You can be severely frostbitten or injured
by escaping refrigerant.4-3-4-1/2
1 It is critical that the correct refrigerant is used and that
charging is done only by qualified personnel. It is illegal
to discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere but as
a precaution in case of accidental leakage, discharging
and charging of the vehicle refrigerant system must be
conducted in a well ventilated area.
2 Containers of refrigerant should be stored in a cool
environment away from direct sunlight.
!WARNINGDo not carry out welding operations close to the air
conditioning refrigerant circuit. A poisonous gas is
produced when refrigerant comes into contact with
naked flames. Do not smoke or allow naked flames close
to the refrigerant circuit.
BF 1- 9
3 Do Not perform welding operations close to refrigeranthoses (maintain a distance of at least 0.5m from hoses).
4 Do Not steam clean refrigerant system components.
5 When charging or discharging the refrigerant system,
no smoking or naked flames should be allowed in theimmediate vicinity. The refrigerant does not give off a
poisonous odour, however, when it comes into contactwith a naked flame, a poisonous gas is produced.
6 When handling refrigerant, rubber gloves and goggles
should be worn. Operators should ensure no refrigerantcomes into contact with the skin. Particular care should
be taken when connecting or disconnecting charging
hoses or pressure switches. When these components
are connected to the system, a short release of
refrigerant occurs. This results in a high velocity, very
cold gas being emitted from the connection point.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 1
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 126/700
14 - 2
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 2
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
S257690
A
B
C
E
S 2
1 0 9 5 1
D
G
F
L
K
Operation
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 127/700
14 - 3
Operation
To maintain optimum operator comfort in warm climates or
during seasons of high ambient temperature, the air
conditioning system delivers cool, dehumidified air into the
cab. Cooling is provided by passing the warm ambient air,together with recirculated air, over an evaporator coil in the
air conditioning unit.
The air conditioning system is a closed circuit through which
the refrigerant is circulated, its state changing from gas to
liquid and back to gas again, as it is forced through thesystem.
The major components of the system are the compressor A ,
condenser B, accumulator C, orifice tube D and evaporator
coil E.
To operate the air conditioning, the operator presses the air
conditioning switch F to the ON position. Control G is
rotated anti-clockwise to decrease the temperature from
ambient to cold. Air vents can be adjusted to vary and direct
the airflow.
The compressor A draws in low pressure refrigerant gas
from the accumulator C. The accumulator contains a
desiccant bag which retains any liquid that may be in the
system. This insures that liquid refrigerant will not enter and
damage the compressor.
The action of the compressor changes the state of the
refrigerant from a low pressure gas to a high pressure gas.
High pressure gas leaves the compressor and enters the
condenser B. Ambient air is drawn across the condenser
fins by the engine driven cooling fan and the gas is cooled .In the condenser, the refrigerant changes state to a high
pressure liquid.
The refrigerant passes from the condenser to the evaporator
E via metering orifice tube D. The orifice tube monitors the
amount of refrigerant entering the evaporator and thereforereduces the pressure of the refrigerant. Air in the cab is
forced through the evaporator coil by a blower fan. Heat is
transferred from the ambient and recirculated air to the
refrigerant, causing the low pressure liquid to vapourise andbecome a low pressure gas. The resulting cool air is
circulated to the interior of the cab through ducts and vents.
The low pressure gas is now drawn by suction back to the
compressor via the accumulator, where the cycle begins
again.
Control
Control of the system is achieved by the cyclic action of the
compressor’s electromagnetic clutch. When current is fed tothe field coil of the compressor’s clutch, a magnetic field
develops between the field coil and the armature which pulls
the field coil, complete with clutch assembly, onto the
compressor rotor. Since the clutch assembly is turned
constantly by the crankshaft pulley drive belt, the
compressor armature turns, starting the refrigeration cycle.
Current is fed to the field coil through three switches in
series; 1) the manual ON/OFF switch F; 2) a low pressure
switch K ; 3) a high pressure switch L.
The (white) low pressure switch K is located in the pipe thatconnects the evaporator E to the accumulator C. If the
pressure falls below the low pressure switch setting, the
switch opens, interrupting the electrical supply to the
compressor clutch. Low pressure leads to a lack of
refrigerant borne lubricant for the compressor which can
suffer severe damage as a result. Possible causes of the lowpressure are low refrigerant charge or low ambient
temperatures.
The (blue) high pressure switch L is located in the pipe that
connects the condenser B to the evaporator E. If the
pressure rises above the high pressure switch setting, theswitch opens, interrupting the electrical supply to the
compressor clutch. Continued high pressure is likely todamage hoses and seals. The most likely reason for
excessively high pressure is debris causing a blockage in
the condenser B or the orifice tube D.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 3
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 128/700
14 - 4
Fault Finding
The system will not function in very low ambient temperatures, therefore tests should be carried out in a warm environment. It
is recommended that, to locate faults on the system accurately and quickly, an electronic leak detector and a refrigerant
pressure gauge should be used.
General Fault Indications
There are several indications that may help to determine the fault area on a system not working efficiently:
a) Poor Performance Low accumulator pressure- Plugged orifice tube
Repair or replace accumulator
Evacuate & recharge
Condenser coil air flow restricted - Remove debris from around coil using
compressed air or low pressure water.
System overcharged- Evacuate & recharge
b) Blower operates on fan Blower resistor failed - Renew resistor.
speed 3 only Blower motor failed - Renew blower motor.
c) Compressor clutch Condenser coil blockage - Remove debris from around coil/renew condenser.
continually cuts out Overcharging of refrigerant system- Evacuate and recharge system.
Wiring Diagram
Use the illustration below to complete continuity checks on the air conditioning system harness wires. Refer also to the main
machine circuit diagram in Section C.
Key
40 Heater Motor
41 Heater Resistor42 Air Conditioning Compressor
92 Heater Switch
93 Air Conditioning Switch
94 Air Conditioning Pressure Switch
95 Air Conditioning Pressure Switch
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 4
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
40
41
42
92
93
9594
122
A257780
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 129/700
14 - 5
No Air Conditioning
CHECK ACTION
1 Are the controls set correctly, i.e. air conditioning YES: Check 2selected, thermostat switch set to coldest position NO: Reset controls and retest.
and blower switched on?
2 Is the air conditioning (evaporator) blower working? YES: Check 3.
NO: Check 4.
3 Is the compressor running (visual check of pulley/clutch)? YES: Check11.
NO: Check 7.
4 Is the air conditioning fuse blown? YES: Renew fuse and retest.
NO: Check 5.
5 Is there a 12V supply to the pressure switch harness? YES: Check 6.
(See Pressure Switch Testing ) NO: Check 9.
6 Does the compressor clutch engage with both YES: Check 7.
pressure switches bypassed? NO: Renew the compressor clutch and retest.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
7 Does the compressor clutch engage with YES: Renew high pressure switch and retest.HP switch bypassed? NO: Check 8.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
8 Does the compressor clutch engage with YES: Renew low pressure switch and retest.
LP switch bypassed? NO: Charge check required by refrigeration engineer.
(See Pressure Switch Testing )
9 Are blower switch and wiring OK? YES: Renew blower motor.
NO: Renew switch or wiring.
10 Is condensor air flow blocked? YES: Clean condensor and radiator.
NO: Check 11.
11 Is evaporator air flow blocked? YES: Clean filter and, if necessary the evaporator.
NO: Call in refrigeration engineer.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 5
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 130/700
14 - 6
Checking Refrigerant Charge Level
On machines from serial number 430001 there is no
inspection glass to check the charge level. If the air
conditioning system is not performing adequately complete
the fault finding procedures.
Refrigerant Charging & Discharging
Procedures for charging and discharging the system are not
given in this manual as they require special equipment and
training.
Training can be arranged through the JCB InternationalTraining Centre.
The system will not function in very low ambient
temperatures, therefore tests should be carried out in a
warm environment.
The service valves are Schrader type and can be located at
the compressor A , on the suction and discharge ports.
The (white) low pressure switch K is located in the pipe that
connects the evaporator to the accumulator.
The (blue) high pressure switch L is located in the pipe that
connects the condenser to the evaporator.
Leak Testing
!WARNING
Leak testing in Air Conditioning systems should becarried out only in a well ventilated area.BF 1-2
Note: The refrigerant is heavier than air and will leak
downwards from the defective component. Check in still
conditions but in a well ventilated area.
Hose or pipe connections are likely leakage points of any
refrigerant circuit.
To test for leaks in the high pressure side of the system i.e.
from the compressor output to the orifice tube, run the air
conditioning for a few minutes then switch off the engineand test for leakage using an electronic leak detector.
To test for leakage in the low pressure side of the system,
switch off the air conditioning and leave for a few minutes
before testing.
Tightening Leaking Hoses
!WARNINGThe air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
should be disconnected until the system has been
discharged by a refrigeration engineer or a suitably
trained person. You can be severely frostbitten or injured
by escaping refrigerant.4-3-4-1/2
The refrigerant hoses have crimped ferrule end fittings. The
hose connectors have an 'O' ring seal which compresses
when the connection is tight, creating an air tight seal.
Hoses are used to connect the inlets and outlets of thecompressor, condenser, orifice tube, evaporator coil and
suction accumulator and at bulkhead connectors above and
below the cab floor.
If leakage is detected from a hose connector, tighten the
connector up and repeat the leakage test. If leakage is stillevident, it will be necessary to de-gas the system and renew
the connector 'O' ring seal.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 6
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
A
L
K
S257700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 131/700
14 - 21
Blower Motor
Removal
1 Disconnect the battery.
2 Loosen and remove the side console screws A and
remove side console B.
3 Loosen and remove bottom console screws C and
remove the bottom console D.
4 Disconnect the electrical connector to the heater
blower.
5 Loosen and remove M6 flanged bolts E.
6 Carefully remove the heater assembly F from itshousing.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal procedure, makesure that the seal located between the housing and heater is
in good condition - replace if necessary.
Note: The heater assembly is of a modular design. This
enables the air conditioning evaporator matrix to be housednext to the standard heater matrix. Complete removal of the
air conditioning unit will require the refrigerant to be drainedfrom the system.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 21
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
AA
A
A
B
C
C
C
D
E
F
S210341
S257790
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 132/700
14 - 22
Pressure Switches
The 12V supply is fed to the compressor clutch field coil
through three switches in series; 1) the manual ON/OFF
switch F; 2) a low pressure switch K ; 3) a high pressure
switch L.
The low pressure switch requires a minimum refrigerant
charge level to close its contact. The high pressure switch
requires the charge level to remain below the maximum limit
to keep its contact closed.
Both pressure switch contacts must be closed for the
compressor clutch to operate. If the compressor clutch will
not operate when air conditioning is selected, the fault may
be either electrical or system pressure.
High Pressure Switch Testing
1 Switch off the engine and disconnect the electrical
connector to the high pressure switch L.
2 Fit a link wire between the two terminals on the high
pressure switch harness connector.
3 Switch on the engine and the air conditioning system, if
the system operates the high pressure switch is faulty -
replace it with a new one. If the system does not
operate continue to test the Low Pressure Switch.
Low Pressure Switch Testing
1 Switch off the engine and disconnect the electrical
connector to the low pressure switch K .
2 Fit a link wire between the two terminals on the lowpressure switch harness connector.
3 Switch on the engine and the air conditioning system, if
the system operates the low pressure switch is faulty -
replace it with a new one. If the system does not
operate check all electrical connections, fuses etc.
Removal and Replacement
!WARNINGGoggles and rubber gloves must be worn when pressure
switches are removed or fitted. A small amount of
refrigerant is released which can be harmful to the skin
and eyes.BF 1-10
Removal
1 Disconnect the electrical connections and unscrew the
pressure switch.
Replacement
Note: The high pressure switch has a blue body, the low
pressure switch has a white body.
1 Screw the pressure switch into the pressure switch port
and torque tighten sufficiently to form a gas-tight seal.
2 Run the air conditioning and check the pressure
switches for leaks. If any leaks are found, tighten the
pressure switch further until the leaking stops.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 22
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
A
L
K
S257700
F
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 133/700
14 - 23
Condenser Coil
It is likely that over a period of time, because of the
machine's working environment, the airflow around the
condenser coil B will become restricted due to a build up of
airborne particles.
If the build up of particles is severe, heat dissipation from
the refrigerant to the air will be significantly reduced,
resulting in poor air conditioning performance.
In extreme cases, over pressurisation of the system occurs,causing the high pressure cut out switch to operate and
switch off the system.
High pressure cut out can also be caused by an internal
blockage of the condenser coil.
Condenser Coil Cleaning
Take care not to damage the condenser fins or tubes.
Damaged fins must be straightened out to ensure a good
airflow through the coil.
The condensor is located at the front of the machine, behind
the nose grille A .
1 Park the machine on firm, level ground. Lower the
backhoe and loader to the ground. Remove the starter
key.
2 Remove the front grille fixing screws. Use compressedair or low pressure water to backflow through the coil
fins. Take care not to damage the fins.
3 Run the air conditioning and check coolingperformance.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 23
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
S257700
S257800
A
B
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 134/700
14 - 24
Adjusting the Air Conditioning
Compressor Drive Belt
!WARNINGThe air conditioning system is a closed loop system and
contains pressurised refrigerant. No part of the system
should be disconnected until the system has been
discharged by a refrigeration engineer or a suitably
trained person. You can be severely frostbitten or injured
by escaping refrigerant.4-3-4-1/2
!WARNINGMake sure the engine cannot be started. Disconnect the
battery before doing this job.
2-3-3-5
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral. Raise
and block the loader arms. Lower the backhoe to theground and stop the engine.
2 Loosen bolts A , B and C. Position the compressor so
that there is 10 mm (3/8 in) slack at point X .
3 Tighten bolt A , then bolts B and C.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
14 - 24
Issue 1
Air Conditioning
(machines from serial number 430001)
S209392
BA
C
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 135/700
15 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 1
Issue 2
Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 136/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 137/700
15 - 3
Direct Glazing (cont'd)
Removing the Broken Glass and Old Sealant (cont'd)
1 Position the machine on level ground and apply the
parking brake. Stop the engine. Put protective covers
over the cab seat and control pedestals.
2 a Laminated glass - leave installed until the old
sealant has been cut away, after which it will be
possible to lift the broken screen away from its frame
housing in one piece.
b Toughened glass - remove as much of the
shattered glass as possible prior to cutting out the oldsealant.
3 Cut out the old sealant, leaving approximately 1 to 2
mm on the cab frame. There are several tools and
techniques for doing this:
a Pneumatic Knife A provides one of the easiest
methods of removing the sealant around laminatedglass. The tool, powered by compressed air,
should be sourced locally.
Note: This tool must not be used on toughened glass (see
WARNING on previous page).
(i) Press the handle to start the knife blade oscillating.
(ii) Insert the knife blade into the sealant.
(ii) Slowly move the knife along the sealant with the
blade positioned as close to the glass as possible.Do not allow the knife blade to overheat or the
sealant will melt.
b Braided Cutting Wire and Handles B. This method
uses a 3-core wire, a wire starter tube and two handles
(see Service Tools, Section 1).
(i) Insert the steel tube C into the old sealant on the
inside of the glass.
(ii) Insert the braided cutting wire D down the centre of
the steel tube. If necessary, from the outside, cut
out local sealant at the point of the tube to gain
access to the wire.
(iii) Using suitable pliers, pull the cutting wire through
the sealant to the outer side of the glass.
(iv) Secure each end of the braided cutting wire in the
special handles E.
(v) Move the cutting wire backwards and forwards in a
sawing motion and at the same time gently push orpull the wire to cut through the old sealant.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 3
Issue 1
Cab
S186380
S189870
S189880
A
B D
D
E
EDC
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 138/700
15 - 4
Direct Glazing (cont'd)
Removing the Broken Glass and Old Sealant (cont'd)
c Cut-out Knife F. The cut-out knife can be used as a
left handed or right handed tool. For the knife and its
replaceable blades, refer to Service Tools, Section
1.
(i) Insert the knife blade into the sealant.
(ii) Make sure that the blade of the knife is against
the glass as shown at G.
(iii) Use the 'pull-handle' to pull the knife along andcut out the old sealant.
d Craft Knife H. The blades are replaceable.
(i) Insert the knife blade into the sealant.
(ii) Pull the knife along and cut out the old sealant.
Note: There are other tools available to cut out the old
sealant. For example, there is a long handle type craft knife
to give extended reach. Refer to Service Tools, Section 1,
for details of this and any other tools.
4 a Laminated glass - lift out the broken pane using
glass lifters (see Service Tools, Section 1).
b Toughened glass - remove the cut off sealant and all
remaining particles of shattered glass.
5 If necessary, trim off the remaining old sealant to leave
approximately 1 to 2 mm on the upright face of the cab
frame aperture, as shown at J.
6 Apply a coat of 'Black Primer 206J' to the paintwork if:
a Paintwork was damaged or scratched during the
glass/sealant removal procedures.
b The old sealant was inadvertently cut back to the
cab frame during the glass/sealant removalprocedures.
Preparing the Cab Frame Aperture
1 If damp or wet, dry the aperture area using a hot air gun
(sourced locally).
2 Use 'Active Wipe 205' to thoroughly clean and 'prime'
the trimmed sealant. Use a lint free cloth to apply the
'Active Wipe 205', allow 5 minutes flash off (drying)time.
Note: Do not use any other type of cleaning fluids, otherwise
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 4
Issue 1
Cab
S186370
S189890
S189900
F
G
H
J
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 139/700
15 - 5
Direct Glazing (cont'd)
Preparing the New Glass
! CAUTION
The laminated front screen must be handled with extra
care to prevent breakage. Wherever possible, store and
handle it in a vertical attitude. When placing or lifting the
screen in a hori zontal attitude it must be supported over
its whole area, not just at the edges.BF 1-8
1 Make sure that the new glass correctly fits the frame
aperture K.
a Put two spacer blocks L onto the bottom part of the
frame aperture.
b Install the new glass on the spacer blocks - ALWAYS
USE GLASS LIFTERS M (see Service Tools, Section
1). Check that there is an equal sized gap all roundthe edge of the glass.
Note: The spacer blocks are rectangular in section to give
two common gap widths. If necessary they can be trimmed
to a smaller size to give an equal sized gap around the glass.
IMPORTANT: The glass edges MUST NOT touch the frame,
otherwise movement of the frame will chip and eventually
break the newly installed glass.
2 After checking for size, remove the new glass and place
it on a purpose made glass stand N (see Service
Tools, Section 1).
Small panes of glass will need locating on a 600 x 700 mm x
15 to 19 mm thick plywood board P (sourced locally to fit
the glass stand N ). It is recommended that an access hole is
cut in the board to accommodate the glass lifter, making it
easier and safer to handle small panes of glass. The board
should be covered with felt or carpet to give an anti-scratch
surface. Resting the glass on four spacer blocks will ensureclearance of the cartridge nozzle tip during application of the
polyurethane sealant.
3 Make sure the glass is positioned on the stand the
correct way up (i.e. with the black ceramic ink band
upwards) ready for application of primer etc.
4 a Use 'Active Wipe 205' to thoroughly clean and
'prime' the black ceramic ink band printed on the
glass (see Note 1). Use a lint free cloth to apply the
'Active Wipe 205', allow 5 minutes flash off (drying)
time.
Note 1: Do not touch the glass after cleaning with the 'Active
Wipe 205'.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 5
Issue 1
Cab
S186291
S186280
S189910
S189920
M
L
K
N
P
R
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 140/700
15 - 6
Direct Glazing (cont'd)
Preparing the New Glass (cont'd)
5 Install the Ultra Fast Adhesive cartridge (see Sealing
and Retaining Compounds, Section 1 and Note 2
below) into a suitable applicator gun:
a Remove the aluminium disc cover from the base of
the cartridge and discard the 'dessicant capsule'.
b Make sure that the rolled edge of the cartridge is not
damaged - if necessary, the edges should be
pressed flat, otherwise it will be difficult to remove
the cartridge from the applicator gun.
c Pierce the front 'nozzle' end of the cartridge to its
maximum diameter.
d Fit the pre-cut nozzle shown at S.
e Install the cartridge in the applicator gun.
Note 2: Cold material will be very difficult to extrude. The
cartridges must be pre-heated in a special oven (see
Service Tools ) for 1 hour to a temperature of 80°C (176°F).
Pre-heating the cartridges makes the adhesive more
workable and also brings the 'curing' time down to 30
minutes.
6 Apply the pre-heated adhesive to the glass (do not start
in a corner). Keep the nozzle guide T against the edge
of the glass and make sure that the adhesive forms acontinuous 'pyramid' shape.
Note 3: Once the pre-heated adhesive has been applied to
the glass, install the glass in the aperture as soon as
possible. After approximately 10 minutes the sealant will
form a 'skin', this will prevent the glass from bonding.
7 After applying the adhesive, leave a small amount of
sealant protruding from the nozzle. This will prevent any
adhesive left in the cartridge from 'curing'.
Installing the New Glass
1 Make sure the two spacer blocks are in position (see
step 1 of Preparing the New Glass ).
2 Install the glass in the frame aperture:
a ALWAYS use the special lifting tools when moving
the glass. Use a lifting strap to hold large panes of
glass in position as shown W.
b Sit the bottom edge of the glass on the spacer
blocks as shown X.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 6
Issue 1
Cab
S
T10-15 mm
8-10 mm
A186410
S186440
S189910
S189930
A186410
S
T
T
W
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 141/700
15 - 7
Direct Glazing (cont'd)
Installing the New Glass (cont'd)
3 Make the inside seal smooth:
a Wearing surgical gloves, dip your finger in a soapy
water solution.
b Use your finger to make the inside seal smooth.
4 All exposed edges must be sealed using Black
Polyurethane Sealant (see Sealing and Retaining
Compounds, Section 1).
5 Clean the glass after installation:
IMPORTANT: Use extreme caution when wiping the inside
of the new glass - pushing too hard on the inside of the
glass will affect the integrity of the bonded seal.
a Small amounts of sealant can be cleaned from the
glass using the 'Active Wipe 205'.
b Large amounts of excess sealant should be left to
'cure' (see Note 4) and then cut off with a sharp
knife.
Note 4: On completion of the glass replacement procedures,
the sealant 'curing' time is 30 minutes. This means that themachine can be driven and used after 30 minutes, but it
MUST NOT be used during the curing period of 30 minutes.
c Clean the glass using a purpose made glass
cleaner.
6 On completion of the glass installation procedures tidy
the work area:
a Remove ALL broken glass from the cab area.
b Remove the protective covers from the cab seat and
control pedestals.
c Renew all 'warning' and 'information' decals so that
the new installation conforms with the original cab
installation.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
15 - 7
Issue 1
Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 142/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 143/700
20 - 2
Loader Arms
Removal and Replacement
Removal
1 Park the machine on firm level ground. Engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
2 Remove loader end attachment (such as a shovel) iffitted. If the attachment is hydraulically operated,
disconnect attachment hoses and plug/cap
immediately. Vent residual hydraulic pressure prior to
removing hoses by operating the control levers with the
engine switched off.
!WARNINGDO NOT work under raised loader arms unless they are
adequately supported by stands and/or slings.BF 3-1
3 Remove the engine cover, see page B/1-1.
4 Raise the loader arms to give access to the lift ram
pivot pins A .
5 Sling the loader arms as shown at X . Make sure thatthe slings are taut and therefore holding the weight of
the loader arms.
6 Switch off the engine and vent residual hydraulic
pressure from the loader end by operating the loader
controls back and forth several times.
7 Remove the lift ram pivot pins A (see Note 1).
Note 1: Care must be taken when removing the lift ram pivot
pin, once the pin is removed the ram will drop. Either hold
the ram using a sling or have a second person hold the rambefore removing the pin.
8 Lower the loader arms to the ground using the slings, it
may be necessary to retract the lift rams to enable the
loader arms to rest fully on the ground. Make sure the
lift rams do not foul when retracted.
9 Make sure residual hydraulic pressure has been vented.
Disconnect the shovel ram and auxiliary (if fitted) hoses,
shown at B. Plug and cap the hoses immediately.
10 Disconnect the electrical connections (not shown) tothe loader shovel reset switch (if fitted).
11 Remove pivot pin retaining bolts D, E, F and G (see
Note 2).
Note 2: To gain access to bolts D and F and their retaining
nuts, remove cover C. To gain access to bolts E and G and
their retaining nuts, remove the battery and use access slot
W.
12 Sling the loader arms as shown at Y . Make sure that
the sling is wrapped around the loader arms only andnot the level links.
13 Remove nut and bolt H. Remove retaining ring J and
shim K .
!WARNINGThe loader arm interlevers are potentially dangerous,
when pivoting about their centre they form a 'scissor'
point with the loader arm. Make sure the interlevers are
securely blocked when working in the loader arm area.BF 2-1
14 Secure the interlever lever linkage as shown at Z,
otherwise with level link pivot pin L removed, the
interlever linkage could pivot about its centre and cause
injury and/or damage.
15 Use extractor tool 992/00800 and remove pivot pin L.
16 Repeat steps 13 to 15 for the opposite level link pivot
pin.
17 Remove nut and bolt M. Remove retaining ring N and
shim P.
18 Use extractor tool 992/00800 and remove pivot pin Q.
19 Repeat steps 17 and 18 for the opposite loader arm
pivot pin.
20 When all four pivot pins have been removed, carefully
reverse the machine clear of the loader arms
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
Check operation of loader shovel reset switch (if fitted).
Apply rust inhibiting oil to all static bores and pivot pins
before assembly into rams and mainframe (except for pivot
pins/bores L and Q ).
Apply anti-seize paste to bearing bores of pivot pins L and
Q.
All klipring installations to have a maximum end float of 2
mm (0.078 in).
Fit new liner bearings in the loader arms and/or the level link
using a shouldered mandrel as shown.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
20 - 2
Issue 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 144/700
25 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
25 - 1
Issue 1
S216800
D E
G
F
A
B
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 145/700
25 - 2
Stabiliser Leg (Sideshift Machines)
Removal and Replacement
The following steps (1 to 11) describe the removal
procedures for the stabiliser inner leg, the stabiliser foot andthe stabiliser ram. However, it is possible to remove these
items as a complete assembly, see step 12.
Removal
1 Park the machine on firm level ground. Engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
2 Lower the loader shovel to the ground.
3 Make sure that the backhoe assembly is set central to
the mainframe as shown. If necessary 'sideshift' the
backhoe into a central position.
4 Lower the stabiliser legs until the pads are
approximately 1 in. (25mm) off the ground.
5 Remove the bottom locking nut A and bolt B.
6 Drive out the bottom pivot pin C.
Note: Steps 7 to 10 only apply if renewing or repairing thestabiliser ram, however, removing the ram will give more
room when refitting the stabiliser inner leg.
7 Make sure the engine is switched off, vent residual
hydraulic pressure by moving the backhoe and
stabiliser control levers back and forth.
8 Loosen and remove the stabiliser hoses D and E, label
the hoses before removing (as an aid to assembly).
Plug all open orifices to prevent loss of fluid and ingress
of dirt.
9 Loosen and remove the top pivot pin retaining nut and
bolt, as shown at F.
! CAUTIONThe ram is heavy. It is recommended that the ram is
removed with the assistance of a sling and suitablelifting appliance.BF 2-4
10 Remove the stabiliser ram - take the ram out from the
top. Be careful, the ram is heavy.
!WARNINGMake the machine safe, place blocks underneath the
sideshift railsBF 2-5
11 Use the boom and dipper to raise the rear of themachine, as shown at G. Do not raise the machine too
high but allow just enough room for the stabiliser inner
leg to slide clear. Refer to the warning above.
Note: Use the widest backhoe bucket available (if possible,
a 5ft ditching bucket).
12 If required, the stabiliser inner leg, stabiliser foot and
stabiliser ram can be removed as a complete assembly:
12.1 Complete steps 1 to 4.
12.2 Make sure the engine is switched off, vent
residual hydraulic pressure by moving the
backhoe and stabiliser control levers back and
forth.
12.3 Loosen and remove the stabiliser hoses D andE, label the hoses before removing (as an aid
to assembly). Plug all open orifices to prevent
loss of fluid and ingress of dirt.
!WARNINGMake the machine safe, place blocks underneath the
sideshift railsBF 2-5
12.4 Loosen and remove the top pivot pin retaining
nut and bolt, as shown at F.
12.5 Use the widest backhoe bucket available (if
possible, a 5ft ditching bucket), and position
the backhoe as shown at G. Do not raise the
machine too high but allow just enough room
for the stabiliser leg assembly to slide clear.Refer to the warning above.
Inspection
The inner leg should be free from nicks, marks or scores.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
Use suitable lifting appliances to locate the stabiliser ram.
After replacing or fitt ing the stabi liser leg, connect the
hydraulic pipes, make sure that the ram and leg operatefreely and do not foul.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
25 - 2
Issue 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 146/700
26 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
26 - 1
Issue 1
SXXXXXX
S216810
SXXXXXX
A B
CDE
CD
FG
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 147/700
26 - 2
Stabiliser Leg (Centremount Machines)
Removal and Replacement
Removal
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the backhoe and loader end to the ground and
stop the engine.
2 Lower the stabiliser legs to the ground.
3 Make sure the engine is switched off, vent residual
hydraulic pressure by moving the backhoe and
stabiliser control levers back and forth.
4 Remove the stabiliser ram:
4.1 Carefully disconnect hydraulic hoses A and B fromthe stabiliser hydraulic ram, label the hoses before
removing (as an aid to assembly). Release theconnections slowly.
4.2 If a stabiliser foot is fitted, remove 'C' washers C
and washers D. Drive out the foot retaining pin E.
! CAUTIONThe ram is heavy. It is recommended that the ram is
removed with the assistance of a sling and suitable
lifting appliance.BF 2-4
4.3 Wrap a suitable sling around the stabiliser ram,make sure that the weight of the ram is supported
by the sling.
4.4 Remove the ram pivot pin retaining nut and bolt,
drive out the ram pivot pin as shown at F.
4.5 Remove the stabiliser ram.
5 Remove the stabiliser leg:
! CAUTIONThis component is heavy. Do not attempt to remove it
unless its weight is held by a sling. Make sure that thesling is attached to a suitable lifting appliance.
HYD 2-3/1
5.1 Wrap a suitable sling around the stabiliser leg,
make sure that the weight of the leg is supported
by the sling.
5.2 Remove the stabiliser leg pivot pin retaining nut
and bolt, drive out the stabiliser leg pivot pin , as
shown at G.
5.3 Remove the stabiliser leg.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
Use suitable lifting appliances to locate the stabiliser ram
and the stabiliser leg.
After replacing or fitt ing the stabi liser leg, connect thehydraulic pipes, make sure that the ram and leg operate
freely and do not foul.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
26 - 2
Issue 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 148/700
30 - 1
Slew Cylinders (Sideshift Machines)
Dismantling and Assembly
Drain the oil from the slew gearbox.
!WARNING
Slacken but DO NOT remove the cylinder retaining bolts
when using hydraulic pressure to break the seal. Severe
injury can be caused if the cylinder is released suddenly
under pressure.BF 2-2
Slacken bolts A and use hydraulic pressure to break the seal
between cylinder B and the gearbox body. Disconnect and
blank hose C. Remove the bolts and cylinder.
The piston head seals D can be renewed with the piston
head still fitted. To remove the piston head, unscrew bolt E.
Note: If the rack is to be removed, the piston head will not
pass through the rack housing. Prevent rack rotation when
slackening bolt E by leaving the pinion in engagement with
the rack.
Ensure that the new 'O' ring F and spacer G are correctly
located.
Apply JCB Multi-gasket on joint face between cylinders B
and the gearbox body.
Refill gearbox with oil specified on page 3/1-1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
A 970 99 715
E 405 41 300
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
30 - 1
Issue 2*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 149/700
31 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
31 - 1
Issue 1
S8365
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 150/700
31 - 2
Kingpost & Carriage - Sideshift Machines
Dismantling and Assembly
If required, kingpost 9 and carriage 18 can be removed and
replaced without disturbing the slew cylinders; but if therack, or pinion 8B are damaged it is advisable to clean out
the cylinders (see page 30 - 1). If removing the piston heads,
leave driveshaft 8A in position to prevent rack rotation whilst
turning the piston head bolts.
If removing the kingpost with the carriage still fitted, ensure
that there is a clearance of at least 850 mm (34 in) below the
kingpost to allow driveshaft removal. Alternatively, the
kingpost and carriage may be removed as an assembly and
dismantled in a horizontal position.
Before removing the driveshaft, slew the kingpost to dead
centre, drain the gearbox oil (plug 1) and remove the boom
and dipper. Support the kingpost using a hoist and positiona jack under cover plate 4 to support the driveshaft.
Knock back locktabs 2, unscrew bolts 3 and lower the jack
to remove the driveshaft.
When Assembling
Apply JCB High Strength Retainer to the inner and outerfaces of liner ring 19 and to the outer faces of bushes. Fit
liner ring 19 with its internal chamfer at the bottom.
Fit bush 21 with the grooved end at the top and the other
end flush with the bottom of the housing. Ensure that
raincap 20 is clipped onto the bush.
Tighten nut 17 until clearance is 2 - 4 mm (0.08 - 0.16 in)
with the hydra-clamp in the 'ON' position, as shown at A .
Bottom bush 16 must be fitted, with the outside groove at
the bottom, to a depth of 7.5 mm (0.295 in) below the topface of the parent bore. Top bush 15 must be fitted, 'O' ring
groove downwards, to a depth of 6 mm (0.236 in) below the
top face. Ensure that the grease holes in the bush are at
right angles to the grease nipple. Ensure that seals 10 and
13 face in the direction shown.
Apply anti-seize paste to all bearing surfaces and the upper
splined area on the driveshaft.
When fitting the driveshaft, ensure that the kingpost andrack are central.
Ensure that the dowel in cover plate 4 enters the hole in
housing 6.
Ensure that roll pins B and D are fitted and do not protrudeabove the splines. The roll pins should align with master
splines E and C on assembly.
Bleed the Hydraclamps by opening the bleed screw at
clamp 17 and operating the clamps until air-free oil flows
from the screw.
Fill the gearbox with oil (see page 3/1-1).
Grease bushes 15, 16 through their grease nipples.
Note: Do not inject more than 30-50 ml of grease throughthe grease nipple for item 16.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
3 170 17.5 125
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
31 - 2
Issue 3*
A204860
2 - 4 MM
S156530
*
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 151/700
35 - 1
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
35 - 1
Issue 1
159880
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 152/700
35 - 2
Boom & Dipper
Removal & Replacement
Always label hydraulic hoses before disconnecting them,
this will ensure that they are correctly reconnected. Plug andcap all hose open ends to prevent ingress of dirt and loss of
hydraulic fluid.
Removal
1 Remove the backhoe bucket and place the backhoe in
the position shown at A .
2 Lower the stabilisers.
3 Stop the engine and disconnect the battery (to prevent
the engine being started).
4 Operate the backhoe control levers back and forthseveral times to release pressure trapped in the
hydraulic hoses.
5 Remove the dipper from the boom assembly:
5.1 Disconnect hoses 10, 11, 12 and 13.
5.2 Place a suitable support underneath the dipper
ram as shown at L.
5.3 Wrap a sling around the dipper as shown at M.
Make sure the weight of the dipper is held by the
sling before removing pivot pins etc.
5.4 Remove nut N, bolt P and pivot pin Q.
5.5 Remove nut R, bolt S and pivot pin T.
Note: From machine serial number 416130, two thin M12
nuts are used in place of the single nut R. The new
arrangement allows the pivot pin retaining bolt to be secured
without inducing a lateral tension.
5.6 Hoist the dipper clear of the boom.
6 Remove the boom from the kingpost and carriage
assembly:
6.1 Wrap a sling around the boom as shown at B.Make sure the weight of the boom is held by the
sling before removing pivot pins etc.
6.2 Disconnect hoses 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8.
6.3 Make sure that the boom lock is secured in the
raised position. Disconnect the remote boom lockhydraulic hose 9.
6.4 Place a suitable support underneath the boom ram
as shown at D.
6.5 Remove nut E, bolt F and pivot pin G.
6.6 Remove circlip H and shim J (if fitted). Removepivot pin K.
6.7 Hoist the boom clear of the kingpost and carriage
assembly.
Replacement
Replacement is generally a reversal of the installation
procedure.
The boom to dipper pivot pin T must be retained using two
M12 thin nuts (in place of a single nut as shown at R ). Fit the
first thin nut to within 1mm (0.040 in.) of the pivot boss face.Fit the second thin nut and tighten onto the first nut - torque
to 43 Nm (32 lbf ft).
When fitting the dipper to the boom, the maximum
permissible side float is 1.5mm (0.060in). If necessary, fit
shim between the boom nose and dipper, as shown at V .
When fitting the boom and dipper assembly to the kingpost
and carriage, the maximum permissible side float between
kingpost and boom is 3.00mm (0.118in). If necessary, fit
shim, item J, on the right hand side of the machine only (see
notes 1 and 3).
Note 1: With the exception of slewing operations 'Left Hand'
and 'Right Hand' are as viewed from the rear of the machine
facing forwards.
The hoses should have been clearly labelled beforeremoving, however shown below is a key to the hoses and
their final destination:
Hose Destination
1 Auxiliary ram (see note 2)2 Auxiliary ram (see note 2)
3 Boom ram (head side)
4 Boom ram (rod side)
5 Dipper ram (rod side)
6 Dipper ram (head side)
7 Crowd ram (rod side)
8 Crowd ram (head side)
9 Remote boom lock
10 Crowd ram (rod side)
11 Crowd ram (head side)
12 Auxiliary ram (see note 2)13 Auxiliary ram (see note 2)
Note 2: Hoses 1, 2, 12 and 13 feed auxiliary services such
as extending dipper, jaw bucket etc. Hose final destinations,
i.e. auxiliary ram head side or rod side positions, vary
depending on which auxiliary attachment is fitted.
Note 3: Later machines utilise a slightly longer pivot pin and2-off 5 mm thick washers, one at each end. On reassembly
the washers must be positioned adjacent to their circlips.
Shims may still be required between the boom and kingpost
to keep side float within the limit given above. Note that the
maximum permissible clearance between boom and pivot
pin is 1.0 mm (0.039 in). Add shims between the 5 mmspacers and the boom as required.
Section B Body & Framework
9803/3260
Section B
35 - 2
Issue 3*
Backhoe
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 153/700
i
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
i
Issue 7*
Technical Data
General Electrical Data 1 - 1
Circuit Protection
- to serial number 430000) 1 - 2- from serial number 430001) 1 - 3
Relay Identification - Syncro Shuttle Machines
- to serial number 409434 1 - 4
- from serial number 409435 to 430000 1 - 4
Relay Identification - Powershift Machines
- to serial number 409434 1 - 5
- from serial number 409435 to 430000 1 - 5
Relay Identification - All Models (from serial number 430001) 1 - 6
Test Methods
Use of Multimeter 2 - 1
Measuring DC Voltage 2 - 3Measuring Resistance 2 - 3
Measuring Continuity 2 - 3
How to Test a Diode or Diode Wire 2 - 4
Parking Brake Switch
Adjustment 10 - 1
Circuit Diagrams & Component Lists (to serial number 430000)
Basic Machine 15 - 1
Circuit Options and Variations
- Steer Circuit (AWS Machines Only) 15- 3
- Powershift Transmission 15 - 4
- 2/4 Wheel Drive (up to serial number 409434) 15 - 5
- Transmission Dump Circuit (up to serial number 413772) 15 - 5
- Instrument Lights Test Button (up to serial number 404502) 15 - 6
- Hydraulic Speed Control (HSC) - 2 Relays - (up to serial number 406613) 15 - 6
Circuit Diagrams & Component Lists (from serial number 430001)
Basic Machine (2WS) 18 - 1
Circuit Options and Variations
- Powershift Transmission & Steer Circuit (AWS Machines Only) 18 - 5
- Powershift Transmission (2WS Machines Only) 18 - 7
- Steer Circuit for 3CX 4x4x4 Machines 18 - 7- 3CXE (214E) Machine Only 18 - 9
Batteries
Safety 20 - 1
Specfic Gravity Test 20 - 2
Battery Testing 20 - 2
Wiring Harness Repair
Harness Repair Introduction 25 - 1
Tools Required 25 - 1
Procedure 25 - 1
Contents Page No.
*
**
****
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 154/700
ii
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
ii
Issue 3*
Contents Page No.
Starter Motor
Starting Circuit Test 38 - 1
Removal and Replacement 38 - 4
Dismantling 38 - 4
Service and Renewal 38 - 4
Assembly 38 - 4
Alternator
Charging Circuit Test 39 - 1
Service Precautions 39 - 3
Removal and Replacement 39 - 3
Dismantling and Assembly 39 - 5
Dismantling and Assembly (Magneti Marelli Type) 39 - 7
Harness Location
Harness Location - up to serial number 430000 40 - 1
Harness Location - from serial number 430001 40 - 2
Wire Number Identification
Wire/Harness numbers - Explanation of: 41 - 1
Wire numbers (to serial number 430000)
- 000 to 199 41 - 2
- 200 to 599 41 - 4
- 600 to 799 41 - 4
- 800 to 999 41 - 6
Wire numbers (from serial number 430001)
- 000 to 199 42 - 1
- 200 to 599 42 - 3
- 600 to 799 42 - 4
- 800 to 999 42 - 7
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 155/700
1 - 1
General Electrical Data
System Type 12 Volt, negative earth
Battery (Heavy Duty)
- Cold crank amps for 1 minute to
1.4 volts per cell at -18 deg C (0 deg F) 550
- Reserve capacity (minutes) for 25 amp load 220
Battery (Temperate)
- Cold crank amps for 1 minute to
1.4 volts per cell at -18 deg C (0 deg F) 410
- Reserve capacity (minutes) for 25 amp load 170
Alternator
2WS Lucas - 65 Amp maximum output
4WS Magnetti Marelli - 72 Amp maximum output4WS (air conditioning or ServoPlus builds) Magneti Marell i - 85 Amp maximum output
Starter Motor Lucas
Light Bulbs
Head lights - main/dip 45/37.5W
Work lights 55W Halogen (front & rear)
Front side lights 5W
Tail/stop lights 5/21W
Fog light 21W
Direction turn indicators 21W (front & rear)
Instruments 1.2W
Warning lights 3W
† Number plate light 2 x 5W
Interior light 10W
† Beacon 70W Halogen
† Note: These items are not apllicable to U.S.A.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 1
Issue 3*
Technical Data
*
*
**
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 156/700
1 - 2
Circuit Protection
The electrical circuits are protected by fuses. The fuses are
located in a fuse box to the right of the steering pedestal. If afuse melts, find out why and rectify the fault before fitting a
new one. The fuses are identified using column letters (A, Band C) and row numbers (1 to 9).
! CAUTIONFuses
Always replace fuses with ones of correct ampere rating
to avoid electrical system damage.8-3-3-5
COLUMN 'A' Fuse
Rating
1 Reverse alarm, brake lights, 2/4WD solenoid†††. 10 Amp
2 Gauges, stabiliser lock relay. 5 Amp
3 Left hand sidelights, dipper light. 5 Amp
4 Gauge illumination, right hand sidelights. 5 Amp
5 Rear wiper. 5 Amp
6 Hazard warning lights. 10 Amp
7 Beacon, Interior light. 10 Amp
8 Radio. 5 Amp
9 Horn, headlight flash, front wiper/washer. 10 Amp
COLUMN 'B'
1 Junction box, remote unload solenoid (HSC). 10 Amp
2 Fuel pump solenoid (engine stop). 5 Amp
3 Dip beam†. 10 Amp
4 Main beam. 10 Amp
5 Front work lights. 10 Amp
6 Direction turn indicators. 5 Amp
7 Dump relay. 5 Amp
8 Heater. 15 Amp
9 Hand dump, buzzer. 5 Amp
COLUMN 'C'
1 Rear work lights. 10 Amp
2 Steering solenoids, proximity switches ††. 5 Amp
3 2/4 WD switch & relay, forward relay andsolenoid, reverse relay and solenoid.
Powershift only - forward high/low relay &
solenoid, reverse high/low relay & solenoid,
drive (mainshaft/layshaft) relay & solenoid,
neutral relay. 10 Amp
4 Fog light †. 10 Amp
5 When applicable - heated seat, clock & cigar
lighter. 15 Amp
† Note: Machines prior to serial number 400077 have the
fog light circuit protected by fuse B3, not C4 as
indicated.
†† Note: Steering solenoids and proximity switches arefitted to AWS machines only.
††† Note: Machines up to serial number 403024 have the
brake lights protected by fuse A1.
Machines from serial number 403025 to 404851 havethe brake lights protected by fuse C3.
Machines from serial number 404852 have the brake
lights, and 2/4WD solenoid protected by fuse A1 (as
indicated in the fuse identification chart).
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 2
Issue 3*
Technical Data
S143211
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 157/700
1 - 3
Circuit Protection (from machine serial
number 430001)
The relays and fuses are located in the side console
underneath cover A .
! CAUTIONFuses
Always replace fuses with ones of correct ampere rating
to avoid electrical system damage.
8-3-3-5
Fuse Identification
If a fuse melts, find out why and rectify the fault before fittinga new one. The fuses are identified using column letters (A,
B and C) and row numbers (1 to 9). Note that all the fuses
are shown (including optional equipment fuses). Your
machine may not be equipped with all the fuses shown on
this page.
COLUMN 'A' Fuse Rating
1 Brake lights. 5 Amp
2 Warning lights, buzzer, gauges. 5 Amp
3 Left hand sidelights. 5 Amp
4 Right hand sidelights. 5 Amp
5 Rear wiper/washer. 5 Amp6 Hazard warning lights. 10 Amp
7 Beacon, Interior light. 10 Amp
8 Radio. 5 Amp
9 Horn, headlight flash, front wiper/washer. 15 Amp
COLUMN 'B'
1 Junction box 10 Amp2 Fuel pump solenoid (engine stop). 5 Amp
3 Dip beam. 10 Amp
4 Main beam. 10 Amp
5 Front work lights. 10 Amp
6 Indicators. 5 Amp7 4WD (automatic brake). 5 Amp
8 Heater. 30 Amp
9 Rear horn. 10 Amp
COLUMN 'C'
1 Rear work lights. 10 Amp
2 Steer mode, hydraulic speed control (HSC) 5 Amp
3 Gearbox control, reverse alarm. 10 Amp
4 Fog light. 5 Amp
5 Heated seat, clock & cigar lighter 15 Amp
6 Forward and reverse controls, reverse alarm 3 Amp
Note: Fuse C6 is only fitted on machines from serial number:
3CX (214) - 438636; 4CX (214S) - 437866. Prior to this, the
gear controls were protected by fuse C3.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 3
Issue 4
Technical Data
A
S247030
4W
A254290A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 158/700
1 - 4
Relay Identification - Syncro Shuttle M/c's
Relays are used in electrical circuits for a variety of reasons. However, the more usual application is to protect components like
switches etc. from being overloaded. A relatively small current (from the switch) energises the relay coil, this coil causesinternal contacts to open (or close) and therefore controls a (larger) current in another circuit. Although relays look similar,
internally they can be different, for example, they can be single contact or double contact; normally closed or normally open.Make sure you fit the correct type of relay, otherwise the machine electrical circuits will not function properly.
All the relays on your machine (except items T & U ) are housed in the front console as shown. Items T & U are secured to the
parking brake mounting bracket, as shown in the inset.
Relay Description Description
(to serial no. 409434) (from 409435 to 430000)
B Neutral Start Neutral Start
C Stabiliser Leg Lock (if fitted) Stabiliser Leg Lock (if fitted)
D Reverse Alarm (if fitted) Reverse Alarm (if fitted)E Buzzer Buzzer
F Road Lights Road Lights
G Parking Brake Parking Brake
H Forward Drive Brake LightsJ Reverse Drive 2WD Select
K Flasher FlasherL Transmission Dump Transmission Dump
R 2/4WD Brake Forward Drive
S 2WD Select Reverse Drive
T Hydraulic Speed Control † Hydraulic Speed Control †
U Hydraulic Speed Control † Hydraulic Speed Control †
V - Parkbrake Dump ††
Note † : From machine serial number 406613 the hydraulic speed control circuit is operated with a single relay, not two relays
as shown.
Note ††: The parkbrake dump relay is only applicable on machines from serial number 413772.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 4
Issue 2
Technical Data
E DCB
F
H
K
J
L
RVS
T
U
G
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 159/700
1 - 5
Relay Identification - Powershift M/c's
Relay Description Description
(to serial no. 409434) (from 409435 to 430000)
A Ignition Ignition
B Neutral Start Neutral StartC Stabiliser Leg Lock (if fitted) Stabiliser Leg Lock (if fitted)
D Reverse Alarm (if fitted) Reverse Alarm (if fitted)
E Buzzer Buzzer
F Road Lights Road LightsG Parking Brake Parking Brake
H Forward Drive Forward High/Low Ratio
J Reverse Drive Reverse High/Low Ratio
K Flasher Flasher
L Transmission Dump Transmission Dump
M Forward High/Low Ratio Forward DriveN Reverse High/Low Ratio Reverse Drive
P Drive (Layshaft/Mainshaft) Drive (Layshaft/Mainshaft)
Q Neutral (Powershift) Neutral (Powershift)
R 2/4WD Brake Brake LightsS 2WD Select 2WD Select
T Hydraulic Speed Control † Hydraulic Speed Control †U Hydraulic Speed Control † Hydraulic Speed Control †
V - Parkbrake Dump ††
Note †: From machine serial number 406613 the hydraulic speed control circuit is operated with a single relay, not two relays
as shown.
Note ††: The parkbrake dump relay is only applicable on machines from serial number 413772.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 5
Issue 1
Technical Data
S215400
E
CB
A
F
R
K
G
S
L
H MP
QV
T
U
D
JN
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 160/700
Note: With the introduction of different machine models,
services and options, the position of the relays may vary
from that shown in the illustration.
If unsure about the position of a realy, check the wire
numbers at the rear of the relay base against the wiredescriptions.
1 - 6
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
1 - 6
Issue 3*
Technical Data
Relay Identification - All Machine Models (from machine serial number 430001)
The relays and fuses are located in the side console
underneath cover A . Note that all the relays are shown
(including optional equipment relays). Your machine may not
be equipped with all the relays shown on this page.
1 Ignition
2 Neutral Start
3 Indicators
4 Ignition
5 Neutral
6 Transmission Dump
7 Hydraulic Speed Control (HSC)
8 Forward Drive
9 Buzzer
10 Parking Brake
11 Reverse Drive12 Reverse Horn
13 Auxiliary Attachment (Jaw)
14 Heater
15 Lights
16 Worklights (Italian Requirement Only)
17 Hammer Circuit
18 All Wheel Braking
19 Forward High/Low Ratio➀
20 2 Wheel Drive➁
21 2 Wheel Steer➂
22 Reverse High/Low Ratio➀
23 Drive (Layshaft/Mainshaft)➀
24 4 Wheel Steer➂
➀ Powershift Machines Only
➁ All Wheel Steer Machines Only
➂ 3CX 4x4x4 Machines Only
RF
DN F R0
0 0
P
4W
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24 A254290B
A
*
***
*
*
*
S247030
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 161/700
2 - 1
Use of Multimeter
These instructions are intended to cover the use of the recommended multimeters.
1 Make sure that the test leads are plugged into the correct sockets. The black test lead should be plugged into the black
socket (sometimes, this socket is also marked by a " – ", or "E" or marked as "COMMON" or "COM"). The red test lead
should be plugged into the red socket marked with "+", "V" or " ".
2 When making measurements ensure that the test probes have a good clean contact with bare metal, free from grease,
dirt, and corrosion as these can cause a false reading.
3 When measuring voltage:
Make sure that the correct range is selected, that is set the selector to a value equal to or greater than that you are about
to measure.
e.g. If asked to measure 12 Volts, set the selector to the 12V range. If there is no 12V range, set the selector to the nextrange higher, 20V for instance.
If the meter is set to a range that is too low, it may be damaged.
e.g. setting to the 2V range to measure 12V.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
2 - 1
Issue 2*
Test Methods
*
A
OFF
V/A
V/A
A
B
A171900
S153070
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 162/700
2 - 2
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
2 - 2
Issue 1
Test Methods
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 163/700
2 - 3
Measuring DC Voltage
On the FLUKE 85
Turn the switch to position B.
On the AV0 2003Move the right slider switch to position A, and the left hand slider switch to the appropriate range.
On an analogue meter
Turn the dial to the appropriate DC Volts range.
Connect the black probe to the nearest available suitable earth point, usually this will be the starter motor earth, the battery
negative, or the chassis.
Connect the red probe to the wire or contact from which you are measuring the voltage.
Measuring Resistance
Make sure there is no power to the part of the circuit you are about to measure.
Connect one probe at one end of the component or wire to be checked and the other probe at the other end. It does not
matter which way round the two probes are placed.
On the FLUKE 85
Turn the switch to position C and check that the sign at the right hand side of the display window is on. If the F sign is on
instead, press the blue button G to change the reading to .
Touch the meter lead probes together and press the REL ³ key on the meter to eliminate the lead resistance from the meter
reading.
On the AV0 2003
Move the right hand slider switch to position B, and the left hand slider switch to the appropriate Ohms ( ) range.
On an analogue meterMove the dial to the appropriate Ohms ( ) range.
Measuring Continuity
Make sure there is no power to the part of the circuit you are checking for continuity.
Connect one probe to one end of the component or wire to be checked and the other probe to the other end. It does not
matter which way round the two probes are placed.
On the FLUKE 85Turn the switch to position C and check that the beeper symbol appears at the left hand side of the display window. If the F
sign is on instead, press the button labelled F in the meter drawing.
If there is continuity in the circuit, the beeper will sound. If there is no continuity (open circuit), the beeper will not sound.
On the AV0 2003
Move the right hand slider switch to position B, and the left hand slider switch to position C.
If there is continuity (i.e. very low resistance) between two points the buzzer will sound.
On an analogue meter
Turn the dial to the lowest Ohms ( ) range.
If there is continuity (i.e. very low resistance) between two points the needle will move across fully (or almost fully) to the right
hand side of the scale.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
2 - 3
Issue 3
Test Methods
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 164/700
2 - 4
How to Test a Diode or a Diode Wire
A diode wire is a diode with male connector fitted on one end and a female connector fitted on the other end. The diode is
sealed in heatshrink sleeving.
On the FLUKE 85Turn the switch to position D.
Press the HOLD button and check that the H sign appears at the top right hand side of the display window.
Connect the black probe to the end of the diode with a band or to the male connector of the diode wire. Connect the red
probe to the other end of the diode or diode wire. If the beeper does not sound the diode or diode wire is faulty. Connect thered probe to the end of the diode marked with a band, or to the male connector of the diode wire, the black probe should be
connected to the other end of the diode or diode wire. If the beeper sounds or the meter does not read O.L., the diode or
diode wire is faulty.
Press the HOLD button and check that the H sign disappears from the right hand side of the display window.
On the AV0 2003Move the right hand slider to position A, and the left hand slider switch to position C.
Connect the black probe to the end of the diode marked with a band, or to the male connector of the diode wire, the red probeshould be connected to the other end of the diode or diode wire. If the Avometer does not buzz the diode is faulty.
Connect the red probe to the end of the diode marked with a band, or to the male connector of the diode wire, the black probe
should be connected to the other end of the diode or diode wire. If the Avometer does not read "1" the diode is faulty.
On an analogue meter
Select the Ohms 1000s (1k) range.Connect the black probe to the end of the diode marked with a band, or to the male connector of the diode wire, the red probe
should be connected to the other end of the diode or diode wire. The meter should read 20-400 K , if it reads more than this
the diode is faulty.
Select the Ohms 100s range.
Connect the red probe to the end of the diode marked with a band, or to the male connector of the diode wire, the black probeshould be connected to the other end of the diode or diode wire. The meter should read 300-400 , if it reads less than this the
diode is faulty.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
2 - 4
Issue 2
Test Methods
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 165/700
10 - 1
Adjustment
Note: Depending on machine type, the parking brake switch
may be mounted as shown at A or B.
Select the starter switch to the ON position, do not start the
engine.
Select either forward or reverse.
Raise the handbrake to the ON position.
Screw the parking brake switch C in a clockwise direction
until the audible alarm sounds and the visual warning is
illuminated.
Lock switch C in position with lock nuts D.
Release the parking brake and the audible alarm should
cease and the visual alarm extinguish.
For adjustment of the Parking Brake, see Section G,
'Parking Brake Caliper'.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
10 - 1
Issue 3
Parking Brake Switch
S218320
A
B
DD
C
C
D
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 166/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 167/700
15 - 2
Basic Machine Component List (to serial
number 430000)
The 'basic' machine circuit diagram shows the electrical
circuit for a Syncro Shuttle transmission, for Powershift
transmission, refer to page C/15-4.
1 Battery2 Starter Switch
3 Thermostart
4 Starter Solenoid
5 Starter Motor
6 Neutral Start Relay
7 Transmission Dump Relay8 Forward Relay
9 Transmission Foot Dump Switch
9A Transmission Hand Dump Switch
10 Forward Solenoid
11 Park Brake Relay11A Park Brake Dump Relay12 Reverse Relay
13 Reverse Solenoid
14 Park Brake Switch
15 Coolant Temperature Gauge
16 Coolant Temperature Sender
17 Fuel Gauge18 Fuel Gauge Sender
19 Diode Bank
20 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch
21 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
22 Engine Oil Pressure Switch
23 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch
24 Air Filter Restriction Switch26 Speedometer / Tachometer
27 Alternator
28 Alternator Warning
29 Warning Buzzer
30 Park Brake Indicator Light31 Brake Light Switch➁
32 Brake Lights ➁
34 2/4 Wheel Drive Solenoid➂
35 2/4 Wheel Drive Relay ➂
36 2/4 Wheel Drive Brake Relay ➂
37 2/4 Wheel Drive Select Switch➂
38 Rear Wiper Motor
39 Rear Wiper Switch40 Fuel Pump Solenoid
41 Indicator Flasher Relay42 Hazard Warning Switch
43 Hazard Warning Lamp
44 RH Direction Indicators
45 LH Direction Indicators
46 Direction Indicator Switch
47 Diode48 Heater Motor
49 Heater Switch
50 Beacon
51 Beacon Switch
52 Interior Lamp
53 Interior Light Switch54 Radio
55 Washer Motor
56 Front Washer/Wiper Switch
57 Front Wiper Motor
58 Horn (Front)59 Horn Push (Front)
60 Head Light Flasher Switch
61 Head Light Main Beam Lamps
62 Main Beam Warning
63 Dipped Head Light Lamps
64 Head Light Dip Switch65 Head and Side Lights Switch
67 Front Working Lights
69 Front Working Lights Switch
70 Lighting Relay
71 Rear Working Lights
72 Rear Working Lights Switch75 Gauge Illumination (Tacho, Water, Fuel)
76 Reverse Alarm Relay
77 Reverse Alarm
78 Side Light Left Hand
79 Tail Light Left Hand
80 Socket (Dipper Light)81 LH Number Plate Light (Cab)
82 Number Plate (Chassis)
83 Side Light Right Hand
84 Tail Light Right Hand
85 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch
87 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch88 Hydraulic Speed Control Relay
89 Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
90 Socket (Junction Box Feed)
119 Rear Fog Light➀
120 Rear Fog Light Switch ➀
125 Rear Washer Motor
126 Rear Washer Switch
➀ Note: Machines prior to serial number 400077 have the
fog light circuit protected by fuse B3, not C4 as
indicated.
➁ Note: Machines up to serial number 403024 have the
brake lights protected by fuse A1.
Machines from serial number 403025 to 404851 have
the brake lights protected by fuse C3.
Machines from serial number 404852 have the brake
lights and 2/4WD solenoid protected by fuse A1 (as
indicated in the fuse identification chart).
➂ Applicable to 2WS machines only (from serial number
409435). For 2WS machines prior to 409434 and all
4WS machines, refer to page C/15-5.
Fuses
A1 - A9
B1 - B9
C1 - C4
Refer to Technical Data pages at the beginning of Section C
for further fuse details and ratings.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
15 - 2
Issue 3
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 168/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 169/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 170/700
15 - 5
Circuit Options and Variations
2/4 Wheel Drive (all machines up to serial
number 409434)
Component List2 Starter Switch31 Brake Light Switch
32 Brake Lights
34 2/4 Wheel Drive Solenoid
35 2/4 Wheel Drive Relay
36 2/4 Wheel Drive Brake Relay
37 2/4 Wheel Drive Select Switch
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
15 - 5
Issue 3
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
A216950
600CB
34
600AB 600BR
32
853
600AA
816
35
36
854818
853A
37
108B
877
107D
108
31
A1
C3
2
Transmission Dump Circuit (machines up
to serial number 413772)
Component List2 Starter Switch
6 Neutral Start Relay
7 Transmission Dump Relay
8 Forward Relay9 Transmission Foot Dump Switch
9A Transmission Hand Dump Switch
10 Forward Solenoid
11 Park Brake Relay
12 Reverse Relay
13 Reverse Solenoid14 Park Brake Switch
19 Diode Bank
29 Warning Buzzer
A216960
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 171/700
15 - 6
Circuit Options and Variations
Instrument Lights Test Button (machines
up to serial number 404502)
Component List2 Starter Switch19 Diode Bank
20 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch
21 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
22 Engine Oil Pressure Switch
23 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch24 Air Filter Restriction Switch
25 Warning Lights Test Button
29 Warning Buzzer
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
15 - 6
Issue 2
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
A216970
19
29
21 23 25
20 22 24
A2
B9
406
404
403
405
402
600CK
600C 600BU
600CF
600BP
410
2
Hydraulic Speed Control - 2 Relays
(machines up to serial number 406613)
Component List2 Starter Switch
85 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch
86 Hydraulic Speed Control Warning
87 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch88 Hydraulic Speed Control Relay
89 Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
B1
87
88
88
101A
867A
867
867B
85
89
86
866
866A
2101
101A
101C
A216940
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 172/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 173/700
18 - 2
Main Components1 Battery
2 Starter Switch
3 Thermostart
4 Starter Solenoid
5 Starter Motor
6 Forward Solenoid
7 Reverse Solenoid
8 Reverse Alarm
9 2/4 Wheel Drive Solenoid
10 Fuel Pump Solenoid
11 Hydraclamp Solenoid
12 Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
13 Socket (Junction Box Feed)
14 Shovel Reset Solenoid
15 Rear Horn
16 Diode
17 Indicator Flasher Unit
18 Side Instrument Console
19 Coolant Temperature Sender
20 Fuel Gauge Sender
21 Tachometer
22 Coolant Temperature Gauge
23 Fuel Gauge
24 Hourmeter
25 Front Instrument Console26 Alternator
27 Cigar Lighter
28 Clock
29 Face Level Fan
30 Heated Seat
31 Rear Washer Motor
32 Rear Wiper Motor
33 Washer Motor
34 Front Wiper Motor
35 Horn (Front)
36 Socket (Dipper Light)
37 Beacon38 Tracker
39 Radio
40 Heater Motor
41 Heater Resistor
42 Air Conditioning Compressor
54 Warning Buzzer
Switches60 Transmission Dump Switch (Gear)
61 Transmission Dump Switch (Loader)
62 Forward/Reverse Switch
63 Park Brake Switch
64 Brake Light Switch
65 Brake/Drive Select Switch
66 Hydraclamp Switch
67 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch
68 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch
69 Shovel Reset Switch
70 Rear Horn
71 Hazard Warning Switch
72 Direction Indicator Switch
73 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch
74 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
75 Engine Oil Pressure Switch
76 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch
77 Air Filter Restriction Switch
78 Face Level Fan Switch
79 Heated Seat Switch
80 Rear Washer/Wiper Switch
81 Head Light Flasher Switch
82 Front Washer/Wiper Switch
83 Horn Push (Front)
84 Rear Fog Light Switch85 Head and Side Lights Switch
86 Head Light Dip Switch
87 Front Working Lights Switch
88 Rear Working Lights Switch
89 Interior Light Switch
90 Interior Light Switch
91 Beacon Switch
92 Heater Switch
93 Air Conditioning Switch
94 Air Conditioning Pressure Switch
95 Air Conditioning Pressure Switch
Fuses
A1 - A9
B1 - B9
C1 - C6
Note: Fuse C6 is only fitted on machines from serial number:3CX (214) - 438636; 4CX (214S) - 437866.
Prior to this, the gear controls were protected by fuse C3.
Refer to Technical Data pages at the beginning of Section C
for further fuse details and ratings.
..... continued
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
18 - 2
Issue 2*
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
Basic Machine Component List (from serial number 430001)
The basic circuit shows a standard 3CX (214) machine fitted with syncro shuttle transmission and 2 wheel steer. The remaining
pages in section C/18 show machine circuits that differ from the ‘basic’. Note that ONLY the differences are shown.*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 174/700
18 - 3
Basic Machine Component List (from
serial number 430001)
Relays
110 Neutral Start Relay
111 Ignition Relay ‘1’
112 Transmission Dump Relay
113 Forward Relay
114 Reverse Relay
115 Park Brake Relay
116 4 Wheel Brake Relay
117 Hydraulic Speed Control Relay
118 Rear Horn Relay
119 Ignition Relay ‘2’
120 Road Lights Relay
121 Italian Worklight Relay
122 Heater Relay
Lights
140 LH Brake Light
141 RH Brake Light
142 LH Front Indicator
143 LH Rear Indicator
144 RH Front Indicator
145 RH Rear Indicator
146 Alternator Warning Indicator Light
147 Park Brake Indicator Light
148 Water Temperature Indicator Light
149 Transmission Temperature Indicator Light
150 Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Light151 Transmission Oil Pressure Indicator Light
152 Air Filter Blocked Indicator Light
153 Hazard Warning Indicator Light
154 Main Beam Warning Indicator Light
155 Gauge Illumination
156 Turn Signal Indicator Light
157 Master Warning Lights
158 Side Lights Indicator Light
159 Rear Work Lights Indicator Light
160 Front Work Lights Indicator Light
161 Rear Fog Light Indicator Light
162 Rear Fog Light163 LH Main Beam Light
164 RH Main Beam Light
165 LH Dip Beam Light
166 RH Dip Beam Light
167 LH Number Plate Light
168 LH Tail Light
169 LH Side Light
170 RH Number Plate Light
171 RH Tail Light
172 RH Side Light
173 Front Working Lights
174 Rear Working Lights
Wire Number Identification
Refer to pages C/42-1 on for full wire number identification
and descriptions.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
18 - 3
Issue 1
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 175/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 176/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 177/700
Electrics
9803/3260 Issue 2*
N o
t e : E x
c e p t f o r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n a n d s t e e r c
i r c u i t s
( s h o w n
a b o v e ) , t h e A W S e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t
i s t h e
s a m e a s
s h o w n o n P a g e C / 1 8 - 1 t o C / 1 8 - 4 .
M a
i n C o
m p o n e n
t s
1
B a t t e r y
2
S t a r t e r S w i t c h
3
T h e
r m o s t a r t
4
S t a r t e r S o l e n o i d
5
S t a r t e r M o t o r
8
R e v
e r s e A l a r m
9
2 / 4
W h e e l D r i v e S o l e n o i d
1 6
D i o d e
4 3
M a i n s h a f t S o l e n o i d
4 4
L a y
s h a f t S o l e n o i d
4 5
F o r w a r d L o w S o l e n o i d
4 6
F o r w a r d H i g h S o l e n o i d
4 7
R e v
e r s e H i g h S o l e n o i d
4 8
R e v
e r s e L o w S o l e n o i d
4 9
C r a
b / 4 W h e e l S t e e r S o l e n o i d
5 0
4 W
h e e l S t e e r S o l e n o i d
5 1
C r a
b S o l e n o i d
5 2
2 W
h e e l S t e e r S o l e n o i d
5 3
S t e e r M o d e P r i n t e d C i r c u i t B o a r d
S w
i t c h e
s
6 1
T r a n s m i s s i o n D u m p S w i t c h ( L o a d e r )
6 2
F o r w a r d / R e v e r s e S w i t c h
6 3
P a r k B r a k e S w i t c h
6 4
B r a k e L i g h t S w i t c h
9 6
4 W
h e e l D r i v e S w i t c h
9 7
P o w
e r s h i f t C o l u m n S w i t c h
9 8
F r o n t P r o x i m i t y S w i t c h
9 9
R e a
r P r o x i m i t y S w i t c h
1 0 0 S t e e r M o d e S e l e c t S w i t c h
1 0 1 4 W
S / C r a b S e l e c t o r ( p a r t o f P C B - i t e m 5 3 )
1 0 2 2 W
S / 4 W S S e l e c t o r ( p a r t o f P C B - i t e m
5 3 )
R e
l a y
1 1 0 N e u t r a l S t a r t R e l a y
1 1 1 I g n i t i o n R e l a y ‘ 1 ’
1 1 2 T r a n s m i s s i o n D u m p R e l a y
1 1 3 F o r w a r d R e l a y
1 1 4 R e v e r s e R e l a y
1 1 5 P a r k B r a k e R e l a y
1 1 6 4 W h e e l B r a k e R e l a
y
1 1 9 I g n i t i o n R e l a y ‘ 2 ’
1 2 3 N e u t r a l R e l a y
1 2 4 A u t o 2 W h e e l D r i v e
R e l a y
1 2 5 D r i v e R e l a y ( L a y s h a
f t & M a i n s h a f t )
1 2 6 F o r w a r d H i g h / L o w
R e l a y
1 2 7 R e v e r s e H i g h / L o w R e a l y
L i g h t s
1 7 5 4 W h e e l S t e e r I n d i c
a t o r L i g h t
1 7 6 C r a b S t e e r I n d i c a t o
r L i g h t
1 7 7 2 W h e e l S t e e r I n d i c
a t o r L i g h t
1 7 8 F r o n t I n s t r u m e n t C o n s o l e I l l u m i n a t i o n
W i r e N u m
b e r
I d e n
t i f i c a
t i o n
R e f e r t o p a g e s C / 4 2 - 1 o n f o r f u l l w i r e n u m b e r
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d d e s c r i p t i o n s .
N o
t e : F u s e C 6 i s o n l y
f i t t e d o n m a c h i n e s f r o m
s e r i a l n u m b e r :
3 C X ( 2 1 4 ) - 4 3 8 6 3 6
; 4 C X ( 2 1 4 S ) - 4 3 7 8 6 6
P r i o r t o t h i s , t h e g e a r c o n t r o l s w e r e p r o t e c t e d b y
f u s e C 3 .
18 - 6 18 - 6Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
Section C Section C
P o w e r
s h i f t T r a n s m
i s s
i o n
& S t e e r
C i r c u
i t -
A W S M a c
h i n e s O
n l y ( f r o m
S e r i a
l N u m
b e r 4
3 0 0 0 1 )
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 178/700
P o w e r
s h i f t T r a n s m i s s i o n - 2 W S M
a c h i n e s O n l y ( f r o m S e r i a l N u m b e r 4 3 0 0 0 1 )
a n d S t
e e r C i r c u i t f o r 3 C X 4 x 4 x 4 M a c h i n e s
Electrics
9803/3260 Issue 3
18 - 7 18 - 7Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
Section C Section C
A 2 2 8 9 8 1
3
1
5
4
1 1 0
2
1 1 1
1 1 2
1 6
6 1
6 3
1 4 7
1 1
5
1 2 3
1 1 3
1 1 4
6 2
8
9
6 5
6 4
1 1 9
1 1 6
1 4 0
1 4 1
4 3
4 4
4 5
4 6
4 8
4 7
1 2 7
1 6
1 6
1 6
9 7
1 2 5
1 2 6
F U S E
C 6
9 8
9 9
5 2
1 7 7
1 7 8
5 0
1 0 0
1 2 9
1 3 0
F U S E
C 2
F U S E B I
1 0 1
N O C R A B
R E L A Y
1 3 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 179/700
Electrics
9803/3260 Issue 3*
N o
t e : E x c e p t f o r t h e t r a n s m i s s i o n c i r c u i t ( s h o w n
a b o v e ) ,
t h e 2 W S e l e c t r i c a l c i r c u i t i s t h e s a
m e a s
s h o w n o
n P a g e C / 1 8 - 1 t o C / 1 8 - 4 .
M a
i n C o
m p o n e n
t s
1
B a t t e r y
2
S t a r t e r S w i t c h
3
T h e
r m o s t a r t
4
S t a r t e r S o l e n o i d
5
S t a r t e r M o t o r
8
R e v
e r s e A l a r m
9
2 / 4
W h e e l D r i v e S o l e n o i d
1 6
D i o d e
4 3
M a i n s h a f t S o l e n o i d
4 4
L a y
s h a f t S o l e n o i d
4 5
F o r w a r d L o w S o l e n o i d
4 6
F o r w a r d H i g h S o l e n o i d
4 7
R e v
e r s e H i g h S o l e n o i d
4 8
R e v
e r s e L o w S o l e n o i d
5 0
4 W
h e e l S t e e r S o l e n o i d
5 2
2 W
h e e l S t e e r S o l e n o i d
S w
i t c h e
s
6 1
T r a n s m i s s i o n D u m p S w i t c h ( L o a d e r )
6 2
F o r w a r d / R e v e r s e S w i t c h
6 3
P a r k B r a k e S w i t c h
6 4
B r a k e L i g h t S w i t c h
6 5
B r a k e / D r i v e S e l e c t S w i t c h
9 7
P o w
e r s h i f t C o l u m n S w i t c h
9 8
F r o n t P r o x i m i t y S w i t c h
9 9
R e a
r P r o x i m i t y S w i t c h
1 0 0 S t e e r M o d e S e l e c t S w i t c h
R e
l a y
1 1 0 N e u t r a l S t a r t R e l a y
1 1 1 I g n i t i o n R e l a y ‘ 1 ’
1 1 2 T r a n s m i s s i o n D u m p R e l a y
1 1 3 F o r w a r d R e l a y
1 1 4 R e v e r s e R e l a y
1 1 5 P a r k B r a k e R e l a y
1 1 6 4 W h e e l B r a k e R e l a
y
1 1 9 I g n i t i o n R e l a y ‘ 2 ’
1 2 3 N e u t r a l R e l a y
1 2 5 D r i v e R e l a y ( L a y s h a
f t & M a i n s h a f t )
1 2 6 F o r w a r d H i g h / L o w
R e l a y
1 2 7 R e v e r s e H i g h / L o w R e l a y
1 2 9 4 W h e e l S t e e r R e l a
y
1 3 0 2 W h e e l S t e e r R e l a
y
1 3 1 R e l a y
L i g h t s
1 4 0 L H B r a k e L i g h t
1 4 1 R H B r a k e L i g h t
1 4 7 P a r k B r a k e I n d i c a t o
r L i g h t
1 7 7 2 W h e e l S t e e r I n d i c
a t o r L i g h t
1 7 8 F r o n t I n s t r u m e n t C o n s o l e I l l u m i n a t i o n
W i r e N u m
b e r
I d e n
t i f i c a
t i o n
R e f e r t o p a g e s C / 4 2 - 1 o n f o r f u l l w i r e n u m b e r
i d e n t i f i c a t i o n a n d d e s c r i p t i o n s .
N o
t e : F u s e C 6 i s o n l y
f i t t e d o n m a c h i n e s f r o m
s e r i a l n u m b e r :
3 C X ( 2 1 4 ) - 4 3 8 6 3 6
; 4 C X ( 2 1 4 S ) - 4 3 7 8 6 6
P r i o r t o t h i s , t h e g e a r c o n t r o l s w e r e p r o t e c t e d b y
f u s e C 3 .
18 - 8 18 - 8Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
Section C Section C
P o w e r
s h i f t T r a n s m
i s s
i o n -
2 W S M
a c
h i n e s
O n
l y ( f r o m
S e r i a
l N u m
b e r
4 3 0 0 0 1 )
a n
d S t
e e r
C i r c u
i t f o r
3 C X 4 x
4 x 4
M a c
h i n e s *
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 180/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 181/700
18 - 10
Main Components
1 Battery
2 Starter Switch3 Thermostart
4 Starter Solenoid
5 Starter Motor
6 Forward Solenoid
7 Reverse Solenoid
8 Reverse Alarm
9 2/4 Wheel Drive Solenoid
10 Fuel Pump Solenoid
15 Rear Horn
16 Diode
17 Indicator Flasher Unit
18 Side Instrument Console
19 Coolant Temperature Sender
20 Fuel Gauge Sender
21 Tachometer
22 Coolant Temperature Gauge
23 Fuel Gauge
24 Hourmeter
25 Front Instrument Console
26 Alternator
35 Horn (Front)
37 Beacon
54 Warning Buzzer
55 Hammer Solenoid
Switches
60 Transmission Dump Switch (Gear)
61 Transmission Dump Switch (Loader)
62 Forward/Reverse Switch
63 Park Brake Switch
64 Brake Light Switch
70 Rear Horn
71 Hazard Warning Switch
72 Direction Indicator Switch
73 Engine Coolant Temperature Switch
74 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch
75 Engine Oil Pressure Switch
76 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch
77 Air Filter Restriction Switch
83 Horn Push (Front)
87 Front Working Lights Switch
88 Rear Working Lights Switch
96 4 Wheel Drive Switch
103 Hammer Isolator Switch
104 Hammer Footswitch
Relays
110 Neutral Start Relay
111 Ignition Relay ‘1’112 Transmission Dump Relay
113 Forward Relay
114 Reverse Relay
115 Park Brake Relay
118 Rear Horn Relay
119 Ignition Relay ‘2’
120 Road Lights Relay
Lights
140 LH Brake Light
141 RH Brake Light
142 LH Front Indicator
143 LH Rear Indicator144 RH Front Indicator
145 RH Rear Indicator
146 Alternator Warning Indicator Light
147 Park Brake Indicator Light
148 Water Temperature Indicator Light
149 Transmission Temperature Indicator Light
150 Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Light
151 Transmission Oil Pressure Indicator Light
152 Air Filter Blocked Indicator Light
155 Gauge Illumination
156 Turn Signal Indicator Light
173 Front Working Lights174 Rear Working Lights
Wire Number Identification
Refer to pages C/42-1 on for full wire number identification
and descriptions.
Fuses
A1 - A9B1 - B9
C1 - C6
Refer to Technical Data pages at the beginning of Section C
for further fuse details and ratings.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
18 - 10
Issue 1
Circuit Diagrams and Component Lists
3CXE (214E) Machine Only - Component List (from serial number 430001)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 182/700
20 - 1
Safety
!WARNINGBatteries give off an explosive gas. Do not smoke when
handling or working on the battery. Keep the battery away
from sparks and flames.
Battery electrolyte contains sulphuric acid. It can burn you if
it touches your skin or eyes. Wear goggles. Handle the
battery carefully to prevent spillage. Keep metallic items
(watches, rings, zips etc) away from the battery terminals.
Such items could short the terminals and burn you.
Set all switches in the cab to OFF before disconnecting and
connecting the battery. When disconnecting the battery,
take off the earth (-) lead first.
When reconnecting, fit the positive (+) lead first.
Re-charge the battery away from the machine, in a well
ventilated area. Switch the charging circuit off before
connecting or disconnecting the battery. When you have
installed the battery in the machine, wait five minutes before
connecting it up.
First Aid - Electrolyte
Do the following if electrolyte:
GETS INTO YOUR EYES
Immediately flush with water for 15 minutes, always getmedical help.
IS SWALLOWED
Do not induce vomiting. Drink large quantities of water or
milk. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten egg or vegetableoil. Get medical help.
GETS ONTO YOUR SKIN
Flush with water, remove affected clothing. Cover burns with
a sterile dressing then get medical help.5-3-4-3/1
Maintenance
To ensure that the battery provides optimum performance
the following steps should be observed:
1 Make sure that the electrical connections are clean and
tight. Smear petroleum jelly on connectors to prevent
corrosion.
2 When applicable - never allow the electrolyte level to
fall below the recommended level - 6 mm (1/4 in) abovethe plates. Use only distilled water for topping up.
3 Keep the battery at least three quarters charged,
otherwise the plates may become sulphated (hardened)
- this condition makes recharging the battery very
difficult.
Extra precautions must be taken when bench charging
maintenance free batteries, they are more prone to damage
by overcharging than the standard type of battery:
- NEVER boost-charge a maintenance free battery.
- NEVER charge a maintenance free battery at a
voltage in excess of 15.8 Volts.
- NEVER continue to charge a maintenance free
battery after it begins to gas.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
20 - 1
Issue 3
Batteries
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 183/700
20 - 2
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
20 - 2
Issue 4
Batteries
Testing - Specific Gravity
The specific gravity of the electrolyte gives an idea of the
state of charge of the battery. Readings should be takenusing a hydrometer, when the electrolyte temperature is 15
°C (60 °F). If the battery has recently been on charge, waitapproximately one hour (or slightly discharge the battery) to
dissipate the surface charge before testing.
Specific Gravity at 15 °C (60 °F)
Battery Testing
This test is to determine the electrical condition of the
battery and to give an indication of the remaining useful
‘life’.
Before testing ensure that the battery is at least 75%
charged (SG of 1.23 to 1.25 for ambient temperature up to27°C).
Ensure that the battery is completely disconnected from the
vehicle.
Connect up the battery tester (part no. 993/85700) asfollows:
1 Set the CHECK/LOAD switch A to OFF.
2 Set rocker switch B to the battery voltage (12V).
3 Connect the red flying lead to the battery positive (+)
terminal and the black flying lead to the battery negative
(-) terminal.
4 Set the CHECK/LOAD switch A to CHECK to read the
battery no-load voltage which should be at least 12.4volts.
Fault Diagnosis
Battery Tester Readings
1 CHECK: 0 - 12.6 Volts
LOAD: less than 6 Volts
2 CHECK: 6 - 12.4 Volts
LOAD: less than 9 Volts and falls steadily but remainsin yellow zone.
3 CHECK: less than 10 Volts
LOAD: less than 3 Volts
4 CHECK: more than 11 VoltsLOAD: 6 - 10 Volts steady
Readings should be as tabulated and should not vary
between cells by more than 0.04. A greater variationindicates an internal fault on that particular cell.
If the electrolyte temperature is other than 15 °C (60 °F) a
'correction factor' must be applied to the reading obtained.
Add 0.07 per 10 °C (18 °F) if the temperature is higher than
15 °C (60 °F) and subtract the same if the temperature islower.
5 Set the CHECK/LOAD switch A to LOAD and hold down
for 5 - 10 seconds until the meter reading stabilises. Thereading should be at least 9 volts.
Note: Do not hold the switch in the LOAD position for more
than 10 seconds.
6 If the foregoing tests are unsatisfactory, consult FaultDiagnosis below.
Remedy
Renew battery
Recharge and re-test. If tests still unsatisfactory renewbattery.
Indicates battery has been over-discharged and unlikely
to recover. Renew battery.
Charge battery which will probably recover.
Fully Charged Half Discharged Fully Discharged
Ambient temperature up to 27 °C (80 °F) 1.270 - 1.290 1.190 - 1.210 1.110 - 1.130
Ambient temperature above 27 °C (80 °F) 1.240 - 1.260 1.170 - 1.190 1.090 - 1.110
239510B
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 184/700
25 - 1
Harness Repair Introduction
Instances do occur where it is necessary to incorporate
auxiliary electrical components into existing electricalcircuits and, although unlikely with present wiring harnesses,
repair or replace specific individual wires within a harness.This will also apply to other machines in addition to those of
JCB manufacture.
To ensure that either the inclusion of an auxiliary electricalcomponent or a repair within a harness is completed to an
acceptable standard it is strongly recommended that the
following tools, equipment and procedures are always used.
Note that JCB harnesses have an International Protection
rating of 67 (I.P.67).
The sheath covering of the recommended splice is heat
shrunk onto the original wire insulation. This results in a seal
and corresponding joint to IP 67 specifications.
! CAUTIONWhen installing Auxiliary Electrical Components always
ensure that the additional load rating is suitable for that
particular circuit. It is unacceptable to simply increase
the fuse rating as this can cause overloading and
consequential failure of wiring, along with failure of
integral circuit components, which the fuse is protecting.ELEC 2 - 1
!WARNINGIn addition to the warnings incorporated into the
procedure, extreme care should be taken when handling
the gas heating tool to ensure that the flame does not
damage or set fire to any items in the vicinity of the
repair, i.e. other wires, floor panels, floor mats, sound
proofing, paintwork. etc. This tool should not be used in
any restricted location prohibiting the use of "Naked
Flames' or where risk of explosive gas or similar safety
parameters apply. No other heat source should be used
to attempt a sealed joint .ELEC 2 - 2
! CAUTIONWhen the heater is in use, the reflector and the air
coming out are extremely hot. Keep away to avoid
accidental burns. Do not touch the reflector until it has
had time to cool down after switching off. If flame
reappears at the reflector when the heater is in use, the
catalytic element is damaged or used up. Stop work
immediately and replace the heater.ELEC 2-3
Tools Required
892/00350 Butane Heater assembly 1
892/00349 Crimp tool 1892/00351 Splice 0.5-1.5 mm (Red) 50
892/00352 Splice 1.5-2.5 mm (Blue) 50892/00353 Splice 3.0-6.0 mm (Yellow) 50
Procedure
1 Cut the wire and remove the protective insulation for a
suitable distance dependent upon the size of wire andsplice to be used. For the splices detailed above, the
dimension is 7mm.
2 Using the correct sized splice, attach the new section
of wire required or auxiliary flying lead to the existing
harness and secure using the crimp tool X , part number892/00349.
Note that each of the splices detailed is colour-coded
to make size and range readily visible. They are
secured using the corresponding size and matchingcolour-coded jaws of the crimp tool to ensure joint
security. This tool also incorporates a ratchet closing
mechanism which will not release until the splice is
fully closed to the correct compression size.
3 With the Butane heater assembly, 892/00350, seal theconnection using the procedure on the next page.
....continued
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
25 - 1
Issue 4
Wiring Harness Repair
S189530
7
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 185/700
With the Butane Heater assembly 892/00350, seal theconnection using the following procedure.
3.1Remove the cap
A from the end of the disposable gascartridge B.
3.2 Before assembling the gas cartridge to the reflector
element C, turn the red ring D to the left, (in thedirection of the minus sign marked on the ring).
3.3 Position the tube hanging down from inside the reflector
assembly into the hole at the top of the gas cartridge.
Then press the gas cartridge up into the reflector
assembly as far as possible until the two elements are
clasped firmly together. A click will be heard.
3.4 Turn the small ring E so that the air holes at F are
completely closed.
Procedure (cont'd)
25 - 2
Section C Electrics Section C
25 - 2Wiring Harness Repair
9803/3260 Issue 1
S189490/1
S189490/2
S189490/3
S189490/4
A
B
C
D
F
E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 186/700
3.5 Turn the red ring D to the right (in the direction of theplus sign) in order to turn on the gas.
IMPORTANT:Before turning the heater on, make sure thatthe cartridge is not hotter than the reflector element. This
may occur if the cartridge is held in the hand for a long time.
The temperature difference between the cartridge and thereflector element may cause long yellow flames to appear on
ignition.
3.6 Hold the heater vertically and, using a match or
cigarette lighter, light the gas as shown.
Note: The fact that the sound of liquid cannot be heard when
the cartridge is shaken does not mean it is empty. No sound
will be heard even when the cartridge is full.
Hold the heater vertically for 1 to 2 minutes until the
catalytic reaction occurs. This is indicated when the
blue flame fades and the ceramic element glows red.
Then turn the small ring E until the air holes at F are
completely open. The tool is ready for use.
The heater can be used in two modes:
3.7 Side wings G down, reflector head completely open. In
this mode the infra-red heat waves are dominant
(recommended for the light coloured plastic splices).
Side wings G up (see fig at step 3.8), reflector head
opening reduced. In this mode the heating is done only
by the hot gas (use for dark coloured plastic splices).
3.8 To switch off the heater, turn the red ring D to the left (in
the direction of the minus sign).
Procedure (cont'd)
25 - 3
Section C Electrics Section C
25 - 3Wiring Harness Repair
9803/3260 Issue 1
S189490/5
S189490/6
S189490/7
S189490/8
D
F
E
G
G
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 187/700
38 - 1
Starting Circuit Test
Before carrying out the voltmeter tests, check the battery
condition (see Battery Testing) and ensure that all
connections are clean and tight.
To prevent the engine starting during the tests ensure that
the engine stop fuse is removed, (refer to fuse identificationpage).
Check the readings in the following sequence using a
voltmeter. Unless otherwise stated, the readings must be
taken with the starter switch held in the 'start' position ('HS')
and the transmission forward/reverse selector in neutral.
Note: Do not operate the starter motor for more than 20
seconds at one time. Let the starter motor cool for at least
two minutes between starts.
Test 1Connect the voltmeter across the battery terminals. Reading
in 'start' position: 10.0V approximately. Minimum
permissible reading in 'start' position 9.5V.
A low reading probably indicates a fault in the starter motor.
Test 2
Connect the voltmeter between the starter main terminal A
and the commutator end bracket B. In the 'start' position,
the reading should not be more than 0.5V below the reading
obtained in Test 1. Minimum permissible reading in 'start'position 9.0V.
If the reading is within this limit, continue to Test 3. If the
reading is outside the limit, proceed to Tests 4 and 5.
Test 3
Connect the voltmeter between the solenoid terminal C and
a good earth. Minimum permissible reading in 'start'position: 8.0V.
Test 3a
If the reading is less than specified, connect the voltmeter
between the neutral start relay terminal D and earth. An
increase in reading to 8.0V indicates a fault in the wiring
from the start relay to the solenoid.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
38 - 1
Issue 2*
Starter Motor
S151030
S151000
S151010
AB
C
+
-
N
F
R
810C
842 004
600V
A
B
C
D E
H
A215660
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 188/700
38 - 2
Starting Circuit Test (cont'd)
Test 3b
If the reading between terminal D and earth is below 8.0V,
connect the voltmeter between terminal E and earth. An
increase in the reading to 8.0V indicates either a faulty start
relay or a fault in the feed from the transmission selectorswitch to the relay solenoid. Check also the solenoid earth
connection.
If the reading between E and earth is less than 8.0V, the fault
must be in either the starter switch or in the wiring between
the solenoid, starter switch, and the start relay.
Test 4
Connect the voltmeter between battery negative and starter
earth connection B. The reading in the 'start' position should
be practically zero, maximum permissible reading 0.25V.
If the reading is above 0.25V, a high resistance in the earth
lead or connections is indicated.
Test 5
Connect the voltmeter between battery positive and the
starter main terminal A. With the starter switch 'off', thevoltmeter should indicate battery voltage, but it should fall topractically zero when the switch is turned to the 'on'
position, maximum permissible reading 0.25V.
Test 5a
If the reading is above 0.25V, a high resistance is present in
the insulated lead or in the solenoid. Connect the voltmeter
between the battery positive and solenoid connection H. If
the voltmeter now reads zero with the switch closed, the
fault is in the solenoid.
Finally refit the engine stop fuse.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
38 - 2
Issue 2*
Starter Motor
S151050
S151040
B
A
H
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 189/700
38 - 3
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
38 - 3
Issue 1
Starter Motor
S02043C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 190/700
38 - 4
Removal and Replacement
Disconnect cables and remove battery. Remove cables from
main starter terminal and solenoid terminal. Using special
tool 825/00410 (and adapter 825/99833 if required) unscrew
three securing nuts and remove starter motor.
Replace by reversing the removal sequence.
Dismantling
Note: Dismantle only to item 34 unless the field windings are
to be renewed. Test the windings electrically before
removing them from the motor yoke 15.
Using a slotted steel tube, displace ring 23 to permit
withdrawal of ring 22.
Allow brake shoes 28 to remain in the end plate 11 unless
requiring renewal.
Servicing and Renewal
Renew brushes 14 and 14A if their length is less than 8mm
(0.3in.).
Clean the commutator A. If individual copper bars are
burned or eroded the armature has broken windings and
must be renewed. Otherwise polish with fine grade glass
paper (not emery). Renew armature if commutator diameteris 38mm (1.5in.) or less.
Check the field windings for open circuits by connecting a
multimeter set to measure resistance (see page C/2-2)
between the stud terminal B and each positive brush 14A in
turn. A high or infinity reading indicates an open circuit.
Similarly, connect the meter between brushes 14A and the
motor yoke 15. Any reading other than infinity indicates a
short circuit between the coils and the yoke. Renew the coils
as necessary, removing screws 36 with a pole shoe
screwdriver C50 (obtainable from Lucas dealers).
Check bronze bushes 32 and 34 for wear.
Assembly
Align crosspin C with the notches in the brake shoes 28
before assembling brush carrier and back plate to motor
yoke. Ensure that brushes 14A are correctly located in the
insulated brush boxes.
Smear drive shaft splines and operating collar bearingsurface with JCB MPL Grease before assembly. Assemble
operating fork 19 with curved face toward the armature.
Set the movement of drive pinion 24 by connecting a 6v
battery and switch as shown. Operate switch and check
dimension D. Adjust to 0.13-1.14mm (0.005-0.045in.) by
slackening locknut 17 and rotating eccentric pin 18 as
necessary. Re-tighten locknut.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
38 - 4
Issue 1
Starter Motor
S02303A
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 191/700
39 - 1
Charging Circuit Test
Ensure that all battery and alternator connections are in
place, secure and making good metal - to - metal contact,
especially the 'earth' connections to chassis and engine.
Adjust the alternator drive belt tension if necessary and
make sure that the battery is well charged.
Turn the start switch to the ON position.
'Oil pressure' and 'No charge' warning lights should glow.
If any light fails, proceed to Check 1.
Start the engine; all warning lights should extinguish rapidly.
If the 'No charge' warning light remains ON proceed to
Check 2.
If the oil pressure warning remains on STOP ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY and investigate the engine lubricationsystem.
Check 1
With start switch 'ON' try the heater motor and screen wiper.
If they operate normally, check the warning light bulb for
blown filament.
Simultaneous failure of all items indicates a fault at the start
switch. Check for cable disconnection before condemningthe switch itself.
If the 'No charge' warning bulb is in good order, withdraw
the triple plug from the back of the alternator. Make a
temporary connection between the SMALL terminal in theplug and earth as shown below. If the 'No charge' warning
bulb still fails to light, check the cable for continuity. If the
bulb now lights, check the alternator for a defective regulator
(see Alternator Charging Test).
Check 2
Note: the following checks should be made using an
analogue (moving pointer) type meter.
Stop the engine and turn the starter switch to OFF.
Withdraw the alternator plug and connect the test meter
between the large terminals and 'earth'. With the meter set
to measure 12V DC, the meter should show battery voltage.If the reading is zero, check the cables for continuity,
particularly at the starter terminals.
If the voltage is correct, check the alternator as follows:
Al ternator Charging Test
If the battery is in a fully charged condition, switch on the
working lights for 3 minutes before commencing the test. Alternatively, operate the starter for a few moments withfuse B2 removed.
Install a 100 amp open - type shunt between the battery
positive lead and the battery positive terminal. Connect the
test meter and select DC Amps range.
Start the engine and run at maximum speed (see Page K/1-1). Meter should show maximum alternator output (see
Technical Data).
Note: The meter reading should be taken as soon as
possible after starting the engine, as the charging current
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 1
Issue 2*
Alternator
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 192/700
39 - 2
A zero reading indicates failure of the alternator and may be
caused by one of the following conditions. These are listedin the order of probability.
a Defective suppression capacitor.
b Dirty slip rings or worn brushes.
c Defective regulator.
d Defective rectifier.
e Open or short - circuited field (rotor) windings.
f Open or short - circuited power (stator) windings.
To check for fault a, disconnect the capacitor and repeat the
charging test. Renew the capacitor if necessary.
To check for faults b and c, remove the regulator and brush
box assembly. Check the condition of the brushes and, if
necessary, clean the sliprings using extra - fine glasspaper.
The regulator may only be checked by substitution.
Faults d, e, and f may be checked only by removing and
dismantling the alternator for further testing.
Terminal 'W' Output (Tachometer) Test
With the test meter set to 12V DC, measure the output at the'W' terminal as shown. If the reading is less than 7V DC theregulator will need to be replaced. If the output reading at
the 'W' terminal is satisfactory then the problem would lie
with the instrument panel tachometer head.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 2
Issue 3*
Alternator
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 193/700
39 - 3
Service Precautions
a Ensure that the battery negative terminal is connected
to the earthing cable.
b Never make or break connections to the battery oralternator, or any part of the charging circuit whilst the
engine is running. Disregarding this instruction will
result in damage to the regulator or rectifying diodes.
c Main output cables are 'live' even when the engine is
not running. Take care not to earth connectors in the
moulded plug if it is removed from the alternator.
d During arc welding on the machine, protect the
alternator by removing the moulded plug (or if separate
output cables fitted, remove the cables).
e If slave starting is necessary, connect the second
battery in parallel without disconnecting the vehiclebattery from the charging circuit. The slave battery may
then be safely removed after a start has been obtained.
Take care to connect batteries positive to positive,negative to negative.
Removal and Replacement
Disconnect cables from rear of alternator, remove bolts A, B
and C and withdraw unit from machine.
Replace by reversing the removal sequence. Position the
alternator until belt deflection is approximately 10mm (3/8 in)
before tightening bolts B and C. It may be necessary to
slacken bolt D to allow full movement of alternator. Tighten
bolt A last of all.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 3
Issue 1
Alternator
S099850B
S099850A
A
B
CD
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 194/700
39 - 4
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 4
Issue 1
Alternator
S215650
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 195/700
39 - 5
Dismantling and Assembly
When Dismantling
Remove suppressor 2 (if fitted) by removing nut 1 and
disconnecting lead E from terminal F.
Unscrew bolts 3 and disconnect lead G from terminal H to
remove the brush box and regulator assembly 4. If the brush
length is less than 5mm (0.2 in.), new length 17mm (0.67 in.),
or if spring pressure is less than 1.3N the brush box andregulator assembly must be renewed.
Remove nuts and washers 5, bolts 6 and nuts 7. Remove
slip ring end bracket 8.
Carefully remove rectifier 10 and stator 11 as an assembly.
Unsolder the interconnecting wires at X, Y, and Z only ifrenewing either of these components.
Remove nut and washer 12 using an 8mm Allen key in the
shaft hexagon hole to prevent rotation. If necessary, use a
press to remove rotor 19 from the drive end bracket 17.
Check the rotor poles and the inner faces of the stator for
signs of rubbing, which indicates worn bearings. The drive
end bearing is part of bracket 17 and cannot be removed
separately. If requiring renewal, needle roller bearing 20
should be pressed out in the direction of the arrow.
When AssemblingReverse the dismantling procedure, but note the following:
Ensure that spacers 14,16, and 18 are correctly positioned
as shown.
Ensure that the slip rings J are clean and smooth, using
extra fine glasspaper to rectify slight imperfections.
Ensure that insulation bushes 9 and washers 5 are
positioned as shown.
Take care not to damage the brushes when fitting the brushbox and regulator assembly.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
3 2.7 0.28 2.0
5 4.1 0.41 3.0
6 3.4 0.35 2.5
7 5.4 0.55 4.0
12 60.0 6.10 44.2
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 5
Issue 1
Alternator
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 196/700
39 - 6
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 6
Issue 1
Alternator
216870
1
23
5
4
5 6
7
8
!
9
0£
B@
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 197/700
39 - 7
Dismantling and Assembly - Magneti
Marelli Type
When Dismantling
Remove nuts 1 and cover 2.
Check the protruding length of the brushes A. If this is less
than 10 mm (0.4 in), the brushes must be renewed. This will
involve renewal of the regulator and brush box assembly 6
as the brushes are not available separately.
Un-clip slip-ring shroud 3. Remove screw 4 and nuts 5 to
remove regulator and brush box assembly 6.
Do not separate the rectifier 7 from the slip-ring end bracket
8 as the gasket between them and its jointing paste provide
a special heat conducting path which must not be disturbed.
If further dismantling is required, note the positions of the six
leads B and unsolder them from their locating tags on the
rectifier.
Using special socket 892/00882, remove nut 9, washer 10
and pulley 11. If necessary, press the drive end bearing,
complete with the rotor 12, out of the bracket and stator
assembly 13.
When Assembling
Reverse the dismantling procedure, but note the following:
Ensure that slip ring faces are clean and smooth, using very
fine glasspaper if required. Do not use emery cloth.
Ensure that stator connecting wires will not touch against
the rotor.
Lightly polish side faces of brushes to ensure free movement
in brush box.
Torque Settings
Item Nm Kgf m lbf in
1 3.0-4.0 0.3-0.4 26-36
4 2.0-2.5 0.2-0.25 18-21
5 (M5) 1.7-2.3 0.2-0.23 15-20
5 (M6) 3.6-5.1 0.4-0.5 32-45
Item Nm Kgf m lbf ft
9 70-90 7.2-9.1 52-66
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
39 - 7
Issue 1
Alternator
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 198/700
40 - 1
Harness Location - Machines upto Serial
Number 430000
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Mainframe Harness
2 Panel Harness
3 Cab Harness
4 Cab Roof Harness5 Solenoid Harness
6 Rear Light Extension Harnesses (see note)
Note: The illustration shows a typical machine.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
40 - 1
Issue 3
Harness Location
1
2
3
4
6
5
S164091
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 199/700
40 - 2
Harness Location - Machines from Serial
Number 430001
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1 Mainframe Harness
2 Panel Harness
3 Cab Harness
4 Cab Roof Harness5 Solenoid Harness
6 Rear Light Harnesses (see note)
7 Engine Shut Off Harness
Note: The illustration shows a typical machine.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
40 - 2
Issue 4
Harness Location
3
2
6
157
4
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 200/700
41 - 1
Wire/Harness Numbers - Explanation of:
Each wire has its own unique identification number, this number is printed on the wire every 50 mm (2 inches). The wire
numbers listed on the next few pages identify the source and final destination of all the wires used on the machine.
Also printed on the wire is the part number of the harness the wire originates from; the harness part number is shortened, sofor instance, if the harness part number is 719/37100, the number printed on the harness wires will be 9/371 (71 and 00 arecommon numbers and therefore deleted).
Although the machine harness wires are all now identified using numbers, there will be instances when electrical components
installed on the machine will have coloured flying leads. To ensure that numbered wires mate with the correct corresponding
coloured flying lead a prefix will be added to the wire number; this prefix identifies the colour(s) of the flying lead that thenumbered wire should mate with. For instance, if wire 819 from harness 719/37100 mated with a flying lead coloured black
(colour code B) then the number printed on the wire would be B-819 9/371.
The illustration shows a typical connector and wires. To summarize, the number stamped on the wire in the example shown
identifies the following:
B = The colour of the flying lead that the harness wire should mate with.
819 = The wire's unique identification number.9/371 = The part number of the harness that the wire originates from.
Finally, some more points to notice regarding wire identification:
1 Wires will continue to have the same number even after passing through a bulk head connector into a different harness.
2 Wires in splices are identified by using the original input wire number and then a suffix letter. So for instance wire 000 is
an original input wire, splices from this original wire are identified 000A, 000B and so on.
3 The wire number categories shown in the tables on the following pages are as follows:
3.1 Wire numbers 000 to 199. Wires in this number bracket are allocated to live feeds when the starter switch is at IGN
position, heater start circuits and start circuits.
3.2 Wire numbers 200 to 399. Wires in this number bracket are allocated to battery feeds.
3.3 Wire numbers 400 to 599. Wires in this number bracket are allocated to instruments, (alternator to tacho, fuel gauge
senders to fuel gauges etc.
3.4 Wire numbers 600 to 799. Wires in this number bracket are allocated to earth paths.
3.5 Wire numbers 800 to 999. Wires in this number bracket are allocated to switched supplies to lights, horn etc from
switches and relays.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 1
Issue 3*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
S164110
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 201/700
41 - 2
000 Starter Switch Fusebox - Fuse B1 4.00 To m/c no. 409434000 Starter Switch Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) 4.00 From m/c no.
409435000A Fuse B1a Fuse A9a 2.00 To m/c no. 409434
000A Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse A9a 2.00
000B Fuse A9a Fuse B8a 2.00 To m/c no. 409434
000B Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse B8a 1.40 From m/c no.409435
000C Fuse B8a Fuse B2a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
000C Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse B2a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
000D Fuse B2a Fuse B7a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
000D Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse B7a 1.00 From m/c no.409435
000E Fuse B7a Fuse B9a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
000E Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse B9a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435000F Panel Harness Splice (Fusebox) Fuse B1a 2.00 From m/c no.
409435001 Starter Switch Panel Harness Feed Splice 4.00
001A Panel Harness Splice 'Ignition' Relay Coil Feed 1.50 Powershift m/c's
001B Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse C3a 3.00
001C Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A1a 1.00 Syncro Shuttle m/c's
001D Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A2a 1.00 Syncro Shuttle m/c's
001E Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A5a 1.00 Syncro Shuttle m/c's001F Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse B6a 1.50 Syncro Shuttle m/c's
001H Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse C5a 1.40 Syncro Shuttle m/c's
001J Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse C7a 1.00 Syncro Shuttle m/c's
002 Panel Harness Splice 'Ignition' Relay 8.00
002A Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A1a 1.00 Powershift m/c's
002B Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A2a 1.00 Powershift m/c's002C Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A5a 1.00 Powershift m/c's
002D Panel Harness Splice Fuseboc - Fuse B6a 1.50 Powershift m/c's
002E Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse C2a 1.00 Powershift m/c's
002F Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse B1a 4.00 Powershift m/c's
002G Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A9a 2.00 Powershift m/c's
002H Fuse A9a Fuse B8a 2.00 To m/c no. 409434002H Panel Harness Splice Fusebox - Fuse A9a 1.40 From m/c no.
409435
002J Fuse B8a Fuse B2a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
002J Panel Harness Splice Fuse B2a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
002K Fuse B2a Fuse B7a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434002K Panel Harness Splice Fuse B7a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
002L Fuse B7a Fuse B9a 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
002L Panel Harness Splice Fuse B9a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
002P Panel Harness Splice Fuse C5a 2.00 From m/c no.409435
002S Panel Harness Splice Fuse C7a 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
003 Starter Switch Thermostart 3.00
004 Starter Switch Neutral Start Relay 3.00
100 Fuse B7 Dump Relay 1.00100A Dump Relay Foot Dump Switch 1.00
101 Fuse B1 Panel Harness Junction Box Splice 2.00
101A Panel Harness Junction Box Splice Junction Box 2.00101B Panel Harness Junction Box Splice Bucket Reset 1.00
101P Junction Box Hydraulic Speed Control Switch 1.00102 Fuse B8 Heater Switch 1.50
102A Heater Switch Heater Switch Warning Light 1.00 From m/c no.
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 2
Issue 4
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 000 to 199 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 202/700
41 - 3
409435103 Fuse A5 Rear Wiper / Wash 1.50 To m/c no. 409434
103 Fuse A5 Cab Harness Splice 1.00 From m/c no.409435
103A Rear Wiper Switch Rear Wiper Auxillary Feed 1.50 To m/c no. 409434
103A Cab Harness Splice Rear Wiper Switch 1.50 From m/c no.
409435103B Cab Harness Splice Rear Work Light Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
103C Cab Harness Splice Hydraulic Speed Control Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
103E Cab Harness Splice Rear Wipe (only) Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435103G Cab Harness Splice REar Wash/Wipe Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
104 Fuse B6 Hazard Switch (Indicators) 1.50 To m/c no. 409434
104 Panel Harness Hazard Splice Hazard Switch 1.40 From m/c no.409435
104A Fuse B6 Panel Harness Hazard Splice 1.40 From m/c no.409435
104B Panel Harness Hazard Splice Beacon Switch Warning Light 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
104C Panel Harness Hazard Splice Main Lights Warning Light 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
105 Fuse B2 Engine Shut-off Solenoid 1.00106 Fuse A2 Fuel Gauge Feed 1.00
106A Fuse A2 Stabiliser Lock Relay 1.00
107 Fuse C3 Panel Harness Splice (Gears) 1.50
107A Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Column Switch 1.00
107B Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Forward Relay 1.00 To m/c no. 413771
107C Panel Harness Splice (Gears) 2WD Relay 1.00 To m/c no. 404851107D Panel Harness Splice (Gears) 2WD Switch 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
107D Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Brake Mode Switch Splice 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
107E Forward Relay Reverse Relay 1.00 To m/c no. 409434
107E Gears Control Feed Splice Reverse Relay 1.00 409435 to 413771
107F Reverse Relay Drive Relay 1.00 To m/c no. 409434107F Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Drive Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
107K Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Brake Mode Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
107L Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Brake Mode Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435107M Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Parkbrake Dump Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
413772
107N Panel Harness Splice (Gears) Parkbrake Dump Relay - Coil Feed 1.00 From m/c no.
413772
108 Fuse A1 Foot Brake Switch 1.00 To m/c no. 404851
108 Reverse Alarm Relay Foot Brake Switch 1.00 From m/c 404852108A Fuse A1 Reverse Alarm Relay 1.00 To m/c no. 404851
108A Brake Relay Reverse Alarm Relay 1.00 From m/c 404852
108B Fuse A1 2 Wheel Drive Relay Feed 1.00 From m/c 404852
109 Fuse C2 Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice 1.00 AWS m/c's only
109A Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice Front Proximity Switch 1.00 AWS m/c's only
109B Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice Rear Proximity Switch 1.00 AWS m/c's only109C Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice 4 Wheel Steer Solenoid 1.00 AWS m/c's only
109D Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice Crab Solenoid 1.00 AWS m/c's only
109E Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice Crab/4 Wheel Steer Solenoid 1.00 AWS m/c's only109F Solenoid Harness Steer Mode Splice 2 Wheel Steer Solenoid 1.00 AWS m/c's only
110 Fuse A9 Panel Harness Column Switch Splice 2.00110A Panel Harness Column Switch Splice Flasher 1.00
110B Panel Harness Column Switch Splice Front Wiper/Washer 1.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 3
Issue 5
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 000 to 199 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 203/700
41 - 4
110C Panel Harness Column Switch Splice Horn 1.00111 Fuse B9 Buzzer 1.00
111A Fuse B9 Hand Dump Switch 1.00114 Fuse C5 Deluxe Options
200 Alternator Starter Solenoid 4.50 See Note ➀
200A Alternator Starter Solenoid 4.50 See Note ➀
200B Starter Solenoid Starter Switch 4.00200C Starter Solenoid Starter Relay 4.00
200D Starter Solenoid Starter Relay 3.00
200E Starter Solenoid Road Lights Relay 3.00
200F Starter Solenoid Road Lights Relay 2.50 To m/c no. 409434
200G Starter Solenoid Fusebox - Fuse C1a 4.00
200H Fuse C1a Fuse A7a 2.00200J Fuse A7a Fuse A6a 2.00
200K Fuse A6a Fuse A8a 1.00
300 Fuse A6 Hazard Switch 4.00
302 Fuse C1 Rear Work Lights Switch 2.00
303 Fuse A7 Cab Harness Interior Light Splice 1.50
303A Cab Harness Splice Interior Light 2.00303B Cab Harness Splice Beacon 1.50
303C Cab Harness Splice Front Wiper 1.00
303D Cab Harness Splice Clock 0.60
303F Fuse A7 Beacon Switch 1.40 From m/c no.
409435
304 Fuse A8 Radio 1.00401 Park Brake Relay Warning Light 1.00
402 Air Filter Switch Warning Light 1.00
403 Engine Oil Pressure Switch Warning Light 1.00
404 Transmission Oil Temperature Switch Warning Light 1.00
405 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch Warning Light 1.00
406 Water Temperature Switch Warning Light 1.00407 Alternator Warning Light 1.00 See Note ➀
408 Fuel Gauge Sender 1.00409 Water Temperature Gauge Sensor 1.00
410 Test Button Warning Lights 1.00 To m/c no. 404502
411 Buzzer Instrument Cluster 1.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 4
Issue 4
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 200 to 599 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 204/700
41 - 5
412 Alternator Instrument Cluster 1.00
Note ➀: Terminals 200, 200A and 407 may be either separate terminals or combined in a 'euro plug'.
600 Starter Earth Engine Shut - off Solenoid 1.00600A Starter Earth Mainframe Harness Earth Splice 2.00
600B Mainframe Harness Earth Splice Horn 2.00
600C Mainframe Harness Earth Splice Transmission Oil Temperature Switch 1.00
600D Mainframe Harness Earth Splice Loader Valve 1.00
600E Mainframe Harness Earth Splice Rear Lights 1.00
600F Mainframe Harness Earth Splice Italian Number Plate Light 1.00600G Mainframe Harness Earth Splice L/H Rear Combination Light 1.00
600H Mainframe Harness Earth Splice R/H Rear Combination Light 1.00
600J Starter Earth Panel Harness Earth Splice 4.00
600K Starter Earth Panel Harness Earth Splice 4.00
600L Starter Earth Steer Mode Relay PCB 2.00 AWS m/c's only
600M Panel Harness Earth Splice Cab Earth Splice 4.00
600N Panel Harness Earth Splice Fog Light Switch 1.00600P Fog Light Switch Earth Front Work Lights Switch Earth 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600P Panel Harness Earth Splice Front Work Lights Switch Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600R Front Work Lights Switch Earth Radio 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600R Panel Harness Earth Splice Radio 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600S Panel Harness Earth Splice Reverse Alarm Relay 1.00
600T Panel Harness Earth Splice Instrument Cluster 1.00
600U Reverse Alarm Relay Earth Stabilizer Lock Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600U Panel Harness Earth Splice Stabilizer Lock Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435600V Stabilizer Lock Relay Earth Neutral Start Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600V Panel Harness Earth Splice Neutral Start Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435600W 2WD Switch Ignition Relay Earth 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600W Panel Harness Earth Splice Ignition Relay Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435600X Panel Harness Earth Splice Head Light Earth Splice 3.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 5
Issue 4
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 600 to 799 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 205/700
41 - 6
600Y Panel Harness Earth Splice Dump Relay 1.50600Z Panel Harness Earth Splice Solenoids Earth Splice 2.00
600AA Panel Harness Earth Splice 4 Wheel Drive Brake Relay 1.00600AB 4 Wheel Drive Brake Relay Earth 2 Wheel Drive Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600AB Panel Harness Earth Splice 2 Wheel Drive Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600AC Panel Harness Earth Splice Forward Relay 1.00600AD Forward Relay Earth Reverse Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600AD Panel Harness Earth Splice Reverse Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600AE Forward High/Low Relay Earth Reverse Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600AE Panel Harness Earth Splice Forward High/Low Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435600AF Reverse High/Low Relay Earth Forward High/Low Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600AF Panel Harness Earth Splice Reverse High/Low Relay Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600AG Drive Relay Earth Reverse High/Low Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434600AG Panel Harness Earth Splice Drive Relay Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435600AH Neutral Relay Earth Drive Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600AH Panel Harness Earth Splice Neutral Relay Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600AJ Cab Harness Earth Splice Interior Light 1.00
600AK Cab Harness Earth Splice Front Wiper 1.00
600AL Cab Harness Earth Splice Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice 2.00600AM Cab Harness Earth Splice Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice 2.00
600AN Cab Harness Earth Splice Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice 2.00
600AP Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice Beacon 1.00
600AR Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice R/H Front Light 1.00
600AS Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice L/H Front Light 1.00
600AT Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice L/H Rear Combination Light 1.00600AU Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice L/H Number Plate Light 1.00
600AV Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice L/H Rear Work Light 1.00
600AW Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice R/H Rear Combination Light 1.00
600AX Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice R/H Number Plate Light 1.00
600AY Cab Roof Harness Earth Splice R/H Rear Work Light 1.00
600AZ Head Light Earth Splice R/H Head light 1.50600BA Earth Splice Link Earth Splice 1.50
600BB Earth Splice Rear Socket 2.00
600BC Earth Splice L/H Head Light 1.50
600BD Earth Splice Rear Wiper 1.00
600BE Earth Splice Rear Work Light Warning Light 1.00
600BF Earth Splice Hand Brake Switch 1.00600BG Earth Splice Front Washer Motor 1.00
600BH Earth Splice Heater 1.00
600BJ Earth Splice Rear Fog Light 1.00
600BK Earth Splice Rear Washer Motor 1.00
600BL Dump Relay Earth Indicator Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600BL Panel Harness Earth Splice Indicator Relay 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600BM Indicator Relay Earth Road Lights Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600BM Panel Harness Earth Splice Road Lights Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600BN R/D Lights Relay Earth Hand Brake Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
600BN Panel Harness Earth Splice Hand Brake Relay 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600BP Hand Brake Relay Earth Test Button 1.00 To m/c no. 404502
600BR Test Button Earth 2 Wheel Drive Warning Light 1.00 To m/c no. 404502600BR Panel Harness Earth Splice 2 Wheel Drive Warning Light 1.00 To m/c no. 404502
600BS Solenoid Earth Splice Forward Solenoid 1.00600BT Solenoid Earth Splice Reverse Solenoid 1.00
600BU Solenoid Earth Splice Transmission Oil Pressure Switch 1.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 6
Issue 3
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 600 to 799 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 206/700
41 - 7
600BV Solenoid Earth Splice Rear Proximity Switch 1.00 AWS m/c's only600BW Solenoid Earth Splice Front Proximity Switch 1.00 AWS m/c's only
600BX Solenoid Earth Splice Forward Low Solenoid 1.00600BY Solenoid Earth Splice Layshaft Solenoid 1.00
600BZ Solenoid Earth Splice Mainshaft Solenoid 1.00
600CA Solenoid Earth Splice Reverse Low Solenoid 1.00
600CB Solenoid Earth Splice 2 Wheel Drive Solenoid 1.00600CC Junction Box Earth Earth Splice 2.00
600CZ Cab Harness Splice (link) Cab Harness Splice 2.00 From m/c no.
409435
600DF Cab Harness Splice Hydraulic Speed Control Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600DJ Panel Harness Earth Splice (link) Panel Harness Earth Splice 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600DN Panel Harness Earth Splice (link) Panel Harness Earth Splice 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600DP Panel Harness Earth Splice (link) Panel Harness Earth Splice 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600DR Panel Harness Earth Splice (link) Panel Harness Earth Splice 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600DW Panel Harness Earth Splice Main Lights Warning Light Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600DX Panel Harness Earth Splice Hazard Switch Warning Light Earth 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600DY Panel Harness Earth Splice Beacon Switch Warning Light Earth 1.00 From m/c no.409435
600EB Cab Harness Splice Heater Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
600EF Cab Harness Splice Rear Worklight Switch Illumination 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
601 Radio L/H Speaker -ve 1.00602 Radio R/H Speaker -ve 1.00
603 Hydraulic Speed Control Relay Hydraulic Speed Control Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
800 Heater Switch Heater (Low) 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
800A Heater Switch Heater (Medium) 1.00800B Heater Switch Heater (High) 1.00
802 Hazard Switch Indicator Relay 1.50803 Hazard Switch Indicator Relay 1.50
803A Indicator Relay Column Switch 1.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 7
Issue 3
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 207/700
41 - 8
804 Hazard Switch Instrument Warning Light 1.00804A Hazard Switch Diode 1.00
805 Hazard Switch Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice 1.00805A Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice Warning Light (Cluster) 1.00
805B Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice Column Switch 1.00
805C Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice LH Indicator (Chassis) 1.00
805D Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice Cab Harness LH Indicator Splice 1.00805E Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice Front LH Indicator 1.00
805F Panel Harness LH Indicator Splice Rear LH Indicator 1.00
806 Diode Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice 1.00
806A Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice Warning Light (Cluster) 1.00
806B Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice Column Switch 1.00
806C Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice RH Indicator (Chassis) 1.00806D Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice Cab Harness RH Indicator Splice 1.00
806E Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice Front RH Indicator 1.00
806F Panel Harness RH Indicator Splice Rear RH Indicator 1.00
807 Reverse Alarm Relay Reverse Alarm 1.00808 Column Switch Reverse Alarm Relay Coil 1.00
808A Reverse Alarm Relay Reverse Relay 1.00809 Column Switch Forward Relay Coil 1.00
810 Column Switch Panel Harness Neutral Start Splice 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
810 Panel Harness Splice Powershift Neutral Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
810A Panel Harness Splice Park Brake Relay Coil 1.00
810B Panel Harness Splice Stabiliser Lock Relay Coil 1.00810C Panel Harness Splice Neutral Start Relay Coil 1.00
811 Reverse High/Low Relay Reverse Solenoid 1.00
812 Forward High/Low Relay Forward Solenoid 1.00
813 Powershift Neutral Relay Coil Feed Forward Relay 1.00
814 Column Switch Horn 2.00
815 Park Brake Relay Park Brake Switch 1.00815A Parkbrake Dump Relay Parkbrake Relay 1.00 From m/c no.
413772
816 Panel Harness Splice Brake Relay 1.00
816A Panel Harness Splice Cab Harness Splice 1.00
816B Panel Harness Splice Main Frame Harness Splice 1.00
816C Panel Harness Splice Brake Relay 1.00 See Note ➁
816D Main Frame Harness Splice LH Brake Light 1.00
816E Main Frame Harness Splice RH Brake Light 1.00
817 Powershift Neutral Relay Feed Reverse Relay 1.00
818 2 Wheel Drive Relay Coil Feed 2 Wheel Drive Switch 1.00
818A 2 Wheel Drive Relay Coil Feed 2 Wheel Drive Diode Gate Feed 1.00
819 Front Proximity Switch Steer Switch 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
819 Front Proximity Switch Panel Harness Splice 1.00 From m/c no.409435
819A Panel Harness Splice Steer Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
819B Panel Harness Splice Steer Switch 1.00 From m/c no.
409435820 Rear Proximity Switch Steer Switch 1.00
821 Steer Switch Steer Mode PCB (Crab) 1.00
822 Steer Switch Steer Mode PCB (2 Wheel Steer) 1.00
823 Steer Switch Steer Mode PCB (4 Wheel Steer) 1.00
Note ➁: Wire 816C is applicable only on machines up to serial number 403024. Also, on machines up to serial number 403024,
wire 816 source is Panel Harness Brake Light Splice and its destination is Foot Brake Switch (refer to Technical InformationBulletin 2/066).
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 8
Issue 2
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 208/700
41 - 9
824 Crab Solenoid Panel Harness Steer Splice 1.00824A Panel Harness Steer Splice Crab Steer Warning Light 1.00
824B Panel Harness Steer Splice Crab Steer Mode PCB 1.00825 2 Wheel Steer Solenoid Panel Harness Steer Splice 1.00
825A Panel Harness Steer Splice 2 Wheel Steer Warning Light 1.00
825B Panel Harness Steer Splice 2 Wheel Steer Mode PCB 1.00
826 4 Wheel Steer Solenoid Panel Harness Steer Splice 1.00826A Panel Harness Steer Splice 4 Wheel Steer Warning Light 1.00
826B Panel Harness Steer Splice 4 Wheel Steer Mode PCB 1.00
827 Side Light Switch Road Light Relay 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
827A Side Light Switch Head Light Switch 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
828 Side Light Relay Fusebox - Fuse A3a 2.00 To m/c. no. 409434
828 Fusebox - Fuse A3 Main Lights Switch 2.00 From m/c no.409435
828A Fuse A3a Fuse A4a 2.00
828B Road Light Relay Work Light Switch Flying Lead 2.00 To m/c. no. 409434
828B Road Light Relay Main Lights Switch 2.00 From m/c no.409435
828C Work Light Switch Flying Lead Work Light Switch 2.00829 Fuse A3 Panel Harness LH Side Light Splice 1.00
829A Panel Harness LH Side Light Splice Cab Harness Side Light Splice 1.00
829B Panel Harness LH Side Light Splice Main Frame LH Side Light Splice 1.00
829C Main Frame LH Side Light Splice Italian Number Plate Light 1.00
829D Main Frame LH Side Light Splice LH Rear Tail Light 1.00
829E Cab Harness LH Side Light Splice LH Front Side Light 1.00829F Cab Harness LH Side Light Splice Cab Roof Harness Side Light Splice 1.00
829G Cab Harness LH Side Light Splice LH Number Plate Light 1.00
830 Fuse A4 Panel Harness Splice 1.00
830A Panel Harness Splice Gauge Illumination 1.00
830B Panel Harness Splice RH Rear Combination Lights 1.00
830C Panel Harness Splice Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice 1.00830D Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice RH Side Light 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
830D Panel Harness Splice Work Light Switch Warning Light 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
830E Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice Rear Socket 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
830E Panel Harness Splice Hazard Switch Warning Light 1.00 From m/c no.
409435830F Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice Cab Roof Harness RH Side Light Splice 1.00
830G Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice RH Number Plate Light 1.00
830K Cab Harness RH Side Light Splice Deluxe Option Plug 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
831 Front Work Light Switch Fusebox - Fuse B5a 2.00
832 Main Lights Switch RH Column Switch (Dip) 2.00832A Fusebox - Fuse C4a Head Lights Switch 1.00 To m/c. no. 409434
832B Main Lights Switch Work Light Relay Coil 1.00 From m/c no.
409435
833 RH Column Switch (Dip) Fuse B3a 1.50
834 Fuse B3 Cab Harness Dip Head Light Splice 3.00
834A Cab Harness Dip Head Light Splice RH Head Light 1.50834B Cab Harness Dip Head Light Splice LH Head Light 1.50
834C Fuse B3 Fog Light Switch 1.00 To m/c no. 400076
835 Fog Light Switch Fog Light 1.00
835A Fog Light Switch Warning Light 1.00 To m/c no. 400076
836 Main Beam Switch Fuse B4 1.50
837 Fuse B4 Cab Harness Main Beam Head Light Splice 3.00837A Cab Harness Main Beam Splice RH Head Light 2.00
837B Cab Harness Main Beam Splice LH Head Light 2.00
837C Fuse B4 Main Beam Warning Light 1.00838 Foot Dump Switch Dump Relay 1.00
838A Dump Relay Hand Dump Switch 1.00839 Column Switch Front Washer Pump 1.00
840 Column Switch Front Wiper 1.00
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
41 - 9
Issue 1
Harness and Wire Number Identification
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (to serial number 430000)
Wire Wire
No Source Destination Gauge Comment
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 209/700
42 - 1
Wire Numbers - 000 to 199 (from Serial Number 430001)
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 1
Issue 4*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
001 Ignition Switch to Feed Splice 4.00 P
001A Ignition Splice to Ignition Relay 1 0.60 P
001K Ignition Splice to Fuse B8 4.00 P
001L Ignition Splice to Ignition Relay 2 0.60 P
001M Ignition Splice to Lights Relay 0.60 P
002 Ignition Relay 1 to Feed Splice 4.00 P
002D Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse B6 1.40 P
002E Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse C2 2.00 P
002F Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse B1 2.00 P002J Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse B2 2.00 P
* 002N Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse C6 1.00 P
002R Relay 1 Feed Splice to Fuse C3 1.40 P
003 Ignition Switch to Thermostat 2.00 MF P
003A Ignition Switch Link 2.00 P
004 Ignition Switch to Neutral Start Relay 2.00 P
007 Ignition Relay 2 to Feed Splice 4.00 P
007A Relay 2 Feed Splice to Brake Switch 1.00 P Cab
007B Relay 2 Feed Splice to Fuse A9 2.00 P
007C Relay 2 Feed Splice to Fuse C5 2.00 P
007D Relay 2 Feed Splice to Fuse A2 1.00 P
007E Relay 2 Feed Splice to Fuse B9 1.40 P007F Relay 2 Feed Splice to Fuse A5 1.00 P
009 Lights Relay to Feed Splice 3.00 P
009A Panel Feed Splice to Main Light Switch 1.40 P Cab
009B Lights Splice to Front Work Light Connector 1.40 P
009C Lights Splice to Fuse C1 1.40 P
009D Work Lights Connector to Fuse B5 1.40 P
101 Fuse to Feed Splice 2.00 MF P
101A Splice to Junction Box 2.00 MF P
101AA Feed Splice to Hammer Switch 1.00 Aux
101AB Splice to Rear Horn Switch 1.00 MF
101AG Fuse B1 to Feed Splice 2.00 P
101AH Feed Splice to Hydraclamp Switch 1.00 P
101B Splice to Reset Switch 1.00 MF
* 101D Hammer Connector to Hammer Isolator Switch ➁ 1.00 P
101L Feed Splice to Jaw Change-over (C/O) Relay 1.00 P
101P Feed Splice to Hydraulic Speed Control Switch 1.00 P
101S Feed Splice to Hammer Relay 1.00 P
101Y Mainframe Splice to Aux. Hyd. Feed Splice 1.00 MF Aux
101Z Feed Splice to Jaw Change-over (C/O) Switch 1.00 Aux
102 Heater Fast Relay to Heater Switch 2.00 P
102B Fuse B8 to Heater Fast Relay 4.00 P
102C Heater Switch to Air Con Switch 1.00 P A/C
103 Fuse A5 to Feed Splice 1.00 P
103A Feed Splice to Rear Wash Wipe Switch 1.00 P
103B Feed Splice to Rear Wash Wipe Switch 1.00 P103F Feed Splice to Rear Wiper 1.00 P
104 Fuse B6 to Hazard Switch 1.40 P Cab
105 Fuse B2 to E.S.O.S. 1.00 MF P
Note: The heading 'Harnesses Affected' refers to the harness(es) that house the individual wires, in some instances wires pass
through more than one harness, refer to the illustration on page C/40-2 for harness location.
MF = Mainframe Harness, P = Panel Harness, Cab = Cab Harness, CR = Cab Roof, TR = Transmission, A/C = AirConditioning Harness, Aux = Auxiliary Hydraulics Harness (e.g. Hammer), RL = Rear Lights Harness
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 210/700
42 - 2
Wire Numbers - 000 to 199 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 2
Issue 3*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 106 Fuse A2 to Instrument Panel 1.00 P
* 106B Buzzer to Master Warning Light Cluster 1.00 P Cab
106C Fuse A2 to Buzzer 1.00 P
107 Fuse C3 to Feed Splice 1.40 P
107A Feed Splice to LH Column Switch (Powershift) 1.00 Cab
107B Feed Splice to Forward Relay 1.00 P
107D Feed Splice to 4WD Switch 1.00 Cab
107E Feed Splice to Reverse Relay 1.00 P
107F Feed Splice to Drive Shaft Relay 1.00 P
107G Column Switch Feed Forward/Reverse (Syncro) 1.00 Cab
107H Feed Splice to Cab Feed Splice 1.00 P Cab
* 107J Cab Harness Splice to LH Column Switch➁ 1.00 Cab
107L Feed Splice to Brake Mode Switch (2WS Machines) 0.60 P Cab
107L Feed Splice to Steer Mode Switch (AWS Machines) 1.00 P Cab107M Feed Splice to Dump Relay 0.60 P
107N Feed Splice to Dump Relay 0.60 P
107P Feed Splice to 4 Wheel Brake Relay 1.00 P
107R Column Switch Feed Forward/Reverse (Powershift) 1.00 Cab
* 107S Feed Splice to Brake Mode Switch (2WS Machines) ➀ 1.00 P Cab
109 Fuse C2 to Mainframe Feed Splice 2.00 MF P
109A Splice to Front Proximity Switch 1.00 MF
109B Splice to Rear Proximity Switch 1.00 MF
109C Splice to 4WD Solenoid 1.00 MF
109D Splice to Crab Steer Solenoid 1.00 MF
109E Splice to 4WS/Crab Steer Solenoid 1.00 MF
109F Splice to 2WS Steer Solenoid 1.00 MF
110 Fuse A9 to Column Switches 2.00 P Cab
110A Feed Splice to Flash Feed 1.00 Cab
110B Feed Splice to Front Wash/Wipe Feed 1.00 Cab
110H Feed Splice to Column Switch Horn (Powershift) 2.00 Cab
110J Feed Splice to Column Switch Horn (Syncro Shuttle) 2.00 Cab
114 Fuse C5 to Feed Splice 2.00 P
114A Feed Splice to Clock 0.60 Cab
114B Feed Splice to Cigarette Lighter 1.40 Cab
114C Feed Splice to Heated Seat Switch 1.00 P
114E Feed Splice to Face Level Fan 1.40 P
114F Feed Splice to Mainframe Feed Splice 1.40 P Cab
116 Fuse B5 to Front Work Light Switch 1.40 P
117 Fuse C1 to Rear Work Light Switch 1.40 P118 Fuse B9 to Rear Horn Relay 1.40 P
* 125 Fuse C6 to Column Switch (Gears, Forward/Reverse) 1.00 P Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 211/700
42 - 3
Wire Numbers - 200 to 599 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 3
Issue 3*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
200 Alternator to Starter Solenoid 6.00 MF
200A Alternator to Starter Solenoid 6.00 MF
200B Starter Solenoid to Ignition Switch 4.00 MF P
200C Starter Solenoid to Ignition Switch/Relay 4.00 MF P
200D Starter Solenoid to Ignition Relay 4.00 MF P
200E Starter Solenoid to Road Lights Relay 3.00 MF P
200G Starter Solenoid to Fuse Box 4.00 MF P
200H Feed Splice to Fuse A7 2.00 P
200J Feed Splice to Fuse A6 1.40 P
200K Feed Splice to Fuse A8 1.00 P
200M Starter Solenoid to Ignition Relay 2 4.00 MF P
200N Feed Splice to Main Lights Switch 1.00 P Cab
300 Fuse A6 to Hazard Switch 1.40 P Cab
303 Fuse A7 to Cab Feed Splice 1.40 P Cab303A Feed Splice to Interior Light 1.00 Cab
303B Fuse A7 to Rotating Beacon Switch 1.40 P
* 303B Fuse A7 to Rotating Beacon Socket➁ 1.40 P Cab CR
303C Feed Splice to Front Wiper Aux. Feed 1.00 Cab
303D Feed Splice to Clock 0.60 Cab
303F Feed Splice to Interior Light 1.00 Cab
304 Fuse A8 to on Board Entertainment System 1.00 P
401 Parkbrake Relay to Warning Light 0.60 P
402 Air Cleaner Switch to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
403 Engine Oil Pressure Switch to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
404 Transmission Oil Temp. Switch to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
405 Transmission Oil Pressure Switch to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P TR
* 405 Trans. Pressure Switch to Warn. Lamp➁ 1.00 MF P TR
406 Water Temperature Switch to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
407 Alternator to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
408 Fuel Sender to Fuel Gauge 1.00 MF P
409 Water Temperature Sender to Water Temperature Gauge 1.00 MF P
411 Instrument Panel to Warning Buzzer 1.00 P
411A Warning Buzzer to Master Warning Lights 1.00 P Cab
412 Alternator 'W' Terminal to Warning Lamp 1.00 MF P
412A Tachometer Splice to Tachometer 0.60 P
412B Tachometer Splice to German Tachometer 0.60 P Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 212/700
42 - 4
Wire Numbers - 600 to 799 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 4
Issue 3*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
600 Earth Splice to E.S.O.S. 1.00 MF
600A Starter Earth to Earth Splice 2.50 MF
600AA Panel Earth Splice to 4 Wheel Brake Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AB Panel Earth Splice to 2 Wheel Drive Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AC Panel Earth Splice to Forward Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AD Panel Earth Splice to Reverse Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AE Panel Earth Splice to Forward High/Low Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AF Panel Earth Splice to Reverse High/Low Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AG Panel Earth Splice to Drive Shaft Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AH Panel Earth Splice to Neutral Relay Earth 0.60 P
600AJ Interior Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600AK Front Wiper Earth 1.00 Cab
600AL Panel Earth Splice to Cab Roof Earth Splice 2.00 P Cab CR
600AM Panel Earth Splice to Cab Roof Earth 1.40 P Cab CR600AN Panel Earth Splice to Cab Roof Earth 1.40 P Cab CR
600AP Earth Splice to Beacon Earth 1.00 CR
600AR Earth Splice to RH Work Light 1.00 CR
600AS Earth Splice to LH Work Light 1.00 CR
600AT LH Earth Splice to LH Combination Light 1.00 CR
600AU LH Earth Splice to LH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
600AV LH Earth Splice to LH Work Light 1.00 CR
600AW RH Earth Splice to RH Combination Light 1.00 CR
600AX RH Earth Splice to RH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
600AY RH Earth Splice to RH Work Light 1.00 CR
600AZ RH Headlight Earth 1.00 Cab
600B Earth Splice to Front Horn 2.00 MF
600BA Panel Earth Splice to Cab Earth Splice 1.40 P Cab
600BB Dipper Socket Earth Cab
600BC LH Headlight Earth 1.40 Cab
600BC Cab Earth Splice to Earth Splice (Austria) 1.40
600BD Panel Earth Splice to Rear Wiper Earth 1.00 P
600BE Panel Earth Splice to Rear Work Lights Switch 0.60 P
600BF Parkbrake Switch Earth 1.00 Cab
600BG Earth Splice to Front Wash Pump 1.00 MF
600BH Starter Earth to Panel Earth Splice 4.00 MF P
600BJ Rear Fog Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600BK Earth Splice to Rear Wash Pump 1.00 MF
600BL Panel Earth Splice to Indicator Relay Earth 0.60 P
600BN Panel Earth Splice to Park Brake Relay 0.60 P600BR 4WD Switch Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600BS Earth Splice to Forward High Solenoid Earth 1.00 TR
* 600BSEarth Splice to Forward Solenoid Earth ➁ 1.00 MF
600BT Earth Splice to Reverse High Solenoid Earth 1.00 TR
* 600BT Earth Splice to Reverse Solenoid Earth ➁ 1.00 MF
600BU Earth Splice to Transmission Oil Press Switch 1.00 TR
* 600BUEarth Splice to Transmission Oil Press Switch➁ 1.00 MF
600BV Earth Splice to Rear Proximity Switch 1.00 MF
600BW Earth Splice to Front Proximity Switch 1.00 MF
600BX Earth Splice to Forward Low Sol Earth 1.00 TR
600BY Earth Splice to Layshaft Solenoid Earth 1.00 TR
600BZ Earth Splice to Mainshaft Solenoid Earth 1.00 TR600C Earth Splice to Transmission Oil Temperature Switch 1.00 MF
600CA Earth Splice to Reverse Low Sol Earth 1.00 TR
600CB Earth Splice to 4WD Sol Earth 1.00 TR
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 213/700
42 - 5
Wire Numbers - 600 to 799 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 5
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 600CBEarth Splice to 4WD Solenoid Earth➁ 1.00 MF
* 600CCEarth Splice to Junction Box 2.00 MF
* 600CDReverse Alarm Earth 1.00 Cab
* 600CEEarth Splice to Fuel Sender 1.00 MF
600CF Earth Splice to Air Cleaner 1.00 MF
600CH Panel Earth Splice to Aux. Hyd. Switch 0.60 P
600CJ Earth Splice to Hammer Solenoid 1.00 Aux
600CK Earth Splice to Water Temperature Switch 1.00 MF
600CU Panel Earth Splice to Jaw Change-over Relay Earth 0.60 P
600CX Earth Splice to Jaw Change-over Solenoid 1.00 Aux
600D Earth Splice to Loader Valve 1.00 MF
600DA Panel Earth Splice to Heated Seat Switch 0.60 P
600DB Cigarette Lighter Earth 1.40 Cab
600DC Clock Earth 0.60 Cab600DE Earth Splice to Hydraulic Speed Control 1.00 MF
600DF Panel Earth Splice to Hydraulic Speed Control Switch 0.60 P
600DG Earth Splice to Hydraulic Speed Control Switch 1.00 MF
600DH Panel Earth Splice to Heated Seat 1.00 P
600DJ Panel Earth Splice to Earth Splice 0.60 P
600DN Panel Earth Splice to Earth Splice 0.60 P
600DP Panel Earth Splice to Earth Splice 0.60 P
600DW Main Lights Switch Work Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600DX Hazard Lights Switch Work Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600DY Panel Earth Splice to Beacon Switch 0.60 P
* 600DX 4WD Switch to Cab Harness Splice 0.60 Cab
600E Panel Earth to Rear Lights Earth Splice 1.40 P RL
600EA Panel Earth Splice to Hammer Relay Earth 0.60 P
600EF Panel Earth Splice to Rear Wash/Wipe Switch 0.60 P
600EG Face Level Fan Earth 1.40 Cab
600EJ Interior Light Earth 1.00 Cab
600EK Master Warning Lights Earth 1.00 Cab
* 600EL Rear Horn to Cab Harness Earth Splice ➂ 1.40 Cab
* 600EL Rear Horn to Mainframe Harness Earth Splice➂ 1.40 MF
* 600ENMainframe Earth Splice to Aux. Hydraulics Connector 1.00 MF Aux
600EP Earth Splice to Starter Earth 1.00 MF
600ER Earth Splice to Starter Earth 3.00 MF
600ES Earth Splice to Hydra Clamp Valve 1.00 MF
600EZ Earth Splice to Dump Switch 1.00 MF
600F Earth Splice to Number Plate Light 1.00 RL600FA Panel Earth Splice to Italian Work Light Relay 0.60 P
600FB Panel Earth Splice to Air Conditioner Switch 0.60 P A/C
600FC Panel Earth Splice to Hydraclamp Switch 0.60 P
600FF Panel Earth Splice to Ignition 2 Relay Earth 0.60 P
600FG Panel Earth Splice to Rear Horn Relay Earth 0.60 P
600FH Panel Earth Splice to Heater Fast Relay Earth 0.60 P
600FJ Panel Earth Splice to Lights Relay Earth 0.60 P
* 600FK Starter Motor Earth to Panel Harn. Earth Splice 4.00 MF P
600FL Earth Splice to Transmission Dump Switch (Gear Lever) 1.00 TR
* 600FL Earth Splice to Transmission Dump Switch (Gear Lever) ➁ 1.00 MF
600FM Earth Splice to LH Headlight 1.00
600FN Earth Splice to Bucket Lights Earth Splice 1.40600G Earth Splice to LH Rear Lights 1.00 RL
600H Earth Splice to RH Rear Lights 1.00 RL
600J Starter Earth to Panel Earth Splice 4.00 MF P
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 214/700
42 - 6
Wire Numbers - 600 to 799 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 6
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 600K Starter Earth to Panel Earth Splice 4.00 MF P
* 600L Earth Splice to Steer Mode Unit 1.00 P
* 600M Panel Earth Splice to Cab Earth Splice 2.00 P Cab
* 600N Panel Earth Splice to Fog Light Switch 0.60 P
* 600P Panel Earth Splice to Front Work Light Switch 0.60 P
* 600R Panel Earth Splice to on Board Entertainment System 1.00 P
* 600T Panel Earth Splice to Instrument Panel 0.60 P
600V Panel Earth Splice to Neutral Start Relay Earth 0.60 P
600W Panel Earth Splice to Ignition Relay 1 Earth 0.60 P
600X Panel Earth Splice to Cab Earth Splice 1.40 P Cab
600Z Earth Splice to Solenoids Earth Splice 1.40 MF TR
601 Radio to Left Hand Speaker P Cab
602 Radio to Right Hand Speaker 0.60 P Cab
603 Hydraulic Speed Control Switch Earth 1.00 MF P
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 215/700
42 - 7
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 7
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 800 Heater Switch to Heater Resistors 1.40 P
800A Heater Switch to Heater Resistors 2.00 P
800B Heater Fast Relay to Heater Resistor 4.00 P
800C Heater Switch to Heater Fast Relay 0.60 P
802 Indicator Flasher to Hazard Switch 1.40 P Cab
803 Indicator Flasher to Hazard/Column Switch 1.40 P Cab
803A Column Switch Indicator Feed 1.00 Cab
803B Indicator Splice to Hazard Switch 1.40 Cab
804 Hazard Switch to Master Warning Lights 1.00 Cab
804A Hazard Switch to Diode 1.00 Cab
805 Hazard Switch to LH Indicator Splice 1.00 Cab
805B LH Indicator Splice Column Switch Feed 1.00 Cab
805C LH Indicator Cab Splice to LH Rear Indicator 1.00 P Cab RL
* 805C LH Indicator Splice to LH Rear Indicator ➁ 1.00 CR805E LH Cab Indicator Splice to LH Indicator Splice 1.00 Cab
* 805E LH Indicator Splice to LH Front Indicator➁ 1.00 CR
805F Cab Plug to LH Indicator 1.00 Cab CR
* 805F Cab Harn. Splice to Roof Harn. Splice➁ 1.00 Cab CR
805G LH Indicator Master Warning Light Feed 1.00 Cab
805H LH Indicator Splice to LH Indicator 1.00
805J LH Indicator Splice to LH Bucket Indicator 1.00
806 Diode to RH Indicator Splice 1.00 Cab
806B RH Indicator Splice Column Switch Feed 1.00 Cab
806C RH Indicator Cab Splice to RH Rear Indicator 1.00 P Cab RL
* 806C RH Indicator Splice to RH Rear Indicator ➁ 1.00 CR
806E RH Front Indicator Light Feed 1.00 Cab
* 806E RH Indicator Splice to RH Front Indicator➁ 1.00 CR
806F Cab Plug to RH Indicator 1.00 Cab CR
* 806F Cab Harn. Splice to Roof Harn. Splice➁ 1.00 Cab CR
806H RH Indicator Master Warning Light Feed 1.00 Cab
806K RH Indicator Splice to RH Head Light 1.00 Cab
808 Column Switch to Reverse Relay 0.60 P Cab
808B LH Column Switch to Reverse Splice (Powershift) 1.00 Cab
808C LH Column Switch to Reverse Splice (Syncro) 1.00 Cab
809 Column Switch to Forward Relay 0.60 P Cab
809A LH Column Switch to Forward Splice (Powershift) 1.00 Cab
809B LH Column Switch to Forward Splice (Syncro) 1.00 Cab
* 810 LH Column Switch to Neutral Start Splice 0.60 P Cab
810A Neutral Start Splice to Park Brake Relay Coil 0.60 P810C Neutral Start Splice to Neutral Start Relay 0.60 P
811 Reverse Relay to Reverse High Solenoid (Powershift) 1.00 MF P TR
811 Reverse Relay to Reverse Solenoid (Syncro) 1.00 MF P TR
* 811 Reverse Relay to Reverse Solenoid ➁ 1.00 MF P
811A Reverse Relay to Reverse Alarm (Syncro) 1.00 P Cab
812 Forward Relay to Forward High Solenoid (Powershift) 1.00 MF P TR
812 Forward Relay to Forward Solenoid (Syncro) 1.00 MF P TR
* 812 Forward Relay to Forward Solenoid ➁ 1.00 MF P
813 Forward Relay to Neutral Relay Coil 0.60 P
814 Horn Switch to Horn 2.00 MF P Cab
814A LH Column Switch to Horn Splice (Powershift) 2.00 Cab
814B LH Column Switch to Horn Splice (Syncro) 2.00 Cab
815 Park Brake Relay to Park Brake Switch 0.60 P Cab
815A Park Brake Relay to Diode Gate 0.60 P
816 Fuse A1 to Brake Light Splice 1.00 P
816A Cab Plug to Brake Light Splice (USA) 1.00 P Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 216/700
42 - 8
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 8
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 816A Cab Plug to Brake Light Splice 1.00 CR
* 816A Fuse A1 to Cab Harness Brake Light Splice➁ 1.00 P Cab CR
* 816B Panel Brake Splice to Brake Lights Splice 1.00 P RL
* 816D Brake splice to LH Brake Light 1.00 RL
* 816E Brake splice to RH Brake Light 1.00 RL
* 816F Brake Splice to LH Combination Light 1.00 CR
* 816G Brake Splice to RH Combination Light 1.00 CR
* 817 Reverse Relay to Neutral Start Relay 0.60 P
* 818A 2WD Relay to Diode Gate 0.60 P
819 Front Proximity Switch to Steer Switch 1.00 MF P
819A Panel Feed Splice to Steer Mode Switch 0.60 P Cab
819B Panel Feed Splice to Steer Mode Switch 0.60 P Cab
820 Rear Proximity Switch to Steer Switch 1.00 MF P Cab
821 Steer Mode Switch to Steer Mode Unit (Crab) 0.60 P Cab822 Steer Mode Switch to Steer Mode Unit (2WS) 0.60 P Cab
823 Steer Mode Switch to Steer Mode Unit (AWS) 0.60 P Cab
824 Crab Solenoid to Crab Splice 1.00 MF P
824A Crab Splice to Warning Lamp 0.60 P
824B Steer Mode Unit to Crab Splice 1.00 P
825 2WS Solenoid to 2WS Splice 1.00 MF P
825A 2WS Splice to Warning Lamp 0.60 P
825B Steer Mode Unit to 2WS Splice 1.00 P
825C 2WS Splice to Master Warning Light 0.60 P Cab
826 4WS Solenoid to 4WS Splice 1.00 MF
826A 4WS Splice to 4WS Warning Lamp 0.60 P
826B Steer Mode Unit to 4WS Splice 1.00 P
828 Main Lights Switch to Fuse A3 1.00 P Cab
828A Fuse A3 to Fuse A4 1.00 P
828D Side Lights Switch Work Light Feed 1.00 Cab
828E Master Warning Lights Sidelight Feed 1.00 Cab
828F Hazard Switch illumination 0.60 Cab
828G 2/4WD Switch Illumination 0.60 Cab
828H Side Lights Splice Feed 1.00 Cab
829 Fuse A3 to LH Side Lights Splice 1.00 P
829A LH Side Splice to LH Cab Side Splice 1.00 P Cab
829AA Air Conditioning Switch Illumination 0.60 P A/C
829B Panel Splice to LH Side Light Splice 1.00 P RL
829C Side Light Splice to Number Plate Light 1.00 RL
829D Side Light Splice to LH Side Light 1.00 RL829E LH Cab Sidelight Splice to Sidelight Splice 1.00 Cab
829F Cab Plug to LH Tail Light Splice 1.00 Cab CR
829G Cab Plug to LH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
829H LH Tail Splice to LH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
829J LH Tail Splice to LH Combination Light 1.00 CR
829K Sidelight Splice to LH Sidelight 1.00
829L Sidelight Splice to RH Bucket Sidelight 1.00
829M Sidelight Splice to LH Bucket Sidelight 1.00
829R Front Work Light Switch Illumination 0.60 P
829S Beacon Switch Illumination 0.60 P
829T Hydraulic Speed Control Switch Illumination 0.60 P
829U Fog Light Switch Illumination 0.60 P829V Rear Work Light Switch Illumination 0.60 P
829W Rear Wash/Wipe Switch Illumination 0.60 P
829X Hydraclamp Switch Illumination 0.60 P
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 217/700
42 - 9
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 9
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 829Y Aux. Hyd. Switch Illumination 0.60 P
* 829Z Heated Seat Switch Illumination 0.60 P
* 830 Fuse A4 to RH Side Lights Splice (Cigarette Lighter) 1.00 P Cab
* 830A RH Side Lights Splice to Gauge Illumination 0.60 P
* 830B RH Side Lights Splice to RH Rear Side Light 1.00 P RL
* 830C RH Side Light Splice to RH Cab Side Splice 1.00 P Cab
* 830D RH Side Lights Splice Feed 1.00 Cab
* 830E Dipper Socket Feed 1.00 Cab
* 830F Cab Plug to RH Tail Light Splice 1.00 Cab CR
830G Cab Plug to RH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
830H RH Tail Splice to RH Combination Light 1.00 CR RL
830J RH Tail Splice to RH No. Plate Light 1.00 CR
830L RH Side Lights Clock Feed 0.60 Cab
832 Mainlights Switch to Column Switch 1.40 Cab832A Main Lights Switch to Fuse C4 1.00 P Cab
832B Fuse C4 to Italian Worklights Relay 1.00 P
833 Column Switch Dip Feed to Fuse B3 1.40 P Cab
834 Fuse B3 to Dip Headlights Splice 1.40 P Cab
834A RH Dipped Headlight Feed 1.00 Cab
834B LH Dipped Headlight Feed 1.00 Cab
835 Fog Light Switch to Fog Light Cab Splice 1.00 P Cab
835B Fog Light Feed 1.00 Cab
835C Fog Light Master Warning Light Feed 1.00 Cab
836 Column Switch Mainbeam Feed to Fuse B4 1.40 P Cab
837 Fuse B4 to Main Beam Splice 1.40 P Cab
837A RH Headlight Main Beam Feed 1.00 Cab
837B LH Headlight Main Beam Feed 1.00 Cab
837D Master Warning Light Main Beam Feed 1.00 Cab
839 Column Switch to Front Washer Pump 1.00 MF P Cab
840 Front Wiper Motor Feed 1.00 Cab
841 Front Wiper Motor Return 1.00 Cab
842 Neutral Start Relay to Starter Solenoid 2.00 MF P
844 Shovel Reset Switch to Loader Valve 1.00 MF
845 Steer Mode Unit to 4WS/Crab Solenoid 1.00 MF P
846 Forward Relay to Forward High / Low Relay 1.00 P
847 Reverse Relay to Reverse High / Low Relay 1.00 P
847A Reverse Relay to Reverse Alarm (Powershift) 1.00 P Cab
848 Forward High/Low Relay to Forward Low Solenoid 1.00 MF P TR
849 Reverse High/Low Relay to Reverse Low Solenoid 1.00 MF P TR850 Driveshaft Relay to Layshaft Solenoid 1.00 MF P TR
851 Driveshaft Relay to Mainshaft Solenoid 1.00 MF P TR
852 Transmission Dump Relay to Column Switch (For./Rev.) 1.00 P Cab
853 4WD Relay to 4WD Solenoid 1.00 MF P TR
* 853 4WD Switch to 4WD Solenoid➁ 1.00 MF P Cab
853B 4WD Relay to Steer Mode Switch (AWS Machines) 1.00 P
853B Auto 2WD Relay to 4WD Relay (2WS Machines) 1.00 P Cab
* 853C Brake Mode Switch to 4Wheel Brake Relay➀ 1.00 P Cab
855 Cab Plug to Front Work Light Feed Splice 1.40 P Cab CR
855A Feed Splice to RH Front Work Light 1.00 CR
855B Feed Splice to LH Front Work Light 1.00 CR
855C Front Work Light Cab Roof Feed 1.40 Cab855D Master Warning Light Front Work Light Feed 1.00 Cab
* 855E Front Work Light Switch to Panel Harn. Splice➁ 0.60 P
* 855F 4WD Switch to Cab Harness Splice ➁ 0.60 Cab
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 218/700
42 - 10
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 10
Issue 2*
Harness and Wire Number Identification
* 855G Hazard Switch to Cab Harness Splice➁ 0.60 Cab
* 855H Hammer Isolator Switch to Panel Harn. Splice➁ 0.60 P
* 855J Front Work Light Switch to Panel Harn. Splice➁ 1.40 P
* 855K Panel Harn. Splice to Cab Harn. Splice➁ 1.40 P Cab
* 855L Rear Work Light Switch to Panel Harn. Splice➁ 0.60 P
* 856 Column Switch to 2nd Speed Splice 0.60 P Cab
* 856A 2nd Speed Splice to Diode Gate 0.60 P
* 856B 2nd Speed Splice to Diode Gate 0.60 P
* 857 Column Switch to Diode Gate (3rd Speed) 0.60 P Cab
* 858 Column Switch to 4th Speed Slice 0.60 P Cab
* 858A 4th Speed Splice to Diode Gate 0.60 P
* 858B 4th Speed Splice to Diode Gate 0.60 P
* 858C Column Switch to 4th Speed Splice 1.00 Cab
* 858D Tachometer Feed to Master Warning Light (4th Speed) 1.00 Cab* 859 Radio Cassette to LH Speaker (+VE) 0.60 P Cab
* 860 Radio Cassette to RH Speaker (+VE) 0.60 P Cab
* 861 Cab Plug to Rear Work Light Splice 1.40 P Cab CR
* 861A Rear Work Splice to RH Work Light 1.00 CR
861B Rear Work Splice to LH Work Light 1.00 CR
861C Rear Work Light Cab Roof Feed 1.40 Cab
861D Rear Work Light Master Warning Light Feed 1.00 Cab
862 Rear Wiper Switch to Rear Wiper 1.00 P
863 Rear Wiper Switch to Rear Wash Pump 1.00 MF P
864 Rear Wiper Switch to Return Feed 1.00 P
865 H.S.C. Switch to 'Off' Relay Feed 1.00 P
866 H.S.C. Switch to 'On' Relay Feed 1.00 P
867B Mainframe Solenoid Splice to Relay 'Off' Feed 1.00 MF P868 Fuse C4 to Fog Light Switch 1.00 P
870 Hi-Low Microswitch to Solenoid 1.00 MF P Aux
* 871 Rear Horn Relay to Rear Horn ➂ 1.40 P Cab
* 871 Rear Horn to Harness (Panel) Plug ➂ 1.40 MF
* 871A Rear Horn Relay to Harness (Mainframe)Plug ➂ 1.40 P
872 Jaw Change-over Relay to Aux Hyd. Switch 1.00 P
873 Jaw Change-over Relay to Aux Hyd. Switch 1.00 P
874C Aux Hyd. Switch to Jaw/Ext Dipper Solenoid 1.00 MF P Aux
875 Jaw/Ext Dipper Switch to Jaw Change-over Relay Coil 0.60 MF P Aux
875A Diode Gate to Jaw Change-over Relay Coil 0.60 P
877 Fuse B7 to 4 Wheel Brake Relay Coil 0.60 P
877B Fuse B7 to Brake Mode Switch 0.60 P Cab
883 Column Switch to Drive Shaft Relay Coil 0.60 P Cab
883B Drive Shaft Relay to Diode Gate 0.60 P884 Diode Gate to Forward / Reverse Splice 0.60 P
884A Diode Gate to Forward / Reverse Splice 0.60 P
884B Forward / Reverse Splice to Reverse Relay Coil 0.60 P
884C Forward / Reverse Splice to Reverse Relay Coil 0.60 P
886 Heated Seat Switch to Heated Seat 1.00 P
894 Beacon Switch to Beacon Socket 1.40 P Cab CR
898 Hammer Relay to Aux Hyd. Switch 1.00 P
899 Hammer Switch to Hammer Relay 0.60 MF P Aux
899A Hammer Relay to Diode Gate 0.60 P
902 Air Conditioning Switch to Pressure Switch 1 1.00 A/C
903 Air Conditioning Pressure Switch to Compressor 1.00 MF P A/C
904 Pressure Switch 2 to Pressure Switch 1 1.00 A/C
909A 4 Wheel Brake Relay Coil Feed 0.60 P Cab912 Driveshaft Relay Feed (Powershift) 1.00 P
* 912 Dump Relay to Forward Relay (Syncro) 1.00 P
* 912A Forward Relay to Reverse Relay (Syncro) 1.00 P
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 219/700
42 - 11
Wire Numbers - 800 to 999 (from Serial Number 430001)
Wire Description Wire Harnesses Affected
No Gauge MF P Cab CF TR A/C AUX RL
Section C Electrics
9803/3260
Section C
42 - 11
Issue 1
Harness and Wire Number Identification
920 Hydraclamp Switch to Hydraclamp 1.00 MF P
921 Rear Horn Switch to Rear Horn Relay 0.60 MF P922 2/4WD Switch to Auto 2WD Relay 1.00 P Cab
933 Fuse A1 to Brake Switch 1.00 P Cab
933A Fuse A1 to Fuse B7 0.60 P
934 Dump Relay Coil Earth to Hand Dump Switch 1.00 MF P
934A Dump Splice to Hand Dump Splice 1.00 MF
934B Dump Splice to Transmission Dump Switch (Gear Lever) 1.00 MF TR
934B Dump Splice to Trans. Dump Switch (Gear Lever)➁ 1.00 MF
934C Dump Relay Coil Earth to Diode Gate (P/Brake) 0.60 P
935 Feed Splice to Blower Motor 4.00 P
935A Feed Splice to Heater Resistor 4.00 P
935B Feed Splice to Heater Relay 4.00 P
977 Hammer Isolator Switch to Hammer Connector ➁ 1.00 P
➀ Note: Only applicable to machines fitted with 2/4WD clutches that must be pressurised to give 2WD.
➁ Note: Only applicable on 3CXE (214E) machines.
➂ Note: Machines from serial number, 3CX (214) - 438636; 4CX (214S) - 437866, have the rear horn connection from the
mainframe harness, prior to this the connection was from the cab harness.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 220/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 221/700
i
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
i
Issue 5*
Contents Page No.
Machine Controls
Loader Control Knob- Dismantling and Assembly 1 - 1
Tilt Type Steering Column
Dismantling and Assembly 5 - 1
Fixed Steering Column
Dismantling and Assembly 5 - 3
Boom Lock (up to serial number 430000)
Master Cylinder
- Removal and Replacement 10 - 1
- Dismantling and Assembly 10 - 1Slave Cylinder
- Removal and Replacement 10 - 2
- Dismantling and Assembly 10 - 2
Boom Lock (from serial number 430001 to 433723)
Installation 10 - 3
Boom Lock (from serial number 433724)
Master Cylinder
- Removal and Replacement 10 - 5
- Dismantling and Assembly 10 - 5
Slave Cylinder
- Removal and Replacement 10 - 5
- Dismantling and Assembly 10 - 5
Transmission Controls
Dump Pedal Microswitch (up to serial no. 430000)
- Removal and Replacement 20 - 1
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 222/700
When Assembling
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to microswitch adapter 5 prior to
assembly.
Note: Microswitch 5 is a non-service item, and must bereplaced as an assembly.
Loader Control Knob
On machines fitted with a hydraulic speed control, the
loader control knob houses two microswitches; one
microswitch energises the transmission dump solenoid and
the other microswitch energises the remote unload valvesolenoid.
For clarity, only one microswitch is shown dismantled. Make
sure that all electrical connections are clearly labelled before
removing the microswitch. Remove and replace
microswitches one at a time.
Note: Machines not fitted with a remote unload valve will
only have one microswitch fitted in the loader control knob.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
To gain access to the microswitch gently prise off top cover
1. Disconnect wiring harness 2, remove locknut 3 and
shakeproof washer. Microswitch 4, adapter 5, and rubber
cover 6 may now be withdrawn through the knob.
1 - 1
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
1 - 1
Issue 1
Machine Controls
S217040
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 223/700
5 - 1
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
5 - 1
Issue 2
Machine Controls
217080S108000
D
28
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 224/700
5 - 2
Tilt Type Steering Column -
On some machine models the steering column assembly
can be tilted to improve operator reach and comfort levels.
This type of assembly is referred to as a 'tilt column'. Non
tilting columns are referred to as a 'fixed column'.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Technical Information Bulletin 2/132 (C34/N.AM) advised of
changes to the method of securing the forward/reverse lever
to the steering column assembly (from serial number
415000). This improvement can be completed on machinesbuilt prior to serial number 415000. Refer to pages D/6-1
and D/6-2 for a description of the new securing method.
Machines from serial number 430001 have the flexible
coupling assembly mounting directly into the steer orbitrol
valve as shown at D. The dismantling and assembly
procedures (including end float settings) remain the same asdescribed.
When Dismantling
Remove the front instrument housing and the steering
column pedestal cover to gain access to the steering
column. Note the electrical connections beforedisconnecting the components mounted on the housing.
It should be noted that the top and bottom bearings 28
housed in the outer column assembly are non serviceable
parts. They may be removed for cleaning and inspection, but
if the bearing(s) have failed, a new outer column assembly
must be used.
To remove the steering column complete, remove bolts 11
and slacken nut 13. Then withdraw the column from the
flexible coupling 22.
When Assembling
To avoid excessive side loading on the steer valve,
assemble the steering column 14, flexible coupling 22,extension shaft 20 and the steer valve with a minimum of
misalignment.
Note: Machines from serial number 430001 have no
extension shaft 20 fitted, instead the coupling assembly
mounts directly into the orbitrol valve as shown at D.
Insert pin 8 into the appropriate groove in spacer 9 to
achieve correct endfloat of inner column 14 in the outer
column 12(correct endfloat is 0.5 to 1.5 mm (0.020 to 0.060
in).
Make sure that the extension shaft 20 (if fitted) is correctly
installed in the flexible coupling 22. The coupling bolt 21
must be engaged with the cut-out in the shaft, shown at B.
Remove all dirt etc from the splined socket of steering valve
A before fitting the column assembly.
Install E-clip 19 as close as possible to the splines on
extension shaft 20. Insert the extension shaft spline into the
splined socket, shown at C (maximum engagement to be no
more than 12 mm). Make sure that there is a 0.5 to 1.5 mm
(0.020 to 0.060 in) gap between the splined shaft and
socket, shown at D. The shaft must not touch the bottom of
the splined socket.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to the threads of bolts 16 before
fitting them.
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
5 - 2
Issue 2*-
Machine Controls
*
*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 225/700
5 - 3
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
5 - 3
Issue 2
Machine Controls
S217070
S164070
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 226/700
5 - 4
Fixed Type Steering Column
On some machine models the steering column assembly
can be tilted to improve operator reach and comfort levels.
This type of assembly is referred to as a 'tilt column'. Non
tilting columns are referred to as a 'fixed column'.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Technical Information Bulletin 2/132 (C34/N.AM) advised ofchanges to the method of securing the forward/reverse lever
to the steering column assembly (from serial number
415000). This improvement can be completed on machines
built prior to serial number 415000. Refer to pages D/6-1
and D/6-2 for a description of the new securing method.
Machines from serial number 430001 have the flexible
coupling assembly mounting directly into the steer orbitrol
valve as shown at D. The dismantling and assembly
procedures (including end float settings) remain the same as
described.
When Dismantling
Remove the front instrument housing and the steering
column pedestal cover to gain access to the steering
column. Note the electrical connections before
disconnecting the components mounted on the housing.
Bend back retaining tabs to permit removal of upper bearing
14. Note that later type column assemblies have a thrust
washer 14A added.
It should be noted that the top and bottom bearings 14 and
15 housed in the outer column assembly are non serviceable
parts. They may be removed for cleaning and inspection, but
if the bearing(s) have failed, a new outer column assemblymust be used.
To remove the steering column complete, remove bolts 11
and slacken nut 16. Then withdraw the column from the
flexible coupling 26.
When Assembling
To avoid excessive side loading on the steer valve,
assemble the steering column 13, flexible coupling 26,extension shaft 24 and the steer valve with a minimum of
misalignment before tightening securing bolts 11, 16 and 25.
Note: Machines from serial number 430001 have no
extension shaft 24 fitted, instead the coupling assembly
mounts directly into the orbitrol valve as shown at D.
Press in bearing 15 until flush with end of outer column, and
bearing 14 until it can be secured by the retaining tabs.
Note: Machines fitted with the later type column assemblieshave an additional thrust washer 14A.
Achieve minimum end-float (maximum permissible 2.0 mm
0.08in.) by selecting groove in spacer 9. Fit additional
spacing washers 19 above set pin 18 if necessary.
Make sure that the extension shaft 24 (if fitted) is correctly
installed in the flexible coupling 26. The coupling bolt 25
must be engaged with the cut-out in the shaft, shown at B.
Remove all dirt etc from the splined socket of steering valve
A before fitting the column assembly.
Install E-clip 23 as close as possible to the splines on
extension shaft 24. Insert the extension shaft spline into the
steer valve splined socket. Make sure that there is a 0.5 to
1.5 mm (0.020 to 0.060 in) gap between the splined shaft
and socket, shown at C. The shaft must not touch the bottom
of the splined socket.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to the threads of bolts 16 before
fitting them.
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
5 - 4
Issue 2*
Machine Controls
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 227/700
6 - 1
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
6 - 1
Issue 1
Machine Controls
SXXXXXX
S214540
SXXXXXX
TILT STEER COLUMN
FIXED STEER COLUMN
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 228/700
6 - 2
Forward/Reverse Lever Retention
Machines from serial number 415000 now have an improved
method of locating the forward/reverse lever to the steeringcolumn. An additional lockplate A is now used, and JCB
Lock & Seal (part number 4101/0202) is applied to thethreads of retaining screws B. If a new lever assembly is
required for machines prior to 415000, it is recommended
the lockplate is fitted, refer to PROCEDURE.
If the lockplate is already fitted, but the steering column
assembly is being dismantled, refer to steps 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and
7 for the correct removal and replacement procedures.
PROCEDURE
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the backhoe and loader end to the ground andstop the engine.
2 Remove the steering wheel and front console.
3 Remove the forward/reverse lever assembly C and then
outer steering column D.
4 Using a suitable saw, cut a slot in the outer steeringcolumn, as shown in the illustrations.
5 Refit the outer column D, insert pin E into the
appropriate groove in spacer F to achieve correct
endfloat of inner column in the outer column (correct
endfloat is 0.5 to 1.5mm (0.020 to 0.060in.)).
6 Fit the forward/reverse lever assembly, make sure
lockplate A is located in the slot. Add JCB Lock & Seal
to the two retaining bolts B, torque bolts to 2.4Nm (1.7
lbf ft).
7 Refit steering wheel and front console, torque tighten
steering wheel retaining nut G to 176Nm (130lbf ft).
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
6 - 2
Issue 1
Machine Controls
SXXXXXX
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 229/700
10 - 1
Boom Lock Master Cylinder
Removal
Slacken the bleed nipple on the slave cylinder and operate
the lever until all fluid is expelled. Uncouple the clevis fromthe lever and disconnect the hydraulic hose. Unscrew the
mounting bolts and remove the cylinder from the machine
complete with reservoir (not illustrated).
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Use only JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid for cleaning and
lubrication - DO NOT USE NORMAL BRAKE FLUID.
Fit new seals 6 and 12. Position seal 12 on stem 11 as
shown at A .
Ensure that seal 6 and thimble 7 are fitted as at B.
Replacement
When refitting the master cylinder to the machine, adjust the
position of the clevis so that the pivot pin can be easily fitted
with the master cylinder pushrod fully retracted and thehand lever fully down.
When connecting the hydraulic hose to the slave cylinder,
tighten to 35 - 40 Nm (20 - 30 lbf ft).
See page D/10 - 2 for information on bleeding.
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
10 - 1
Issue 1
Machine Controls
107781
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 230/700
10 - 2
Boom Lock Slave Cylinder
Removal
Disconnect hydraulic hose from cylinder and plug to avoid
excessive fluid loss.
Unscrew mounting bolts and remove cylinder from machine.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Use only JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid for cleaning and
lubrication - DO NOT USE NORMAL BRAKE FLUID.
Fit a new seal 4.
Replacement
Refit the slave cylinder to the machine by reversing the
removal sequence.
When connecting the hydraulic hose to the cylinder, tightento 35 - 40 Nm (20 - 30 lbf ft).
Bleeding
After refitting, bleed air from the system by means of bleed
nipple 5. Loosen the bleed nipple when the boom lockoperating lever in the cab is fully up. Ensure that the master
cylinder reservoir is kept topped up with JCB Light Hydraulic
Fluid.
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
10 - 2
Issue 1
Machine Controls
107860
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 231/700
A
➀
A
➇
SECTION 'A - A'
➉
➄➂
➅
➈
➃
10 - 3
Boom Lock Installation (from Serial
Number 430001 to 433723)
Note: The boom lock is cable operated on machines from
serial number 430001 to 433723. The boom lock on
machines after serial number 433723 is hydraulicallyoperated (with a cable inter-connect). Refer to pages D/10-4
to 10- 5.
If the boom lock assembly has been dismantled (say to
replace the boom lock cable), use the following procedure to
reset the boom lock. Drawing shows assembly of sideshiftbuilds, the centremount builds are similar except for pivot
pin retention (see step 1b ).
1 Fit boom lock (item 1 ) to boom:
a Sideshift Machines - use pivot pins (item 8 ) andtension pins (item 9 ).
b Centremount Machines - use pivot pins (item 8 ),
M8 bolts and M6 locknuts (not shown).
2 Secure the control cable swivel flange to the cable
retaining bracket on the boom with M6 screws (item 5 )
and M6 nuts (item 3 ).
3 Attach the cable assembly to the ball joint (item 10 ) and
tighten the cable. Tighten the M6 locknut fitted on thecable.
4 Fit the ball joint (item 10 ) to the boom lock (item 1 )
using M8 locknut (item 6 ). Tighten locknut. Make surethat the swivel joint moves freely and is not restricted.
5 Position cable in bracket and tighten M12 nuts fitted on
cable.
6 Attach spring (item 4 ) to boom lock and spring reaction
bracket.
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
10 - 3
Issue 2
Machine Controls
A217001
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 232/700
10 - 4
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
10 - 4
Issue 1
Machine Controls
131
X
S235330A
S242170
14
FIG 1
Boom Lock Assembly (from Serial Number
433724)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 233/700
10 - 5
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
10 - 5
Issue 1
Machine Controls
Boom Lock Assembly (from Serial Number
433724)
Boom Lock Master Cylinder - Removal (FIG 1)
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage theparking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the backhoe and loader end to the ground and
stop the engine.
2 Slacken the bleed nipple on the slave cylinder 31 and
operate the lever 1 until all fluid is expelled.
3 Unscrew banjo bolt 22 and remove hydraulic hose 21.
4 Remove clevis pin 16 and clip 17.
5 Uncouple the clevis 14.
6 Unscrew the mounting bolts 11 and remove thecylinder 10 from its mounting bracket 8.
Boom Lock Master Cylinder - Inspection
The boom lock master cylinder is a non serviceable part.
Check that the push rod moves freely in the cylinder, check
visually for obvious signs of wear, damage or leakage. Ifrequired, replace the full master cylinder assembly.
Boom Lock Master Cylinder - Replacement (FIG 1)
Replacement of the master cylinder is a reversal of the
removal procedures. To adjust and correctly set the boom
lock, note the following:
1 Position lever 1 fully down on last ratchet.
2 Screw clevis 14 on to pushrod to achieve a setting
distance of 131mm (5.157in. - shown in inset X ).
Pushrod must not be pushed in cylinder.
3 Fill the system with JCB Light Hydraulic fluid.
4 Bleed the system using the bleed nipple on the slave
cylinder 31.
5 Make sure that the boom lock 39 fully engages and
disengages.
Boom Lock Slave Cylinder - Removal (FIG 1)
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.Lower the backhoe and loader end to the ground and
stop the engine.
2 Disconnect the hydraulic hose 28 from cylinder, plugthe hose to avoid excessive fluid loss.
3 Unscrew mounting bolts 37 and remove the cylinder
from the machine.
Boom Lock Slave Cylinder - Dismantling and Assembly
(FIG 2)
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration below is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Use only JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid for cleaning and
lubrication - DO NOT USE NORMAL BRAKE FLUID.
Boom Lock Slave Cylinder - Replacement (FIG 2)
Replacement of the slave cylinder is a reversal of the
removal procedures. After refitting, bleed air from the system
by means of bleed nipple 5. Loosen the bleed nipple when
the boom lock operating lever is fully up. Ensure that the
master cylinder reservoir is kept topped up with JCB Light
Hydraulic Fluid.
S107860
FIG 2
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 234/700
20 - 1
Dump Pedal Microswitch (machines up to
serial number 430000)
The dump pedal and microswitch is only required on
machines fitted with a Syncro Shuttle transmission.
Because the Powershift transmission is a fully electro-
hydraulic unit, it is not necessary to disconnect the drive
whilst changing gear, therefore the dump pedal and
microswitch are not required on machines equipped with
Powershift transmission.
Removal and Replacement
1 Lift away cab floor mat from base of front control
consoles.
2 Remove bolts A and take off the steering pedestalcover B.
3 Remove the left hand side console. If necessary, label
and disconnect electrical wires to the switches and
radio (if fitted).
4 Disconnect the microswitch lead from the panel
harness, shown at D.
5 Loosen screws C and remove the microswitch.
6 Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
The torque tightening figure for screw C is 0.8 to 1.0
Nm (0.6 to 0.7 lbf ft).
Section D Controls
9803/3260
Section D
20 - 1
Issue 3*
Transmission Controls
S152680B
S152680A
*
A
B
C
*
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 235/700
i
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
i
Issue 6*
Contents Page No.
Technical Data
Machine Hydraulics (AWS & 2WS Machines) 1 - 1
Steer Hydraulics (AWS Machines) 1 - 4
* Steer Hydraulics (2WS Machines) 1 - 4
* 3CXE (214E) Machines 1 - 5
Schematics
Basic Machine (2WS & AWS Machines)
- From Serial No. 402174 2 - 1
Circuit Variations 2 - 3
* Steer Hydraulics (AWS Machines) 2 - 5
* Steer Hydraulics (2WS Machines) 2 - 6
* 3CXE (214E) Machines Only 2 - 7
Descriptions
Basic Machine Neutral Circuit 3 - 2
* 3CXE (214E) Machines - Neutral Circuit 3 - 4
Pump Operation 4 - 2
Loader Valve
- Operation 1 5 - 2
- Operation 2 5 - 4
- Operation 3 - Hydraulic Speed Control (H.S.C.) 5 - 4B
Load Hold Check Valve(s)
- Operation 1 5 - 6
- Operation 2 5 - 8
Arms Lower Operation 5 - 10
Float Operation 5 - 12
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.) Operation 6 - 2
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.) Operation ('Husco') 6 - 4
Auxiliary Relief Valve (A.R.V.) Operation 7 - 2
Excavator Valve - Neutral Circuit 8 - 2
Excavator Valve
- Operation 1 8 - 4
- Operation 2 8 - 6
Excavator Valve - One Way Restrictor
- Operation 1 8 - 6
- Operation 2 8 - 8
Slew Operation 9 - 2
Slew Auxiliary Relief Valve And
Anti-cavitation Operation 9 - 4
Excavator Valve - Auxiliary Relief Valve (A.R.V.) 10 - 2
Excavator Valve - Auxiliary Relief Valve (A.R.V.)
- Operations 1, 2 and 3 10 - 4
Excavator Valve - Dipper Make-up Check Valve &
Anti-cavitation Operation 10 - 6
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 236/700
ii
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
ii
Issue 5*
Contents Page No.
Descriptions (cont'd)
Excavator Valve - Anti-cavitation Operation 10 - 8
Hydraclamp Operation (Sideshift Machines)
- to serial number 430000 11 - 2- from serial number 430001 11 - 4
Ram Operation and End Damping 12 - 2
Twin Ram Slew Operation (Centremount M/c's) 12 - 4
Hose Burst Protection Valve - to Machine
Serial No. 402173
- Operations 1 & 2 13 - 2
- Operations 3 & 4 13 - 4
Hose Burst Protection Valves - from Machine
Serial No. 402174- Operation 1 & 2 13 - 6
- Operation 3 & 4 13 - 8
- Emergency Operation 13 - 8
Stabiliser Check Valve (Sideshift M/c's) 14 - 2
Stabiliser Check Valve with Relief Valve
(Centremount M/c's) 15 - 2
Hydraulic Filter Operation 16 - 2
Steering Priority Valve (AWS Machines)
- Neutral Operation 18 - 2
- Turning Operation 18 - 4
Steering Priority Valve (2WS Machines)
- Neutral Operation 18 - 6
- Turning Operation 18 - 8
Steering (AWS Machines)
- 2 Wheel Steer Select 19 - 2
- 4 Wheel Steer Select 19 - 4
- Crab Steer Select 19 - 6
Hydraulic Steer Unit (AWS Machines)- Operation 1 - Neutral 20 - 2
- Operation 2 - Right Turn 20 - 4
- Operation 3 - Left Turn 20 - 6
- Operation 4 - Left Turn, Unassisted 20 - 8
- Operation 5 - Shock Valve 20 - 10
Hydraulic Steer Unit (2 WS Machines)
- Operation 1 - Neutral 20 - 12
- Operation 2 - Right Turn 20 - 14
- Operation 3 - Left Turn 20 - 16
- Operation 4 - Left Turn, Unassisted 20 - 18
- Operation 5 - Shock Valve 20 - 20
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic Symbols 24 - 1
Fault Finding 25 - 1
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 237/700
iii
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
iii
Issue 5*
Contents Page No.
Pumps
Pump Flow Testing 30 - 2
Hydraulic Pump & Drive Assembly (AWS Machines)
- Removal & Replacement 31 - 2
Pump Drive Unit (AWS Machines)
- Dismantling & Assembly 31 - 4
Hydraulic Pump (2WS Machines)
- Removal & Replacement 31 - 6
Hydraulic Pump ('Hamworthy' type)
- Dismantling & Assembly 31 - 8
Hydraulic Pump ('Ultra' type)
- Dismantling & Assembly 31 - 10
Hydraulic Pump - 3CXE (214E) Machines Only
* - Dismantling & Assembly 31 - 13
Valves
Loader Valve
- Removal and Replacement 41 - 1
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Dismantling & Assembly
- Standard Spool 41 - 3
- Float Spool 41 - 5
- Electric Detent Spool 41 - 7
- M.R.V. 41 - 8- A.R.V. 41 - 9
- Load Hold Check Valves 41 - 10
- Unloader Spool 41 - 12
- Unloader Check Valve 41 - 13
'Husco' Loader Valve - Dismantling & Assembly
- Standard Spool 41 - 21
- Float Spool 41 - 23
- Electric Detent Spool 41 - 25
- M.R.V. 41 - 27
- A.R.V. & L.H.C.V. 41 - 29
- Unloader Valve Assembly 41 - 31
* 'Husco' Loader Valve - 3CXE (214E) Machines Only
* Dismantling & Assembly
* - Standard Spool 41 - 41
* - Float Spool 41 - 43
* - M.R.V. 41 - 45
* - A.R.V. 41 - 45
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure Testing
- Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.) 42 - 1
- Unloader Valve 42 - 2
- Hydraulic Speed Control (HSC) 42 - 2
- Loader A.R.V.'s (using hand pump) 42 - 3- Shovel Ram Head Side A.R.V. (In Position) 42 - 4
- Shovel Ram Rod Side A.R.V. (In Position) 42 - 5
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 238/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 239/700
v
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
v
Issue 1
Contents Page No.
Rams
Typical Ram
- Dismantling & Assembly 61 - 1
Typical Ram (with Dowelled Piston Head)- Dismantling & Assembly 61 - 3
Steer Ram
- Removal and Replacement 62 - 1
- Dismantling & Assembly 62 - 3
Gland Seal Fitting Procedure 64 - 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 240/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 241/700
1 - 2
Machine Hydraulics (AWS and 2WS Machines - excluding 3CXE)
Hydraulic Pumps ('Ultra' type)
Hydraulic Pump - Option 1
Model/Reference Double pump/4071 (2WS), 4075 (AWS)Rotation Clockwise (AWS), Anti-clockwise (2WS)
Mounting:
AWS M/c's Engine Timing Case
2WS M/c's Chassis (driveshaft driven)Machines/Models applicable to: See - Hydraulic Pump Applicability Chart
Flow at 2200 rev/min and system pressure: litres/min UK gal/min
Pump section 1 (mounting flange end) 81.2 17.9
Pump section 2 57.4 12.6
Maximum working pressure See - Relief Valve Operating Pressures
Hydraulic Pump - Option 2
Model/Reference Double pump/4072 (2WS), 4074 (AWS)
Rotation Clockwise (AWS), Anti-clockwise (2WS)
Mounting: AWS M/c's Engine Timing Case
2WS M/c's Chassis (driveshaft driven)Machines/Models applicable to: See - Hydraulic Pump Applicability Chart
Flow at 2200 rev/min and system pressure: litres/min UK gal/min
Pump section 1 (mounting flange end) 65.3 14.4
Pump section 2 57.4 12.6
Maximum working pressure See - Relief Valve Operating Pressures
Hydraulic Pump - Option 3
Model/Reference Double pump/4070 (2WS)
Rotation Anti-clockwise
Mounting:
2WS M/c's Chassis (driveshaft driven)
Machines/Models applicable to: See - Hydraulic Pump Applicability ChartFlow at 2200 rev/min and system pressure: litres/min UK gal/min
Pump section 1 (mounting flange end) 65.3 14.4
Pump section 2 45.5 10.0
Maximum working pressure See - Relief Valve Operating Pressures
Hydraulic Pump - Option 4
Model/Reference Double pump/4073 (2WS)
Rotation Anti-clockwise
Mounting:
2WS M/c's Chassis (driveshaft driven)
Machines/Models applicable to: See - Hydraulic Pump Applicability Chart
Flow at 2200 rev/min and system pressure: litres/min UK gal/min
Pump section 1 (mounting flange end) 57.4 12.6
Pump section 2 57.4 12.6
Maximum working pressure see - Relief Valve Operating Pressures
Hydraulic Pump Applicability Chart
Pump Type 2-Wheel Steer Machines All Wheel Steer Machines
3CX S/Master H/Master 4CX 4C 4CN S/Master
4071
4075
4072 - - -
4074
4070 - - - - - - -
4073
Note: The applicability chart is intended as a guide only, make sure that you check the pump data plate (mounted on the
pump) to determine exactly which type of pump is fitted to your machine.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
1 - 2
Issue 5*
Technical Data
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 242/700
1 - 3
Machine Hydraulics (AWS and 2WS Machines - excluding 3CXE)
Relief Valve Operating Pressures bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.) @ 1500 RPM 228 - 230 233 - 235 3300 - 3335
Unloader Valve 203 - 207 207 - 211 2950 - 3000
Auxiliary Relief Valves (A.R.V.)
† LoaderShovel Ram Head Side 165 - 179 168 - 183 2400 - 2600
Shovel Ram Rod side 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Backhoe
Boom Ram Head Side 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700
Boom Ram Rod Sideto m/c 435209 (Sideshift ), 434984 (C/mount) 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
from m/c 435210 (Sideshift ), 434985 (C/mount) 338 - 352 344 - 358 4900 - 5100
Bucket Ram Head Side
Centremount (17' backhoe - 217 models only) 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600Centremount (14' backhoe) 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700
Centremount (15' 6" backhoe up to M/C 413521) 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700Centremount (15' 6" backhoe from M/C 413522
except knuckle boom) 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Sideshift 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700
Bucket Ram Rod Side (Machines with Powerbreaker only) 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700
Dipper Ram Head Side 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700
Dipper Ram Rod Side 241 - 255 246 - 260 3500 - 3700Slew Left and Right 255 - 269 260 - 274 3700 - 3900
Attachments bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Extradig Ram Head Side 138 - 145 141 - 148 2000 - 2100
Extradig Ram Rod Side 207 - 214 211 - 218 3000 - 3100
Jaw Bucket Ram Head Side 138 - 145 141 - 148 2000 - 2100Jaw Bucket Ram Rod Side 207 - 214 211 - 218 3000 - 3100
Knuckle Ram Head Side 138 - 145 141 - 148 2000 - 2100
Knuckle Ram Rod Side 207 - 214 211 - 218 3000 - 3100
Hammermaster 207 - 214 211 - 218 3000 - 3100
Roadbreaker 138 - 150 141 - 153 2000 - 2200
Sequence Valve 21 21 300
Hose Burst Protection Valves (optional) bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Machine Serial Numbers - up to 402173
Boom Ram Rod Side 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Dipper Ram Rod Side 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Loader Lift Rams Head Side 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Machine Serial Numbers - from 402174
Boom Ram Rod Side 250 255 3625
Dipper Ram Rod Side 250 255 3625
Loader Lift Rams Head Side 250 255 3625
Stabiliser Check Valve Relief Valve (Centremount M/c's) 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Return Line Filter bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
By-pass pressure 1.5 1.5 22
† When setting 'Hamworthy' Loader Valve A.R.V.'s using a hand pump, set 15 bar (220 lbf/in2 ) below nominal figure shown.
† When setting 'Husco' Loader Valve A.R.V.'s using a hand pump, set to the figure shown above.
Note: Later type loader valves are produced by a different manufacturer (Husco). When appropriate, the loader valve will be
identified using the manufacturer's name, (Hamworthy - earlier type, or Husco - later type). In some instances, there will be noneed to differentiate (e.g., descriptions of operation - the valves operate in the same manner).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
1 - 3
Issue 7*
Technical Data
**
*
*
*
*
**
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 243/700
1 - 4
Steer Hydraulics (AWS Machines)
System Type Full Power Hydrostatic
Hydraulic Supply From Main Hydraulic Pump Via Priority ValveControl Unit Type Load Sensing With Integral Relief Valve
Control Unit Relief Valve Operating Pressure(at 1500 revs/min) 120 ± 3.5 bar 122 ± 3.5 kgf/cm2 1740 ± 50 lbf/in2
Control Unit Shock Valve Operating Pressure 175 - 190 bar 178 - 199 kgf/cm2 2538 - 2756 lbf/in2
Front Steer Ram(s) Dimensions
Bore 60 mm (2.362 in)
Rod Diameter 30 mm (1.181 in)
Stroke 210.6 mm (8.290 in)
End Cap Assembly A/F 55 mm (2.165 in)
Piston Head Assembly A/F 41 mm (1.614 in)
Rear Steer Ram(s) Dimensions
Bore 60 mm (2.362 in)
Rod Diameter 30 mm (1.181 in)
Stroke 210.6 mm (8.290 in)End Cap Assembly A/F 55 mm (2.165 in)
Piston Head Assembly A/F 41 mm (1.614 in)
Steer Ram Torque Settings Nm kgf m lbf ft
Piston Head 405 41 300
End Cap 678 69 500
Steer Hydraulics (2WS Machines)
System Type Full Power HydrostaticHydraulic Supply From Main Hydraulic Pump Via Priority Valve
Control Unit Type Load Sensing With Integral Relief Valve
Control Unit Relief Valve Operating Pressure
(at 1500 revs/min) 120 ± 3.5 bar 122 ± 3.5 kgf/cm2 1740 ± 50 lbf/in2
Control Unit Shock Valve Operating Pressure 175 - 190 bar 178 - 199 kgf/cm2 2538 - 2756 lbf/in2
Steer Ram(s) Dimensions
2 Wheel Drive Machines
Location 1 Ram - Front Axle (Right Hand Side)
Bore 70 mm (2.756 in)
Rod Diameter 30 mm (1.181 in)
Stroke 290 mm (11.417 in)End Cap Assembly A/F 65 mm (2.559 in)
Piston Head Assembly A/F 55 mm (2.165 in)
4 Wheel Drive Machines
Location 1 Ram - Front Axle (Left Hand Side)
Bore 70 mm (2.756 in)Rod Diameter 30 mm (1.181 in)
Stroke 290 mm (11.417 in)
End Cap Assembly A/F 65 mm (2.559 in)
Piston Head Assembly A/F 55 mm (2.165 in)
Steer Ram Torque Settings Nm kgf m lbf ft
Piston Head 405 41 300End Cap 678 69 500
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
1 - 4
Issue 4*
Technical Data
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 244/700
1 - 5
3CXE (214E) Machines
Hydraulic Pump
Model/Reference: Single pump/6197Rotation: Anti-clockwise
Mounting: Chassis (driveshaft driven)Machines/Models applicable to: 3CXE (214E) machines only
Flow at 2200 rev/min and system pressure: 99.0 litres/min; 21.9 UK gal/min; 26.3 US gal/min
Maximum working pressure 230 bar; 234.5 kg/cm2; 3335 lbf/in2
Relief Valve Operating Pressures bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.) @ 1500 RPM 228 - 230 233 - 235 3300 - 3335
Auxiliary Relief Valves (A.R.V.)
LoaderShovel Ram
Head Side 170 - 174 173 - 177 2465 - 2520
Rod side 308 - 312 314 - 318 4475 - 4525
BackhoeBoom Ram
Head Side 245 - 252 249 - 257 3550 - 3650Rod Side 308 - 312 314 - 318 4475 - 4525
Bucket Ram
Head Side 245 - 252 249 - 257 3550 - 3650
Rod Side 245 - 252 249 - 257 3550 - 3650
Dipper Ram
Head Side 245 - 252 249 - 257 3550 - 3650Rod Side 245 - 252 249 - 257 3550 - 3650
Slew Ram
Left and Right 258 - 266 263 - 271 3750 - 3850
Stabiliser Check Valves
Left and Right 303 - 317 309 - 323 4400 - 4600
Steering 120 - 125 122 - 127 1740 - 1813 Attachments
Hammermaster 170 173 2465
Loader Valve Identification (Fig 1)
1 - Loader Arm Spool
2 - Shovel Spool2A - Rod Side
2B - Head Side
3 - Auxiliary Relief Valve
4 - Inlet Port
5 - Outlet Port
6 - High Pressure Carry Over Port
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
1 - 5
Issue 4*
Technical Data
2
1
2A
2B
3
3
4
5
6
A248220
Fig 1
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 245/700
2 - 1
Basic Machine (2WS & AWS Machines)
- from Serial No. 402174
Component Key
P1 Pump, Main SectionP2 Pump, Secondary Section
P2A Pressure Test Point (auxiliary attachments)
S Suction Line
T Tank
1A Neutral Circuit Line
1B Neutral Circuit Line2A Neutral Circuit Line
3 Loader Valve Block
3A Pressure Test Point (M.R.V.)
3B Main Relief Valve
3C Loader Lift Ram Spool
3D Loader Shovel Ram Spool3E Clamshovel Spool
3F Shovel Ram Head Side A.R.V.
3G Shovel Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
3H Load Hold Check Valve
3J Load Hold Check Valve3K Load Hold Check Valve
3L Unloader Valve Spool
3M Unloader Pilot Valve
3N Unloader Check Valve
3P Pressure Test Point (Unloader)
3Q Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid4 Excavator Valve Block
4A Slew Spool
4B Boom Spool
4C Stabiliser Spool4D Stabiliser Spool
4E Dipper Spool4F Bucket Spool
4G Hydraclamp Valve
4H Slew A.R.V.
4J Slew A.R.V.
4K Boom Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
4L Boom Ram Head Side A.R.V.4M Dipper Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4N Dipper Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
4P Bucket Ram Head Side A.R.V.
4R Load Hold Check Valve
4S Load Hold Check Valve
4T Load Hold Check Valve4U Load Hold Check Valve
4V Load Hold Check Valve
4W Load Hold Check Valve
4X Make-up Check Valve
6 In-tank Filter
6A Filter By-pass Valve7 Priority Valve
7B Connection to Steer Circuit (see following pages)
13 Anti-cavitation Check Valve
25 Sequence Valve
26 Hydraulic Oil Cooler
31 Shovel Ram R.H.32 Shovel Ram L.H.
33 Lift Ram R.H.34 Lift Ram L.H.
35 Clam Shovel Ram R.H.
36 Clam Shovel Ram L.H.
51 Bucket Ram52 Boom Ram
53 Stabiliser Ram
54 Stabiliser Ram
55 Dipper Ram
56 Left Hand Slew Ram(Centremount Machines Only)
57 Right Hand Slew Ram(Centremount Machines Only)58 One Way Restrictor
59 Stabiliser Check Valve (Standard on Centremount,
Optional on Sideshift Machines)
61 Hose Burst Protection Valve (optional)
62 Hydraclamps (Sideshift Machines Only)
62A Hydra-clamp Exhaust Line64 Slew Cylinders (Sideshift Machines Only)
65 One Way Restrictor (Centremount Machines Only)
66 Hose Burst Protection Valve (optional)
Note: Excavator services shown here are to the JCB controlpattern. If ISO, Case or Ford control pattern is used, the
excavator spools and relief valves will apply to different
services.
Note: The policy of JCB is one of continuous improvement,
therefore as products develop, there may be variations tothe circuits. Page E/2-3 titled 'Circuit Variations' will identify
these differences.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
2 - 1
Issue 4*
Schematics
***
***
**
****
*
**
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 246/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 247/700
2 - 3
Circuit Variations
The hydraulic schematic diagram shown on page E/2-2 shows the latest machine hydraulic circuit. The purpose of this page is
to identify 'older' circuit variations, where possible the machine serial numbers will be given to help identify the machinerange(s).
Hose Burst Protection Valves (to Serial Number 402173)
The illustration shows the HBPV when fitted to the
boom circuit. This valve is also fitted on the dipperram and the loader arms.
Component Key
4 Excavator Valve Block
4S Load Hold Check Valve4K Boom Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
4L Boom Ram Head Side A.R.V.4B Boom Spool
52 Boom Ram
61 Hose burst Protection Valve (Optional)
'Hamworthy' Type Loader Valve
The illustration shows the 'Hamworthy' type
loader valve, the latest type loader valve
(Husco) has the pilot valve solenoid (used tocontrol the unloader spool) as an integral
part of the valve block, not a separate item
as shown at 3Q.
Component Key
P1 Pump, main Section
P2 Pump, Secondary Section
T Tank
1A Neutral Circuit Line
3 Loader Valve Block3L Unloader Valve Spool
3M Unloader Pilot Valve
3N Unloader Check Valve
3P Pressure Test Point (Unloader)
3Q Hydraulic Speed Control Solenoid
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
2 - 3
Issue 4
Schematics
61
V1
V2
C1
C2
4S 4B
4K
4L
4
52
P2
P1
3M
3L
3N
1A
3Q
T
3P
3
A196780
A197090
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 248/700
2 - 4
Circuit Variations (cont'd)
Hydraclamp Control Valve (to Serial Number 430000)
The illustration shows the manual type hydraclamp control valve. Machines from serial number 430001 have the hydraclamp
valve operated by a switch (and solenoid).
Component Key
T Tank
1B Neutral Circuit Line
4 Excavator Valve Block4A Slew Spool
4G Hydraclamp Valve
4H Slew A.R.V.
4R Load Hold Check Valve4X Make-up Check Valve
62 Hydraclamps (Sideshift Machines Only)
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
2 - 4
Issue 4
Schematics
A217690
4
4G
4X
4H
4A
4R
T
62
1B
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 249/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 250/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 251/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 252/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 253/700
T o
h e l p p r e v e n t e x c a v a t o r d i p p e r r a m a n d l o a d e r l i f t
r a m
c a v i t a t i o n , t h e r e i s a c h e c k v a l v e
1 3 f i t t e d t o
t h e
r e t u r n
l i n e .
T h e
c h e c k
v a l v e
r a i s e s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 b a r ( 7 5 l b f / i n 2 ) o f p r e s s u r e i n t h e
l i n e
, w h i c h i m p r o v e s t h e o p e r a t i o n o f t h e r e s p e c t i v e
a n t i - c a v i t a t i o n v a l v e s .
A l s
o , p a r t o f t h e n e u t r a l c i r c u i t i s t h e h
y d r a - c l a m p
e x h
a u s t h o s e 6 2 A . T h e h o s e c o n n e c t s
t h e h y d r a -
c l a
m p s p o o l i n t o t h e e x h a u s t c i r c u i t v i a a d a p t e r B
w h
i c h i s a t t a c h e d t o t h e a n t i - c a v i t a t i o n
c h e c k v a l v e
1 3 . C o n n e c t i n g t h e h y d r a - c l a m p s d i r e c t l y i n t o t h e
e x h
a u s t c i r c u i t p r e v e n t s t h e c l a m p s f r o
m ' l o c k i n g -
u p ' w h e n t h e s i d e s h i f t i n g o p e r a t i o n i s r e
q u i r e d .
T h e h y d r a - c l a m p
e x h a u s t h o s e i s o n
l y f i t t e d
o n
s i d
e s h i f t m a c h i n e s ( t h e r e a r e n o c l a m p s
r e q u i r e d o n
c e n t r e m o u n t m a c h i n e s ) .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 3*
B a s i c
M a c h i n e N e u t r a l C i r c u i t
O i l i s d r a w n
f r o m t h e h y d r a u l i c t a n k T b
y t h e
h y d r a u l i c p u m p . T h e p u m p
h a s t w o s e c t i o n s ,
P 1
a n d P 2 .
O n 2 - w h
e e l s t e e r m a c h i n e s , t h e h y d r a u l i c p u m p i s
d r i v e n b
y t h e e n g i n e v i a a d r i v e s h a f t , a s s h o w n i n
t h e m a i n
i l l u s t r a t i o n . O n 4 - w h e e l s t e e r m a c
h i n e s ,
t h e p u m
p
i s m o u n t e d
d i r e c t l y t o
t h e e n g i n e a s
s h o w n i n
t h e i n s e t .
O i l f r o m
t h e l a r g e r s e c t i o n P 1 f l o w s d i r e c t
t o t h e
l o a d e r v a l v e 3 . O i l f r o m p u m p s e c t i o n P 2 , f l o w s t o
s t e e r i n g
p r i o r i t y v a l v e 7 , a n d i n n e u t r a l c i r c u i t f l o w s
t h r o u g h
t h e p r i o r i t y v a l v e t o j o i n f l o w
f r o m P
1
a t t h e
l o a d e r v a l v e .
F r o m t h e l o a d e r v a l v e n
e u t r a l g a l l e r y , o i l f l o w s v i a a
h i g h p r e s s u r e c a r r y - o v e
r l i n e t o t h e e x c a v a t o r v a l v e
4 .
S o m e o f t h e e x h a u s t o i l f l o w s d i r e c t l y b a c k t o t h e
t a n k t h r o u g h a n i n - t a n k f i l t e r 6 , a n d
s o m e o f t h e
e x h a u s t o i l r e t u r n s t o
t a n k v i a t h e h y d r a u l i c o i l
c o o l e r A .
3 - 2 3 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
* *
* *
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 254/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 255/700
T o
h e l p p r e v e n t e x c a v a t o r d i p p e r r a m a
n d l o a d e r l i f t
r a m
c a v i t a t i o n ,
t h e r e i s a c h e c k v a l v e
1 3 f i t t e d t o
t h e
r e t u r n
l i n e .
T h e
c h e c k
v a l v e
r a i s e s
a p p r o x i m a t e l y 5 b a r ( 7 5 l b f / i n 2 ) o f p r e s s u r e i n t h e
l i n e
, w h i c h i m p r o v e s t h e o p e r a t i o n o f t h e r e s p e c t i v e
a n t i - c a v i t a t i o n v a l v e s .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
3 C X E
( 2 1 4 E ) M a c h i n e s - N e u t r a l
C i r c u i t
O i l i s d r a
w n f r o m t h
e h y d r a u l i c t a n k T b y t h e
s i n g l e
s t a g e h y
d r a u l i c p u m p P .
T h e p u m p i s m o u n t e d o n
t h e c h a s
s i s a n d i s e n g i n e d r i v e n v i a a d r i v e s h a f t .
P r e s s u r i s e d
o i l f r o m
t h e p u m p
f l o w s t o s t
e e r i n g
p r i o r i t y v
a l v e 7 , a n d i n n e u t r a l c i r c u i t f l o w s t h
r o u g h
t h e p r i o r i t y v a l v e t o t h e l o a d e r v a l v e 3 .
F r o m t h
e l o a d e r v a l v e n
e u t r a l g a l l e r y , o i l f l o w s v i a a
h i g h p r e s s u r e c a r r y - o v e r l i n e 1 B
t o t h e e x c a v a t o r
v a l v e 4 .
S o m e o f t h e e x h a u s t o i l f l o w s d i r e c t l y b a c k t o t h e
t a n k t h r o u g h a n i n - t a n k f i l t e r 6 , a n d
s o m e o f t h e
e x h a u s t o i l r e t u r n s t o
t a n k v i a t h e h y d r a u l i c o i l
c o o l e r A .
3 - 4 3 - 4Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 256/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 257/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
P u m p
O p e r a t i o n
A l l m a c h
i n e s i n t h e r a n g e a r e f i t t e d w i t h a d
o u b l e -
s e c t i o n p u m p a s s h o w n .
B o t h s e c t i o n s P 1 a
n d P 2
o p e r a t e a s d e s c r i b e d b e l o w .
T h e b a s
i c p r i n c i p l e o f t h e g e a r p u m p
d e p e n
d s o n
t h e m e s h i n g o f t w o s p u r g e a r s A , o n e o f w h i c h i s
e n g i n e -
d r i v e n w h i l e t h e o t h e r i s a n i d l e r .
O i l i s p i c k e d
u p
b y t h e g e a r t e e t h o n t h e s
u c t i o n
s i d e o f t h e p u m p a n d c a r r i e d a r o u n d
b e t w e
e n t h e
t e e t h a n
d t h e p u m p b o d y .
A s t h e g e a r s c o m
e i n t o
m e s h , t h
e s p a c e c a r r y i n g t h e o i l i s f i l l e d b y
a g e a r
t o o t h o n
t h e m a t i n g g e a r , f o r c i n g t h e o i l o u t
o f t h e
s p a c e a n
d t h r o u g h t h e p u m p o u t l e t .
T h e w e a r p l a t e s B
a r e l o a d e d t o w a r d s t h e g e a r s b y
p r e s s u r i s e d
o i l w h i c h
i s f e d
t o
t h e b a c k s o f t h e
w e a r p l a t e s v i a c h a n n e
l s C .
T h i s e n s u r e s t h a t t h e
c l e a r a n c e b e t w e e n t h e
w e a r p l a t e s a n d
g e a r s i s
p r e v e n t e d
f r o m
b e c o m i n g
e x c e s s i v e
a s o u t l e t
p r e s s u r e r i s e s .
T h e s i d e o f e a c h w e a r
p l a t e t h a t f a c e s t h e g e a r s
h a s t w o r e c e s s e s D .
T h e r e c e s s o n t h e i n l e t s i d e o f
t h e
p u m p
a s s i s t s t h e
f l o w
o f o i l i n t o
t h e
g e a r
s p a c e s ,
t h u s r a i s i n g t h e
c a v i t a t i o n t h r e s h o l d o f t h e
p u m p .
T h e
r e c e s s o n
t h e
o u t l e t s i d e
v e n t s o i l
t r a p p e d
b e t w e e n m e s h i n g
g e a r t e e t h
t o
p r e v e n t
c o m p r e s s i o n l o a d s o n t h e b e a r i n g s .
4 - 2 4 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 258/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 259/700
P r e
s s u r e i n t h e i n l e t g a l l e r y C
i s s e n s
e d
b y p i l o t
v a l v e 3 M v
i a t h e b o r e o f s p o o l 3 L .
A t p r e s s u r e
b e l o w
t h e s e t t i n g o f t h e u n l o a d e r v a l v e
, b o t h p i l o t
v a l
v e 3 M a
n d s p o o l 3 L r e m a i n c l o s e d .
T h e e x h a u s t g a l l e r y i s c o n n e c t e d t o t h e
t a n k r e t u r n
l i n e
v i a p o r t T .
C o
m p o n e n t K e y
3
L o a d e r v a l v e b l o c k
3 B
M a i n R e l i e f V a l v e
3 C
L i f t R a m S
p o o l
3 D
S h o v e l R a m S
p o o l
3 E
C l a m S
h o v e l S p o o l
3 L
U n l o a d e r V a l v e S p o o l
3 M
U n l o a d e r P i l o t V a l v e
3 N
C h e c k V a l v e
3 Q
S o l e n o i d V a l v e
N o
t e : L a t e r d e s i g n v a l v e b l o c k s ( H u s c
o ) h a v e t h e
p i l o t v a l v e
s o l e n o i d
a s s e m b l y 3 Q f i t t e d
a s a n
i n t e g r a l p a r t o f t h e l o a d e r v a l v e - n o t
a s e p a r a t e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e a s s h o w n a t 3 Q .
A l s
o ,
t h e
H u s c o
v a l v e
b l o c k
m a y
d i f f e r
i n
a p p e a r a n c e s l i g h t l y f r o m
t h e v a l v e b l o c k s h o w n i n
t h e
f o l l o w i n g i l l u s t r a t i o n s ,
h o w e v e r , t h e d e s c r i p t i o n s
o f o p e r a t i o n e t c . a r e s t i l l a p p l i c a b l e .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 2*
L o a d e
r V a l v e
O p e r a t i o n 1
U n l o a d e
r s p o o l o p e r a t i o n p r o t e c t s t h e e n g i n e f r o m
b e i n g o
v e r l o a d e d
i f a
s e r v i c e
i s b e i n g w
o r k e d
p a r t i c u l
a r l y h a r d ,
f o r e x a m p l e
w h e n
u s i n
g
t h e
e x c a v a t o
r t o t e a r o u t . I t d o e s t h i s b y d u m p i
n g t h e
o i l f r o m
p u m p
s e c t i o n P 2 t o t a n k , a l l o w i n g e n g i n e
p o w e r t o
b e a p p l i e d f u l l y t o t h e m a i n p u m p s
e c t i o n
P 1 .
I n n e u t r a l c i r c u i t h y d r a u l i c o i l f r o m p
u m p s e c t i o n P 2
e n t e r s t h e l o a d e r v a l v e
a t 1 C
v i a a s t e e r i n g p r i o r i t y
v a l v e .
O n e n t e r i n g t h e v
a l v e b l o c k , o i l f l o w s a r o u n d
t h e w a i s t e d s e c t i o n o f t h e u n l o a d e r v a l v e 3 L , p a s t
c h e c k v a l v e 3 N a n d j o i n s f l o w
f r o m p
u m p P 1 .
O i l f r o m p
u m p s e c t i o n P
1 e n t e r s t h e l o a d e r v a l v e a t
1 A .
C o m b i n e d o i l f l o w
f r o m P
1 a n d P 2 p a s s e s t h e m a i n
r e l i e f v a l v e 3 B
( M . R . V . )
a n d
f i l l s t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y
B .
F r o m t h
e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y t h e o i l f l o w s a r o u n d t h e
w a i s t e d
c e n t r a l p o r t i o n s o f s p o o l s 3 C ,
3 D
a n d
3 E
( a l l i n n e u t r a l p o s i t i o n ) a n d
f l o w s o n t o
f e e d
t h e
e x c a v a t o r v a l v e v i a h i g
h p r e s s u r e c a r r y o v e r l i n e
1 B .
5 - 2 5 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 260/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 261/700
W h
e n p r e s s u r e i n t h e i n l e t g a l l e r y C
f a l l s ,
f o r
e x a
m p l e i f t h e e x c a v a t o r h a s s t o p p e d
t e a r i n g o u t ,
p i l o
t v a l v e 3 M w
i l l c l o s e .
T h i s m e a n s o i l i n s p r i n g
c a v i t y 3 P
w i l l b e a t t h e s a m e p r e s s u
r e a s o i l i n
g a l l e r y C , s p r i n g p r e s s u r e w i l l m o v e s p o o l 3 L b a c k
o n t o i t s s e a t , c l o s i n g p u m p P 2 c o n n e c t i o n t o t a n k .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
L o a d e
r V a l v e
O p e r a t i o n 2
I f t h e p r e s s u r e i n t h e i n l e t g a l l e r y C
r i s e s
t o t h e
s e t t i n g
o f p i l o t v a l v e 3 M ,
t h i s v a l v e w i l l
o p e n ,
a l l o w i n g
o i l i n s p r i n g c a v i t y 3 P
t o e s c a p e
m o r e
q u i c k l y
t h a n i t c a n b e r e p l a c e d b y o i l e n
t e r i n g
t h r o u g h t h e s m a l l d r i l l i n g D .
T h i s c r e
a t e s a p r e s s u r e d i f f e r e n t i a l b e t w e e n t h e
s p r i n g c a v i t y 3 P
a n d g a l l e r y C .
H i g h e r p r e s s u r e i n
g a l l e r y C
a c t s o n t h e f a c e o f s p o o l 3 L c a u s i n g t h e
s p o o l t o
b e m o v e d o f f i t s s e a t .
O i l e n t e r i n g t h e v a l v e
b l o c k f r o m
p u m p P 2 n o w
f l o w s d i r e c t l y t o t a n k ( T ) .
H i g h p r e s s u r e i n g a l l e r y C a l s o h o l d s c h e c k v a l v e
3 N f i r m l y c l o s e d , p r e v e n
t i n g o i l f r o m
p u m p P 1 f r o m
a l s o b e i n g d u m p e d .
5 - 4 5 - 4Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 262/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 263/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 264/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 265/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
L o a d H o l d C h e c k V a l v e ( s )
O p e r a t i o n 1
T h e i l l u s
t r a t i o n s h o w s ' a r m s r a i s e ' b e i n g s e
l e c t e d
b y t h e l i f
t r a m s
p o o l .
T h e w e i g h t o f t h e l o a d e d
s h o v e l , a s i n d i c a t e d
b y
t h e a r r o w s , p r o d u c e s a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e i n s
e r v i c e
l i n e
D t
h a n i n t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B .
T h i s p r e s s u r e
d i f f e r e n t i a l c a u s e s l o a d
h o l d
c h e c k v a l v e
3 J
t o
c l o s e , t
h u s p r e v e n t i n g t h e l o a d f r o m d
r o p p i n g .
5 - 6 5 - 6Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 266/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 267/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
L o a d H o l d C h e c k V a l v e ( s )
O p e r a t i o n 2
A s t h e n e u t r a l c i r c u i t h a s b e e n
b l o c k e d
b y t h e
c e n t r a l l a n d o f t h e s e l e c t e d s p o o l 3 C ,
t h e p r e s s u r e
i n p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B
i n c r e a s e s u n t i l i t i s g r e a t e
r t h a n
t h a t i n s e r v i c e l i n e D .
A t t h i s p o i n t , l o a d
h o l d
c h e c k v a l v e 3 J o
p e n s ,
a l l o w i n g
o i l t o f l o w
f r o m t h
e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y i n
t o t h e
s e r v i c e l i n e a n d o p e r a t e t h e l i f t r a m s 3 3 a n d 3
4 .
5 - 8 5 - 8Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 268/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 269/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
A r m s L o w e r O p e r a t i o n
W h e n a
s p o o l i s s e l e c t e d a s s h o w n a t 3 C ,
t h e
c e n t r a l
l a n d o f t h e s p o o l C
b l o c k s t h e n
e u t r a l
c i r c u i t .
O i l f r o m t h
e p u m p , e n t e r i n g a t 1 A ,
i s
d i v e r t e d
i n t o t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B , o p e n s t h
e l o a d
h o l d c h e
c k v a l v e 3 J , a n d f l o w s a r o u n d t h e w
a i s t e d
s e c t i o n o f t h e s p o o l D a n d o u t t o t h e r o d s i d e o f l i f t
r a m s 3 3
a n d 3 4 .
T h e l o w e r l a n d o f t h e s e l e c t e d s p o o l E b l o c
k s t h e
f l o w
f r o m
t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y t o t h e h e a d s i d
e p o r t
a n d o i l r
e t u r n i n g f r o m
t h e r a m s i s d i v e r t e d i n
t o t h e
e x h a u s t
g a l l e r y .
5 - 10 5 - 10Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 270/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 271/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
F l o a t O p e r a t i o n
T h e f l o a
t f a c i l i t y i s p r o v i d e d
t o
a l l o w
t h e a r m s t o
m o v e u p
a n d
d o w n s o
t h a t t h e s h o v e l c a n
f o l l o w
t h e s u r f a
c e c o n t o u r s a s t h e m a c h i n e i s d r i v e
n o v e r
u n e v e n g r o u n d .
T h i s i s a
c h i e v e d b y m o v i n g t h e l i f t s p o o l 3 C
d o w n
b e y o n d
' a r m s l o w e r ' i n t o
t h e ' f l o a t ' d e t e n t , w h e n
t h e f e e d
f r o m
t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y t o
t h e s
e r v i c e
p o r t s i s
b l o c k e d
a n d
t h e
n e u t r a l c i r c u i t
i s r e -
o p e n e d
. B o t h
s e r v i c e
p o r t s a r e
c o n n e c t e d
t o
e x h a u s t
v i a t h e s p o o l w a i s t s A .
O i l c a n t
h e n b e d i s p l a c e d f r o m e
i t h e r e n d o f
t h e l i f t
r a m s 3 3
a n d
3 4
i n t o
t h e e x h a u s t g a l l e r y , a l
l o w i n g
t h e r a m s
t o o p e n a n d c l o s e a s r e q u i r e d .
5 - 12 5 - 12Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 272/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 273/700
3
V a
l v e
M o v e s o
f f i t s S e a
t
I n v i e w
3 , p u m p p r e s s u r e a t 1 A
h a s r i s e n t o t h e s e t -
t i n g o f t h e m a i n r e l i e f v a l v e b u t p r e s s u r e
i n c h a m b e r
D
h a s n o t r i s e n b e c a u s e t h e s e a t o r i f i c e o f p i l o t
v a l v e
F
i s l a r g e r t h a n
s m a l l d r i l l i n g E
a n d
o i l i s
u n a b l e t o f i l l t h e c h a m b e r a s q u i c k l y a s i t i s b e i n g
e x h a u s t e d .
P r e
s s u r e a c t i n g o n t h e u p p e r f a c e s o f m
a i n p l u n g e r
A
i s t h e r e f o r e g r e a t e r t h a n t h e c o m b i n
e d
f o r c e o f
s p r i n g
C
a n d
t h e
p r e s s u r e
i n
c h a m
b e r
D .
T h e
p l u
n g e r t h e n m o v e s o f f i t s s e a t , a l l o w i n g p r e s s u r e
t o b e r e l e a s e d i n t o t h e e x h a u s t g a l l e r y .
A s
t h e p u m p p r e s s u r e d e c r e a s e s ,
t h e p
i l o t v a l v e i s
a b l e t o r e s e a t a n d
p r e s s u r e i n c h a m b e r
D
a s s i s t s
s p r i n g
C
t o f o r c e t h e m a i n p l u n g e r
A b
a c k o n t o i t s
s e a
t .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
M a i n R
e l i e f V a l v e ( M . R . V . )
O p e r a t i o n
1
V a l
v e a
t R e s
t
T h e m a i n r e l i e f v a l v e ( M . R . V . )
3 B , s i t u a t e d
i n t h e
l o a d e r v a l v e b l o c k , p r o v i d e s c o n t r o l o f b o t h
l o a d e r
a n d e x c a v a t o r p r e s s u r e s .
I l l u s t r a t i o n 1 s h o w s a l o a d e r s e r v i c e s e l e c t e d
b y
s p o o l 3 D
c a u s i n g p r e s s u r e t o r i s e i n t h e s e r v i c e l i n e
a n d b a c k t h r o u g h t h e l o a d e r v a l v e t o t h e p u m p v i a
l i n e
1 A .
T h e s e r v i c e i s o p e r a t i n g u n d e r l i g h
t l o a d
a n d
t h e
p r e s s u r e i s n o t s u f f i c i e n t t o
c a u s
e a n y
r e s p o n s e i n t h e M . R . V .
T h e m a i n p l u n g e r
A
i s h e l d
o n i t s s e a t B
b y t h e
c o m b i n e
d e f f e c t o f s p r i n g
C
a n d t h e p u m p p r e s s u r e
w h i c h e n t e r s c h a m b e r
D
t h r o u g h t h e s m a l l d r i l l i n g
E .
P u m p
p r e s s u r e o u t s i d e t h e c h a m b e r i s n o
t h i g h
e n o u g h t o l i f t t h e p l u n g e r o f f i t s s e a t .
2
P i l o t V a
l v e
O p e n s
I f , a s s h o w n i n v i e w
2 , p u m p
p r e s s u r e r i s e s h i g h
e n o u g h
t o
f o r c e t h e p
i l o t v a l v e
F
f r o m
i t s s e a t
( a g a i n s t s p r i n g
G ) , t h e
p r e s s u r e i n c h a m b e r
D
i s
v e n t e d i n t o t h e e x h a u s t
g a l l e r y
H .
U n l e s s t h e p r e s s u r e c o
n t i n u e s t o r i s e , p l u n g e r
A
w i l l r e m a i n o n i t s s e a t .
6 - 2 6 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 274/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 275/700
3
M a i n P o p p e t O p e n s
A s
s e r v i c e p r e s s u r e c o n t i n u e s t o r
i s e a n d o i l
e s c a p e s f r o m
c a v i t y L ,
t h e p r e s s u r e
d i f f e r e n t i a l
b e t w e e n t h e u p p e r a n d l o w e r s u r f a c e s
o f p i s t o n C
c a u s e s t h i s p i s t o n t o r i s e a n d s e a t o n
t h e p o i n t o f
p i l o
t p o p p e t E .
O i l c o n t i n u e s t o e s c a p e f r o m
c a v i t y
L
b u t t h e
i n c
o m i n g f l o w
t o t h e c a v i t y h a s b e e n c u t o f f . T h i s
p r o
d u c e s a p r e s s u r e d r o p a b o v e p o p p e
t B , c a u s i n g
t h e
p o p p e t t o l i f t a n d r e l e a s e s e r v i c e p
r e s s u r e i n t o
e x h
a u s t g a l l e r y K .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
M a i n R
e l i e f V a l v e O p e r a t i o n
( H u s c o L o a d e r V a l v e )
1
V a l
v e a t R e s t
W h e n t h
e s e r v i c e i s i n n e u t r a l a n d t h e r e a r e n o
e x c e s s i v
e f o r c e s a c t i n g o n t h e e q u i p m e n t , s
e r v i c e
p r e s s u r e
a t A
w i l l b e a c t i n g o n t h e l o w e r f a c e o f
p o p p e t B
a n d w i l l a l s o b e f e l t i n s i d e t h e v a l v e v i a
h o l l o w p
i s t o n C .
T h e f o r c
e o f s p r i n g s D
a n d F , c o m b i n e d w i t h t h e
s e r v i c e p
r e s s u r e a c t i n g o n t h e u p p e r f a c e s o
f p o p -
p e t B a n
d p i s t o n C ,
k e e p s p o p p e t s B
a n d E
t i g h t l y
s e a t e d .
T h e f o r c
e o f s p r i n g F
i s a d j u s t a b l e t o s u i t t h e r e l e -
v a n t s e r v i c e b y m e a n s o f c a p - n u t G
( s e e n o t e
) .
N o t e : T h
e M R V f i t t e d t o t h e l o a d e r v a l v e i s s l i g h t l y
d i f f e r e n t
i n a p p e a r a n c e t o t h e v a l v e s h o w n
i n t h e
d e s c r i p t i o n s ,
b u t t h e p r i n c i p l e o f o p e r a t i o n i s
e x a c t -
l y t h e s a m e .
2
P i l o t V a l v e O p e n s
A s s e r v i c e p r e s s u r e r e a c h e s t h e p i l o t s e t t i n g o f t h e
v a l v e , p i l o t p o p p e t E l i f t s , a l l o w i n g o i l t o e s c a p e
i n t o c a v i t y H
a n d p a s s
d o w n t h e s i d e s o f s l e e v e J
i n t o t h e e x h a u s t g a l l e r y K .
6 - 4 6 - 4Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 276/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 277/700
* N
o t e : O n t h e H u s c o
t y p e l o a d e r v a l v e t h e A R V
o p e r a t i o n i s t h e s a m e a s f o r t h o s e i n t h
e e x c a v a t o r
v a l v e .
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 2*
A u x i l i a r y R e l i e f V a l v e ( A R V )
O p e r a
t i o n
U n d e r n o r m a l o p e r a t i n g c o n d i t i o n s , w i t h t h e
s h o v e l
i n t h e ' c a r r y ' p o s i t i o n , t h e m e c h a n i c a l l i n k a g e
k e e p s
t h e s h o v
e l l e v e l a s t h e a r m s a r e r a i s e d , t o p
r e v e n t
s p i l l a g e o f t h e l o a d .
I f , a s i l l u
s t r a t e d , t h e s h o v e l i s f u l l y t i p p e d w h
e n t h e
a r m s a r e b e i n g r a i s e d , t h e s h o v e l i s u n a b l e
t o t i p
f u r t h e r , p
r o d u c i n g b a c k p r e s s u r e i n t h e h e a d s i d e o f
t h e s h o v
e l r a m s 3 1 a n d 3 2 a n d c a v i t a t i o n i n t
h e r o d
s i d e .
A s t h e a r m s c o n t i n u e
t o
r i s e , t h e b a c k p r e s s u r e
i n c r e a s e s u n t i l i t r e a c h e s t h e s e t t i n g o f A . R . V .
3 F .
T h i s A . R . V . t h e n o p e n s
, a l l o w i n g t h e e x c e s s b a c k
p r e s s u r e t o b e d u m p e d
t o e x h a u s t a n d p r e v e n t t h e
r a m s a n d l i n k a g e f r o m b
e i n g d a m a g e d .
T h e r o d s i d e A . R . V .
3 G
s e n s e s a h i g h e r p r e s s u r e i n
t h e e x h a u s t g a l l e r y t h a n i n t h e s e r v i c e p o r t a n d
t h e r e f o r e o p e n s t o a l l o
w
e x h a u s t o i l t o
o v e r c o m e
t h e c a v i t a t i o n .
7 - 2 7 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 278/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 279/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
E x c a v
a t o r V a l v e - N e u t r a l C i r c u i t
O i l f r o m
t h e l o a d e r v a l v e e n t e r s t h e e x c a v a t o
r v a l v e
a t A
a n d
f l o w s t h r o u g h t h e n e u t r a l g a l l e r y a
r o u n d
t h e w a i s t s o f t h e s o l i d s p o o l s , a s s h o w n b y t h
e f l o w
a r r o w s . I t a l s o f i l l s t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B
b u t i s
n o t a t
a h i g h
e n o u g h
p r e s s u r e
t o
o p e n
t h e l o a d
h o l d
c h e c k v a
l v e s C .
C o m p o n
e n t K e y ( J C B
C o n t r o l P a t t e r n )
4 A
S l e w
S p o o l
4 B
B o o
m S
p o o l
4 C
S t a b i l i s e r S p o o l
4 D
S t a b i l i s e r S p o o l
4 E
D i p p e r S p o o l
4 F
B u c
k e t S p o o l
N o t e : M
a c h i n e s w i t h I S O
c o n t r o l p a t t e r n h a
v e t h e
b o o m a n
d d i p p e r s p o o l s i n t e r c h a n g e d .
8 - 2 8 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 280/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 281/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
E x c a v
a t o r V a l v e
O p e r a t i o
n 1
F l o w
t o
t h e s e r v i c e v i a a t y p i c a l s o l i d
s p o o l 4 B
i s
c o n t r o l l e
d b y t h e l o a d h o l d c h e c k v a l v e 4 S w
h i c h i s
a s p r i n g
- l o a d e d
n o n - r e t u r n v a l v e o p e r a t i n g
a c r o s s
t h e p r e s
s u r e f e e d
f r o m
t h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B .
T h e
v a l v e p r e v e n t s r e v e r s e f l o w
f r o m t h
e r a m s i n
t o t h e
p r e s s u r e f e e d
l i n e , s o
m a i n t a i n i n g
r a m
p r e s s u r e
u n t i l e x c
e e d e d b y s y s t e m p
r e s s u r e .
T h e i l l u s
t r a t i o n
s h o w s a
s e r v i c e
s e l e c t e d
b u t b a c k p r e s s
u r e
D
e x c e e d s
s y s t e m
p r e s s u r e w h i c h
c l o s e s t h e l o a d
h o l d c h e
c k v a l v e 4 S .
8 - 4 8 - 4Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 282/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 283/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 284/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 285/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
E x c a v
a t o r V a l v e -
O n e W
a y R e s t r i c t o r
O p e r a t i o
n 2
W h e n t h e b o o m
i s b e i n g l o w e r e d ,
t h e o i l f l o w
t h r o u g h
t h e o n e w a y r e s t r i c t o r E r e - s e a
t s t h e
p o p p e t ,
t h e r e f o r e t h e f l o w
o f o i l i s r e s t
r i c t e d
t h r o u g h
t h e s m a l l d r i l l i n g i n t h e b a s e o f t h e p
o p p e t .
T h i s s l o w
s t h e b o o m d o w n t o a c o n t r o l l a b l e s p e e d .
8 - 8 8 - 8Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 286/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 287/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
S l e w O
p e r a t i o n ( S i d e s h i f t )
T h e i l l u s t r a t i o n s h o w s r i g h t h a n d s l e w
s e l e c t e
d . T h e
l o w e r p o
r t C
h a s b e e n p r e s s u r i s e d b y t h e s p o
o l . O i l
f l o w s f r o
m t
h e p a r a l l e l g a l l e r y B , o u t p a s t A . R
. V .
4 H
t o t h e r i g h t h a n d s i d e o f t h e s l e w
a c t u a t o r . H e r e i t
p u s h e s
o n
t h e
p i s t o n
a n d
r a c k , c a u s i n
g
t h e
e x c a v a t o r e n d
t o
s l e w
t o
t h e r i g h t . D i s p l a c
e d
o i l
f r o m
t h e
l e f t h a n d
s i d e o f t h e s l e w
a c t u a t o r f l o w s
b a c k t h r
o u g h t h e u p p e r s e r v i c e p o r t D
a n d b
a c k t o
t a n k .
T h e l o w e r i l l u s t r a t i o n s h o w s t h e a c t u a t o r r e a c h i n g
t h e e n d
o f i t s t r a v e l a n d
t h e r e s t r i c t o r c o
l l a r E
c o n t a c t
i n g
t h e
e n d
w a l l o f t h e
s l e w c y l
i n d e r ,
p a r t i a l l y
c l o s i n g o f f t h e e x h a u s t p o r t . E n d d a
m p i n g
i s a c h i e v e d
b y t w o
r a d i a l s l o t s a c r o s s t h e
o u t e r
r i d g e o f
t h e c o l l a r w h i c h a l l o w
r e s t r i c t e d f l o w
t o
e x h a u s t .
9 - 2 9 - 2Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 288/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 289/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
S l e w A
u x i l i a r y R e l i e f V a l v e
a n d A n t i - c a v i t a t i o n O p e r a t i o n
T h e s p o o l 4 A
i s i n n e u t r a l b u t t h e m o m e n t u m
o f t h e
s l e w i n g e x c a v a t o r e n d c r e a t e s b a c k p r e s s u r e
i n t h e
l e f t h a n d
s l e w
c y l i n d e r . T h i s o p e n s
A . R . V . 4
J
a n d
d u m p s o i l t o e x h a u s t . A t t h i s p o i n t t h e r i g h t h a n d
s l e w
c y l i n d e r c a v i t a t e s a n d
e x h a u s t o i l p r e s s u r e
c a u s e s
A . R . V .
4 H
t o
o p e n , a l l o w i n g
o i l f r o
m t h e
e x h a u s t
g a l l e r y t o f i l l t h e r i g h t h a n d c y l i n d e r .
9 - 4 9 - 4Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 290/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 291/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 292/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 293/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 294/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 295/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 296/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 297/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 298/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 299/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 300/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 301/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 302/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 303/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 304/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 305/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 306/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 307/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 308/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 309/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 310/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 311/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 312/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 313/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 314/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 315/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 316/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 317/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 318/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 319/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 320/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 321/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 322/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 323/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 324/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 325/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 326/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 327/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 328/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 329/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 330/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 331/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 332/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 333/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 334/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 335/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 336/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 337/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 338/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 339/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 340/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 341/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 342/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 343/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 344/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 345/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 346/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 347/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 348/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 349/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 350/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 351/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 352/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 353/700
Hydraulics
9803/3260 Issue 1
H y d r a u l i c S t e e r U n i t ( 2 W h e e l S t e e r
M a c h i n e s )
O p e r a t i o
n 5 - S h o c k V a l v e
I n n o r m a l o p e r a t i o n o i l f l o w
f r o m
t h e p u m p
e n t e r s
t h e s t e e r i n g u n i t v i a t h e r i g h t h a n d p o r t , o p e
n i n g a
s p r i n g - l o a d e d
n o n - r e t u r n
v a l v e
H .
T h e f
l o w
i s
d i r e c t e d
b y t h e s t e e r i n g u n i t t o a c h i e v e t h e d
e s i r e d
t u r n ( r i g h t h a n d s h o w n ) . I n t h e e v e n t o f a p r e s s u r e
s h o c k w
a v e b e i n g g e n e r a t e d
i n t h e s y s t e m
b y a n
o u t s i d e f o r c e , s h o c k v a l v e G 1 v e n t s t h i s p r e s s u r e t o
e x h a u s t
p r e v e n t i n g d a m a g e t o t h e s t e e r i n g u n
i t .
N o n - r e t u r n
v a l v e J 1 i
s h e l d
o n
i t s s e a t b y t h e
g e n e r a t e d p r e s s u r e a n d
n o n - r e t u r n v a l v e H c l o s e s
t o p r e v e n t t h e s h o c k w
a v e b e i n g f e d
b a c k t o t h e
p u m p .
S o m e o f t h e e x
c e s s f l o w s v i a n o n - r e t u r n
v a l v e J 2
t o t h e o p p o s i t e s i d e o f t h e r a m t o
p r e v e n t
c a v i t a t i o n o c c u r i n g .
20 - 20 20 - 20Descriptions
Section E Section E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 354/700
24 - 1
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols
Complex hydraulic components and circuits can be
described to the engineer by using graphical symbols. The
following pages illustrate and give a brief description forsome of the more common symbols used.
There are many symbols in use and it would be impossible
to include them all here. However it should be noted that
most are only variations or refinements on the basic
principles explained here. If more detailed information isrequired you are recommended to obtain a copy of BS2917
or IS01219.
Once familiar with the symbols, the engineer can use
hydraulic circuit diagrams as an aid to fault finding. It will be
possible to see the complete hydraulic circuit and decipherthe relationship between hydraulic components.
General (Basic & Functional Symbols)
Rams
Pumps & Motors
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 1
Issue 1
A189680
A189660
A189670
Spring
Flow restrictionaffected by viscosity
Direction of flow
Indication of rotation
Indication of directionand paths of flow
Variable control
Single acting
Double acting
Double ended
Double acting withdamping at rod area end
Fixed capacity pumpone direction of flow
Fixed capacity pumptwo directions of flow
Variable capacity pumpone direction of flow
Variable capacity pumptwo directions of flow
Fixed capacity motorone direction of flow
Fixed capacity motortwo directions of flow
Variable capacity motorone direction of flow
Variable capacity motortwo directions of flow
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 355/700
24 - 2
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols (cont'd)
Control Valves
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 2
Issue 1
A189700 A189690
Used to enclose severalvalves indicating that theyare supplied as one unit
3-Position, 4-Portspring centred pilotoperated valve
3-Position, 6-Portspring centred handoperated valve
3-Position, 4-Portspring centred solenoid & pilot pressure operated valve
3-Position, 4-Portspring centred detenthand operated valve
Non - return valve
Non - return valve withback pressure spring
Pilot operated
non - return valve
One way restrictor
High pressure selector(shuttle valve)
Throttling orifice -normally closed
Throttling orifice -normally open
Relief valve
Variable restrictor
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 356/700
24 - 3
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols (cont'd)
Energy Transmissions and Conditioning
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 3
Issue 1
A189720 A189710
Pilot control
Drain lines
Flexible pipe
Line junction
Crossing lines
Air bleed
Line plugged, alsopressure test point
Line plugged withtake off line
Quick releasecouplings - connected
Quick releasecouplings - disconnected
Working line, return or feed Reservoir - return lineabove fluid level
Reservoir - return linebelow fluid level
Header tank
Pressure sealed tank
Accumulator
Filter or strainer
Water trap
Cooler - with noindication of coolant flow
Cooler - indicatingdirection of coolant flow
Heater
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 357/700
24 - 4
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols (cont'd)
Control Mechanisms
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 4
Issue 1
S189740S189730
Rotating shaft-one direction
Rotating shaft-two directions
Detent
Locking device
Over centre device
Simple linkage
General control
Push button operated
Lever operated
Pedal operated
Stem operated
Spring operated
Roller operated
Roller trip operated(one directional)
M
Solenoid one winding
Solenoid two winding
Electric motor operated
Internal pressurepilot operated
External pressurepilot operated
Pressure operatedspring release
Pilot operated by solenoidpilot valve
Pilot operated by a solenoidor separate pilot valve
Pressure gauge
Pressure switch
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 358/700
24 - 5
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols (cont'd)
Control Valves
Control valves are usually represented by one or moresquare boxes.
Fig. 1 shows a control valve represented by three boxes.
The number of boxes indicates the number of possible valve
operating positions, (4 boxes - 4 positions etc).
Fig. 2 - In circuit diagrams the pipework is usually shown
connected to the box which represents the unoperated
condition. (Hydraulic circuit diagrams are usually shown in
the unoperated condition).
Fig. 3 shows a valve described as a 3- position, 4-portcontrol valve. Port describes the openings to and from the
valve by which the hydraulic fluid enters or leaves. In the fig
shown, Position 2 indicates that in an unoperated condition
all 4 ports are blocked.
If the valve spool was moved to Position 1, movement of the
spool would connect Port 1 to Port 2, and Port 3 to Port 4.
If the valve spool was moved to Position 3, movement of the
spool would connect Port 1 to Port 4, and Port 3 to Port 2.
It must be noted that not all spools are of the same type.
Their operating designs can be seen by following the path
the flow arrows take in their respective operating squares.
Three typical JCB style spools are known as 'D' spools, 'F'
spools and 'N' spools.
The 'D' spools generally control rams because when in the
neutral position the outlet ports are blocked, preventing ram
movement. Fig 3 shows a 'D' type spool.
Fig 4 - 'F' spools are often shown as four position spoolswith the three normal positions for neutral and service
control; and the forth position, which has a detent, connects
both sides of the ram together to allow the service to 'float'.
Fig 5 - 'N' spools are sometimes used to control hydraulic
motors, and it can be seen from the flow arrows, that inneutral position both service ports are connected to the
exhaust oil port
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 5
Issue 1
A189760
Position 1 Position 2 Position 3
FIG 2
FIG 1
FIG 3
FIG 4
FIG 5
Port 1
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 359/700
24 - 6
Introduction to Hydraulic Schematic
Symbols (cont'd)
Example of Schematic Circuit
Some of the symbols described on the preceding pageshave been arranged into a simple schematic circuit shown
below.
Hydraulic tank A is a pressurised tank with an internally
mounted strainer B on the suction line to the fixed
displacement pump C. System pressure is limited to thesetting of relief valve D.
Valve spool E is an open-centre spool that is in neutral
position; flow from the pump passes through the spool and
returns to the hydraulic tank.
If the lever operated spool is moved away from neutral
position hydraulic fluid is directed to either head side or rod
side of hydraulic ram G. Notice that the fluid must first open
one way valve F before flowing to the ram.
Example Circuit Key
A Hydraulic Tank
B Strainer
C Fixed Displacement Pump
D Relief Valve
E SpoolF One Way Valve
G Double Acting Hydraulic Ram
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
24 - 6
Issue 1
A189770
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 360/700
25 - 1
Fault Finding Contents
Page No.
Introduction 25 - 1
Lack of power in all hydraulic functions 25 - 1
All hydraulic rams slow to operate 25 - 2
One hydraulic service fails to operate or is
slow to operate 25 - 2
The engine tends to stall when the
hydraulics are under load 25 - 2
A spool is sticking 25 - 3
Leaking Oil Seal (Control Valves) 25 - 3
Ram creep 25 - 3
Hydraulic oil becomes too hot 25 - 4
Steering fails to operate or
is stiff to operate 25 - 4
Steering fails to respond to
selected mode 25 - 4
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
25 - 1
Issue 2
Fault Finding
Fault Probable Cause Action
1 Lack of power in all hydraulic functions. Insufficient hydraulic fluid. Check for leaks and top up as required.
Hydraulic leaks in system. Check hoses, replace as required.
Engine performance. Check engine performance, see
transmission section for stall speedtest procedures.
Main relief valve (MRV) Check and adjust as required.setting incorrect.
Low pump flow. Check pump flow, if required service orreplace pump.
Hydraulic tank breather Clean or replace the breather
Tank filter by-pass valve Check condition of hydraulic filter
Unloader valve pressure Check pressure setting of the
setting too high unloader valve.
..... continued
Introduction
The purpose of this section is to help you trace hydraulic
faults to a faulty unit (valve, actuator, ram etc). Once you
have traced the faulty unit, refer to the appropriate
dismantling, inspecting and test instructions given elsewherein the hydraulics section.
To help identify circuits, valves, rams etc mentioned in the
fault finding procedures, refer to the hydraulic schematic
diagrams (near the beginning of the Hydraulics Section).
1 Before you begin fault finding, read the Safetyinformation at the beginning of this manual.
2 Make simple checks before say, stripping a major
component.
3 Make sure that the hydraulic fluid is at correct working
temperature (50 °C, 122 °F).
4 What ever the fault, check the condition of the hydraulic
fluid. Drain and replace if necessary.
5 Make any relevant electrical checks before moving on
to the hydraulics.
6 Be sure to remove ALL contamination and if possible
identify its origin. It may be part of a component from
elsewhere in the circuit.
7 Replace any seals such as 'O' rings before re-
assembling hydraulic components.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 361/700
25 - 2
Fault Probable Cause Action
2 All hydraulic rams slow to operate. Neutral circuit or low pressure Check pipe lines and replace as required.lines leaking, damaged, trapped
or kinked.
Low pump flow. Check pump flow, if required service or
replace pump.
Priority valve operating Check if the priority valve is sticking,
rectify as required.
Main relief valve (MRV) Check and adjust as required.
setting incorrect.
Unloader valve Check if unloader valve is sticking, i.e.
dumping flow from pump section P2.
Tank filter by-pass valve Check condition of hydraulic filter
Hydraulic tank breather Clean or replace the breather
3 One hydraulic service fails to Associated service pipe lines , Check hoses, replace as required.
operate or is slow to operate. leaking damaged, trapped
or kinked.
Associated ram leaking. Complete ram leakage check, replaceseals as required.
Auxiliary relief valve (ARV) Check and adjust as required.
setting incorrect.
Associated valve block section Check for leaks, rectify as required.
leaking or not operating. Also, see fault 6 'Leaking Oil Seal (Control Valves)'.
Make sure that the associated load hold
check valve is operating.
Check that the control lever and
associated linkages is operating
the spool, rectify as required. Also, see
fault 5, 'A spool is Sticking'.
Check valve malfunctioning Test check valve, rectify as required.
(if fitted, e.g. stabiliser circuit)
Hose burst protection valve Test HBPV, service as required.(if fitted) malfunctioning.
Piston rod is bent Replace piston rod, check pressure
settings of MRV and ARV.
Check that associated pivot pins are
adequately greased
4 The engine tends to stall when M.R.V setting incorrect. Check and adjust as required.
hydraulics are under load.
Poor engine performance. Check engine performance, seetransmission section for stall speed
test procedures.
Unloader valve pressure Check pressure setting of the
setting too high unloader valve.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
25 - 2
Issue 2
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 362/700
25 - 3
Fault Probable Cause Action
5 A spool is sticking. Oil temperature abnormally high. Check for correct flu id, see Lubricantsand
Capacities. Check oil cooler and grille for
blockage.
The hydraulic fluid is dirty. Clean the tank strainer. If strainer badly
clogged, drain and flush hydraulic systemFill with clean hydraulic fluid.
The service pipe connection Check tightening torque.
is over tightened.
The valve housing was twisted Loosen retaining bolts and tighten toduring installation. correct torque figures.
Pressure too high. Check system pressure.
A control linkage is bent Di sc on nec t th e l in ka ge . Rep ai r th elinkage if possible, or fit a newone
A spool is bent Dismantle the control valve. Renew spool
as necessary.
A return spring is broken. Renew as necessary.
A return spring or cap is out of Remove the cap, check that the spring is
alignment. in the correct position. Refit cap and
torque tighten bolts
Temperature distribution within Warm the entire system up before
control valve not uniform. using service.
6 Leaking Oil Seal (Control Valves) Paint or dirt on the seal face. Remove the seal and clean.
The back pressure in the valve Check circuit pressures. Adjust ifpossible. circuit is excessively high. Otherwise investigate thoroughly.
Spool damaged. Dismantle. Inspect all parts. Renovate or
renew as necessary.
The seal is not secured. Clean the seal and tighten the retainingbolts to the correct torque.
The seal is cut or damaged. Fit a new seal.
7 Ram creep. Associated ram or pipe lines from Check and rectify as required.ram leaking.
Check valve malfunctioning Test check valve, rectify as required.
(if fitted, e.g. stabiliser circuit)
Associated valve section spools Rectify, check for contamination.leaking.
Associated ARV leaking Rectify, check for contamination .
..... continued
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
25 - 3
Issue 2
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 363/700
25 - 4
Fault Probable Cause Action
8 Hydraulic oil becomes too hot Oil cooler obstructed Remove debris from cooler fins
Restriction in neutral circuit Check hoses, replace as necessary
lines
Hydraulic filter clogged and Change hydraulic filter
by-pass valve not working
9 Steering fails to operate or Tyres not inflated to Inflate tyres to correct pressure
is stiff to operate correct pressure
Insufficient hydraulic fluid. Check for leaks and top up as required.
Low pump flow. Check pump flow, if
required service or replace pump.
Leaks in the relevant hoses or Check hoses and connections for leaks
component connections
Steer relief valve set Check pressure setting of steer unit relief
incorrectly valve, adjust as required.
Priority valve not operating Check if the priority valve is sticking,
correctly rectify as required.
Check the load sense line from the steer
unit to the priority valve for signs of
leaking or poor connection.
Steer mode valve not operating Check if spools sticking, rectify as
correctly required
Check if solenoids operating, replace
solenoids as required
Mechanical failure Check for damaged axle components,such as rams, trackrods, linkages etc.
Check for damaged steer unit
components.
Steering column and associatedcomponents not set correctly.
10 Steering fails to respond to Selector switch faulty Check selector switch, replace a required
selected modeProximity switches not operating Check setting of proximity switches, reset
correctly or replace switches as required.
Steer mode valve not operating Check if spools sticking, rectify as
correctly required
Check if solenoids operating, replace
solenoids as required.
Leaks in the relevant hoses or Check hoses and connections for leaks
component connections
Electrical failure Check relevant electrical connectors, if
problem still persists, do a wiring
continuity check on relevant circuits.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
25 - 4
Issue 2
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 364/700
30 - 1
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
30 - 1
Issue 1
Pumps
S193200
S193210
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 365/700
30 - 2
Pump Flow Testing
FIG X = All Wheel Steer Machines
FIG Y = 2 Wheel Steer Machines
Before removing the pump it is necessary to determine thesource of any problem by measuring the output flow at
system pressure from both of the pump outlet ports.
To check flow it is necessary to fit flow meter A into theoutput line of each pump section in turn. If available, load
valve B (JCB Part No. 892/00270) should also be installed
(see Note 1 ). Make sure the flow meter is installed with its
arrow pointing away from the pump and, if applicable,
located between the pump and the load valve.
Note 1: If no load valve is available, ignore the references to
the load valve in Fitting/Removing a Flow Meter and Load
Valve below. An alternative method of determining flow is
included in the Checking Flow procedures following.
Fitting/Removing a Flow Meter and Load
Valve
Before fitting/removing a flow meter and load valve, switchoff the machine and operate the loader/excavator controls a
few times to vent system pressure.
!WARNINGHydraulic fluid at system pressure can injure you. Before
disconnecting or connecting hydraulic hoses, stop the
engine and operate the controls to release pressure
trapped in the hoses. Make sure the engine cannot be
started while the hoses are open.INT-3-1-11/1
!WARNINGTake care when disconnecting hydraulic hoses and
fittings as the oil will be HOT.TRANS 1-2
Fitting
1 AWS machines
a Pump section 1 - disconnect hose C from the
pump. Fit the flow meter and load valve (see Note
2 ) between hose C and the pump.
b Pump section 2 - due to the limited access at the
rear of the pump, disconnect hose D from priorityvalve E. Fit the flow meter and load valve (see Note
2 ) between hose D and the priority valve.
2 2WS machines
Connect the flow meter and load valve (see Note 2 )
between the pump port and the disconnected machinehose. Hose F connects to pump section 1 and hose G
to pump section 2.
Note 2: Make sure the load valve is in the open position, i.e.
with the adjusting knob screwed fully out, before carryingout the Checking Flow procedure.
Removing
Removing is the reverse of fitting.
Checking Flow
1 Check the setting of the Main Relief Valve (MRV) as
described in Loader Valve, Pressure Testing. Adjust if
necessary.
2 a Using a load valve - fit a flow meter and load valve,as described in Fitting, to each pump outlet in turn.
Fit a 0-400 bar (0-6000 lbf/in2) pressure gauge to
the load valve pressure test connector.
b If no load valve is available - fit a flow meter, as
described in Fitting, to each pump output in turn.
3 Start the engine and bring the hydraulics up to normal
operating temperature. Set the engine speed to 2200
rpm.
4 a Using a load valve - adjust the load valve so thatthe pressure gauge reading is just below the MRV
setting.
b If no load valve is available - raise or lower the
loader arms until the rams are fully open or closed.
Continue to operate the raise/lower control so thatsystem pressure builds up. Watch the flow meter
and note its reading at the moment the MRV
operates.
5 The flow reading should be as listed in Technical Data,
Machine Hydraulics (AWS and 2WS Machines),
Hydraulic Pumps.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
30 - 2
Issue 1
Pumps
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 366/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 367/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 368/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 369/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 370/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 371/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 372/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 373/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 374/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 375/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 376/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 377/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 378/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 379/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 380/700
41 - 1
Loader Valve
Removal and Replacement
!WARNING
Make the machine safe before working underneath it.Park the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply
the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and
stop the engine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-2
Note: The illustration shows a 'Hamworthy' type valve fitted.
The 'Husco' type valve is similiarly mounted. The maindifference being the hose routing from pump sections P1
and P2. Make sure all hoses are clearly labelled before
removing them.
Removal
1 Operate the valve block levers back and forth to vent
residual pressure.
2 Remove clevis pins A to disconnect the control levers
from the the valve block spools.
3 Disconnect all hydraulic hoses from the valve block and
plug all orifices to prevent ingress of dirt. Label each
hose before disconnecting, this will ensure correct
position when refitting.
4 Loosen and remove nuts B, the loader valve andspacing washers C.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
!WARNINGFine jets of hydraulic fluid at high pressure can penetrate
the skin. Do not use your fingers to check for hydraulic
fluid leaks. Do not put your face close to suspected
leaks. Hold a piece of cardboard close to suspected
leaks and then inspect the cardboard for signs of
hydraulic fluid. If hydraulic fluid penetrates your skin, get
medical help immediately.INT-3-1-10/1
After replacement check the main relief valve (M.R.V.) and
auxiliary relief valve (A.R.V.) pressure settings.
Note: All hydraulic adapters that are installed together with a
bonded sealing washer must also have sealant (Loctite 577)
applied to the threads of the adapter.
For dismantling and assembling the loader valve see pages
E/41-2 to E/41-13 (Hamworthy type valve) and pages E/41-20 to E/41-31 (Husco type valve).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 1
Issue 2*
Valves
S144460
*
*
A
C
B
B
C
B
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 381/700
41 - 2
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 382/700
41 - 3
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Standard
Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Hold the spool in clamp 992/10100, unscrew bolt 11 and
remove spring 13 with cups 12 and 14.
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 8 and 9.
When fitting bolt 11 or eye end 15, clean the threads
thoroughly using Super Clean Safety Solvent, leave it for 10
minutes then apply a small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to
the threads.
Do not overtighten eye end 15.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft1 6.5 0.7 5
5 6.5 0.7 5
11 14 1.4 10
15 15 1.5 11
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 3
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 383/700
41 - 4
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 384/700
41 - 5
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Float Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Carefully remove collar 14 and collect detent balls 15.
Remove spacer 16 and lift off spring housing 17.
Using tool 992/10100 to hold the spool, unscrew bolt 18 and
remove ball cage 19, spacer 20, spring 21 and cups 22 and23.
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 6, 8 and 9.
When fitting bolt 18 or eye end 24, clean the threads
thoroughly using Super Clean Safety Solvent, leave it for 10
minutes then apply a small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to
the threads.
Apply grease liberally to cage 19 to hold balls 15 in positionduring assembly and to provide lubrication.
Do not overtighten eye end 24.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 6.5 0.7 5
7 6.5 0.7 5
18 14 1.4 10
24 15 1.5 11
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 5
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 385/700
41 - 6
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 6
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 386/700
41 - 7
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Electric
Detent Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Using tool 992/10100 to hold the spool, remove capscrew
11, washer 12 and housing 13. Unscrew bolt 14 and remove
spring 15 with cups 16 and 17.
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 7 and 8.
When fitting capscrew 11, bolt 14 or eye end 18, clean the
threads thoroughly using Super Clean Safety Solvent, leave
it for 10 minutes then apply a small quantity of JCB Lockand Seal to the threads.
Do not overtighten eye end 18.
Apply JCB Mult i-Gasket to the threads of solenoid 10.
Tighten to 20 Nm (15 lbf ft).
Check the operation of the solenoid after assembly by
connecting a 12V supply . The spool should be held when it
is pushed into the detent position and returned when thesupply is disconnected.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 6.5 0.7 5
5 6.5 0.7 5
14 14 1.4 1018 15 1.5 11
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 7
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 387/700
41 - 8
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Main Relief
Valve (M.R.V.)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Ensure that the small drilling A in the main plunger 11 is
clear.
Adjust pressure setting as required (see page E/42 - 1).
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 28 2.9 215 20 2.0 15
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 8
Issue 2*
Valves
S143150
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 388/700
41 - 9
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Auxiliary
Relief Valve (A.R.V.)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings.
Hold valve 5 in clamp 992/10100 when removing and
replacing the adjusting screw. If any parts are worn, renew
valve complete.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Adjust pressure setting as required (see page E/42 - 3).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 9
Issue 3*
Valves
S143160
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 389/700
41 - 10
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Load Hold
Check Valves
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew 'O' rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Tighten item 1 to 75-81Nm (55-60lbf ft).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 10
Issue 2*
Valves
S143170
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 390/700
41 - 11
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 11
Issue 2
Valves
S143180
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 391/700
41 - 12
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Unloader
Valve Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Use a nylon rod to push out spool assembly item 15, DO
NOT damage spool bore.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings and seals.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to all threads except the pressure
adjusting screw 6.
Ensure that the small drillings through the centre of items 1,
15 and 16 are clear.
Check pressure setting after refitting (see page E/42 - 2).
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 28 2.9 215 20 2.0 15
11 28 2.9 21
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 12
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 392/700
41 - 13
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Unloader
Check Valve
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to threads of item 1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 41 - 47 4.2 - 4.8 30 - 35
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 13
Issue 2*
Valves
S143190
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 393/700
41 - 20
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 20
Issue 1
Valves
S197440
1
2
3
4
15
14
13
12
11
10
7
9
5
8
6
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 394/700
41 - 21
'Husco' Loader Valve - Standard Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantlingand assembling the valve:
CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
Remove the lever linkage from the tang (lever) end of the
spool.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the spoolor seal grooves, for instance, item 3, which is a wiper seal
and is a press fit in the counterbore.
Care must be taken to ensure that the spool 8 is not
damaged when removing it from the valve block.
Hold the spool in clamp 992/10100, unscrew bolt 9 and
remove spring 12, spacer 10 and cups 11 and 13.
Check for surface contamination on the under side of the
seal plates 2 and 14. Clean if necessary. Check for the
flatness of the seal plate. If found to be bent - replace withnew (any work previously carried out on this valve may have
resulted in the bending of the seal plate).
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 4 and 15. Make sure the 'O' rings
and wiper seals are not trapped or damaged.
When fitting bolt 9, clean the threads thoroughly using Super
Clean Safety Solvent, leave it for 10 minutes then apply a
small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to the threads of thespool.
Make sure that all the parts move freely, check that item 10
does not interfere with item 13.
Re-connect the lever mechanism to the tang (lever) end ofthe spool.
Run the engine and inspect the valve for external leaks.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 5.4 0.6 4
5 9.5 0.96 7
9 9.5 0.96 7
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 21
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 395/700
41 - 22
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 22
Issue 1
Valves
S197460
1
34
5
6
7
8
9
11
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
1819
20
21
22
23
24
25
2
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 396/700
41 - 23
'Husco' Loader Valve - Float Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantlingand assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
Remove the lever linkage from the tang (lever) end of the
spool.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the spoolor seal grooves, for instance, item 3, which is a wiper seal
and is a press fit in the counterbore.
Care must be taken to ensure that the spool 15 is not
damaged when removing it from the valve block.
Carefully remove collar 11 and collect detent balls 12.
Using tool 992/10100 to hold the spool, remove circlip 18,
plug 19, ball 20 and spring 21. Unscrew detent pin 22 and
remove spring 24 and cups 23 and 24.
Check for surface contamination on the under side of the
seal plates 2 and 16. Clean if necessary. Check for the
flatness of the seal plate. If found to be bent - replace with
new (any work previously carried out on this valve may have
resulted in the bending of the seal plate).
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 4, 6 and 17. Make sure the 'O'
rings and wiper seals are not trapped or damaged.
When fitting detent pin 22, clean the threads thoroughly
using Super Clean Safety Solvent, leave it for 10 minutes
then apply a small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to thethreads of the spool.
Apply grease liberally balls 12, this will help to hold the balls
in position whilst assembling.
Re-connect the lever mechanism to the tang (lever) end ofthe spool.
Run the engine and inspect the valve for external leaks.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 9.5 0.96 7
8 9.5 0.96 7
22 9.5 0.96 7
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 23
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 397/700
41 - 24
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 24
Issue 1
Valves
S197450
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
16
17
18
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 398/700
41 - 25
'Husco' Loader Valve - Electric Detent
Spool
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
Remove the lever linkage from the tang (lever) end of the
spool.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the spool
or seal grooves, for instance, item 3, which is a wiper sealand is a press fit in the counterbore.
Care must be taken to ensure that the spool 12 is not
damaged when removing it from the valve block.
Use tool 992/10100 to hold the spool, remove circlip 13 and'clapper' 14. Unscrew spool end 15 and remove spring 17
with cups 16 and 18.
Check for surface contamination on the under side of the
seal plates 2, 8 and 10. Clean if necessary. Check for theflatness of the seal plate. If found to be bent - replace with
new (any work previously carried out on this valve may have
resulted in the bending of the seal plate).
When Assembling
Renew seal 3 and 'O' rings 4 and 11. Make sure the 'O' ringsand wiper seals are not trapped or damaged.
When fitting spool end 15, clean the threads thoroughly
using Super Clean Safety Solvent, leave it for 10 minutes
then apply a small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to the
threads of the spool.
Make sure that the chamfer on item 14 faces away from the
solenoid, item 6.
Check the operation of the solenoid 6 after assembly by
connecting a 12V supply . The spool should be held when itis pushed into the detent position and returned when the
supply is disconnected.
Re-connect the lever mechanism to the tang (lever) end of
the spool.
Run the engine and inspect the valve for external leaks.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 5.4 0.6 4
5 9.5 0.96 7
15 9.5 0.96 7
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 25
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 399/700
41 - 26
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 26
Issue 1
Valves
S197410
1
2
34
5
6
7
8
9
1011
12
13
14
1516
17
18
19
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 400/700
41 - 27
'Husco' Loader Valve - Main Relief Valve
(M.R.V.)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the seal
grooves.
Discard ALL 'O' rings and back up rings. DO NOT use worn
or damaged items.
Inspect the valve components for scratches, nicks or any
other type of damage, replace with new if required.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings and back-up rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Make sure that all the parts move freely.
Make sure that the 'O' rings and back-up rings are fitted the
correct way, items 15, 16 and 11, 12.
Fit chamfered end of spring 6 against head of pilot poppet
item 7.
Adjust pressure setting as required (see page E/42-10).
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
3 5.4 0.6 4
8 45 4.6 3318 45 4.6 33
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 27
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 401/700
41 - 28
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 28
Issue 1
Valves
S197420
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1011
12
14
15
16
17
18
A
B 13
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 402/700
41 - 29
'Husco' Loader Valve -
Auxiliary Relief Valves (ARV) and
Load Hold Check Valves (LHCV)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
The ARV's are identical in design but have different pressure
settings (see Technical Data).
The LHCV's are identical.
When Dismantling
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an an appropriatelyrounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the seal
grooves.
Discard ALL 'O' rings and back up rings. DO NOT use worn
or damaged items.
Dismantle sub-assembly 14 from item 1 using a special tool
(see Service Tools, Section 1). The special spanner locates
in cross holes B.
Make sure that small drilling A is not blocked.
Ensure good condition of seating faces on poppet 18 and on
the mating face of the valve block.
Inspect the valve components for scratches, nicks or any
other type of damage, replace with new if required.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings and back-up rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Make sure that all the parts move freely.
Fit back-up ring 13 on the upper side of 'O' ring 12.
Fit flat face of sleeve 9 against shoulder of poppet 10.
Torque tighten item 14 using the special tool (see Service
Tools, Section 1), until its shoulder seats firmly against item
1.
Pressure test the relief valves using the procedure described
on page E/45-1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 65 6.6 48
3 24 2.5 18
15 81 8.3 60
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 29
Issue 1
Valves
S143160
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 403/700
41 - 30
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 30
Issue 1
Valves
S197430
12
4
56
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
17
18
19
21
22
23
2425
26
27
14
3
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 404/700
41 - 31
'Husco' Loader Valve - Unloader Valve
Assembly
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the seal
grooves.
Discard ALL 'O' rings and back up rings. DO NOT use worn
or damaged items.
Use a nylon rod to push out spool assembly item 23, DO
NOT damage spool bore.
Inspect the valve components for scratches, nicks or any
other type of damage, replace with new if required.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings and back-up rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Make sure that all the parts move freely.
Ensure that the small drilling through the centre of items 23,
is clear.
Shims 21 are intended to limit the maximum pressure
setting, the specified pressure setting is achieved by
adjusting capnut 15. If the specified pressure cannot be
achieved under test, it is permissible to add shims as
required. There MUST be at least one hardened shim next tothe spring item 22.
Do not over-tighten the solenoid assembly, it may effect the
operation of the solenoid, use the spanner flats and torque
tighten to figure indicated in the table below (items 1 and 5 ).
Fit chamfered end of spring 22 against head of pilot poppet
item 23.
Check pressure setting after refitting, see page E/42-11.
Check the operation of the hydraulic speed control, see
page E/42-11.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft1 6.7 0.7 5
5 27 2.8 20
8 81 8.3 60
12 81 8.3 60
16 45 4.6 33
19 34 3.5 25
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 31
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 405/700
41 - 40
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 40
Issue 1
Valves
A248450
S248430
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 406/700
41 - 41
'Husco' Loader Valve - Standard Spool
(3CXE (214E) Machines Only)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
Remove the lever linkage from the tang (lever) end of the
spool.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the spool
or seal grooves, for instance, item 5, which is a wiper sealand is a press fit in the counterbore.
Care must be taken to ensure that the spool 19 is not
damaged when removing it from the valve block.
Check for surface contamination on the under side of theseal plates 4 and 13. Clean if necessary. Check for the
flatness of the seal plate. If found to be bent - replace with
new (any work previously carried out on this valve may have
resulted in the bending of the seal plate).
When Assembling
Renew wiper seals 5 and 14 and ‘O’ rings 6, 15 and 18.
When fitting bolt 9, clean the threads thoroughly using JCB
Cleaner & Degreaser, leave it for 10 minutes then apply a
small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to the threads of the
spool.
Re-connect the lever mechanism to the tang (lever) end of
the spool.
Run the engine and inspect the valve for external leaks.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
7 6.1 - 7.5 0.62 - 0.76 4.5 - 5.5
9 9.5 - 10.9 0.97 - 1.11 7 - 8
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 41
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 407/700
41 - 42
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 42
Issue 1
Valves
A248460
S248440
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 408/700
41 - 43
'Husco' Loader Valve - Float Spool
(3CXE (214E) Machines Only)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
Remove the lever linkage from the tang (lever) end of the
spool.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the spool
or seal grooves, for instance, item 5, which is a wiper sealand is a press fit in the counterbore.
Care must be taken to ensure that the spool 25 is not
damaged when removing it from the valve block.
Remove retainer 7 and spacer 8. Using a suitable tool onball 12, compress spring 13 and allow detent balls 11 to roll
into their holes in the detent pin 14. Carefully remove the
spool cap 10 and collect detent balls 11.
Check for surface contamination on the under side of theseal plate 4 and spacer 19. Clean if necessary. Check for the
flatness of the seal plate. If found to be bent - replace with
new (any work previously carried out on this valve may have
resulted in the bending of the seal plate).
When Assembling
Renew wiper 5 and 'O' rings 6, 20, 21 and 24.
Apply grease liberally to detent pin 14 to hold detent balls 11
in position during assembly and to provide lubrication.
When fitting detent pin 14, clean the threads thoroughly
using JCB Cleaner & Degreaser, leave it for 10 minutes thenapply a small quantity of JCB Lock and Seal to the threads
of the spool.
Re-connect the lever mechanism to the tang (lever) end of
the spool.
Run the engine and inspect the valve for external leaks.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
9 6.1 - 7.5 0.62 - 0.76 4.5 - 5.5
14 9.5 - 10.9 0.97 - 1.11 7 - 8
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 43
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 409/700
41 - 44
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 44
Issue 1
Valves
A248460
S248440
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 410/700
41 - 45
'Husco' Loader Valve - M.R.V & A. R. V’s
(3CXE (214E) Machines Only)
Dismantling and Assembly
Note: The M.R.V. and loader valve A.R.V.'s are identical indesign.
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:
• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO SPOOL• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES
All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When Dismantling
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the seal
grooves.
Discard ALL 'O' rings and back up rings. DO NOT use worn
or damaged items.
Inspect the valve components for scratches, nicks or any
other type of damage, replace with new if required.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings and back-up rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Make sure that all the parts move freely.
Make sure that the 'O' rings and back-up rings are fitted the
correct way, items 12, 13 and 18, 19.
Adjust pressure setting as required.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 5.4 - 8.2 0.55 - 0.83 4 - 6
3 41 - 68 4.15 - 6.9 30 - 50
5 5.4 - 8.2 0.55 - 0.83 4 - 6
10 41 - 68 4.15 - 6.9 30 - 50
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
41 - 45
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 411/700
42 - 1
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure
Testing
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.)
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Lower the excavator bucket and loader shovel to rest on the
ground; stop the engine; operate the control levers to vent
residual hydraulic pressure.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge
to pressure test connector A on the loader valve, (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
2 With the engine running at 1500 revs/min, check M.R.V.
pressure by raising or lowering the loader arms until therams are fully open or closed and noting the maximum
gauge reading. CAUTION: Do not select 'float'. The
maximum pressure should be as stated in Technical
Data.
Note: The rams must be 'held' open or closed when reading
gauge.
3 If the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut B and
adjust screw C. Turn it clockwise to increase pressure
and anti-clockwise to decrease the pressure. When thepressure is correct, tighten the locknut.
Hydraulics
9803/3260
42 - 1
Issue 2*
Valves
Section E Section E
*
S144440
BC
A
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 412/700
42 - 2
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure
Testing
Unloader Valve
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Lower the excavator bucket and loader shovel to rest on the
ground; stop the engine; operate the control levers to vent
residual hydraulic pressure.
Make sure that the 'hydraulic speed control' facility is NOT
switched on, otherwise the correct unloader valve pressure
cannot be obtained.
If the machine has a front- mounted roadbreaker, ensure
that the roadbreaker control valve lever is in the 'off' position(lever down), otherwise the roadbreaker relief valve will
operate and prevent unloader valve pressure from being
reached.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gaugeto pressure test connector D on the loader valve, (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
2 With the engine running at 1500 revs/min, slowly
operate arms raise or lower.
Note: The arms raise or lower service is specified because it
has no auxiliary relief valve (A.R.V.). Selecting this service
ensures that the pressure vents through the unloader and
not an A.R.V.
3 When the service reaches full travel, the gauge readingshould rise slowly to unloading pressure then fall back
to zero. The maximum reading should be as specified
in Technical Data.
4 If the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut E and
adjust screw F. Turn it clockwise to increase pressureand anti-clockwise to decrease the pressure. When the
pressure is correct, tighten the locknut.
Hydraulic Speed Control (HSC)
The following procedure can be used to establish if thehydraulic speed control facility is working correctly.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to
pressure test connector D.
2 With the engine running at maximum speed, slowlyoperate arms raise, raise the pressure to approximately
137 bar (2000 lbf/in2 ).
3 Make sure that the HSC rocker switch (mounted on the
console) is in the OFF position.
4 Press the HSC control button (mounted on the loader
control knob). The pressure gauge reading should drop
to zero (or near zero).
5 Repeat the above procedure but this time press the HSCrocker switch on (instead of the button on the loader
control knob). The pressure gauge reading should drop
to zero (or near zero).
6 If there is no pressure drop at steps 4 and 5, then check
the HSC hydraulic and electrical circuits for any faults.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 2
Issue 2*
Valves
S143200
*
*
*
D
E
F
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 413/700
42 - 3
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure
Testing
Loader A.R.V.'s (Using Hand Pump)
Auxiliary relief valves (A.R.V's.) are set 15 bar (220 lbf/in2 )below the nominal figure stated on the Technical Data page
when using a hand pump. For example:
Shovel ram rod ARV = 303 to 317 bar (4400 to 4600 lbf/in2 )
Nominal figure = 310 bar (4500 lbf/in2 )
Hand pump setting = 310 - 15 = 295 bar (4280 lbf/in2 )
Insert the A.R.V. B into test block A , part number 992/10200.
Connect hand pump 892/00223 and a 0-400 bar(0-6000
lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge.
Pressurise until oil begins to escape at C when the gauge
will indicate the A.R.V. setting. Remember to set the A.R.V.
15 bar (220 lbf/in2 ) below the nominal figure shown on the
Technical Data page.
If required, adjust the pressure by holding the valve in clamp
992/10100 and turning the adjusting screw using an allen
key as shown.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 3
Issue 2*
Valves
S159130
S159120
A
B
C
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 414/700
42 - 4
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure
Testing
Shovel Ram Head Side A.R.V. (In Position)
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (usehand pump method as described on page E/42 - 3). However,
the procedure described below is a secondary checking
method which can be used if no hand pump is available.
When checking the shovel ram head side A.R.V. on the
machine using main pump flow, the following tolerances mustapply:
Pump Type Engine Revs Temperature Pressure
P2AJ190705 1000 r.p.m. 50 - 80 °C 170 - 192 bar
(122-176°F) (2465-2785 lbf/in2 )
P2AJ190606 1000 r.p.m. 50 - 80 °C 170 - 195 bar
(122-176°F) (2465-2830 lbf/in2 )
P2AJ190706 1000 r.p.m. 50 - 80 °C 170 - 200 bar(122-176°F) (2465-2900 lbf/in2 )
P2AJ190906 1000 r.p.m. 50 - 80 °C 170 - 205 bar
(122-176°F) (2465-2970 lbf/in2 )
Procedure
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature, i.e.
50°C (122°F).
Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to test
connector A on the loader valve. (See Service Tools, Section1.)
Run the engine at 1000 revs/min, hold the shovel ram fully
open and check the maximum gauge reading, which should
equal the operating pressure shown in Technical Data. If
necessary, adjust as detailed below
A.R.V. Adjustment
Remove the A.R.V. from the control valve and hold in clamp
992/10100 as shown. Turn the adjusting screw using an allen
key. Adjust clockwise to increase the setting and anti-clockwise to decrease the setting.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 4
Issue 2*
Valves
S143200
S159130
A
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 415/700
42 - 5
'Hamworthy' Loader Valve - Pressure
Testing
Shovel Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (usehand pump method as described on page E/42 - 3).
However, the procedure described below is a secondary
checking method which can be used if no hand pump is
available.
The shovel ram rod side A.R.V. is set at a higher pressurethan the M.R.V. (maximum system pressure). To raise the
pressure in the shovel ram rod side service line above
system pressure it is necessary to disconnect/connect
hoses (as shown in the following procedures) so that oil
displaced from the LIFT ram (rod side) is fed through the
A.R.V.
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Rest the shovel on the ground, stop the engine and vent allservices.
Disconnect hoses B and C from metal pipes B1 and C1
respectively, shown at X .
Screw a tee piece fitted with a 0-400 bar (0-6000 lbf/in2 )pressure gauge to metal pipe B1, shown at Y.
Pull the hose C down from behind the loader arm and fit to
the other side of the tee piece as shown at Y.
Fit a cap to metal pipe C1 and fit a plug to hose B.
Note: For reference, C is the service hose for the shovel
ram, rod side. B is the service hose for the lift ram, rod side.
With the engine running at 1000 revs/min, select and
operate slowly the loader arms lift service until the ramcreeps, keep raising the arms slowly until a reading on the
pressure gauge is obtained.
The highest pressure value shown on the gauge will be the
setting of the shovel ram rod side A.R.V. (see Technical
Data). If necessary, adjust as detailed below.
A.R.V . Adjustment
Remove the A.R.V. from the control valve and hold in clamp
992/10100 as shown. Turn the adjusting screw using an
allen key. Adjust clockwise to increase the setting and anti-clockwise to decrease the setting.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 5
Issue 2*
Valves
S132890
S132870
S159130
*
*
X
Y
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 416/700
42 - 10
'Husco' Loader Valve - Pressure Testing
Main Relief Valve (M.R.V.)
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Lower the backhoe bucket and loader shovel to rest on the
ground; stop the engine; operate the control levers to vent
residual hydraulic pressure.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge
to pressure test connector A on the loader valve, (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
2 With the engine running at 1500 revs/min, check M.R.V.pressure by raising or lowering the loader arms until the
rams are fully open or closed and noting the maximum
gauge reading. CAUTION: Do not select 'float'. The
maximum pressure should be as stated in TechnicalData.
Note: The rams must be 'held' open or closed when reading
gauge.
3 If the pressure is incorrect, remove cap D and its O-
ring, slacken locknut B and adjust screw C. Turn it
clockwise to increase pressure and anti-clockwise todecrease the pressure. When the pressure is correct,
tighten the locknut and refit the cap with its O-ring..
Hydraulics
9803/3260
42 - 10
Issue 1
Valves
Section E Section E
S197660
A
D
CB
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 417/700
42 - 11
'Husco' Loader Valve - Pressure Testing
Unloader Valve
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Lower the backhoe bucket and loader shovel to rest on the
ground; stop the engine; operate the control levers to vent
residual hydraulic pressure.
Make sure that the 'hydraulic speed control' facility is NOT
switched on, otherwise the correct unloader valve pressure
cannot be obtained.
If the machine has a front- mounted roadbreaker, ensurethat the roadbreaker control valve lever is in the 'off' position
(lever down), otherwise the roadbreaker relief valve will
operate and prevent unloader valve pressure from being
reached.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gaugeto pressure test connector D on the loader valve, (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
2 With the engine running at 1500 revs/min, slowly
operate arms raise or lower.
Note 1: The arms raise or lower service is specified because
it has no auxiliary relief valve (A.R.V.). Selecting this service
ensures that the pressure vents through the unloader and
not an A.R.V.
3 When the service reaches full travel, the gauge readingshould rise slowly to unloading pressure then fall back
to zero. The maximum reading should be as specified
in Technical Data.
4 If the pressure is incorrect, slacken locknut E and
adjust cap F. Turn it clockwise to increase pressure andanti-clockwise to decrease the pressure. When the
pressure is correct, tighten the locknut.
If the correct pressure cannot be achieved, add or
subtract shims as required, see page E/41-30 and
E/41-31 for shim description and location.
Note 2: The illustration shows the unloader pressure test
connector D fitted to the loader valve block. On some
machines, there is a plug fitted at point D. The pressure test
point in this instance is located next to the steering priority
valve, it is the same test point that is used to check thesteering circuit pressures.
Hydraulic Speed Control (HSC)
The following procedure can be used to establish if the
hydraulic speed control facility is working correctly.
1 Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge
to pressure test connector D (see note 2 opposite).
2 With the engine running at maximum speed, slowly
operate arms raise, raise the pressure to approximately
137 bar (2000 lbf/in2 ).
3 Make sure that the HSC rocker switch (mounted on the
console) is in the OFF position.
4 Press the HSC control button (mounted on the loader
control knob). The pressure gauge reading should drop
to zero (or near zero).
5 Repeat the above procedure but this time press theHSC rocker switch on (instead of the button on the
loader control knob). The pressure gauge reading
should drop to zero (or near zero).
6 If there is no pressure drop at steps 4 and 5, then
check the HSC hydraulic and electrical circuits for anyfaults.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 11
Issue 1
Valves
S197670
D
F
E
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 418/700
42 - 12
'Husco' Loader Valve - Pressure Testing
Shovel Ram Head Side A.R.V. (In Position)
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (use
hand pump method as described on page E/45-1). However,the procedure described below is a secondary checking
method which can be used if no hand pump is available.
Procedure
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Connect a 0 - 400 bar (0 - 6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to
test connector A on the loader valve. (See Service Tools,Section 1.)
Run the engine at 1000 revs/min, hold the shovel ram fully
open and check the maximum gauge reading, which shouldequal the operating pressure shown in Technical Data. If
necessary, adjust as detailed below
A.R.V. Adjustment
If the pressure is incorrect, the A.R.V. must be adjusted
using the procedure described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 12
Issue 1
Valves
S197670
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 419/700
42 - 13
'Husco' Loader Valve - Pressure Testing
Shovel Ram Rod Side A.R.V.
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (use
hand pump method as described on page E/45-1). However,the procedure described below is a secondary checking
method which can be used if no hand pump is available.
The shovel ram rod side A.R.V. is set at a higher pressurethan the M.R.V. (maximum system pressure). To raise the
pressure in the shovel ram rod side service line above
system pressure it is necessary to disconnect/connect
hoses (as shown in the following procedures) so that oil
displaced from the LIFT ram (rod side) is fed through the
A.R.V.
Make sure that the hydraulic oil is at working temperature,
i.e. 50°C (122°F).
Rest the shovel on the ground, stop the engine and vent all
services.
Disconnect hoses B and C from metal pipes B1 and C1
respectively, shown at X .
Screw a tee piece fitted with a 0-400 bar (0-6000 lbf/in2 )
pressure gauge to metal pipe B1, shown at Y.
Pull the hose C down from behind the loader arm and fit to
the other side of the tee piece as shown at Y.
Fit a cap to metal pipe C1 and fit a plug to hose B.
Note: For reference, C is the service hose for the shovel
ram, rod side. B is the service hose for the lift ram, rod side.
With the engine running at 1000 revs/min, select and
operate slowly the loader arms lift service until the ram
creeps, keep raising the arms slowly until a reading on thepressure gauge is obtained.
The highest pressure value shown on the gauge will be the
setting of the shovel ram rod side A.R.V. (see Technical
Data). If necessary, adjust as detailed below.
A.R.V . Adjustment
If the pressure is incorrect, the A.R.V. must be adjusted
using the procedure described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
42 - 13
Issue 1
Valves
S132890
S132870
X
Y
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 420/700
43 - 2
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
43 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
161860
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 421/700
43 - 3
Excavator Valve
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Check Valves
Each of the identical load hold check valves 4R to 4W can
be removed as shown at 4W. Make-up check valve 4X is a
smaller size but otherwise identical.
Ensure good condition of seating faces on poppets 4 and 8and on the mating faces in the valve block.
Spools
Spools 4A , 4B, 4E and 4F are identical but must not be
interchanged as they are matched to their bores. Stabiliserspools 4C and 4D are identical to each other but different
from the excavator spools.
All spools have the same centring and sealing components
items 9 to 21.
To completely dismantle a spool, follow the sequence 9 to
21. To prevent spool rotation when turning screw 15, hold a
rod through the eye end of the spool.
If only renewing the seals, dismantle as far as cap 14 then
remove items 15 to 22 as an assembly.
Lubricate new seals with JCB Hydraulic Fluid and take care
to prevent them from being damaged by the sharp edges of
the spool.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to threads of screw 15.
Relief Valves
A.R.V's 4H to 4P appear identical but have various pressure
settings (see page E/1 - 1). Ensure that they are correctly
adjusted and fitted in their specified positions.
For dismantling and assembly procedure see page E/43 - 4.
Note: All hydraulic adapters that are installed together with a
bonded sealing washer must also have sealant (Loctite 577)
applied to the threads of the adapter.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 122 12.4 90
5 80 8.3 6013 7 0.7 5
15 11 1.1 8
23 95 10 70
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
43 - 3
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 422/700
43 - 4
Excavator Valve - Relief Valves
Dismantling and Assembly
Eight A.R.V's are fitted at positions 4H to 4Q. These are
identical in design but have various pressure settings (seeTechnical Data).
Note: Valve 4Q is only fitted to machines equipped with a
Powerbreaker.
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Dismantle sub-assembly 14 from item 1 using a special
tool(see Service Tools, Section 1). The special spannerlocates in cross holes B.
Dismantle sub-assembly 14 into its component parts.
Make sure that small drilling A is not blocked.
Discard old and worn O-rings and back-up rings.
When Assembling
Renew all O-rings and back-up rings.
Lubricate O-rings and back-up rings with JCB Hydraulic
Fluid.
Fit back-up ring 13 on the upper side of 'O' ring 12 as
shown in the inset.
Fit flat face of sleeve 9 against shoulder of poppet 10.
Torque tighten item 14 using the special tool (see ServiceTools, Section 1), until its shoulder seats firmly against item
1.
Pressure test the valve using the procedure described on
page E/45-1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 65 6.6 48
3 24 2.5 18
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
43 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
161700161880
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 423/700
44 - 1
Hydraclamp Valve (Sideshift Machines)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Plug hose 1 to prevent loss of oil and entry of dirt.
When Assembling
Ensure that orifice X is clear.
Lubricate new seals with JCB Hydraulic Fluid.
Screw item 8 fully home into housing then back-off by no
more than 180° until the flats align with capscrew centre-lineas shown at A . (This is the 'Clamps Off' position.) Fit plate 6
in position shown and connect clevis 2.
If necessary, adjust position of clevis 2 so that plate 6 can
be operated over full extent of its travel.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft14 7 0.7 5
16 7 0.7 5
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
44 - 1
Issue 1
Valves
164230
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 424/700
44 - 2
Inspect the valve components for scratches, nicks or any
other type of damage, particularly on the poppet and seatfaces. Replace with new if required.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings. The parts microfiche will identify thecorrect seal kit part numbers for items 2, 4, 6, 10 and 14.
Lubricate parts with JCB Hydraulic Fluid before assembling.
Make sure that all the parts move freely.
Ensure that the small drilling through the centre of item 3, isclear.
Do not over-tighten the solenoid assembly, it may affect the
operation of the solenoid, use the spanner flats and torque
tighten to figure indicated in the table below (items 11 and
13 ). For information, the hydraclamp solenoid valve is thesame type as the 'Hydraulic Speed Control' solenoid valve,
shown on page E/41-30.
Check the operation of the electric hydraclamp, see page
E/11-4 for a description of operation.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 13.5 1.4 10
3 24.5 2.5 18
5 13.5 1.4 1011 5.5 0.5 4
13 24.5 2.5 18
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
44 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
S217500
Hydraclamp Valve - from Serial Number
430001 (Sideshift Machines)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling. For assembly the
sequence should be reversed.
The following points MUST be avoided when dismantling
and assembling the valve:• CONTAMINATION• DAMAGE TO POPPET AND SEAT• DAMAGE TO SEAL GROOVES All or any of the above points may result in possible
problems with the valve.
When removing 'O' rings and seals, use an appropriately
rounded tool that WILL NOT cause any damage to the seal
grooves. Discard ALL 'O' rings DO NOT use worn ordamaged items.
Note that the hydraclamp comprises two separate valve
assemblies; 1) the check valve assembly (items 1 to 8 ); 2)
the solenoid assembly (items 11 to 14 ).
When Dismantling
Loosen nut 1 (turn anti-clockwise) and then remove the
check valve assembly from the valve block. If required, the
check valve assembly can be dismantled into its component
parts (items 1 to 8 ).
13
12
11
14
10
9
5 6 78
3
1 2 4
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 425/700
45 - 1
Excavator A.R.V.'s (Using Hand Pump)
To pressure test and re-set the auxiliary relief valves(A.R.V.'s), service kit 892/00309 must be used.
The service kit comprises; a test block 1, a setting body 2
with adjusting pin 3, a special spanner 4, a T-bar adjuster
key 5 and an anti-cavitation lock out bung 6. A.R.V. cartridge
removal tool 892/00335 comprises; an extractor cap 11 anda 'C' washer 12.
Note: Later type LOADER valve blocks are the 'Husco' type,
the A.R.V.'s in these valve blocks must be set using the
procedures described below.
Hydraulics
9803/3260
45 - 1
Issue 3*
Valves
Section E Section E
1 Remove the complete A.R.V. assembly from theexcavator valve block. If the A.R.V. sub-assembly 7
remains in the valve block, proceed as follows:
1.1 Fit extractor cap 11 over the A.R.V. sub-assembly
7, into the excavator valve block E.
1.2 Fit 'C' washer 12 on top of the extractor cap, but
under the anti-cavitation spring seat as shown.
1.3 Unscrew the extractor cap, - the A.R.V. sub-
assembly will withdraw with the extractor cap.
2 Use special spanner 4 located in cross holes A and
separate the A.R.V. sub-assembly 7 from its cap 8.
3 Install adjusting pin 3 into setting body 2.
Note: Earlier type service kits comprised two types of
adjusting pin; one has a screwdriver form and the other an
hexagonal form (see inset). Fit the adjusting pin to suit the
form in the A.R.V. adjusting screw. Later type kits have a
single adjusting pin that can be used on all A.R.V.'s.
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
*
*
*
S162570B
S162570C
S162560
S162570A
3
5
E!@7
7
4
8
3
2
A
1
4
@!
26
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 426/700
45 - 2
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
4 Install the A.R.V. sub-assembly into setting body 2.
Make sure that the adjusting pin 3 correctly locates in
adjusting screw 9.
Make sure that the lock nut 10 correctly locates in the
setting body socket - the anti-cavitation cone should
still be closed, as shown at B.
5 Install the A.R.V. sub-assembly and setting body intotest block 1. Make sure that the assembly is installed in
the port marked 'RV ' (relief valve).
6 Connect a hydraulic hand pump to port 'P' (pump) ofthe test block 1. Make sure that the hand pump is filled
with JCB Hydraulic fluid.
Connect a 0 to 400 bar (0 to 6000 lbf/in2) pressure test
gauge to port 'G' (gauge) of the test block 1.
Port 'T' (tank) can be left open when using a hydraulic
hand pump.
7 Raise the pressure at the valve inlet using the hydraulichand pump, when the A.R.V. 'cracks' and oil escapes
from the port marked 'T' the pressure gauge will
indicate the A.R.V. setting.
If the A.R.V. setting is correct, move to step 12.
If the A.R.V. setting is not correct, move to step 8.
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 427/700
45 - 3
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 3
Issue 1
Valves
8 Use the hand pump to raise approximately 172 bar
(2500 lbf/in2) pressure at the valve inlet.
Note: Raising the pressure at the valve inlet locks the anti-
cavitation cone C onto its seat, this allows the A.R.V.
adjusting screw lock nut 10 to be loosened (step 10).
If the pressure is maintained move to step 10.
If the pressure falls off rapidly, or if no pressure can be
obtained it is possible that the anti-cavitation cone is
not seating effectively, in this instance move to step 9.
9 If no pressure can be raised (see step 8) at the valveinlet, remove the A.R.V. assembly and install anti-
cavitation lock-out bung 6 in the port marked 'RV ',
make sure that the bung O-ring face seal D is facing
out. Re-fit the A.R.V. assembly.
Note: The anti-cavitation lock-out bung seals and locks the A.R.V. anti-cavitation function. The bung is only suitable for
the test block application and must NEVER be fitted to the
excavator valve block.
The bung can be extracted using a 3/8 - 16 UNC
threaded bolt.
10 Release the A.R.V. adjusting screw lock nut (see note):
Engage the nut at the end of setting body 2 using the
slot in special spanner 4, turn the nut anti-clockwise to
release the A.R.V. adjusting screw lock nut.
Note: Remember, it will not be possible to release the locknut if there is not approximately 172 bar (2500 lbf/in2)
pressure at the valve inlet.
11 Insert T-bar adjuster key 5 into adjusting pin 3. Pushthe adjusting pin down and make sure it has engaged
with the A.R.V. adjusting screw.
Rotate the T-bar clockwise to increase the pressure
setting and anti-clockwise to decrease the pressure
setting.
After adjustment, use the slot in spanner 4 to lock the
A.R.V. adjusting screw lock nut (see note).
Note: Remember, pressure must be maintained at the valveinlet to ensure the lock nut is tightened.
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 428/700
45 - 4
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
12 When the correct A.R.V. setting has been attained,
release the pressure in the test block. Remove the
A.R.V. sub-assembly and its setting body from the testblock.
Separate the A.R.V. sub-assembly from its setting
body.
Install the A.R.V. sub-assembly into its cap.
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 429/700
45 - 5
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 5
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 430/700
45 - 6
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
(Sideshift Machines)
Excavator A.R.V.'s (In Position)
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (use
hand pump method as described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4. However, the procedure described below can be used to
check the A.R.V. pressure setting.
1 - Preparation
Position kingpost to the side of the machine as shown at A .
Slew kingpost to the operator's right and engage boom lockZ. Stop engine.
Operate boom and dipper controls to vent pressure.
Note: View X shows the normal pipework connections. View
Y shows the pipework connected ready for the test. Theupper hoses K are for the attachment service. When no
attachment is fitted, hose E will be the top hose on the
kingpost.
!WARNINGIt is dangerous to disconnect hoses without engaging
the boom lock first.HYD 2-1
Disconnect hose B from pipe C and fit plug 892/00057 to
hose B.
Fit tee-piece D (892/00048) to pipe C and connect a 0-400
bar (0-6000 lbf/in2) gauge as shown.
Disconnect hose E from pipe F and fit plug 892/00057 tohose E.
Fit additional test hose G (613/02000) between tee piece D
and pipe F. This links the rod side of the dipper ram to the
boom rod side port on the valve block. Connections will now
be as shown at view Y .
2 - Testing
Start engine and close dipper ram by selecting 'boom raise'
at the same time as 'dipper out'.
Run engine at 1000 revs/min and slowly select 'dipper in'.
When the dipper ram just starts to open, check gauge
reading which will indicate the operating pressure of boomrod side A.R.V. (see Technical Data for correct pressure).
If the pressure is incorrect, the A.R.V. msut be adjusted
using the procedure described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4.
Note: The position of the boom rod side A.R.V. variesaccording to the excavator control pattern (see table).
Move each A.R.V. in turn to the boom rod side position and
repeat the test for each A.R.V.
When testing is complete, return all A.R.V's to their originalpositions and reconnect pipework as shown at X .
A.R.V. Position Key
Control Layout
JCB ISO Case Ford
Slew Right 4H 4H 4H 4H
Slew Left 4J 4J 4J 4J
Boom Rod 4K 4M 4M 4K
Boom Head 4L 4N 4N 4L
Dipper Rod 4N 4L 4K 4N
Dipper Head 4M 4K 4L 4M
Bucket Rod 4Q 4Q 4Q 4P
Bucket Head 4P 4P 4P 4Q
Note: The bucket rod side A.R.V. is only fitted to machines
equipped with a Powerbreaker.
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 6
Issue 2*
Valves
4Q 4N 4L 4J
4P 4M 4K 4H
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 431/700
45 - 7
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 7
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 432/700
45 - 8
Excavator Valve - Pressure Testing
(Centremount Machines)
Excavator A.R.V's. (In Position)
Testing of A.R.V's on the machine should be avoided (use
hand pump method as described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4). However, the procedure described below is a secondary
checking method which can be used if no hand pump is
available.
1 Preparation
Position boom central as at A and engage boom lock Z.Stop engine.
Operate boom and dipper controls to vent pressure.
Note: Views X show the normal pipework connections. View
Y shows the pipework connected ready for the test. Theupper pipes K are for the attachment service. If no
attachment is fitted, hose E will be the top hose on the
kingpost.
!WARNINGIt is dangerous to disconnect hoses without engaging
the boom lock first.HYD 2-1
Disconnect hose B from pipe C and fit plug 892/00057 to
hose B.
Fit tee-piece D (892/00048) to pipe C and connect a 0-400
bar (0-6000lbf/in2) gauge as shown.
Disconnect hose E from pipe F and re-connect hose E to
tee-piece D.
Connections will now be as shown at Y .
2 Testing
Start engine and close dipper ram by selecting 'boom raise'
at the same time as 'dipper out'.
Run engine at 1000 revs/min and slowly select 'dipper in'.
When the dipper ram just starts to open, check gauge
reading which will indicate the operating pressure of the
boom rod side A.R.V. (see Technical Data for correct
pressure).
If the pressure is incorrect, the A.R.V. must be adjusted
using the procedure described on pages E/45-1 to E/45-4.
Note: The position of the boom rod side A.R.V. varies
according to the excavator control pattern (see table).
Move each A.R.V. in turn to the boom rod side position and
repeat the test for each A.R.V.
When testing is complete, return all A.R.V's to their original
positions and reconnect pipework as shown at X .
A.R.V. Position Key
Control Layout
JCB ISO Case Ford
Slew Right 4H 4H 4H 4H
Slew Left 4J 4J 4J 4J
Boom Rod 4K 4M 4M 4K
Boom Head 4L 4N 4N 4L
Dipper Rod 4N 4L 4K 4N
Dipper Head 4M 4K 4L 4M
Bucket Rod 4Q 4Q 4Q 4P
Bucket Head 4P 4P 4P 4Q
Note: The bucket rod side A.R.V. is only fitted to machines
equipped with a Powerbreaker.
Section F Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section F
45 - 8
Issue 1
Valves
4Q 4N 4L 4J
4P 4M 4K 4H
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 433/700
46 - 2
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
108100
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 434/700
46 - 3
Hose Burst Protection Valve
(to Machine Serial No. 402173)
This type of HBPV is fitted to the dipper and boom rams.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
Note: Port connections are identified by the codes C1 , C2,
V1, and V2 which are stamped on the body of the valve.
When Dismantling
To avoid disturbing pressure settings, remove cartridges byunscrewing hexagons 1 and 5 and do not remove capnuts
22 or 25.
To eject piston 12, apply compressed air to the small pilot
drilling inside port V1. Then use a thin rod to push out spool15 in the opposite direction to piston 12.
Do not try to dismantle sequence valve cartridge 1. To
clean, use a non-metallic probe to operate the plunger while
the nose of the cartridge is submersed in cleaning fluid.
When Assembling
Check condition of all visible seating faces. If any are
damaged, renew complete cartridge or valve assembly.
Ensure that small drilling A through poppet 3 is not blocked.
Renew all seals, ensuring that the black 'O' rings are fitted
into the grooves before the white back-up rings.
When refitting valve to machine, ensure that pressure
settings are correct (seeTechnical Data).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 3
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 435/700
46 - 4
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 436/700
46 - 5
Hose Burst Protection Valves
(to Machine Serial No. 402173)
Pressure Testing - Dipper Ram
Preparation
Before starting the pressure testing procedure vent hydraulic
system pressure as follows:
1 Fully extend the dipper and then operate the dipper
control lever to retract the dipper slightly, this will
reduce pressure on the dipper ram rod side.
2 Lower the boom until the bucket is resting on the
ground as shown at X .
3 Switch off the engine.
4 Operate all the excavator control levers back and forth
to vent hydraulic pressure from the services.
Relief Valve Pressure Test
If the hose burst protection valve has been stripped andcleaned, then pre-set the valve as detailed in step 1. The
pressure test procedure is described in steps 2 to 5. For
information; one full turn of the relief valve adjusting screw is
equivalent to approximately 90 bar (1300 lbf/in2).
1 Pre-set the relief valve:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-clockwise
to remove all tension
b Using your fingers, turn the adjusting screwclockwise until a soft force (resistance) is felt.
c Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw a
further 3 1/2 turns (315 bar, 4570 lbf/in2 ) to pre-set
the relief valve. Refit the cap and washer.
2 Remove plug A and screw a tee piece fitted with a 0-
400 bar(0-6000 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to the valve in
place of A.
3 Connect a hand pump to the other end of the tee piece
as shown at Y . Make sure that the hand pump hasbeen filled with oil.
4 Use the hand pump to increase the pressure, the
maximum gauge reading will be the setting of the hose
burst relief valve (see Technical Data). If necessary,
adjust as detailed in the next paragraph.
5 Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an allen
key, turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the
pressure and anti-clockwise to decrease the pressure.
Replace the cap and washer. Repeat pressure test,
adjust as necessary.
Sequence Valve Setting Procedure
The sequence valve is set using a functional test. Beforecommencing with the test allow the machine hydraulics to
warm up.
1 Make sure that the relief valve is set at the correct
pressure, as detailed in 'Relief Valve Pressure Test'.
2 Position the machine so that the boom is raised and the
dipper extended, as shown at Z.
3 Set the engine revs to 1000 RPM.
4 Operate the dipper control lever to bring the dipper inslowly, the dipper movement should be smooth.
5 If the dipper movement is irregular or 'juddering'
remove cap C and its copper washer, adjust the
sequence valve setting:
a Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-
clockwise to remove all tension.
b Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until 'judder' is
removed.
c Refit the cap and washer.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 5
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 437/700
46 - 6
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 6
Issue 1
Valves
147050
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 438/700
46 - 7
Hose Burst Protection Valves
(to Machine Serial No. 402173)
Pressure Testing - Boom Ram
Preparation
Before starting the pressure testing procedure vent hydraulic
system pressure as follows:
1 Bring the dipper in and fully raise the boom, operate the
boom control lever to lower the boom slightly, this will
reduce pressure on the boom ram rod side.
2 Slew the backhoe to one side as shown.
3 Move the dipper out slightly and bring the bucket to
rest on a block of wood, as shown at X (see Note ).
4 Switch off the engine.
5 Operate all control levers back and forth to vent
hydraulic system pressure from the services.
Note: When testing the H.B.P.V. on the boom ram, a handpump is attached to the 'raise' (rod) side of the boom ram. If
the bucket is brought to rest on the ground during the
preparation stage, the boom will have to travel further (than
if brought to rest on a block of wood) before the H.B.P.V.
'cracks' or opens.
Relief Valve Pressure Test
If the hose burst protection valve has been stripped and
cleaned, then pre-set the valve as detailed in step 1. The
pressure test procedure is described in steps 2 to 5. For
information; one full turn of the relief valve adjusting screw isequivalent to approximately 90 bar (1300 lbf/in2).
1 Pre-set the relief valve:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an
Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-clockwiseto remove all tension.
b Using your fingers, turn the adjusting screw
clockwise until a soft force (resistance) is felt.
c Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw afurther 3 1/2 turns to pre-set the relief valve. Refit
the cap and washer.
2 Remove plug A and screw an elbow joint piece fitted
with a length of hose in place of A .
3 Connect a hand pump fitted with a 0-400 bar (0-6000
lbf/in2) pressure gauge to the other end of the hose as
shown at Y . Make sure that the hand pump has been
filled with hydraulic oil.
4 Use the hand pump to increase the pressure, the
maximum gauge reading will be the setting of the hose
burst relief valve (see Technical Data). If necesary,
adjust as detailed in the next paragraph.
5 Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an allenkey, turn the adjusting screw clockwise to increase the
pressure and anti-clockwise to decrease the pressure.
Replace the cap and washer. Repeat pressure test,
adjust as necessary.
Sequence Valve Setting Procedure
The sequence valve is set using a functional test. Before
commencing with the test allow the machine hydraulics to
warm up.
1 Make sure that the relief valve is set at the correctpressure, as detailed in 'Relief Valve Pressure Test'.
2 Raise the boom as shown at Z.
3 Set the engine revs to 1000 RPM.
4 Operate the boom control lever to lower the boom
slowly, the boom movement should be smooth.
5 If the boom movement is irregular or 'juddering' remove
cap C and its copper washer, adjust the sequence
valve setting:
a Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-
clockwise to remove all tension.
b Turn the adjusting screw clockwise until 'judder' is
removed.
c Refit the cap and washer.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
46 - 7
Issue 2*
Valves
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 439/700
47 - 1
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 1
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 440/700
47 - 2
Hose Burst Protection Valves
(from Machine Serial No. 402174)
This type of HBPV is fitted to the dipper, boom and loader
arm rams.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
If possible, avoid disturbing pressure settings, remove
cartridges by unscrewing hexagons 1 and 13 and do not
remove capnuts 3 and 16.
Spool 2 and check valve 11 each have a Teflon ring fitted
(items A and B respectively). These Teflon rings should only
be removed and replaced with new ones if they are
damaged.
Do not try to dismantle items 20, 21 and 22 (these items are
shown for pictorial reference only). To clean, use a non-
metallic probe to move the ball 21 against spring 22 whilst
assembly 17 is submersed in cleaning fluid.
Note: HBPV's fitted to the loader arm lift circuits do not have
restrictor ball 21 fitted.
Check condition of all visible seating faces. If any aredamaged, renew complete cartridge or valve assembly.
Check valve bores and spools for nicks, scratches or
scoring, if necessary, renew complete cartridge or valve
assembly.
When Assembling
DO NOT apply JCB Lock & Seal or any other type of lockingfluid to the threads of item 17. The threads form an integral
part of the valve operating sequences - applying locking
fluid to the threads will seriously effect the operation of the
valve.
Ensure that the small drilled holes C and D in items 2 and 17
respectively are not blocked.
Renew all seals. If fitting new Teflon rings A & B, use a
conical guide, such as item E, to expand the rings gradually.
Complete the ring fitting procedure as quickly as possible,
otherwise the ring will stretch. See below.
Note: There is an O-ring F fitted underneath each Teflon
ring, if the Teflon rings are to be renewed, make sure that
new O-rings are fitted first.
After assembly, make sure that the valve parts move freely,if they don't, check that all the seals are correctly fitted.
After refitting the valve to the machine, ensure that pressure
settings are correct (see Technical Data, page E/1-2).
If the pressure settings were disturbed, then the valve mustbe re-set, refer to the pressure testing procedures on pages
E/47-3 to E/47-8.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 2
Issue 2
Valves
11
F
B
E
A183490
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 441/700
47 - 3
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 3
Issue 1
Valves
181480
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 442/700
47 - 4
Hose Burst Protection Valves
(from Machine Serial No. 402174)
Pressure Testing - Dipper Ram
Preparation
Before starting the pressure testing procedure, vent
hydraulic system pressure as follows:
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Lower the loader arms to the ground.
2 Lower the stabilisers so that the stabiliser pads are just
touching the ground (not lifting the machine).
3 Manoeuvre the boom and dipper into the position
shown at Y (on sideshift machines, make sure thebackhoe assembly is set central). Make sure dipper ram
rod extension is approximately 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in),
shown at W.
4 Select 'BOOM LOWER' to raise the stabiliser pads
approximately 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) off the ground,shown at X .
5 Switch off the engine.
6 Make sure all personnel are clear of the machine before
completing step 7.
7 Select 'DIPPER OUT' - this will vent residual hydraulicpressure from the dipper ram (rod side), shown at Z.
8 Move all the backhoe control levers back and forth to
vent any other residual hydraulic pressure from thebackhoe service hoses.
Pilot Valve Setting Procedure
The pilot valve assembly, shown at C, must be set correctly
before doing the relief valve pressure test. If the pilot valve isscrewed too far into the HBPV it will create a flow path
connection from port C2 to port V2 (see descriptions of
operation).
To Set the pilot valve assembly:
1 Remove pilot housing, item D, from the HBPV.
2 Check that the end face of the pilot valve assembly,
item C, is flush (level) with the end face of its housing
D, as shown at E.
3 If necessary, remove end cap F and, using a suitable
Allen key, adjust the pilot valve as required.
4 Refit the end cap.
Relief Valve Pressure Test
If the hose burst protection valve has been stripped andcleaned, then pre-set the valve as detailed in step 1. The
pressure test and setting procedure is described in steps 2
to 7.
1 Pre-set the relief valve:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an
Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-clockwise
to remove all tension.
b Using your fingers, turn the adjusting screw
clockwise until a soft force (resistance) is felt.
c Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw a
further 21/4 turns to pre-set the relief valve. Refit
the cap and washer.
2 Remove hose G from port C2. Plug and cap the hoseand valve port adapter respectively (the valve port
adapter MUST be capped, otherwise the test
procedure will not work).
3 Remove hose J from port V2, plug the hose but DO
NOT cap the valve port adapter.
4 Remove plug A and screw a tee piece fitted with a 0-400 bar (0-6000 lbf/in2) pressure gauge to the valve in
place of A .
5 Connect a hand pump to the other end of the tee pieceas shown at Y . Make sure that the hand pump has
been filled with hydraulic oil.
6 Use the hand pump to increase the pressure. When the
pressure reaches the setting of the relief valve, oil will
escape from port V2, shown at K . Note the maximumgauge reading (the setting of the hose burst relief valve)
which should be 250 bar (3625 lbf/in2).
7 If necessary, adjust the pressure setting as follows:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer.
b Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw
clockwise to increase the pressure or anti-
clockwise to decrease the pressure. For
information; one full turn of the relief valve adjusting
screw is equivalent to approximately 110 bar (1595lbf/in2).
c Replace the cap and washer.
d Repeat pressure test, adjust as necessary.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 443/700
47 - 5
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 5
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 444/700
47 - 6
Hose Burst Protection Valves
(from Machine Serial No. 402174)
Pressure Testing - Boom Ram
Preparation
Before starting the pressure testing procedure vent hydraulic
system pressure as follows:
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.Lower the loader arms to the ground.
2 Lower the stabilisers so that the stabiliser pads are just
touching the ground (not lifting the machine).
3 Manoeuvre the boom and dipper into the positionshown at Y (on sideshift machines, make sure the
backhoe assembly is set central).
4 Select 'DIPPER LOWER' to raise the stabiliser pads
approximately 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) off the ground,shown at Z.
5 Switch off the engine.
6 Make sure all personnel are clear of the machine before
completing step 7.
7 Select 'BOOM RAISE' - this will vent residual hydraulic
pressure from the boom ram (rod side), shown at X .
8 Move all the backhoe control levers back and forth to
vent any other residual hydraulic pressure from thebackhoe service hoses.
Pilot Valve Setting Procedure
The pilot valve assembly, shown at C, must be set correctly
before doing the relief valve pressure test. If the pilot valve isscrewed too far into the HBPV it will create a flow path
connection from port C2 to port V2 (see descriptions of
operation).
To set the pilot valve assembly:
1 Remove pilot housing, item D, from the HBPV.
2 Check that the end face of the pilot valve assembly,
item C, is flush (level) with the end face of its housing
D, as shown at E.
3 If necessary, remove end cap F and, using a suitable
Allen key, adjust the pilot valve as required.
4 Refit the end cap.
Relief Valve Pressure Test
If the hose burst protection valve has been stripped and
cleaned, then pre-set the valve as detailed in step 1. The
pressure test procedure is described in steps 2 to 6.
1 Pre-set the relief valve:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an
Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-clockwise
to remove all tension.
b Using your fingers, turn the adjusting screwclockwise until a soft force (resistance) is felt.
c Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw a
further 21 /4 turns to pre-set the relief valve. Refit
the cap and washer.
2 Remove hose G from port C2. Cap and plug the hose
and valve port adapter (the valve port adapter MUST be
plugged, otherwise the test procedure will not work).
3 Remove hose J from port V2. Plug the hose but DO
NOT cap the valve port adapter.
4 Remove plug A and in its place fit a 0-400 bar (0-6000lbf/in2) pressure gauge connected to a hand pump.
Note: The working space around the boom ram HBPV is
limited, for this reason it may be necessary to fit an elbow
joint in place of plug A . Connect a hose of suitable length to
the elbow joint and then connect a hand pump and pressure
gauge to the other end of the hose.
5 Use the hand pump to increase the pressure. When the
pressure reaches the setting of the relief valve, oil will
escape from port V2, shown at K . Note the maximum
gauge reading (the setting of the hose burst relief valve)
which should be 250 bar (3625 lbf/in2 ).
6 If necessary, adjust the pressure setting as follows:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer.
b Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screwclockwise to increase the pressure or anti-
clockwise to decrease the pressure. For
information; one full turn of the relief valve adjusting
screw is equivalent to approximately 110 bar (1595
lbf/in2 ).
c Replace the cap and washer.
d Repeat pressure test, adjust as necessary.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 6
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 445/700
47 - 7
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 7
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 446/700
47 - 8
Hose Burst Protection Valves (H.B.P.V.)
(from Machine Serial No. 402174)
Pressure Testing - Loader Arms Lift Ram
The following text describes the pilot valve settingprocedures and pressure testing sequences for ONE HBPV
only, repeat the procedures for BOTH loader arm lift rams.
Preparation
Before starting the pressure testing procedure vent hydraulicsystem pressure as follows:
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
2 Lower the loader arms to the ground (not lifting themachine).
3 Select 'ARMS LOWER' to raise the front wheels
approximately 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) off the ground.
4 Switch off the engine.
5 Make sure all personnel are clear of the machine before
completing step 6.
6 Select 'ARMS RAISE' - this will vent residual hydraulicpressure from the loader rams (head side).
7 Move all the backhoe control levers back and forth to
vent any other residual hydraulic pressure from thebackhoe service hoses.
Pilot Valve Setting Procedure
The pilot valve assembly, shown at C, must be set correctly
before doing the relief valve pressure test. If the pilot valve is
screwed too far into the HBPV it will create a flow path
connection from port C2 to port V2 (see descriptions ofoperation).
To set the pilot valve assembly:
1 Remove pilot housing, item D, from the HBPV.
2 Check that the end face of the pilot valve assembly,
item C, is flush (level) with the end face of its housing
D, as shown at E.
3 If necessary, remove end cap F and, using a suitable
Allen key, adjust the pilot valve as required.
4 Refit the end cap.
Relief Valve Pressure Test
If the hose burst protection valve has been stripped andcleaned, then pre-set the valve as detailed in step 1. The
pressure test procedure is described in steps 2 to 6.
1 Pre-set the relief valve:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer. Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw anti-clockwise
to remove all tension.
b Using your fingers, turn the adjusting screw
clockwise until a soft force (resistance) is felt.
c Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw a
further 21 /4 turns to pre-set the relief valve. Refit
the cap and washer.
2 Remove hose G from port C2. Cap and plug the hose
and valve port adapter (the valve port adapter MUST be
plugged, otherwise the test procedure will not work).
3 Remove hose J from port V2. Plug the hose but DONOT cap the valve port adapter.
4 Remove plug A and in its place fit a 0-400 bar (0-6000
lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge connected to a hand pump.
5 Use the hand pump to increase the pressure. When thepressure reaches the setting of the relief valve, oil will
escape from port V2, shown at K . Note the maximum
gauge reading (the setting of the hose burst relief valve)
which should be 250 bar (3625 lbf/in2 ).
6 If necessary, adjust the pressure setting as follows:
a Remove cap B and its copper washer.
b Using an Allen key, turn the adjusting screw
clockwise to increase the pressure or anti-
clockwise to decrease the pressure. Forinformation; one full turn of the relief valve adjusting
screw is equivalent to approximately 110 bar (1595
lbf/in2 ).
c Replace the cap and washer.
d Repeat pressure test, adjust as necessary.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
47 - 8
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 447/700
48 - 2
Stabiliser Check Valve (With Relief Valve)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew all seals and 'O' rings. Lubricate with JCB 'Special'
Hydraulic Fluid.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 61 6.2 45
Relief Valve Pressure Testing
Connect a hydraulic hand pump and pressure gauge to the
port identified 'C' on the valve block. Raise the pressure untilhydraulic fluid emerges through drilling A, indicating that the
relief valve has opened. Check that the pressure gauge
reading is as given in Technical Data. Adjust at 12 if
necessary.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
48 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 448/700
48 - 4
Stabiliser Check Valve
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Renew all seals and 'O' rings. Lubricate with JCB 'Special'
Hydraulic Fluid.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 61 6.2 45
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
48 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 449/700
49 - 1
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Press out the spool item 14 using a nylon pin. Take care not
to damage the bores of the valve.
When Assembling
Make sure that spring seat of spool 14 faces toward LS
connection.
Clean all parts in clean paraffin.
Lubricate all parts with hydraulic fluid.
Renew aluminium washers 8 and 12.
Note: All hydraulic adapters that are installed together with a
bonded sealing washer must also have sealant (Loctite 577)
applied to the threads of the adapter.
Torque Settings
Item Nm lbf ft
7 50 37
11 50 37
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before getting beneath it. Lower
the attachments to the ground; engage the parking
brake; remove the starter key, disconnect the battery.2-3-2-2
To bleed the LS line, start the engine, loosen the connection
on the valve, turn and hold the steering wheel fully in either
direction. When bubble free oil flows from the joint, tighten
the connection.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
49 - 1
Issue 2*
Valves
Priority Valve
Removal and Replacement
The priority valve is mounted on the left hand side chassis
member, behind the hydraulic tank. It is attached to thechassis member by one bolt A , and is accessible from
below.
There are four connections to the valve as follows:
P - from hydraulic pump
CF - to steering valve
EF - to valve block
LS - pilot connection from steering valve
PP - port is plugged
When replacing always renew sealing washers 2, 4, 6, and
10.
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 450/700
50 - 1
Hydraulic Steering Unit
Removal and Replacement
When Removing
Park the machine on level ground, engage the parking brake
and set the transmission to neutral. Lower the attachments
to the ground. Stop the engine and remove the starter key.
Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right several
times to vent system pressure.
Remove bolts A and take off the steering pedestal cover B
to gain access to the steering unit.
Disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses from the steering
unit. Label the hoses to ensure correct refitting.
Take hold of the steering unit, loosen and remove bolts C.
Lift the steering unit from the machine.
When Replacing
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
Make sure that the hoses are correctly installed. The hose
connections are as follows:
P - to priority valve (CF port)
L - to steering valve assembly (P port)
R - to front axleLS - to priority valve (pilot connection, LS port)
T - to tank
Bleed the steering system, see page E/52 - 1.
If a new steering unit has been fitted then the system reliefvalve must be tested for correct pressure setting, see page
E/50 - 7.
Note: All hydraulic adapters that are installed together with a
bonded sealing washer must also have sealant (Loctite 577)
applied to the threads of the adapter.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 1
Issue 1
Valves
S147670
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 451/700
50 - 2
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 2
Issue 1
Valves
S10221A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 452/700
50 - 3
Hydraulic Steering Unit
Dismantling and Assembly
Use the numerical sequence on page E/50 - 2 as a guide to dismantling.
During manufacture, a small mark X will have been made on sleeve 12 and spool 15, close to one of the slots for the centringsprings 13. Before removing the centring springs, check that this mark is visible; if not, make a new mark to ensure correct
assembly.
Shock valves (items 29 to 35 ) are pressure set during manufacture and the adjusting screw 31 secured with Loctite. Due to thedifficulty of resetting the pressure it is recommended that the valves are not disturbed. If dismantling is unavoidable, however,
measure and record the depth of adjusting screw 31 below the top face of the steering unit before removing the screw.
Assembly
Note: The unit illustrated in the following sequence represents a typical Danfoss valve. The relief valve (items 25 to 28 ) and
shock valves (items 29 to 35 ) are not therefore shown in the photographs.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 3
Issue 1
Valves
1 Fit spool 15 into sleeve 12, aligning slots for centring
springs 13 and checking that the small marks X are
aligned. Ensure that three slots in spool partiallyuncover three holes in sleeve, as at A .
2 Fit two flat centring springs 13 with four curved springs
between them, as shown at B.
3 Fit seal 24 into steer unit body and insert sleeve of tool
892/00180. Fit back up ring 20 and seal 21 onto
plastic boss, and position on tool spindle, as shown.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 453/700
50 - 4
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 4
Issue 1
Valves
4 Lower steering unit body and tool sleeve over toolspindle until plastic bush is flush with end of bore.
Assemble sleeves 12 and 15 with cross pin 14 and
centring springs13
. Fit bearing components16
to19
with chamfered face of 17 facing away from bearing 18.
5 Remove body from tool leaving plastic bush in position,
and lower body over assembled spool.
6 Apply downward pressure on body until plastic boss is
forced out of bore, leaving seals correctly located.
7 Invert unit and place on a suitable hollow support so
that body does not rest on protruding sleeve, thus
preventing displacement of the new seals (support
example is a pump drive housing). Place ball 23 into
check valve hole and fit bush 22.
Hydraulic Steering Unit - Assembly (continued)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 454/700
50 - 5
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 5
Issue 1
Valves
8 Fit new 'O' ring 10.
9 Fit distributor plate 9 ensuring that holes align. Locate
shaft 11 onto cross-pin 14, noting position of slot. Whenrotor 7 is fitted, slot must align with hollows of rotor as
shown at C.
10 Use a suitable piece of rigid flat material, 0.25mm
(0.010 in.) thick, to support the shaft and ensure positive
engagement with the splines of rotor 7.
11 Locate rotor onto shaft, ensuring alignment as at C. Fit
spacing bush 6 into rotor.
Hydraulic Steering Unit - Assembly (continued)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 455/700
50 - 6
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 6
Issue 1
Valves
12 Fit 'O' rings 4 and 8 each side of body 5, then positionbody over rotor.
13 Refit the end plate and fit at least one bolt 2 before
removing support material.
14 Fit remaining bolts, ensuring that special bolt 1 is
correctly located. Tighten all bolts to 29Nm (22 lbf ft).
Pressure Relief Valve Cartridge
After renewing the 'O' ring, torque tighten the cartr idge to 50Nm (37lbf ft). The valve is preset at 120bar (122kgf/cm2,
1740lbf/in2 ) but the setting should be rechecked after fitting the steering unit to the machine (see page E/50 - 7).
Shock Valves
If the shock valves have been dismantled, clean the threads of adjusting screw 31 and the threads in the bore of the steering
unit body using Super Clean Safety Solvent and allow to dry. Assemble seat 35, ball 34, cap 33 and spring 32 then coat
threads of screw 31 with JCB Lock and Seal. Assemble screw to depth measured during dismantling (see page E/50 - 3) then
fit plug 29 and washer 30.
Hydraulic Steering Unit - Assembly (continued)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 456/700
50 - 7
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
50 - 7
Issue 2*
Valves
*
Steering System - Pressure Testing
Park the machine on level ground, engage the parking brake
and set the transmission to neutral. Lower the attachmentsto the ground. Stop the engine and remove the starter key.
Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right several
times to vent system pressure.
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before working underneath it.
Park the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply
the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and
stop the engine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-2
The pressure test point for the steering circuit is fitted nextto the priority valve as shown. Connect a 0-400 bar (0-6000
lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to test adaptor A .
Run the engine at 1500 revs/min and turn the steering to full
lock. Check the gauge reading which should equal the relief
valve pressure given in Technical Data.
Note: The steering wheel must be held on full lock whilst thegauge reading is being checked.
If necessary, adjust the pressure setting by removing plug B,
on the orbitrol steering unit.
Adjust screw C using an 'allen key' until the correct pressureis shown on the gauge.
Refit plug B.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 457/700
When Replacing
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
Make sure that the electrical solenoid connections are
refitted in the correct position.
Make sure that the hoses are correctly installed. The hose
connections from the steer valve assembly are as follows:
P - to orbitrol steer unit (L port)
B - to left hand rear steer ram (rod side) A - to right hand rear steer ram (rod side)
T - to front steer rams (rod side - right hand
ram, head side left hand ram)
Note: The steer valve ports should be stamped 'P', 'B', 'A'
and 'T'. Left and right hand are as viewed from the rear ofthe machine.
For reference, the electrical connections are as follows:
Connector A feeds the 2 WHEEL STEER solenoid
Connector B feeds the 4 WHEEL STEER/CRAB solenoidConnector C feeds the CRAB STEER solenoid
Connector D feeds the 4 WHEEL STEER solenoid.
Bleed the steering system, see page E/52 - 1.
Steering Valve Assembly (AWS Machines)
Removal and Replacement
When Removing
Park the machine on level ground, engage the parking brake
and set the transmission to neutral. Lower the attachments
to the ground. Stop the engine and remove the starter key.
!WARNINGMake the machine safe before working underneath it.
Park the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply
the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and
stop the engine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-2
Turn the steering wheel to the left and to the right several
times to vent system pressure.
The steer valve assembly is fitted to a bracket which is
mounted on the right hand side of the machine in front of the
rear axle. Early type machines have the valve mounted
vertically, as shown at Y , and later types are mounted
horizontally, as shown at X .
Disconnect the electrical solenoid connections, the wires
should be identified A , B, C and D as shown.
Disconnect and cap all hydraulic hoses from the steering
valve assembly. Label the hoses to ensure correct refitting.
Take hold of the steering valve, loosen and remove bolts E.
Lift the steering valve and its retaining bracket from the
machine.
51 - 1
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
51 - 1
Issue 3*
Valves
S147661 S217510
**
*
Y X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 458/700
51 - 2
Steering Valve Assembly (AWS Machines)
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Before dismantling scratch an alignment mark X along the
faces of the solenoid valves and the manifold block.
Take care not to lose the detent balls A from items 16 and
18.
When Assembling
Renew all 'O' rings.
Lubricate parts with JCB Special Hydraulic fluid before
assembling.
Use the alignment marks X (see dismantling) to ensure that
the solenoids and the manifold block are assembled
correctly.
Torque Settings
Item Nm lbf in
1 7.1-9.1 63-80
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
51 - 2
Issue 2*
Valves
S147650
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 459/700
52 - 1
Steering System - Bleeding Procedure
Whenever any hydraulic steering component is
disconnected or removed the system must be bled asfollows.
With the engine running, this procedure must be carried out
in the correct order that is laid down. You must not alter the
order of selections and operations.
1 Select 2 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to left, until front wheels are
fully locked to the left.
(b) Turn steering wheel to right, until front wheels arefully locked to the right.
2 Select 4 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to left, until front wheels are
fully locked to the left.
3 Select 2 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
(b) Turn steering wheel to full left lock.
(c) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
4 Select 4 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to left, until the front wheels
are fully locked to the left.
5 Select 2 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
(b) Turn steering wheel to full left lock.
(c) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
6 Select 4 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to left, until front wheels are
fully locked to the left.
7 Select 2 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
(b) Turn steering wheel to full left lock.
(c) Turn steering wheel to full right lock.
8 Select 4 Wheel Steer
(a) Turn steering wheel to left, until the front and rear
wheels are fully locked.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
52 - 1
Issue 1
Valves
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 460/700
61 - 1
Typical Ram
Dismantling and Assembly
When Dismantling
Place ram assembly on a locally manufactured strip/rebuild
bench as shown.
If a split replacement seal is available it is not necessary toremove the piston head in order to renew the wiper seal H.
Renew snap ring J.
Slacken end cap using special spanner (see Service Tools,
Section 1) and remove the piston rod assembly from the
cylinder.
!WARNINGIf air or hydraulic pressure is used to force out the piston
assembly, ensure that the end cap is securely fitted.
Severe injury can be caused by a suddenly released
piston rod.HYD 1-2
Position piston rod assembly on bench in place of ram
cylinder. Remove seals and back-up rings from piston head.
Remove snap ring C.
Heat piston head to 180-210 °C to degrade the Loctite
between piston head and rod. To check temperature, use
Surface Temperature Probe (see Service Tools, Section 1).
CAUTION: Do not exceed 300 °C or the Loctite will char,
causing thread pick-up.
!WARNINGTo avoid burning, wear protective gloves when handling
hot components. To protect your eyes, wear goggles
when using a wire brush to clean components.HYD 1-3
Remove piston head from rod using special spanner (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
Remove gland bearing and end cap from piston rod and
remove the seals and back-up rings.
Ensure that metal components are free from scoring, nicksand burrs. A damaged rod will impair the life of the gland
seal.
When Assembling
Clean threads of piston rod, piston head, end cap and
cylinder using a wire brush.
Use JCB Cleaner & Degreaser to ensure that all threads are
free from grease, hydraulic oil and old Loctite. Allow 15minutes for solvent to dry before applying Loctite.
Ensure that lubricants used during assembly do not come
into contact with Loctite.....cont'd
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
61 - 1
Issue 2*
Rams
S249860
S249870
*
J
H
E
B A
A
B
J
H
X
D
C
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 461/700
61 - 2
Typical Ram
When Assembling (cont'd)
Refer to the 'Gland Seal Fitting Procedure' on page E/64-1.
Fit seal H into end cap first, followed by ring J. Insert seal A
and back-up ring B into the end cap. Renew external 'O'
ring.
Use sleeve F (see Service Tools, Section 1) fitted over piston
rod threads to protect the gland seals from damage and the
threads from oil and grease. Fit gland bearing into end cap
and push the assembly over the sleeve onto the rod.
Apply Loctite Activator N to threads of piston rod, end capand cylinder. Allow Activator to dry for 15 minutes before
bringing into contact with Loctite.
Note: Neither Loctite nor Activator must be allowed tocontact seals, bearing rings, or 'O' rings.
Apply Loctite 262 to all threads of piston rod. Renew 'O'
ring in piston head, lubricating only the 'O' ring with JCB
MPL Grease. Fit and torque tighten the piston head. Fit a
new snap ring C. DO NOT re-use the original snap ring.
Ensure that end damping spring X is engaged with collarand piston head.
Note: The end damping spring and collar X are fitted to the
dipper ram only.
Fit new seals and bearing rings to piston head.
Position cylinder on bench and install rod assembly into
cylinder.
Apply Loctite 932 to thread of end cap, fit a new 'O' ring and
torque tighten the end cap into the cylinder.
Note: If hydraulic oil contacts uncured Loctite a weakening
of the bond will result. Cure times vary according to the
ambient temperature and type of Activator used. The
following approximate cure times apply at 20 °C and are the
minimum periods between assembly and filling the ram withoil.
Loctite 262 or 932 with Activator N - 1 hour
Loctite 262 or 932 with Activator T - 2 hours
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
D 405 41.3 300
E 678 69.2 500
Note: Cold weather operation. When operating in conditionswhich are consistently below freezing, it is recommended
that the rams are operated slowly to their full extent before
commencing normal working.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
61 - 2
Issue 1
Rams
8030A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 462/700
61 - 3
Typical Ram (with dowelled piston head)
Dismantling and Assembly
When Dismantling
Place ram assembly on a locally manufactured strip/rebuildbench as shown.
Slacken end cap using special spanner (see Service Tools,
Section 1) and remove the piston rod assembly from thecylinder.
!WARNINGIf air or hydraulic pressure is used to force out the piston
assembly, ensure that the end cap is securely fitted.
Severe injury can be caused by a suddenly released
piston rod.HYD 1-2
Position piston rod assembly on bench in place of ram
cylinder. Remove seals and back-up rings from piston head.
Extract dowel C from the piston head using a metricscrew(M3, M4, or M6 depending on ram size) threaded into
the extractor hole.
Remove piston head from rod using special spanner (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
Remove gland bearing and end cap from piston rod and
remove the seals and back-up rings. Ensure that metal
components are free from scoring, nicks and burrs. A
damaged rod will impair the life of the gland seal.
When Assembling
Clean threads of piston rod, piston head, end cap and
cylinder using a wire brush. Use JCB Cleaner & Degreaser to
ensure that all threads are free from grease, hydraulic oil and
old Loctite. Allow 15 minutes for solvent to dry before
applying Loctite.
Ensure that lubricants used during assembly do not come
into contact with Loctite.
Refer to the 'Gland Seal Fitting Procedure' on page E/64-1.
Fit seal H into end cap first, followed by circlip J. Insert seal
A and back-up ring B into the end cap. Renew external 'O'ring.
Use sleeve F, shown overleaf, fitted over piston rod threads
to protect the seals from damage and the threads from oil
and grease. Fit gland bearing into end cap and push theassembly over the sleeve onto the rod.
Apply Loctite Activator T to threads of end cap and cylinder.
Allow Activator to dry for 15 minutes before bringing into
contact with Loctite.
Note: Neither Loctite nor Activator must be allowed to
contact seals, bearing rings, or 'O' rings.
Ensure that end damping spring X , shown overleaf, is
engaged with collar and piston head (dipper ram only).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
61 - 3
Issue 2*
Rams
S249860
J
H
E
B A
A
B
J
H
S151930
X
Y
C L
K
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 463/700
61 - 4
Typical Ram (with dowelled piston head)
When Assembling (cont'd)
Fit locking dowel C to piston head/rod as follows:
1 Fit 'O' ring L into piston head K .
2 Fit piston head to piston rod and torque tighten to 405
Nm (300 lbf ft).
3 New ram Shaft and piston head fitted.
- If both are required, the following procedure should
be followed:
i Drill through piston head into piston rod, shown atZ. Use an undersized diameter drill first as a guide
and then drill with the correct size diameter drill to
suit; refer to the table for drill diameters and
depths.
ii Remove all swarf and contamination. Insert dowelC into drilled hole, make sure tapped extractor hole
is to outside.
4 New piston head fitted on a pre-drilled piston rod.
- Re-dri ll and dowel BOTH the piston head and
piston rod at 90° from the existing drilled dowelhole in the piston rod. Follow the procedures
described in step 3.
5 New piston rod fitted to a pre-drilled piston head.
- Use the pre-drilled hole in the piston head. Care
must be taken not to elongate the existing hole inthe piston head.
i Use a drill the same diameter as the pre-drilled hole
in the piston head to make a 'centre mark' in the
piston rod. DO NOT drill the piston rod at this
stage.
ii Use an undersized diameter drill as a guide and
drill into the piston rod to the required depth (see
table), make sure the drill has centred correctly on
the 'centre mark' made at step 5i.
iii Use the correct size diameter drill to suit the dowel
and drill to the required depth (see table).
iv Remove all swarf and contamination, insert the
dowel.
Position cylinder on bench and install rod assembly into
cylinder.
Apply Loctite 932 to first three threads of cylinder, torque
tighten the end cap to 678 Nm (500 lbf ft).
Note: If hydraulic oil contacts uncured Loctite a weakening
of the bond will result. Cure times vary according to the
ambient temperature and type of Activator used. Thefollowing approximate cure times apply at 20 °C and are the
minimum periods between assembly and filling the ram withoil.
Note: Cold weather operation. When operating in conditions
which are consistently below freezing, it is recommendedthat the rams are operated slowly to their full extent before
commencing normal working.
DRILLING DETAILS FOR PISTON HEAD RETENTION
(all dimensions in mm)
Ram Dowel Guide Guide Dowel Dowel
Size Size Drill Ø Drill Drill Ø X Drill
Depth Depth Y
80 x 50 6Ø x 20 4 21 6.02/6.10 22/23
90 x 50 8Ø x 25 5 24 8.02/8.10 27/28
100 x 60
110 x 60 12Ø x 30 8 28 12.02/12.10 32/33
110 x 65
120 x 65 12Ø x 35 8 33 12.02/12.10 37/38
130 x 75
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
61 - 4
Issue 1
Rams
8030A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 464/700
62 - 1
Steer Ram
Removal and Replacement
This procedure is for a typical steering ram removal and
replacement.!WARNING
Make the machine safe before working underneath it.
Park the machine on level ground, lower the arms. Apply
the parking brake, put the transmission in neutral and
stop the engine. Chock both sides of all four wheels.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN-1-2
!WARNINGRaised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause
serious injury. Before working under raised loader arms,
fit the loader arm safety strut.GEN 3-2
When Removing
Disconnect and cap hydraulic hoses to prevent loss of fluid
and ingress of dirt. Label hoses for identification and correct
refitting.
Remove locking bolts A and pivot pins B.
Remove steering ram from machine.
When Replacing
Replace steering ram by reversing the removal procedure.
Apply anti-seize paste, part number 4003/0211 to pivot pins
B, to facilitate subsequent removal.
After connecting hoses check hydraulic fluid level, ifnecessary top up.
Bleed hydraulic steering system (see page E/52 - 1).
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
62 - 1
Issue 1
Rams
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 465/700
62 - 2
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
62 - 2
Issue 1
Rams
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 466/700
62 - 3
Steer Ram
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
Place ram assembly on a locally manufactured strip/rebuild
bench as shown.
Slacken end cap 1 using special spanner (see Service Tools,
Section 1) and remove the piston rod assembly 2 from thecylinder.
!WARNINGIf air or hydraulic pressure is used to force out the piston
assembly, ensure that the end cap is securely fitted.
Severe injury can be caused by a suddenly released
piston rod.HYD 1-2
Position piston rod assembly on bench in place of ram
cylinder. Remove seal and wear rings from piston head.
Remove locking ring 3.
Heat piston head to 180-210 °C to degrade the Loctite
between piston head and rod. To check temperature, use
Surface Temperature Probe (see Service Tools, Section 1).
CAUTION: Do not exceed 300 °C or the Loctite will char,causing thread pick-up.
!WARNINGTo avoid burning, wear protective gloves when handling
hot components. To protect your eyes, wear goggles
when using a wire brush to clean components.HYD 1-3
Remove piston head from rod using special spanner (see
Service Tools, Section 1).
Remove end cap from piston rod and remove the seals and
'O' ring.
Ensure that metal components are free from scoring, nicks
and burrs. A damaged rod will impair the life of the gland
seal.
When Assembling
Clean threads of piston rod, piston head, end cap and
cylinder using a wire brush.
Use JCB Cleaner & Degreaser to ensure that all threads arefree from grease, hydraulic oil and old Loctite. Allow 15
minutes for solvent to dry before applying Loctite.
Ensure that lubricants used during assembly do not come
into contact with Loctite.
Refer to the 'Gland Seal Fitting Procedure' on page E/64-1.
Fit seals 10 and 11 into end cap then fit the end cap onto
the piston rod.
Apply Loctite Activator N to threads of piston rod, end cap
and cylinder. Allow Activator to dry for 15 minutes beforebringing into contact with Loctite.
Note: Neither Loctite nor Activator must be allowed to
contact seals, bearing rings, or 'O' rings.
Apply Loctite 262 to all threads of piston rod. Renew 'O'ring in piston head, lubricating only the 'O' ring with JCB
MPL Grease. Fit and torque tighten the piston head. Fit a
new locking ring 3.
Fit new seal and wear rings to piston head.
Position cylinder on bench and install rod assembly into
cylinder.
Apply Loctite 932 to thread of end cap, fit a new 'O' ring 9
and torque tighten the end cap into the cylinder.
Note: If hydraulic oil contacts uncured Loctite a weakening
of the bond will result. Cure times vary according to the
ambient temperature and type of Activator used. The
following approximate cure times apply at 20 °C and are the
minimum periods between assembly and filling the ram with
oil.
Loctite 262 or 932 with Activator N - 1 hour
Loctite 262 or 932 with Activator T - 2 hours
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
7 405 41.3 300
1 678 69.2 500
Note: Cold weather operation. When operating in conditions
which are consistently below freezing, it is recommendedthat the rams are operated slowly to their full extent before
commencing normal working.
Section E Hydraulics
9803/3260
Section E
62 - 3
Issue 2*
Rams
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 467/700
Gland Seal Fitting Procedure
The size (diameter) and position of pins A is determined by
the diameter and radial width of the gland seal being fitted.
The pins are screwed into threaded holes in the tool body,
the spacing of the holes are designed to suit small or large
diameter gland seals.
To fit a new gland seal:
1 Open the tool as shown at X and insert the new gland
seal, the seal must be fitted behind the two front pins
but in front of the rear pin as shown.
2 Close the tool as shown at Y . The seal must form a
reniform (kidney shape).
3 Locate the seal in the end cap groove, shown at Z,
when the seal is in position, open the tool to release the
seal. Make sure the seal is correctly installed in its
groove and remove the tool.
64 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
64 - 1
Issue 1
Rams
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 468/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 469/700
i
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
i
Issue 6*
Contents Page No.
Technical Data
Front Axle
- All Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 1
- 2 Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 1
- 2 Wheel Steer (2 Wheel Drive) Machines 1 - 1
Rear Axle
- All Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 2
- 2 Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 2
Tyre Sizes and Pressures
- All Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 3
- 2 Wheel Steer Machines 1 - 3
Syncro Shuttle Transmission 1 - 4
Powershift Transmission 1 - 6
Pump/Transmission Stall Speed Combinations
* - AWS m/c with 11 inch convertor 1 - 8
* - 2WS m/c with 11 inch convertor 1 - 9
* - AWS m/c with 12.2 inch convertor 1 - 10* - 2WS m/c with 12.2 inch convertor 1 - 11
Towing Procedure
* Syncro Shuttle Gearbox 1 - 12
* Powershift Gearbox 1 - 12
Descriptions
Cutaway of Front Axle 2 - 1
Cutaway of Rear Axle 2 - 2
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
- General Description and Operation 3 - 1
- Syncromesh 3 - 4
- Clutch Operation 3 - 5- 4 Wheel Drive Operation 3 - 6
- 2 Wheel Drive Operation 3 - 7
- 4 Wheel Drive Operation (from M/C 415012) 3 - 8
-2 Wheel Drive Operation (from M/C 415012) 3 - 9
Powershift Transmission
- General Description 4 - 1
- Hydraulic Operation 5 - 1
- Drivepaths 6 - 1
- Clutch Operation 7 - 1
- 2/4 Wheel Drive Operation 7 - 1
Fault Finding
Syncro Shuttle Transmission 12 - 12/4 Wheel Drive Clutch 13 - 1
Powershift Transmission 14 - 1
2/4 Wheel Drive Clutch (from M/C 415012) 15 - 1
Propshafts
Removal and Replacement 18 - 1
Front Axle
Torque Figures 20 - 1
Removal & Replacement 21 - 1
Proximity Switch Setting Procedure 21 - 3
Renewing the Pinion Oil Seal 22 - 1
Hub and Driveshaft - Dismantling 23 - 1Hub and Driveshaft - Assembly 23 - 7
Drivehead - Dismantling (AWS Machines) 24 - 1
Drivehead - Assembly (AWS Machines) 24 - 3
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 470/700
ii
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
ii
Issue 6*
Contents Page No.
* Drivehead - Dismantling (2WS Machines) 25 - 1
* Drivehead - Assembly (2WS Machines) 25 - 3
* Removal & Replacement (2 Wheel Drive Machines) 26 - 1
* Dismantling and Assembly (2 Wheel Drive Machines) 27 - 1
Rear Axle
Torque Figures 40 - 1
Removal & Replacement 41 - 1
Proximity Switch Setting Procedure 41 - 3
Renewing the Pinion Oil Seal 42 - 1
Brakes - Dismantling 43 - 1
Brakes - Assembly 43 - 4
Hub and Driveshaft - Dismantling 44 - 1
Hub and Driveshaft - Assembly 44 - 1
Drivehead - Dismantling 45 - 1
Drivehead - Assembly 45 - 4
Limited Slip Differential
- Dismantling and Assembly 46 - 1
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Removal & Replacement 61 - 1
Gearbox - Dismantling 62 - 1
Gearbox - Assembly 62 - 11
Solenoid Valve - Dismantling and Assembly 63 - 1
Reverser Unit - Dismantling 64 - 1
Reverser Unit - Assembly 64 - 3
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit
- Dismantling and Assembly (to serial no. 400077) 65 - 1- Dismantling and Assembly (from 400078 to 415011) 65 - 11
- Dismantling and Assembly (from serial no. 415012) 65 - 14
Torque Converter - Removal 66 - 1
Torque Converter - Replacement 66 - 1
Torque Converter Stall Test 67 - 1
Pressure and Flow Testing 67 - 1
Polytetrafluoroethene (PTFE) Piston Ring Seals
- Fitting Procedure 68 - 1
Powershift Transmission
Removal & Replacement 81 - 1
Gearbox - Dismantling 82 - 1
Gearbox - Assembly 82 - 10Input Clutch & Reverser Clutch
- Dismantling 83 - 1
- Assembly 83 - 3
Mainshaft - Dismantling 85 - 1
Mainshaft - Assembly 85 - 5
Layshaft - Dismantling 86 - 1
Layshaft - Assembly 86 - 5
2/4 Wheel Drive Unit - Dismantling & Assembly 88 - 1
Torque Converter - Removal & Replacement 88 - 1
Solenoid Identification 91 - 1
Torque Converter Stall Test 91 - 1
Testing for Clutch Leakage 91 - 2Pressure & Flow Testing 91 - 3
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 471/700
1 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 1
Issue 2*
Technical Data
Front Axle
Note: It is essential that the correct ratio axle in relationship to the gearbox ratio is fitted to the machine. Do not fit a new axlewith a different ratio to the axle being replaced.
ALL WHEEL STEER MACHINES
Type JCB spiral bevel input with epicyclic hub reduction
Designation SD70
Installation Centre pivotNumber of steer rams 2
Weight
(dry, with no steer rams and without wheels) 385 kg (850 lbs) approximately
Overall Gear Ratio 24.975:1
Crownwheel and Pinion Ratio 4.625:1
Number of TeethCrownwheel 37
Pinion 8
Hub Reduction 5.4:1
Input Type YokeOscillation ± 5°
Toe - in 0 °Castor Angle 0 °
Camber Angle 1 °
King - pin inclination 0 °
2 WHEEL STEER MACHINES (4 Wheel Drive)
Type JCB spiral bevel input with epicyclic hub reduction
Designation SD55
Installation Centre pivot
Number of steer rams 1
Weight
(dry, with no steer rams and without wheels) 330 kg (728 lbs) approximatelyHub Reduction 5.4:1
Input Type Yoke
Oscillation ± 5°
Toe - in 0 °
Castor Angle 0 °
Camber Angle 1 °King - pin inclination 0 °
Ratios OPTION 1 OPTION 2
Overall 16.2:1 19.2:1
Crownwheel and Pinion 3:1 3.556:1
Number of Teeth
Crownwheel 33 32Pinion 11 9
2 WHEEL STEER MACHINES (2 Wheel Drive)
Type JCB centre oscillation, non-driven
Installation Centre pivot
Weight(dry, with steer ram and without wheels) 239 kg (525 lbs)
Oscillation ± 5°
Toe - in 0°
Castor Angle 0°
Camber Angle 3 ° positive
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 472/700
1 - 2
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 2
Issue 3*
Technical Data
Rear Axle
Note: It is essential that the correct ratio axle in relationship to the gearbox ratio is fitted to the machine. Do not fit a new axle
with a different ratio to the axle being replaced.
ALL WHEEL STEER MACHINES
Type 3 piece, JCB spiral bevel input with epicyclic hub reduction and inboard braking
Designation SD70
Installation Rigid pad mount
Number of steer rams 2Weight (dry, with no steer rams 410 kg (904 lbs) approx.
and without wheels)
Half (Axle) Shaft Braking/Type 5 plate (each half shaft)
Input Type Yoke
Oscillation ± 5°
Toe - in 0 °Castor Angle 0 °
Camber Angle 1 °King - pin inclination 0 °
Hub Reduction 5.4:1
Ratios OPTION 1 OPTION 2
Overall 15.78:1 18.16:1Crownwheel and Pinion 2.923:1 3.363:1
Number of Teeth
Crownwheel 38 37
Pinion 13 11
2 WHEEL STEER MACHINES
Type 3 piece, JCB spiral bevel input with epicyclic hub reduction and inboard brakingDesignation PD70
Installation Rigid pad mount
Weight (dry and without wheels) 386 kg (851 lbs) approx.Half (Axle) Shaft Braking/Type 5 plate (each half shaft)
Input Type Yoke
Hub Reduction 5.4:1
Ratios OPTION 1 OPTION 2
Overall 15.78:1 18.16:1
Crownwheel and Pinion 2.923:1 3.363:1Number of Teeth
Crownwheel 38 37
Pinion 13 11
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 473/700
1 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 3
Issue 3*
Technical Data
Tyre Pressures
Note: If the tyres fitted to your machine are not listed, then contact JCB for advice, DO NOT guess tyre pressures.
Two Wheel Steer Machines
Type Size Ply Pressure
bar lbf/in2
Front - 2WD
Ribbed (Armstrong) 11L x 16 12 4.4 64
Ribbed (Goodyear) 11.0 x 16 12 4.2 60Industrial 11L x 16 12 4.4 64
Industrial 10.5 x 18 10 3.8 55
Industrial 12.0 x 18 12 3.5 50
Front - 4WD
† Industrial 14 x 17.5 10 3.8 55Traction 10.5 x 18 10 3.8 55
Industrial (Firestone) 12.0 x 18 12 3.5 50
Industrial (Olympic) 12.0 x 18 12 4.5 65Radial 335/80 x R18 XM27 3.5 50
Industrial 12.5/80 x 18 10 4.25 61
† Radial 335/80 - R20 XM27 3.0 43.5† Radial 12.5 - R20 XM27 3.0 43.5
Industrial 12.5/12.0 x 18 12 3.5 50
* Radial 340/80 x R18 3.2 46
Rear - 2WD & 4WD
Industrial 16.9 x 24 10 2.2 32* Industrial 16.9 x 24 12 2.2 32
Industrial 19.5L x 24 10 1.9 27.5
Industrial 19.5L x 24 12 2.3 33
Industrial 21L x 24 12 2.2 32
Traction (Goodyear) 18.4 x 26 12 2.5 36
Traction (Olympic) 18.4 x 26 12 2.0 29Industrial 18.4 x 26 12 2.0 29
* Traction 16.9 x 28 12 2.2 32
Industrial 16.9 x 28 12 2.2 32
Radial 16.9 - R28 XM27 3.1 45
Industrial 18.4 x 30 14 2.0 29
All Wheel Steer Machines
Front and Rear - 4WD
* Industrial 14.9 x 24 12 2.75 40
† Industrial 16.9 x 28 10 2.2 32† Industrial 16.9 x 28 12 2.6 38
* † Traction 16.9 x 28 12 2.6 38
† Industrial 16.9 x 28 14 2.6 38
* † Industrial 16.9 x 24 12 2.6 38
* † Radial (Michelin) 16.9 x R28 XM27 2.7 39
* † Radial (Goodyear) 16.9 x R28 2.5 36Radial 15.5 x 25 XTLA 2.5 36
Note: 12 ply tyres must be fitted on rear wheels when any backhoe attachment is used. For the correct pressure see the table
above. The front wheels from machine serial number 400001 are made from a stronger construction than front wheels fitted
prior to 400001. Wheels fitted to Backhoe Loaders prior to 400001 must not be used on the new Backhoe Loaders.
† Steering lock restriction stops must be fitted to 4 wheel drive machines that have this type of tyre fitted, consult your JCB
Distributor for advice.
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 474/700
1 - 4
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 4
Issue 4*
Technical Data
Syncro Shuttle
Description Combined torque converter, reverser, and gearbox unit with
integral parking brake.
Designation SS640 (4 wheel drive)
Weight (dry)
2WD 157 kg (346 lb)
4WD 176 kg (388 lb)
Number of Teeth Std Ratio Low Ratio
Transfer Gear 36 38
Layshaft 19 17
Gear Ratios Std Ratio Low Ratio
1st 5.56:1 6.56:1
2nd 3.45:1 4.06:1
3rd 1.83:1 1.90:1
4th 1.00:1 1.00:1
Torque Convertor (machines up to serial no. TBA)
Torque Converter Dia. 279mm (11in.)
Torque Multiplication at Stall 2.20:1 or 2.40:1 or 2.80:1
Torque Converter Colour Coded Dots 2 purple 2 Orange 3 Brown
1 White 1 Green
Minimum Engine Rev/Min at Converter Stall See page 1 - 8 and 1 - 9
Torque Convertor (machines from serial no. TBA)
Torque Converter Dia. 310 mm (12.2 in.)
Torque Converter Identification 12.2” - D 12.2” - P
Torque Multiplication at Stall 2.82:1 2.54:1
Torque Convertor Colour Coded Dots 2 Purple 2 Orange
1 Yellow 1 Yellow
Minimum Engine Rev/Min at Converter Stall See page 1 - 10 and 1 - 11
Converter Pressures (in neutral) bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Converter In at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 2.4 - 3.4 2.5 - 3.5 35 - 50
2000 rev/min 5.2 - 6.5 5.3 - 6.7 75 - 95
Converter In at 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 1.3 - 2.0 1.4 - 2.1 20 - 30
2000 rev/min 5.2 - 5.9 5.3 - 6.0 75 - 85
Converter Out at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 1.0 - 1.7 1.1 - 1.8 15 - 252000 rev/min 2.0 max 2.0 max 29 max
Converter Out at 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 0.3 - 0.6 0.3 - 0.6 4.0 - 8.0
2000 rev/min 1.0 - 1.7 1.1 - 1.8 15 - 25
Converter Inlet Relief Valve Pressure (max.) 6.5 6.7 95
.....cont'd
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 475/700
1 - 5
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 5
Issue 3*
Technical Data
Syncro Shuttle (cont'd)
Lubrication Pressures (in neutral) bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 0.2 - 0.3 0.2 - 0.4 3.0 - 5.02000 rev/min 0.4 - 0.7 0.4 - 0.7 6.0 - 10.0
At 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 0.1 - 0.2 0.1 - 0.2 2.0 - 3.0
2000 rev/min 0.3 - 0.6 0.3 - 0.6 4.0 - 8.0
Main Line Pressure (in neutral) †
11inch convertor - m/c’s up to serial number TBA bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg. C 1000 rev/min 9.3 - 10.3 9.5 - 10.5 135 - 150
2000 rev/min 10.7 - 11.7 10.9 - 12.0 155 - 170
At 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 9.3 - 10.3 9.5 - 10.5 135 - 150
2000 rev/min 9.3 - 10.3 9.5 - 10.5 135 - 150
Main Line Pressure (in neutral) †
12.2 inch convertor - m/c’s from serial number TBA bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg. C 1000 rev/min 9.7 - 12.8 9.8 - 13.0 140 - 185
2000 rev/min 11.4 - 14.1 11.6 - 14.4 165 - 205
At 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 11.4 - 12.8 11.6 - 13.0 165 - 185
2000 rev/min 11.4 - 13.4 11.6 - 13.7 165 - 195
Clutch Pressures † All clutch pressures should be the same as Mainline Pressure to within 0.7 bar (10 lbf/in2 ):
Flow Rates (in neutral) L/min US gal/min UK gal/minCooler at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 10.4 - 13.6 2.8 - 3.6 2.3 - 3.0
2000 rev/min 14.5 - 20.0 3.8 - 5.3 3.2 - 4.4
Cooler at 100 deg.C 1000 rev/min 10.2 - 12.5 2.7 - 3.3 2.3 - 2.8
2000 rev/min 22.7 - 26.1 6.0 - 6.9 5.0 - 5.7
Pump at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 11.0 - 15.0 2.9 - 4.0 2.5 - 3.3
2000 rev/min 22.5 - 29.5 6.0 - 7.8
† Note: For brand new gearboxes (i.e. under 100 hours service), or gearboxes that have been fully serviced, the pressures will
be slightly higher than those shown (approximately 0.7 - 1.0 bar; 10 - 15 lbf/in2
).
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 476/700
1 - 6
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 6
Issue 3*
Technical Data
Powershift
Description Full electro-hydraulic transmission unit with input, reverse,
layshaft, mainshaft and 4 wheel drive clutch packs. Torque
converter and parking brake integral .
Designation PS740 (4 wheel drive)Weight (dry)
2WD 220 kg (484 lb)4WD 236 kg (519 lb)
Number of Teeth Std Ratio Low Ratio
Transfer Gear 45 46
Layshaft 18 16
Gear Ratios Std Ratio Low Ratio
1st 5.72:1 6.58:1
2nd 3.23:1 3.71:1
3rd 1.77:1 1.77:1
4th 1.00:1 1.00:1
Torque Convertor (machines up to serial no. TBA)
Torque Converter Dia. 279mm (11in.)
Torque Multiplication at Stall 2.20:1 or 2.40:1 or 2.80:1
Torque Converter Colour Coded Dots 2 purple 2 Orange 3 Brown
1 White 1 Green
Minimum Engine Rev/Min at Converter Stall See page 1 - 8 and 1 - 9
Torque Convertor (machines up to serial no. TBA)
Torque Converter Dia. 310 mm (12.2 in.)
Torque Converter Identification 12.2” - D 12.2” - P
Torque Multiplication at Stall 2.82:1 2.54:1Torque Convertor Colour Coded Dots 2 Purple 2 Orange
1 Yellow 1 Yellow
Minimum Engine Rev/Min at Converter Stall See page 1 - 10 and 1 - 11
Converter Pressures (in neutral) bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
Converter In at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 2.8 - 4.1 2.8 - 4.2 40 - 60
2000 rev/min 4.8 - 6.2 4.9 - 6.3 70 - 90
Converter Out at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 1.9 - 2.3 1.9 - 2.3 27 - 33
2000 rev/min 2.3 - 2.7 2.3 - 2.7 33 - 39
Converter Inlet Relief Valve Pressure (max.) 6.5 6.7 95
..... continued
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 477/700
1 - 7
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 7
Issue 2*
Technical Data
Powershift (cont'd)
Lubrication Pressures (in neutral) bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 0.14 - 0.28 0.14 - 0.28 2.0 - 4.0
2000 rev/min 0.28 - 0.55 0.28 - 0.56 4.0 - 8.0
Mainline Pressure (in neutral) †
11 inch convertor - m/c’s up to serial number TBA bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg. C 1000 rev/min 9.0 - 10.0 9.1 - 10.2 130 - 145
2000 rev/min 9.7 - 11.0 9.8 - 11.3 140 - 160
Main Line Pressure (in neutral) †
12.2 inch convertor - m/c’s from serial number TBA bar kgf/cm2 lbf/in2
At 50 deg. C 1000 rev/min 9.7 - 12.8 9.8 - 13.0 140 - 185
2000 rev/min 11.4 - 14.1 11.6 - 14.4 165 - 205
Clutch Pressures † All clutch pressures should be the same as Mainline Pressure to within 0.7 bar (10 lbf/in2 ):
Flow Rates (in neutral) litres/min US gal/min UK gal/min
Cooler at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 10.4 - 13.6 2.8 - 3.6 2.3 - 3.0
2000 rev/min 14.5 - 20.0 3.8 - 5.3 3.2 - 4.4
Pump at 50 deg.C 1000 rev/min 11.0 - 15.0 2.9 - 4.0 2.5 - 3.3
2000 rev/min 22.5 - 29.5 6.0 - 7.8 5.0 - 6.5
† Note: For brand new gearboxes (i.e. under 100 hours service), or gearboxes that have been fully serviced, the pressures will
be slightly higher than those shown (approximately 0.7 - 1.0 bar; 10 - 15 lbf/in2 ).*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 478/700
1 - 8
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 8
Issue 4*
Technical Data
Pump/Transmission Stall Speed Combinations - All Wheel Steer Machines with 11 inch
Convertors
The figures given below and on the following page apply to 'bedded-in' engines, i.e. engines that have done a minimum of 250working hours, therefore they should not be used for PDI checks. They are intended to be used as guideline figures only and
should not be considered as servicing parameters.
ALL WHEEL STEER MACHINES
4CX 4CX 4CX 4CX 217S214S option option N.Am.
215S Nordic Malasia
N.Am. Iceland
ServoPlus
Engine Stall Speed
1 Converter only
max r.p.m. 2170 2130 2160 2120 2100
min. r.p.m. 2100 2065 2085 2055 2030
2 Converter + MRV
max. r.p.m. 1795 1770 1685 1660 1640min. r.p.m. 1700 1670 1575 1550 1530
Build Specification
Engine Size N.A. (74 bhp)
T2 (90 bhp)
T3 (96 bhp) ● ● ● ● ●
Converter Type SSL 11 (2.8:1)
WH 11 (2.4:1) ● ● ● ● ●
W11 (2.2:1)
Pump Size 26 gal
(UK gals) 28 gal
30 gal ● ●
34 gal ● ● ●
Fan Ratio 1 to 1 ● ●
1 to 1.25 ● ●
1 to 1.36 ●
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 479/700
1 - 9
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 9
Issue 2*
Technical Data
P u m p / T r a n s m i s s i o n S t a l l S p e e d
C o m b i n a t i o n s - T w o W h e e
l S t e e r M a c h i n e s w i t h 1 1 i n c h C o n v e r t o r s
N o t e : A l l t e s t s c o n d u c t e d w i t h s i n g l e p u m p o
p t i o n s e l e c t e d u n l e s s s p e c i f i e d t h u s #
, t h e n t e s t s t o b e c o n d u c t e d w i t h d o u b l e p u m p o p t i o n s e l e c t e d .
3 C X
3 C X
2 1 4
3 C X T
3 C X T
3 C X T +
3 C X T +
3 C X T
3 C
X T
2 1 4 T
2 1 5
2 1 7
N . A m .
o p t i o n
o p
t i o n
N . A m .
N . A m .
N . A m .
N o r d i c
S o
u t h
I c e l a n d
A f
r i c a
E n g i n e S t a l l S p e e d
1
C o n v
e r t o r O n l y
m a x r . p . m .
1 7 5 5
1 7 3 5
2 2 1 5 #
1 9 0 0
1 8 7 5
1 8 9 0
1 8 7 0
1 8 8 0
1 8
6 0
2 0 7 0
2 0 6 5
1 9 1 5
m i n r . p . m .
1 6 9 5
1 6 7 0
2 1 4 5 #
1 8 3 0
1 8 1 0
1 8 2 0
1 8 0 0
1 8 1 0
1 7
9 0
2 0 0 0
1 9 9 5
1 8 4 0
2
C o n v
e r t o r + M R V
m a x r . p . m .
1 3 6 0
1 3 4 0
1 8 3 0 #
1 5 2 5
1 5 1 0
1 5 1 5
1 4 9 5
1 3 8 0
1 3
6 5
1 7 3 0
1 6 7 5
1 4 6 5
m i n r . p . m .
1 2 6 0
1 2 4 5
1 7 3 0 #
1 4 2 0
1 4 0 5
1 4 1 0
1 3 9 0
1 2 2 0
1 2
0 0
1 6 3 0
1 5 7 0
1 3 4 5
B u i l d S p
e c i f i c a t i o n
E n g i n e S
i z e
N . A . ( 7 4 b h p )
●
●
●
T 2 ( 9 0 b h p )
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
T 3 ( 9 6 b h p )
●
C o n v e r t o r T y p e
S S L 1 1 ( 2 . 8 : 1 )
●
W H 1 1 ( 2 . 4 : 1 )
●
●
W 1 1 ( 2 . 2 : 1 )
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
P u m p S i z e
2 6 U K g a l .
●
●
●
●
( U . K . g a l s )
2 8 U K g a l .
●
●
3 0 U K g a l .
●
●
●
3 4 U K g a l .
●
●
●
F a n R a t i o
1 t o 1
●
●
●
●
1 t o 1 . 2 5
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1 t o 1 . 3 6
●
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 480/700
1 - 10
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 10
Issue 2
Technical Data
Pump/Transmission Stall Speed Combinations - All Wheel Steer Machines with 12.2 inch
Convertors
NOTE. All tests conducted with single pump option selected
4C/4CN
4CX 4CX 4CX 4CX 217S 3CXSup. 3CXSup.
4CXSup. 214S option option U.S.A.
215S Nordic MalaysiaIceland
Engine Speed @ Stall Combination.
1.Convertor only.
Max.r.p.m. 2100 2065 2085 2060 2035 2040 2010Min.r.p.m. 2000 1970 1990 1960 1940 1935 1905
2.Convertor + M.R.V.Max.r.p.m. 1755 1730 1660 1640 1625 1635 1610
Min.r.p.m. 1665 1650 1570 1550 1530 1510 1485
Std. or High Lift Excavator
Build specification.
Engine size.
N.A.(74)T2(90) ● ●
T3(96) ● ● ● ● ●
Convertor type.
12.2D(2.82)12.2P(2.54) ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
Pump size.24 gal.
26 gal.
28 gal.
30 gal. ● ● ● ●
34 gal. ● ● ●
Fan Ratio.
1 to 1 ● ● ●
1 to 1.25 ● ● ●
1 to 1.36 ●
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 481/700
1 - 11
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 11
Issue 1
Technical Data
P u m p / T r
a n s m i s s i o n S t a l l S p e e d C o m b i n a t i o n s - T w o W h e e l S
t e e r M a c h i n e s w i t h 1 2 . 2 i n c h C o n v e r t o r s
N o t e . A l l t e
s t s c o n d u c t e d w i t h s i n g l e p u m p o p t i o n s e l e c t e d .
2 1 4 E
3 C X
3 C X
2 1 4
2 1 4
3 C X
3 C X . T
3 C X . T
3 C X S M +
3 C X S M +
3 C X . T
3 C X . T
2 1 4 T
2 1 5
2 1 7
U . S . A .
U . S . A .
U . S . A .
M a l a y s i a
o p t i o n
o p t i o n
U . S . A .
U . S . A .
U . S . A .
N o r d i c
S o u t h
I c e l a n d
A f r i c a
E n g i n e S p e
e d @ S t a l l C o m b i n a t i o n .
1 . C o n v e r t o r o n l y .
M a x . r . p . m .
2 1 0 5
1 8 9 5
1 8 7 0
2 1 2 0
2 1 2 0
1 8 6 0
2 0 5 0
2 0 2 0
2 0 4 0
2 0 1 0
2 0 2 5
1 9 9 5
2 0 1 0
2 0 1
0
2 0 3 5
M i n . r . p . m .
2 0 0 5
1 8 0 0
1 7 7 5
2 0 1 5
2 0 1 5
1 7 6 0
1 9 5 0
1 9 1 5
1 9 3 5
1 9 0 5
1 9 2 5
1 8 9 5
1 9 0 5
1 9 0
5
1 9 4 0
2 . C o n v e r t o r + M . R . V .
M a x . r . p . m .
1 3 6 5
1 4 7 0
1 4 5 0
1 7 1 0
1 6 4 5
1 4 3 5
1 6 5 0
1 6 2 5
1 6 3 5
1 6 1 0
1 4 8 0
1 4 5 0
1 6 1 0
1 6 1
0
1 6 2 5
M i n . r . p . m .
1 1 9 5
1 3 7 0
1 3 5 0
1 6 1 5
1 5 4 0
1 3 3 5
1 5 2 5
1 5 0 0
1 5 1 0
1 4 8 5
1 3 1 0
1 2 8 0
1 4 8 5
1 4 8
5
1 5 3 0
S t d . o r H i g h
L i f t E x c a v a t o r
H i g h
H i g h
H i g
h
B u i l d s p e c i f i c a t i o n .
E n g i n e s i z e .
N . A . ( 7 4 )
●
●
●
●
●
●
T 2 ( 9 0 )
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
T 3 ( 9 6 )
●
C o n v e r t o r t y p e .
1 2 . 2 D ( 2 . 8 2 )
●
●
●
1 2 . 2 P ( 2 . 5 4 )
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
P u m p s i z e .
2 4 g a l .
●
2 6 g a l .
●
●
●
●
2 8 g a l .
●
3 0 g a l .
●
●
●
●
●
●
3 4 g a l .
●
●
●
F a n R a t i o .
1 t o 1
●
●
●
●
1 t o 1 . 2 5
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
1 t o 1 . 3 6
●
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 482/700
1 - 12
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
1 - 12
Issue 1
Towing Procedure
Syncro Shuttle & Powershift Gearbox
If there is no transmission damage, the machine may be towed for a distance of approximately 1.5 kilometres (1 mile). Always
use a rigid tow bar, ensure that the gear lever is in neutral (applicable to Syncro Shuttle machines only). Restrict towing speedto 25 k.p.h. (15 m.p.h.).
If it is necessary to tow the machine for a distance in excess of 1.5 kilometres (1 mile) the propshafts should be disconnected
to prevent damage to the transmission system.
!WARNINGWhen the rear propshaft is disconnected the parking brake will not function. It is essential that the following procedure
be adopted.TRAN 1-5
Position the machine on firm level ground and block the wheels securely to prevent any movement. Select neutral (SyncroShuttle machines only) and release the parking brake.
Disconnect the rear propshaft from the axle, and tie up the shaft securely well clear of the rotating axle yoke. Alternatively
remove the shaft completely.
Connect the towing vehicle via the towbar BEFORE removing the blocks from the wheels. Restrict the towing speed to 25k.p.h. (15 m.p.h.).
When towing is complete, block the wheels securely BEFORE removing the towbar and reconnecting the propshafts.
Important: In some countries neither of the above procedures may be legally acceptable for towing on public highways.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 483/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 484/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 485/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 486/700
W h
e n e i t h e r f o r w a r d o r r e v e r s e i s s e
l e c t e d , t h e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
d i v e r t s p r e s s u r i s e d
o i l v i a t h e
r e v
e r s e r s h a f t t o t h e a p p r o p r i a t e c l u t c h i n t h e
r e v
e r s e r u n i t A . A r e s t r i c t o r o r i f i c e P i n
t h e f e e d t o
t h e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e m o d u l a t e s t h e p r e s
s u r e t o t h e
c l u
t c h t o g i v e a s m o o t h e n g a g e m e n t . P r
e s s u r e f r o m
t h e
o t h e r c l u t c h i s v e n t e d b a c k t o t h e s
u m p v i a t h e
s o l e n o i d v a l v e s p o o l .
Transmission
9803/3260 Issue 1
S y n c r o S h u t t l e G e a r b o x
G e n e r a l
D e s c r i p t i o n a n d O p e r a t i o n
T h e J C B S y n c r o S h u t t l e c o n s i s t s o f a t
o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r , h y d r a u l i c r e v e r s e r u n i t , a n d i n
t e g r a l
m a n u a l 4 - s p e e d g e a r b o x .
T h e r e v
e r s e r u n i t A
h a s a p a i r o f h y d r a u
l i c a l l y
o p e r a t e d
c l u t c h e s g i v i n g f o r w a r d - n e u t r a l - r e v e r s e
d r i v e . O i l p r e s s u r e i s p r o v i d e d b y a c r e s c e n
t t y p e
p u m p B
d r i v e n a t e n g i n e s p e e d b y t h e d r i v e l u g s o f
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r C . T h e o i l p r e s s u r e i s
c o n t r o l l e d b y m a i n t e n a n c e v a l v e D , a n d c l u t c h
s e l e c t i o
n i s a c h i e v e d b y m e a n s o f a n e l e c t r i c
s o l e n o i d
v a l v e E .
D r i v e i s t r a n s f e r r e d f r o m
t h e r e v e r s e r u n i t b y
h e l i c a l
g e a r s t o
t h e m a i n s h a f t F , w h i c h c a r r i e s t h e 3
r d / 4 t h
s y n c h r o m e s h u n i t G , a n d t o t h e l a y s h a f t H ,
w h i c h
c a r r i e s
t h e 1 s t / 2 n d s y n c h r o m e s h u n i t J
. T h e
s y n c h r o m e s h u n i t s a r e o f t h e ' B l o c k i n g P i n ' t y p e , a
f u l l d e s c
r i p t i o n o f w h i c h i s g i v e n o n P a g e s F
/ 3 - 3
a n d F / 3 - 4 .
D r i v e i s t r a n s m i t t e d f i n a l l y v i a t h e o u t p u t s h a f t K
t o
t h e r e a r
a x l e . I f 4 w h e e l d r i v e i s s e l e c t e d , t h e f r o n t
w h e e l s a r e a l s o d r i v e n v i a 4 w h e e l d r i v e o u t p u t
f l a n g e L . A f u l l d e s c r i p t i o n o f 2 / 4 w h e e l d r i v e
c l u t c h
o p e r a t i o n i s g i v e n o n p a g e s F / 3 - 6 a n d F / 3 - 7 .
O i l f r o m
t h e p u m p B
i s f e d t h r o u g h a n i n t e r n a l
p a s s a g e
v i a
t h e f i l
t e r M
t o
t h e
p r e s s u r e
m a i n t e n a n c e v a l v e D , w
h i c h m a i n t a i n s p r e s s u r e t o
t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e E
f o r
c l u t c h s e l e c t i o n . E x c e s s o i l
f r o m
t h e m a i n t e n a n c e v a l v e f l o w s b a c k t h r o u g h t h e
c a s i n g t o t h e t o r q u e
c o n v e r t e r . O i l e n t e r s t h e
c o n v e r t e r b e t w e e n t h e c
o n v e r t e r h u b a n d t h e s t a t o r
s u p p o r t , a n d l e a v e s b e t w e e n t h e s t a t o r a n d t h e
i n p u t s h a f t . P r e s s u r e i n
t h e c o n v e r t e r i s c o n t r o l l e d
b y r e l i e f v a l v e N
w h
i c h d u m p s o i l f r o m
t h e
c o n v e r t e r l i n e b a c k t o t h
e s u m p .
O i l f r o m
t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e r f l o w s o u t o f t h e
t r a n s m i s s i o n t o t h e e x t e r n a l o i l c o o l e r , r e t u r n i n g a t
t h e r e a r o f t h e t r a n s m i s s
i o n u n i t t o p a s s t h r o u g h t h e
c e n t r e o f t h e r e v e r s e r s h
a f t f o r c l u t c h l u b r i c a t i o n .
I n n e u t r a l t h e f l o w o f t h e p r e s s u r i s e d o i l i s b l o c k e d
a t t h e s o l e n o i d v a l v e .
3 - 2 3 - 2Descriptions
Section F Section F
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 487/700
3 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
3 - 3
Issue 1
Descriptions
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 488/700
3 - 4
Synchromesh
Description
The gearbox is fitted with 'Blocking Pin' synchromesh,
comprising the following parts.
SYNCHRO HUB (A) controls the operation of the
synchromesh unit and gear selection, the selector fork fitting
into the outer groove. Internal dog teeth link the selected
gear to the drive shaft. Through the synchro hub centre are
two sets of holes for the blocker pins ( C ) and the spli t
energiser pins ( D ), spaced alternately.
SYNCHRO RINGS (B) are rigidly joined by the blocker pins,
with the split energiser pins held, in counterbores, between
the two synchro rings.
BLOCKER PINS (C) have a narrow neck in the centre,
against which the synchro hub transmits radial drive during
gear changes. The edges of the blocker pin neck and theirmating synchro hub holes are designed so that, as the radial
loads are reduced, the synchro hub can slide over the
shoulder of the blocker pin.
SPLIT ENERGISER PINS (D) take the initial axial load of the
synchro hub on the shoulder of the split energiser pin neck.
As the axial load reaches approximately 400 N (40.8 kg; 90lb) the internal springs allow the split energiser pin to
collapse and the synchro hub to move axially.
SYNCHRO CUPS (E) take the frictional drive from the
Operation
Diagram F shows the gearbox with first gear engaged.
Synchro ring B is in contact with synchro cup E and thesynchro hub dog teeth are linking first gear to the shaft gear.
In this position the split energiser pins D are 'collapsed'.
When selecting second gear the synchro hub A slides along
the split energiser pins until the pin recess and the synchro
hub flange are in line. At this point the split energiser pins
open and the synchro rings are moved by the synchro hub
pushing on the split energiser pin shoulder.
Initial contact between the synchro ring and the synchro cupstarts to synchronise the speed of the shaft and second
gear. The rotational force of the synchro ring is taken by the
blocker pin against the edge of the synchro hub hole, as at
G.
As the axial load on the synchro hub increases, the split
energiser pin 'collapses' and the conical faces of theblocking pin and synchro hub hole come into contact, as at
H.
Further increases in the axial loads increase the frictional
grip of the synchro ring and the synchro cup, causing the
shaft and gear speeds to synchronise.
As the speeds are synchronised the radial load on the
blocker pin and the synchro hub is reduced. This allows thesynchro hub to slide freely along the blocker pin and engage
its dog teeth with second gear, see diagram J.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
3 - 4
Issue 1
Descriptions
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 489/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 490/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 491/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 492/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 493/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 494/700
Transmission
9803/3260 Issue 2
4 - 1 4 - 1Descriptions
Section F Section F
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 495/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 496/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 497/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 498/700
Transmission
9803/3260 Issue 1
P o w e r s h i f t T r a n s m i s s i o n
5 t h G e
a r - 5 - S p e e d G e a r b o x e s O
n l y
T h e d r i v e f o r t h e 5 t h g e a r i s t r a n s m i t t e d b y c o
n s t a n t
m e s h f r o
m
g e a r ( i t e m
1 ) t h r o u g h t r a n s f e r g e a
r ( i t e m
2 ) t o t h e
5 t h s p e e d c l u t c h a s s e m b l y ( i t e m 3 ) .
I f t h e
c l u t c h p a c k i s n o t p r e s s u r i s e d ,
t h e 5 t h g e a r ( i t e m
6 )
i s m e s h e d a n d f r e e l y r o t a t i n g w i t h i n p u t g e a
r ( i t e m
9 ) - b u t n
o d r i v e i s b e i n g t r a n s f e r r e d .
G e a r ( i t e
m
1 ) i s m o u n t e d o n t h e i n p u t r e v e r s e
r s h a f t
( i t e m
4 ) a n d i s d r i v e n v i a t h e t o r q u e c o n v e r t e
r . T h e
c o n v e r t e
r h a s a n a d d i t i o n a l i n t e g r a l s p l i n e d
s p i g o t
w h e n c o m p a r e d t o a ' s t a n d a r d ' c o n v e r t e
r , t h i s
a d d i t i o n
a l s p l i n e i s u s e d t o d i r e c t l y d r i v e g e a r
a s s e m b l y ( i t e m 1 ) v i a g e a r ( i t e m 5 ) .
T h e c o n
s t a n t m e s h i n g g e a r s w i l l f r e e l y r o t a t
e u n t i l
t h e 5 t h s
p e e d c l u t c h s o l e n o i d ( i t e m
7 ) i s e n e r g i s e d .
W h e n t h
e s o l e n o i d i s e n e r g i s e d , p r e s s u r i s e d
o i l i s
d i v e r t e d
v i a a s o l e n o i d s p o o l t o t h e 5 t h s p e e d
c l u t c h ( i t
e m 3 ) .
T h e c l u t c h w o r k s o n a s i m i l a r p r i n c i p l e t o t h e
n o r m a l
' r e v e r s e r ' c l u t c h f o u n d i n t h e s t a
n d a r d
s y n c r o s
h u t t l e t r a n s m i s s i o n ( s e e p a g e F / 3 - 5
) , t h a t
i s ,
t h e p r e s s u r i s e d o i l e n t e r s t h e c l u t c h a n d f o
r c e s a
p i s t o n a
g a i n s t a f r i c t i o n / c o u n t e r p l a t e a s s e m b l y .
B e c a u s e t h e f r i c t i o n / c o u n t e r p l a t e s a r e f o r c e d
t o g e t h e r , d r i v e i s t r a n s m i t t e d t h r o u g h t h e
c l u t c h
p a c k t o t h e 5 t h g e a r ( i t e m 6 ) .
W h e n 5 t h g e a r i s s e l e c t e d ,
t h e 5 t h s p e e d
c l u t c h
( i t e m 3 )
A N D
t h e m a i n s h a f t c l u t c h ( i t e m
8 ) a r e
p r e s s u r i s e d , p a g e F / 6 - 7 s h o w s t h e d r i v e p a t h
f o r t h e
5 t h g e a r .
W h e n
t h e
s o l e n o i d
i s
d e - e n e r g i s e d
,
t h e
f r i c t i o n / c o u n t e r p l a t e s f r e e l y r o t a t e ,
t h e r e f o r e n o
d r i v e i s t
r a n s m i t t e d t h r o u g h t h e 5 t h g e a r ( i t e m
6 ) .
5 - 3 5 - 3Descriptions
Section F Section F
S 2 3 5 6 4 0
A 2 3 5 6 6 1
➆
1
5
2
3
6
4
8
9
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 499/700
6 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 1
Issue 1
Descriptions
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 500/700
Powershift - Drivepaths
Figure 1 - 1st GEAR FORWARD (4 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
F - Forward Low Ratio F - Forward Low
H - Layshaft H - Layshaft
K - 2/4 wheel drive (see note)
Note: Powershift transmissions installed in machines prior to serial number 415012 have the 4-wheel drive clutch spring
loaded in the 'on' position to give 4WD, as shown at K . On machines after serial number 415012, the clutch must be
pressurised to select 4WD. Refer to pages F/3-6 to F/3-9 for a description of the 4-wheel drive clutch operation.
Figure 2 - 2nd GEAR FORWARD (4 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
E - Forward High Ratio E - Forward High
H - Layshaft H - Layshaft
K - 2/4 wheel drive (see note above)
6 - 2
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 2
Issue 2*
Descriptions
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 501/700
6 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 3
Issue 1
Descriptions
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 502/700
Powershift - Drivepaths (cont'd)
Figure 3 - 3rd GEAR FORWARD (4 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
F - Forward Low Ratio F - Forward Low
G - Mainshaft G - Mainshaft
K - 2/4 wheel drive (see note)
Note: Powershift transmissions installed in machines prior to serial number 415012 have the 4-wheel drive clutch spring
loaded in the 'on' position to give 4WD, as shown at K . On machines after serial number 415012, the clutch must be
pressurised to select 4WD. Refer to pages F/3-6 to F/3-9 for a description of the 4-wheel drive clutch operation.
Figure 4 - 4th GEAR FORWARD (4 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
E - Forward High Ratio E - Forward High
G - Mainshaft G - Mainshaft
K - 2/4 Wheel Drive
Note that when 4th gear is selected, the 2/4 wheel drive clutch solenoid K is automatically energised, which therefore places
the transmission in 2 wheel drive (only applicable on machines up to serial number 409435). Refer also to the note above.
6 - 4
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 4
Issue 2*
Descriptions
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 503/700
6 - 5
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 5
Issue 1
Descriptions
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 504/700
Powershift - Drivepaths (cont'd)
Figure 5 - 1st GEAR FORWARD (2 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
F - Forward Low Ratio F - Forward Low
H - Layshaft H - Layshaft
K - 2/4 Wheel Drive
Note that the 2/4 wheel drive clutch has been pressurised via solenoid valve K and therefore disengaged.
Note: Powershift transmissions installed in machines prior to serial number 415012 have the 4-wheel drive clutch springloaded in the 'on' position to give 4WD. On machines after serial number 415012, the clutch must be pressurised to select
4WD. Refer to pages F/3-6 to F/3-9 for a description of the 4-wheel drive clutch operation.
Figure 6 - 1st GEAR REVERSE (4 Wheel Drive)
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
I - Reverse Low Ratio I - Reverse Low
H - Layshaft H - Layshaft
K - 2/4 wheel drive (see note above)
Note that reverse drive is achieved through the meshing of spur gears Z.
6 - 6
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 6
Issue 2*
Descriptions
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 505/700
Powershift - Drivepaths (cont'd)
Figure 7 - 5th GEAR FORWARD - 5 SPEED GEARBOX ONLY
Clutches Engaged Solenoids Active
G - Mainshaft G - Mainshaft
L - 5th Speed L - 5th Speed
For 5-speed gearboxes the 1st, 2nd, 3rd and 4th gear clutch/solenoid combinations are the same as described on the previous
pages. Refer also to page F/5-3 for 5th speed drive description. Note that the 2/4 wheel drive clutch must be pressurised to
give 4 wheel drive.
6 - 7
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
6 - 7
Issue 1
Descriptions
G
L
L
G
Sxxxxxx
S
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 506/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 507/700
12 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
12 - 1
Issue 1
Fault Finding
Syncro Shutt le Gearbox
Before carrying out the checks listed the machine should, if possible, be operated to determine the fault area(s), and bring the
systems to their normal working temperatures.
Ensure that the correct quantity and grade of oil is used and that there are no obvious leaks.
A If the transmission is noisy, start at check 1.
B If the transmission is overheating, start at check 4.
C If the transmission will not pull, start at check 12.
D If there is no drive in one or both directions, start at check 17.
E If the transmission is jumping out of gear, start at check 29.
F If the transmission is sticking in gear, start at check 39.
G If ratios are 'crash changing', start at check 41.
CHECK ACTION
1 Is there noise when selecting direction? YES: Check 3
NO: Check 2
2 Is there noise when running with direction selector YES: Check 9
in neutral and ratio selector in 1st? NO: Check 19
3 Is there air in the hydraulic system? YES: Continue running to expel air.
NO: Check 4
4 Is the fluid level correct? YES: Check 5NO: Check level only when machine is cold and top-up as
required.
5 Are the oil passages restricted? YES: Clear the restriction.
NO: Check 6
6 Is the suction strainer restricted? YES: Remove and clean strainer.
NO: Check 7
7 Is pump pressure as specified? YES: Check 9
NO: Check clutch pressure maintenance valve is free tooperate.
8 When flow testing pump, is output low? YES: Renew pump.
NO: Check converter sprag clutch for wear or slip.
9 Does the noise continue when direction selector YES: Check 10
is in forward or reverse? NO: Check 11
10 Is transmission misaligned? YES: Renew mountings and check position.
NO: Check 'converter out' pressure and flow.
11 Are the pump bushes worn? YES: Renew
NO: Check converter for wear or cooler for restriction to
flow.
12 Is the transmission not pulling in one direction only? YES: Check 16
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 508/700
12 - 2
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
12 - 2
Issue 1
Fault Finding
Syncro Shuttle Gearbox (cont'd)
CHECK ACTION
14 Is 'converter in' pressure as specified? YES: Check 15
NO: Inspect converter relief valve for damage. Check
cooler bypass valve pressure setting.
15 Is pump being driven by converter? YES: Check pump pressure.
NO: Renew damaged parts.
16 Are clutch sealing rings damaged? YES: Tap pressure gauge into clutch feed lines to monitor
pressure.
NO: Check clutch plates for damage.
17 Is there drive in one direction only? YES: Check 19NO: Check 18
18 Is the start switch in the run position and supplying YES: Check 19
current to the neutral start relay? NO: Rectify.
19 Is the fault only when the transmission is hot? YES: Dismantle solenoid and check components.
NO: Check microswitches, relay and wiring loom.
20 Is the noise a growl, hum or grinding? YES: Check gears for damage or wear.
NO: Check 21
21 Is the noise a hiss, thump or bumping? YES: Check bearings for damage or wear.
NO: Check 22
22 Is the noise a squeal? YES: Check free running gears for seizure.
NO: Check 23
23 Is the noise present when in neutral or when in gear? NEUTRAL: Check 24
IN GEAR: Check 27
24 Is the countershaft or its bearings worn or damaged? YES: Renew damaged parts.
NO: Check 25
25 Is there excessive backlash in the gears? YES: Adjust by checking shaft end float.
NO: Check 26
26 Is the mainshaft pilot bearing worn? YES: Renew.
NO: Check gear teeth for scuffing.
27 Is the mainshaft rear bearing worn? YES: Renew.
NO: Check 28
28 Are the sliding gear teeth worn or damaged? YES: Renew gears.
NO: Check 29
29 Are the selector forks loose? YES: Tighten screws.
NO: Check 30
30 Are the selector fork pads or grooves in gears worn? YES: Renew worn parts.
NO: Check 31
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 509/700
12 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
12 - 3
Issue 1
Fault Finding
Syncro Shuttle Gearbox (cont'd)
CHECK ACTION
33 Are the selector rods worn or damaged? YES: Renew.
NO: Check 34
34 Are the selector fork pads out of position? YES: Reposition or renew (check interlock).
NO: Check 35
35 Is there excessive end float in gears or shafts? YES: Adjust.
NO: Check thrust washers and mating faces.
36 Is the synchroniser bronze worn? YES: Renew synchro pack.
NO: Check 37
37 Are steel chips embedded in the bronze? YES: Continue using, chips will either embed below bronze
or be rejected.NO: Check 38
38 Are the synchroniser components damaged? YES: Renew.
NO: Check free running gears for seizure or damage.
39 Are the sliding gears tight on the splines? YES: Free or renew.
NO: Check 40
40 Are chips wedged between splines of shaft YES: Remove chips.
or gear? NO: Ensure that clutch is disengaged when dump pedal ispressed.
41 Are steel chips embedded in the bronze? YES: Continue using, chips will either embed below bronze
or be rejected.
NO: Check 42
42 Are the synchroniser spring pins damaged? YES: Renew synchro.
NO: Check 43
43 Is the synchroniser bronze worn? YES: Renew synchro.
NO: Check blocker pins.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 510/700
2/4 Wheel Drive Clutch
2WD Cannot be Engaged
In normal operation the 2/4 wheel drive clutch is spring loaded and therefore engaged to give 4 wheel drive. The clutch mustbe pressurised to give 2 wheel drive. Before starting the more detailed fault finding procedures - eliminate the obvious:
1 Check that the transmission oil level is correct.
2 Check that the fuse (C3) for the 2/4WD circuit is intact.
3 Check that the 4-wheel drive external pipework is not damaged.
4 Check that all the electrical connections are clean and secure.
5 Check that the mainline pressure is correct (see 'Low Mainline Pressure').
6 Check that the pump flow rate is correct.
Possible Cause
7 Low mainline pressure
(Minimum pressure required to disengage 2/4WD clutch
is 8.6 bar; 125 lb/in2 ).
8 Low mainline pressure (due to 2/4WD clutch):
8.1 2/4WD solenoid spool sticking.
8.2 2/4WD solenoid permanently energised.
8.3 2/4WD solenoid spool O-ring failed.
8.4 Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking.
8.5 Excessive clutch shaft end float.
8.6 Wrong type clutch piston fitted.
8.7 Clutch piston O-ring failed.
9 Defective 2/4WD clutch:
9.1 Worn pressure plate
9.2 Worn actuating sleeve.
(Later machines have a new type of 2/4WD clutch fitted,
Remedy
7 Identify if the fault is related to the 2/4WD disconnect:
7.1 Disconnect the external pipework to the 2/4WD
clutch. Cap and plug open orifices.
7.2 Check the mainline pressure - if the pressure is
correct, the fault must be within the 2/4WD (see
step 8). If the reading is still low check the
transmission in the normal manner.
8 Rectify fault:
8.1 Strip, clean and re-assemble solenoid valve, renew
valve if required.
8.2 Check the 2/4WD relay and select switch, replace
as necessary.
8.3 Renew O-ring.
8.4 Renew clutch shaft sealing rings.
8.5 Rectify fault, renew parts as required, reset end
float (should not exceed 0.03 mm; 0.001 in)
8.6 Fit correct type clutch piston (ie, without bleed
hole).
8.7 Replace clutch piston O-ring.
9 Rectify fault:
9.1 Inspect pressure plate, renew as required.
9.2 Measure length of actuating sleeve and renew as
required, sleeve length should be:
4WD Cannot be Engaged
No pressure is required to engage 4WD (spring loaded). Check that the front wheel drive train is intact (ie propshaft and axle). Also check that the solenoid spool is not sticking (in the 2WD position). Finally check the 2/4 wheel drive switch and relays.
13 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/7110
Section F
13 - 1
Issue 1
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 511/700
14 - 1
Powershift Fault Finding - Introduction
The Powershift fault finding procedures concern themselves
with general problems normally associated with this type oftransmission system, and so the layout is a 'Possible Cause
and Remedy' type.
Full flow, pressure and stall testing procedures for the
Powershift transmission start on page F/91-1.
Before commencing with the fault finding procedure make
sure that the correct type of transmission fluid has been
used (JCB Special Transmission Fluid).
Powershift Fault Finding - Index
Page No.
Lack of Power 14 - 2
Low Mainline Pressure 14 - 2
High Stall Speeds (On All Clutches) 14 - 2
Low Stall Speeds (On All Clutches) 14 - 2
Low Converter Out Pressure 14 - 2
Low Pump Flow 14 - 2
High Converter Out Pressure 14 - 2
Low Lubrication Pressure 14 - 3
Low Clutch Pressure and/or Clutch Slipping 14 - 3
Overheating 14 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
14 - 1
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 512/700
14 - 2
Powershift Fault Finding
LACK OF POWER
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Poor engine condition. 1 Check and if necessary repair engine.2 Low oil level. 2 Top up system.
3 Worn pump. 3 Check and if necessary repair or renew pump.
4 Torque converter damage. 4 Check and if necessary repair or renew torque converter.
5 Low mainline pressure. 5 See fault 'Low Mainline Pressure'.6 Clutches slipping. 6 Check clutch pressures, check clutch piston rings.
7 Internal leakage. 7 Check internal cored galleries and the casting for porosity.
8 High stall speeds. 8 See fault 'High Stall Speeds (on ALL clutches)'.
9 Low stall speeds. 9 See fault 'Low Stall Speeds (on ALL clutches)'.
10 Overheating 10 See fault 'Overheating'.
LOW MAINLINE PRESSURE
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Worn pump. 1 Check and if necessary repair or renew pump.2 Blocked suction strainer. 2 Clean suction strainer.
3 Pressure maintaining valve sticking/leaking. 3 Free off or renew valve.4 Oil aerated (foaming). 4 a) Internal leakage (cored galleries) - inspect/repair
transmission.
b) Dirty suction strainer - clean strainer.
c) High oil level - drain to proper level.
d) Incorrect grade of oil - drain then refill with correct oil.
5 Oil leak thru' 2/4WD circuit. 5 a) Check external pipework for 2/4WD circuit.b) Check 2/4WD (pressure) circuit - refer to 2/4 wheel drive
clutch fault finding procedure on pages F/13-1 or F/15-
1.
HIGH STALL SPEEDS (ON ALL CLUTCHES)
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Damaged converter blades. 1 Check and if necessary repair or renew converter.
2 Clutches slipping. 2 Strip, inspect and fit new clutch friction/counter plates.
3 Internal leakage. 3 Check internal cored galleries and the casting for porosity.
LOW STALL SPEEDS (ON ALL CLUTCHES)
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Poor engine condition. 1 Check and if necessary repair engine.
2 Torque converter reaction member clutch slipping. 2 Check and if necessary repair torque converter.
LOW CONVERTER OUT PRESSURE
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Low mainline pressure. 1 See fault heading 'Low Mainline Pressure'.
2 Converter internal leakage. 2 Check and if necessary renew converter.
3 Converter relief valve faulty. 3 Check and if necessary repair relief valve.
4 Restriction in converter feed. 4 See item 10 in fault 'Overheating'.
LOW PUMP FLOW
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Low oil level 1 Top up system.2 Blocked suction strainer. 2 Clean suction strainer.
3 Worn Pump. 3 Repair or renew pump
HIGH CONVERTER OUT PRESSUREPossible Cause Remedy
1 Oil cooler/lines blockage. 1 Clean cooler, free blockage.
2 Converter in pressure incorrect. 2 Check converter in pressure correct.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
14 - 2
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
*
**
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 513/700
14 - 3
Powershift Fault Finding
LOW LUBRICATION PRESSURE
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Low mainline pressure 1 See fault 'Low Mainline Pressure'.2 Oil cooler/lines blockage. 2 Clean cooler, free blockage.
3 Ruptured lubrication line. 3 Repair line.
4 Converter internal leakage. 4 Check and if necessary renew converter.
5 Converter relief valve faulty. 5 Check and if necessary repair or renew relief valve.6 Leak at pump to case joint (indicated by low cooler flow) 6 Check and if necessary repair or replace as necessary.
7 Restriction in converter feed 7 See item 10 in fault 'Overheating'
LOW CLUTCH PRESSURE AND/OR CLUTCH SLIPPING
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Low mainline pressure. 1 See fault heading 'Low Mainline Pressure'.2 Worn pump. 2 Check flow and if necessary repair or renew pump.
3 Blocked restrictor orifice in solenoid valve block. 3 Remove solenoid(s) and clear restriction in solenoid
valve block.
4 Clutch seals worn. 4 Confirm with a clutch leak test, if required renew clutchseals.
5 Clutch piston rings worn. 5 Confirm with a clutch leak test, renew piston rings.6 Mechanical failure. 6 Strip and rebuild clutch, renew parts as required.
OVERHEATING
Possible Cause Remedy
1 Low oil level. 1 Top up system.
2 High oil level. 2 Drain oil to correct level.
3 Trapped or kinked hoses in cooler system. 3 Renew or repair hoses.
4 Low converter out pressure and flow rate. 4 Repair or renew the converter relief valve.
5 Oil cooler blockage. 5 Clean cooler.
6 Operating in wrong gear range usage. 6 Select correct gears to suit working conditions.7 Water system overheating. 7 Rectify water system problems, eg radiator, cooler lines,
low water level etc.
8 Oil aerated (foaming). 8 See fault 'Low Mainline Pressure', item 4.
9 Clutch piston(s) sticking on return stroke. 9 Check and repair clutch piston(s) and seal(s).
10 Cored galleries on front housing pump mounting
face wrong depth (indicated with an excessively lowpressure and flow on the converter out cooling line).
See illustration below. 10 Replace front housing (or rectify existing housing).
11 Leakage across pump mounting face and front case. 11 Check for damaged surface on both components and loose
pump mounting bolts.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
14 - 3
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
S154080
**
***
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 514/700
15 - 1
2/4 Wheel Drive Clutch (from Machine No. 415012)
4WD CANNOT BE ENGAGED
In normal operation the 2/4 wheel drive clutch is spring loaded off and therefore disengaged to give 2 wheel drive. The clutch
must be pressurised to give 4 wheel drive. Before starting the more detailed fault finding procedures - eliminate the obvious:
1 Check that the transmission oil level is correct.
2 Check that the fuse (C3) for the 2/4WD circuit is intact.
3 Check that the 4-wheel drive external pipework is not damaged and that the drive train is intact.
4 Check that all the electrical connections are clean and secure. Also check that the solenoid spool is not sticking (in the
2WD position).
5 Check that the mainline pressure is correct (see 'Low Mainline Pressure').
6 Check that the pump flow rate is correct.
If the fault is not rectified after eliminating the obvious, check the following:
Possible Cause Remedy
7 Low mainline pressure 7 Identify if the fault is related to the 2/4WD
disconnect:
7.1 Disconnect the external pipework to the 2/4WD
clutch. Cap and plug open orifices.
7.2 Check the mainline pressure - if the pressure is
correct, the fault must be within the 2/4WD
(see step 8). If the reading is still low check the
transmission in the normal manner.
8 Low mainline pressure (due to 2/4WD clutch): 8 Rectify fault:
8.1 2/4WD solenoid spool sticking. 8.1 Strip, clean and re-assemble solenoid valve,
renew valve if required.
8.2 2/4WD solenoid spool O-ring failed. 8.2 Renew O-ring.
8.3 Clutch shaft sealing rings leaking. 8.3 Renew clutch shaft sealing rings.
8.4 Excessive clutch shaft end float. 8.4 Rectify fault, renew parts as required, resetend float (should not exceed 0.03 mm; 0.001
in)
8.5 Wrong type clutch piston fitted. 8.5 Fit correct type clutch piston (ie, without bleed
hole).
8.6 Clutch piston O-ring failed. 8.6 Replace clutch piston O-ring.
9 Defective 2/4WD clutch: 9 Rectify fault:
9.1 Worn friction/counter plates 9.1 Inspect friction/counter plates, renew as
required.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
15 - 1
Issue 1
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 515/700
15 - 2
2/4 Wheel Drive Clutch (from Machine No. 415012) (cont'd)
2WD CANNOT BE ENGAGED
No pressure is required to engage 2WD(spring loaded). Check that the solenoid spool is not sticking (in the 4WD position), then
see below.
Possible Cause Remedy
10 Incorrect type of solenoid valve fitted. 10 Check solenoid.
Note: Powershift and Syncro Shuttle machines
have different types of solenoid - check parts list.
11 Non-return valve faulty (noticeable because 2WD 11 Check the non-return valve.
cannot be engaged).
Note: NOT fitted on Powershift machines.
12 2/4WD solenoid permanently energised. 12 Check the 2/4WD relay and select switch, replace
as necessary.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
15 - 2
Issue 1
Fault Finding
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 516/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 517/700
Transmission
9803/3260 Issue 1
F r o n t A x l e T o r q u e F i g u r e s
20 - 1 20 - 1Front Axle
Section F Section F
W h e e l N u t s -
6 8 0 N m
; 6 9 k g f m ; 5 0 0 l b f f t
D r a i n
& F i l l P l u g s -
7 9 N m ; 8 k g f m ; 6 0 l b f f t
C r o w n w h e e l R e t a i n i n g B o l t s -
A
W S M / c ’ s = 1 6 6 N m ; 1 6 . 9 k g f m ; 1 2 2 l b f f t
2 W S M / c ’ s = 9 4 N m ; 9 . 6 k g f m ;
7 0 l b f f t
T r u n n i o n B o l t s -
J C B
L o c k & S e a l
9 8 N m ; 1 0 k g f m ; 7 2 l b f f t
P r o p s h a f t R e t a i n i n g B o l t s ( 1 2 . 9 ) -
7 9 N m ; 8 k g f m ; 5 8 l b f f t
D r i v e h e a d B o l t s - J C B M u l t i - G a s k e t
A x
l e
B o l t
G r a d e
T o r q u
e
S D
5 5
M 1 0
8 . 8
5 6 N m
; 5 . 7 k g f m ; 4 2 l b f f t
S D
5 5
M 1 0
1 2 . 9
9 4 N m
; 9 . 6 k g f m ; 7 0 l b f f t
S D
7 0 , S D 8 0
M 1 2
8 . 8
9 8 N m
; 1 0 k g f m ; 7 2 l b f f t
S D
7 0 , S D 8 0
M 1 2
1 2 . 9
1 6 6 N m ; 1 7 k g f m ; 1 2 2 l b f f t
T y p i c a l a x l e s h o w n , t o r q u e f i g u r e s a p p l y t o A W S a n d 2 W S m a c h i n e s - d i f f e r e n c e s
a r e i n d i c a t e d i n
t e x t . W h
e n a p p r o p r i a t e , t h e g r a d e o f t h e b o l t i s i n d i c a t e d e i t h e r i n t h e t e x t o r i n p a r
e n t h e s i s , e . g .
‘ ( 1 2 . 9 ) ’ . R e f e r a l s o t o r e l e v a n t d i s m a n t l i n g a n d
a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s .
S t a k e N u t -
S e e p a g e F / 2 2 - 1
S
1 6 1 4 4 0
P l a n e t C a r r i e r B o
l t s ( 8 . 8 ) -
J C B L o c k & S e a l
5 6 N m ; 6 k g f m ;
4 2 l b f f t
D i f f e r e n t i a l C a s e B o l t s - J C B L o c k & S e a l
M / C
G r a d e
T o r q u e
4 W
S
8 . 8
5 6 N m ; 5 . 7 k g f m ; 4 2 l b f f t
2 W
S
8 . 8
2 8 N m ; 2 . 9 k g f m ; 2 1 l b f f t
2 W
S
1 2 . 9
4 6 N m ; 4 . 7 k g f m ; 3 4 l b f f t
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 518/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 519/700
21 - 2
Removal and Replacement
Note: The following procedure can be applied to both AWS
and 2WS machines. Dis-regard information not applicable toyour machine type, for instance, 2 wheel steer machines will
not have steering proximity switches fitted.
!WARNING A raised and badly supported machine can fall on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface before
raising one end. Ensure the other end is securely
chocked. Do not rely solely on the machine hydraulics or
jacks to support the machine when working under it.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN 1-1
Removal
!WARNINGRaised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause
serious injury. Before working under raised loader arms,
fit the loader arm safety strut.GEN 3-2
1 Release screws J and remove the front grille.
2 Release bolts K and remove the proximity switch
bracket together with the proximity switch assembly.
3 Using tool 892/00822 remove bolts A to disconnect
the drive shaft from the axle.
4 Disconnect the hydraulic pipes B from the steer rams,
blank off all exposed connections.
5 Disconnect remote grease nipples H.
6 Loosen the road wheel retaining nuts D.
7 Make sure that the rear wheels are blocked, use the
loader arms to raise the front end of the machine.
8 Prop the machine on each side as shown at C.
9 Remove the front road wheels.
10 Position a jack underneath the balance point (see Note)
of the axle and support the axle weight.
Note: Because the drivehead assembly is offset, the balance
point of the axle is not the centre of the axle. Attach a
'cradle' to the jack that will partially embrace the axle.
11 Remove nut E and pivot pin retaining bolt F.
12 Use puller (tool no. 992/00800) and remove the pivot
pin G and axle shims.
13 Lower the jack so that the axle is clear of the mountingyoke and remove the axle.
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal sequence.
!WARNINGIf, for whatever reason, a wheel stud is renewed, all the
studs for that wheel must be changed as a set, since the
remaining studs may have been damaged.2-3-2-8
Whenever a wheel has been removed, check the wheel nut
torques every two hours until they stay correct.
Apply JCB Lock & Seal to the threads of bolts A .
The front axle must be shimmed to give a maximum fore andaft movement of 0.5mm (0.020 in.). If necessary add shims
to correct end float movement. The shims locate on the front
axle pivot pin G, in-between the front of the axle and the
axle yoke plate, as shown below.
#If the setting of the steering proximity switch has been
disturbed, then complete the front axle proximity switch
setting procedure, as described on page F/21-3.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
A 79 8 58
D 680 69 500
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
21 - 2
Issue 3*
Front Axle
*
*
S218110
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 520/700
21 - 3
Proximity Switch Setting Procedure
!WARNINGRaised loader arms can drop suddenly and cause
serious injury. Before working under raised loader arms,fit the loader arm safety strut.GEN 3-2
To set the front axle proximity switch:
1 Check wheels are in 'straight ahead' position asfollows:
2 Measure ram extension X (FIG 1), the measurement
should be the same for both the left and right hand
rams (on the front axle). If not, turn the steering wheel in
the required direction until the distances are equal forboth sides.
3 Adjust the proximity switch C (FIG 2) so that there is a
5mm (0.197in.) gap between the lower face of the
proximity switch and the top face of the sensor plate
(use 5mm [0.197in.] thick plate as a setting tool).
Note: The proximity switch to sensor plate setting figure
used to be 6mm (0.236in.). To improve performance, the
proximity switch is now set at 5mm (0.196in) above the
sensor plate.
4 Loosen the track rod sensing plate retaining bolts A
(FIG 2).
5 Move the sensor plate B (FIG 2) fully to the left then
gently adjust the plate to the right until the light emitting
diode (L.E.D.) on the proximity switch illuminates. Marktwo lines at each end of the slotted plate on the track
rod.
6 Move the sensor plate B (FIG 2) fully to the right then
gently adjust the plate to the left until the light emittingdiode (L.E.D.) on the proximity switch illuminates. Mark
two lines at each end of the slotted plate on the track
rod.
7 Set the sensor plate ends central to the markings madein steps 5 and 6 as shown at D (FIG 3).
8 Tighten the sensor plate retaining bolts A .
9 Fit the guard E (FIG 4), the guard must be set with 3mm
(0.125in) between the lower face of guard and top face
of the sensing plate B.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
21 - 3
Issue 2
Front Axle
E
FIG 2
S186130
BA
C
FIG 3
S186160
D
FIG 4
S186120
B
±5mm (0.197in) Front
±6mm (0.236in) RearX
A 86 5
A186150
FIG 1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 521/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 522/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 523/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 524/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 525/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 526/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 527/700
16 Remove and discard the wear ring; 'stretch' the ring bytapping the rubbing surface with a ball pein hammer,
then tap the ring off.
Note 1: Some axles have an O-ring fitted behind the wear
ring, remove and discard the O-ring if fitted.
Note 2: The latest type of axle has a combination seal fitted,
this seal is a combined oil seal and wear ring (no O-ring
required). When assembling the axle, a new combination
seal must be used.
17 Mark position of top and bottom trunnions H and
remove. Retain shims (see note 2) with each trunnion.Withdraw the hub carrier.
Note 1: Trunnions may be removed easily and without
damage to the shims by pumping grease through the grease
nipple.
Note 2: Later type axles are not fitted with shims (the top
face height of the swivel casting is increased by 1mm
(0.040in.). These castings are identified with a small drill
mark in the position shown at X (see illustration step 18 ).
18 Use adaptor 993/59500 with slide hammer tool
892/00224 and remove driveshaft seal and needle roller
bearing from the hub carrier.
19 Use a puller to remove the trunnion seal and bearing.
23 - 5
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
23 - 5
Issue 3*
Front Axle
Hub and Driveshaft - Dismantling (cont'd)
*
*
X
H
S248880
S248890
S248900
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 528/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 529/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 530/700
5 Fit driveshaft needle roller bearing to the hub carrier.Pack the cavity between the oil seal lips with grease
and then fit the seal.
6 Locate hub carrier and fit bottom trunnion. Apply JCB
Lock and Seal (part no. 4101/0202) to the bottomtrunnion bolt threads, fit and tighten to 98Nm (72 lbf ft).
Fit top trunnion and leave top trunnion bolts finger tight.
7 Attach a spring balance to track rod swivel as shown
and note the reading. Tighten the top trunnion bolts to
eliminate end float but no bearing pre-load, ie no
increase in spring balance reading.
8 Measure gap at top trunnion and subtract 1 mm (0.040
in) to give shim thickness (bearing pre-load).
For example:
Gap = 1.55 mm (0.061 in)less 1.00 mm (0.040 in)
Shim = 0.55 mm (0.021 in)
Note: Later type axles are not fitted with shims (the top face
height of the swivel casting is increased by 1mm (0.040in.).These castings are identified with a small drill mark in the
position shown at X (see illustration at step 5).
23 - 8
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
23 - 8
Issue 3*
Front Axle
Hub and Driveshaft - Assembly (cont'd)
*
S161460
X
S248890
S248860
S248850
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 531/700
S248850
A
B
9 Refit top trunnion. Apply JCB Lock and Seal to the toptrunnion bolt threads, fit and tighten to 98 Nm (72 lbf ft).
Check spring balance reading which should be 4.5 kgf
(10 lbf) more than the reading recorded at fig. 7.
10 Lightly oil the inner wheel bearing. Assemble the inner
and outer bearing cups, and the inner bearing cone into
the bearing carrier.
Measure the dimension between the wheel bearing face
and the outer face of the wheel bearing carrier.
If the dimension is 25 to 26mm (shown at A ) fit the oilseal by using service tool C (part number 892/00891)with the spacer D until the oil seal is level with the wheel
bearing carrier face as shown.
If the dimension is 28 to 30mm
(shown at B ) fi t the oi l seal by
using the service tool (but do notuse spacer). When fitted, the seal
will fit 2 to 3mm below the carrier
face as shown.
11 Fit the bearing carrier onto the axle arm. Lightly oil the
outer wheel bearing race. Fit the bearing onto the axle
arm. Rotate the bearing during fitting.
12 Assemble the annulus ring to the annulus carr ier.
Secure with the circlip G.
23 - 9
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
23 - 9
Issue 3*
S248920
S226311
S248910
Front Axle
*
Hub and Driveshaft - Assembly (cont'd)
G
C
D
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 532/700
13 Fit annulus assembly in the same angular position asremoval (see Note, page F/23 - 3, step 11) using new
'Verbus Ripp' bolts. Do not fully tighten bolts but allow
the bearing carrier to rock slightly. Measure seal dragrolling force - see step 14.
14 To measure seal drag rolling force:
- Refit the planet gear carrier - DO NOT FIT THE
DRIVESHAFT AND SUN GEAR.
- Use a spring balance and cord wrapped around the
planet carrier flange as shown.
- Pull the spring balance so that the hub rotates, do
several times to let the seal bed in and record the
reading.
- Remove planet gear carrier.
15 Tighten M14 Verbus Ripp bolts to 320 Nm (236 lbf ft, 33
kgf m) and then measure rolling force - see step 16.
16 To measure rolling force:
- Refit the planet gear carrier - DO NOT FIT THE
DRIVESHAFT AND SUN GEAR. Use a spring
balance and cord wrapped around the planet gear
carrier flange as shown. Pull the spring balance so
that the hub rotates and record the reading.
- To get the rolling force, subtract seal drag rolling
force (see step 14) from reading obtained at this
step, the result should be 14 to 152 N (3 to 34 lbf).
- If the resulting figure is outside these limits check:
the seal is fitted correctly; and/or renew bearings ifnecessary; and /or new fitted components.
- Remove planet gear carrier.
23 - 10
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
23 - 10
Issue 4*
Front Axle
Hub and Driveshaft - Assembly (cont'd)
*
S248540
S248540
S248870
S248870
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 533/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 534/700
24 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 1
Issue 1
Front Axle
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 535/700
24 - 2
Drive Head - Dismantling (All Wheel Steer
Machines)
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
1 Drain the oil from the axle centre casing. Remove the
propshaft from the gearbox to the front axle.
2 Remove both hub assemblies complete with
driveshafts (see pages F/23-1 to F/23-11).
3 Mark the installation position of the drive head carrier,
item 2.
4 Remove the drive head carrier retaining bolts, item 1,
and remove the drive head carrier 2 from the axle
casing.
5 Clean the drive head carrier and axle casing mating
faces.
6 Pull out tension pins 3 and 4, and remove castellated
nuts 5 and 6.
7 Remove bearing outer races 7 and 8.
8 Drive off the taper roller bearing cone 9 from the
crownwheel differential case half.
9 Remove the differential assembly 10 from the carrier.
10 Remove the differential assembly retaining bolts 11 and
separate case halves 12 and 13.
11 Remove the differential side gears and thrust washers
14 and 15 respectively (2 off each).
12 Remove planet gears and thrust washers 16 and 17
respectively (4 off each) from trunnion pins B.
13 Pull off taper roller bearing cone 18 from differential
case half 12.
14 Remove 'verbus ripp' bolts 19 and separate the
crownwheel 20 from the differential case half 13.
15 Use service tool 892/00812 to prevent drive flange 23
from rotating and remove pinion nut 21 and washer 22.
Remove the drive flange.
16 Press the pinion 24 from the drive head carrier 2.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 2
Issue 2*
Front Axle
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 536/700
24 - 3
Drive Head - Assembly (Al l Wheel Steer
Machines)
Pinion Depth Setting Procedure
1 Place new pinion inner bearing 32 and outer race 29
(see page F/24-1) on a flat surface and position bearingcup 892/00174 over the bearing assembly.
2 Measure gap A (e.g. 0.20mm) and add this to the cup
depth stamped on the tool (e.g. 30.01mm) to obtain the
bearing depth.
3 From the face of the pinion, obtain the etched deviation
figure (e.g. + 2) which is in units of 0.01mm. If positive,add this to the bearing depth; if negative, subtract from
the bearing depth.
4 Obtain the deviation figure (e.g. —1) stamped on the
differential housing bolt flange. If negative, add to
bearing depth; if positive, subtract from bearing depth.
5 Subtract the total of the above figures from the
standard value of 31.19mm. The result will be the
thickness of shims required behind the pinion inner
bearing outer race.
Example (all dimensions in millimeters)
Cup Depth 30.01
Gap A + 0.20Bearing Depth 30.21
Pinion Deviation (+ 2) + 0.02
Housing Deviation (—1) + 0.01
Total 30.24
Standard Value 31.19
Less Total From Above 30.24
Shim Thickness 0.95
Note: In rare instances, it is possible that the setting data
stamp may be omitted from the drivehead casing. In thesecircumstances the following setting procedure should be
used:
Revise the shim pack size by the difference in setting height
marked on the old and new crownwheel and pinion sets.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 3
Issue 2*
Front Axle
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 537/700
24 - 4
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 4
Issue 1
Front Axle
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 538/700
24 - 5
Drive Head - Assembly (Al l Wheel Steer
Machines)
Note 1: The crownwheel 20 and pinion 24 are matched and
should be renewed as a pair if either one is damaged orexcessively worn. The two differential case halves 12 and 13
are also matched as are gears 14 and 16. Do not use
unmatched halves or gears.
Make sure all bearings are lightly oiled before fitting andsetting. Make sure bearings are rotated whilst being set.
1 Fit to the drive head carrier 2 the pinion inner bearing
outer race 28 together with the required thickness of
shim(s) 29 to give correct pinion depth. (See Pinion
Depth Setting Procedure, page F/24-3). Fit the shims
behind the outer race as shown.
2 Fit new taper roller bearing cone 31 and a new
collapsible spacer 30 onto pinion 24.
3 Fit outer race 27 to the drive head carrier 2.
4 Insert the pinion 24 into its bore. (Before inserting,
ensure that the pinion matches the crownwheel. The
code numbers etched on the pinion end face and the
crownwheel perimeter should be the same).
5 Fit new taper roller bearing cone 26. Pack the cavity
between the lips of the new oil seal 25 with grease and
fit the seal to the drive head carrier 2.
6 Install the drive coupling yoke 23 and secure it with a
new stake nut 21 and washer 22:
6.1 Hold the yoke 23 with Service Tool 892/00812.
6.2 Tighten the stake nut until end float is almost zero
then check seal drag torque is between 0.40 to
0.75 Nm (3.5 to 6.6 lbf in).
6.3 Continue to tighten the stake nut to collapse
spacer 30 and give a rolling torque of 1.7 to 2.8 Nm
(1.3 to 2.1 lbf ft) excluding seal drag, crownwheel
not fitted.
IF THE STAKE NUT IS OVER-TIGHTENED, THE
COLLAPSIBLE SPACER MUST BE RENEWED.
Make sure that yoke 23 is rotated in both directions
to fully seat bearings before measuring rolling
torque.
6.4 When the torque is correct, stake the nut to thepinion shaft using a square ended staking tool,
shown at A.
9 Position top case half 12 onto bottom half assembly 13
aligning the match mark letters (see Note 1 opposite).
Apply JCB Lock & Seal to the threads of bolts 11 then
fit and torque tighten to 56 Nm (42 lbf ft; 6 kgf m).
Check the gears for free rotation.
10 Press taper roller bearing cone 18 onto the spigot of
case half 12.
11 Install the differential assembly 10 into the drive head
carrier 2.
12 Press taper roller bearing cone 9 onto the spigot of
case half 13.
13 Fit bearing outer races 7 and 8, castellated nuts 5 and 6
to the drive head carrier 2.
14 Adjust castellated nuts 5 and 6 to give a bearing pre-
load (see Note 2) of 1.36 to 2.5 Nm (1.0 to 1.84 lbf ft;
0.14 to 0.26 kgf m).
Note 2: Measure the pre-load by taking another rolling
torque reading and subtracting the torque figure measured
at step 6.3. The difference is the bearing pre-load.
15 Measure the crownwheel backlash which should be
0.13 to 0.2 mm (0.005 to 0.008 in). Adjust castellated
nuts 5 and 6 by equal amounts when altering backlash.When backlash and pre-load are both correct, fit
tension pins 3 and 4.
16 Verify crownwheel and pinion are set correctly: Use
engineers marker on three of the pinion teeth and
check markings on the crownwheel are as indicated on
page F/24-6. Adjust if necessary.
17 Apply JCB Mult i-Gasket to the drive head carrier
mating face then fit to the axle casing (the carrier
assembly locates on two dowels). Make sure the
assembly is fitted in the same match marked position(see step 3, dismantling, page F/24-2).
18 Apply JCB Lock & Seal to bolts 1 and torque tighten as
detailed in Notes 3 and 4.
19 Assemble both hub and driveshafts, refit the propshaft
to the gearbox.
20 Fill the axle with recommended oil.
Note 3: Torque tightening depends on bolt type. The grade
is stamped on the bolt head. If standard grade 8 bolt, tightento 98 Nm (72 lbf ft; 10 kg fm).
If Verbus Rip 12.9 grade bolt; tighten to 166 Nm (122 lbf ft;
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 5
Issue 3*
Front Axle
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 539/700
24 - 6
Crownwheel and Pinion Adjustment
Meshing of the gears should be checked by marking three ofthe pinion teeth with engineers marking compound and
rotating the pinion.
The marking will then be transferred to the crown wheel
teeth.
Drive Head - Assembly (Al l Wheel Steer
Machines)
Correct tooth marking.
Pinion too deeply in mesh.
Decrease the shim thickness between the pinion innerbearing cup and the axle casing. Move the crown wheel
towards the pinion to correct the backlash.
Pinion too far out of mesh.
Increase the shim thickness between the pinion innerbearing cup and the axle casing. Move the crown wheel
away from the pinion to correct the backlash.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
24 - 6
Issue 2*
Front Axle
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 540/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 541/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 542/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 543/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 544/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 545/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 546/700
26 - 1
Removal and Replacement (2 Wheel Drive
Machines)
The removal and replacement procedures for the 2 wheel
drive axle (beam type) is the same as described on pages
F/21-1 and F/21-2. Dis-regard any information which is not
pertinent to the 2 wheel drive axle.
Please note when using a 'cradle' to remove the axle from
the machine, the balance point (see step 10, page F/21-2),
of the axle on 2 wheel drive machines will be the centre of
the axle, NOT offset as described on page F/21-2.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
26 - 1
Issue 1
Front Axle
SXXXXXX SXXXXXXSXXXXXX
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 547/700
27 - 1
Bed in bearings 6 and 8 by rotating hub in each direction
whilst tightening nut 3. When correct torque setting has
been achieved, back off one flat and fit split pin 2.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
3 40† 4.0† 30†
9 30 3.0 21
11 30 3.0 21
† Back off one flat before fitting split pin.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
27 - 1
Issue 1
Front Axle
Dismantling and Assembly (2 Wheel Drive
Machines)
When Dismantling
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration isintended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
A suitable press will be required to remove and replace stub
axle 24.
When Assembling
Fit bushes 20 and 22 with open ends of grease grooves
facing the axle beam.
Add shims 18 as required to give zero to 0.1mm (0.004in)
clearance between axle beam and bearing 17.
Apply JCB Lock and Seal to threads of bolts 9 and 11.
Pack JCB Special MPL Grease into hubs 5 and between lips
of seals 7.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 548/700
Transmission
9803/3260 Issue 1
R e a r A
x l e T o r q u e F i g u r e s
T y p i c a l a
x l e s h o w n , t o r q u e f i g u r e s a p p l y t o A W S a n d 2 W S m a c h i n e s - d i f f e r e n c e s a r e i n d i c a t e d i n
t e x t . W h e n a p p r o p r i a t e , t h e g r a d e o f t h e b o l t i s i n d i c a t e d e i t h e r i n t h e t e x t o r i n p a r e n t h e s i s , e . g .
‘ ( 1 2 . 9 ) ’ . R e f e r a l s o t o r e l e v a n t d i s m a n t l i n g a n d
a s s e m b l y p r o c e d u r e s .
40 - 1 40 - 1Rear Axle
Section F Section F
S 2 3 5 4 5 0
W h e e l N u t s -
6 8 0 N m
; 6 9 k g f m ; 5 0 0 l b f f t
T r u n n i o n B o l t s -
J C B L o c k & S e a l
9 8 N m ; 1 0 k g f m ; 7 2 l b f f t
P r o
p s h a f t R e t a i n i n g B o l t s ( 1 2 . 9 ) -
7 9 N m ; 8 k g f m ; 5 8 l b f f t
D i f f e r e n t i a l C a s e B o l t s ( 8 . 8 ) -
J C B L o c k & S e a l
5 6 N m ; 6 k g f m ; 4 2 l b f f t
A x l e A r m B o l t s -
J C B M u l t i - G a s k e t
G r a d e 8 . 8 - 2 4 4 N m ; 2 4 . 9 k g f m ; 1 7 8 l b f f t
G r a d e 1 2 . 9 - 4 0 0 N m ; 4 0 . 8 k g f m
; 2 9 5 l b f f t
S t a k e N u t -
S e e p a g e F / 2 2 - 1
D r a i n & F i l l P l u g s -
7 9 N m ; 8 k g f m ; 6 0 l b f f t
C
r o w n w h e e l R e t a i n i n g B o l t s ( 1 2 . 9 ) -
1 6 6 N m ; 1 6 . 9 k g f m ; 1 2 2 l b f f t
P l a n e t
C a r r i e r B o l t s ( 8 . 8 ) -
J C
B L o c k & S e a l
5 6 N m
; 6 k g f m ; 4 2 l b f f t
A x l e M o u n t i n g B o l t s -
6 0 7 N m ; 6 2 k g f m ; 4 4 8 l b f f t
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 549/700
41 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
41 - 1
Issue 1
Rear Axle
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 550/700
41 - 2
Removal and Replacement
!WARNING A raised and badly supported machine can fall on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface beforeraising one end. Ensure the other end is securely
chocked. Do not rely solely on the machine hydraulics or
jacks to support the machine when working under it.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN 1-1
Removal
!WARNINGWhen the propshaft is disconnected the parking brake
will no longer function. The machine must be securely
chocked to prevent any machine movement before
disconnecting the propshaft.TRAN 1-3
Removing
1 Using tool 892/00822 remove bolts A to disconnect the
drive shaft from the axle.
2 Disconnect the brake pipes from the brake piston
housings, shown at H. Remove tee piece B retaining
bolt and remove the tee piece. Blank off exposed
connections.
3 Release bolts C and remove the proximity switchbracket together with the proximity switch assembly.
4 Label and then disconnect hydraulic pipes D from the
steer rams, blank off all exposed connections.
5 Loosen the road wheel retaining nuts E.
6 Make sure that the front wheels are blocked, use the
stabiliser legs to raise the rear end of the machine.
7 Prop the machine on each side as shown at F.
8 Remove the rear road wheels.
9 Position a jack underneath the balance point (centre) of
the axle and support the axle weight.
Note: Attach a 'cradle' to the jack that will partially embrace
the axle.
10 Remove nuts G, bolts J and washers K .
11 Lower the jack and remove the axle.
Replacement
Replacement is the reverse of the removal sequence.
!WARNINGIf, for whatever reason, a wheel stud is renewed, all the
studs for that wheel must be changed as a set, since the
remaining studs may have been damaged.2-3-2-8
Whenever a wheel has been removed, check the wheel nut
torques every two hours until they stay correct.
!WARNINGBleed the brake system before driving the machine.BRAK 1-6
Bleed the brake system as described on page G/11-1.
Apply JCB Lock & Seal to the threads of bolts A .
If the setting of the steering proximity switch has been
disturbed, then complete the rear axle proximity switch
setting procedure, as described on page F/41-3.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
A 79 8 58E 680 69 500
G 607 62 448
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
41 - 2
Issue 2*
Rear Axle
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 551/700
41 - 3
Proximity Switch Setting Procedure
!WARNING A raised and badly supported machine can fall on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface beforeraising one end. Ensure the other end is securely
chocked. Do not rely solely on the machine hydraulics or
jacks to support the machine when working under it.
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN 1-1
To set the rear axle proximity switch:
1 Check wheels are in 'straight ahead' position as
follows:
2 Measure ram extension X (FIG 1), the measurement
should be the same for both the left and right hand
rams (on the rear axle). If not, turn the steering wheel in
the required direction until the distances are equal for
both sides.
3 Adjust the proximity switch C (FIG 2) so that there is a
5mm (0.197in.) gap between the lower face of the
proximity switch and the top face of the sensor plate
(use 5mm [0.197in.] thick plate as a setting tool).
Note: The proximity switch to sensor plate setting figure
used to be 6mm (0.236in.). To improve performance, theproximity switch is now set at 5mm (0.196in) above the
sensor plate.
4 Loosen the track rod sensing plate retaining bolts A
(FIG 2).
5 Move the sensor plate B (FIG 2) fully to the left then
gently adjust the plate to the right until the light emitting
diode (L.E.D.) on the proximity switch illuminates. Marktwo lines at each end of the slotted plate on the track
rod.
6 Move the sensor plate B (FIG 2) fully to the right then
gently adjust the plate to the left until the light emittingdiode (L.E.D.) on the proximity switch illuminates. Marktwo lines at each end of the slotted plate on the track
rod.
7 Set the sensor plate ends central to the markings made
in steps 5 and 6 as shown at D (FIG 3).
8 Tighten the sensor plate retaining bolts A .
9 Fit the guard E (FIG 4), the guard must be set with 3mm
(0.125in) between the lower face of guard and top face
of the sensing plate B.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
41 - 3
Issue 2
Rear Axle
±5mm (0.197in) Front
±6mm (0.236in) RearX
A 86 5
FIG 1
E
FIG 2
S161290A
A
C
FIG 3
S161290B
D
FIG 4
S161290C
B
B
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 552/700
42 - 1
Renewing the Pinion Oil Seal
The procedure for renewing the rear axle pinion oil seal is the
same as for the front axle pinion oil seal. Please refer to
pages F/22-1 and F/22-2 for a full description of the
procedure.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
42 - 1
Issue 1
Rear Axle
SXXXXXX SXXXXXXSXXXXXX
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 553/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 554/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 555/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 556/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 557/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 558/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 559/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 560/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 561/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 562/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 563/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 564/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 565/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 566/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 567/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 568/700
Limited Slip Differential
46 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
46 - 1
Issue 2
S212800
S171530S212790
86
2
1
5
4
63 7
89
10
11
12
13 14
10
79
15
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 569/700
46 - 2
Friction Plate Wear Limits
Measure and note the thickness of the friction plate, the
result must not be less than 1.25 mm (0.049 in).
Check the condition of the friction material, which should be
even over both surfaces.
If in doubt, discard the set (friction and counter plates).
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
46 - 2
Issue 2*
Limited Slip Differential
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling
When Dismantling
Mark the two differential halves before dismantling, forsubsequent assembly.
Note the relative positions of the friction and counter plates
before dismantling, they must be fitted in the same
positions.
If worn, the friction and counter plates must be renewed as a
complete set.
When Assembling
1 Assemble trunnion pins 12, side gears 11 with pressureplates 10, counter plates 8, friction plates 9, planet
gears 13 and thrust washers 14 into the 'crownwheel
half of the differential assembly 5.
Note: Do not fit the shims 6 at this point.
2 Align the two halves of the differential assembly with
the marks made during dismantling. Assemble using
bolts 3.
3 Using a dial test indicator (or feeler gauges), with two
screwdrivers or suitable levers, gently apply pressure toside gear 11 away from the trunnion pins 12 as shown.
Measure and note the end-float of the side gear.
4 Turn the differential assembly over and repeat step 3
for the second side gear.
5 Dismantle the differential assembly. Add shims 6 to
give end-float between 0.1 and 0.2mm (0.004 and
0.008in.).
Note : Shimming must be carried out whenever the
differential is dismantled, however the end float 0.1 and 0.2mm (0.004 and 0.008 in.) can be exceeded on previously
assembled differential as this is only an initial setting figure
which allows for bedding in.
6 Repeat steps 2, 3, and 4. If the end float is correct,
tighten bolts 3 to 56 Nm (41 lbf ft).
7 Fit crownwheel 2 using new Verbus Ripp bolts 1, refer
to page F/20-1 for torque figures.
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 570/700
61 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
61 - 1
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 571/700
61 - 2
Removal and Replacement
Park the machine on firm level ground.
!WARNING
A raised and badly supported mach ine can fal l on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface. Before
raising one end ensure the other end is securely
chocked. Do not rely solely on the machine hydraulics or
jacks to support the machine when working under it .
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN 1-1
Removal
1 Rest the bucket on the ground and raise the stabiliserlegs sufficiently to allow room for the transmission to be
pulled clear. Block/support the machine.
2 Drain the transmission system, see page 3/8-1.
3 Remove the engine bonnet, see page B/1-1.
4 Remove the engine fan retaining bolts P (4 off) and
remove the fan, see note 1.
Note 1: At a later stage the transmission is tilted to give
access to retaining bolts, if the fan is not removed at this
stage it will foul.
5 Disconnect the gearshift lever from the top of the
transmission as shown at D.
6 Remove rear axle drive shaft bolts E.
7 Remove 4WD shaft bolts F (use tool 892/00822) and
4WD solenoid flying lead connector L.
8 Disengage the parking brake clevis at the parking brake
caliper and remove outer cable retaining circlip asshown at C.
9 Remove the transmission dipstick tube and filter.
10 Remove the access bung/plate at the bottom of the
flywheel housing. Through the access hole, loosen and
remove the torque convertor to engine flywheel
retaining bolts Q.
11 Support the transmission with a trolley jack as shown at
H, see note 2.
Note 2: Attach a 'cradle' to the trolley jack that will partially
embrace the transmission, see Service Tools, Section 1.
13 Using the trolley jack, lower the transmission and
engine to gain access to the top flywheel housing to
engine block retaining bolts J.
14 Disconnect the transmission oil cooler at the
transmission unit, shown at B and N.
15 Disconnect the transmission solenoid valve flying lead
connectors A and the pressure sender. Label the
connectors for identification when refitting.
16 Remove the breather pipe from the pressure
maintenance valve block to top of the dipstick tube as
shown at M.
17 Put a support under the engine as shown at G to
prevent it from dropping when the transmission isremoved.
18 Remove the flywheel housing to engine bolts J.
19 Manoeuvre the transmission with the torque convertor
clear of the engine housing.
20 Lower the trolley jack and pull the transmission and
torque convertor clear of the machine.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal procedure.
Set the parking brake cable as described on page 3/15-1. If
the parking brake caliper has been removed reset central to
the parking brake disc, see page G/11 - 2.
Set the torque converter as described on page F/66 - 1.
Fill the transmission with the specified amount of JCB
Special Transmission Fluid (see page 3/1-1 for capacity).
Leave hose N off until the filling operation is complete. After
filling refit hose N.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
E 118 12 87
F 79 8 58
J 98 10 72
K 237 24 175
P 44 4.5 33
Q 19 2 14
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
61 - 2
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 572/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 573/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 574/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 575/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 576/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 577/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 578/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 579/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 580/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 581/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 582/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 583/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 584/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 585/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 586/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 587/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 588/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 589/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 590/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 591/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 592/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 593/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 594/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 595/700
63 - 1
Solenoid Valve
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
For clarity, only one solenoid has been numbered in the
dismantling sequence.
When Dismantling
Unscrew the knurled nut 2 and remove O-ring 3, withdraw
the solenoid 4 and O-ring 5.
Hold the solenoid valve body 6 in a vice, using the spanner
flats A, remove spindle 7 and O-ring 8.
Pull out actuating pin 9, spring 10, spring retainer 11 and
spool 12.
Dismantle the opposite solenoid in the same sequence as
described above.
Inspect the spool and spool bore for signs of wear, nicks
scratches etc.
When Assembling
Renew all O-rings.
Lightly lubricate all parts with clean transmission fluid before
assembling.
Check that the flying leads are secure and that theconnectors are intact.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
63 - 1
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 596/700
1 Carefully remove piston ring seals.
Note: If the piston ring seals are excessively worn then
check for burrs or damage on the shaft grooves. If necessaryremove burrs with a fine grade abrasion paper and oil.
2 Loosen the clutch end bearing by tapping the assembly
on a piece of wood as shown. Remove the bearingusing pullers.
3 Remove the bearing, thrust washer and plastic type
washer.
Note: Earlier assemblies have one thick thrust washer, one
thrust bearing and one thin thrust washer, as shown at A .
4 Withdraw the gear and splined hub assembly with the
needle roller bearing.
5 Remove plastic type washer and thrust washer.
Note: Earlier assemblies have one thin thrust washer, one
thrust bearing and one thick thrust washer, as shown at B.
6 Remove the clutch friction/counter plates retaining
circlip.
7 Remove pressure (end) plate.
64 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
64 - 1
Issue 2
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Reverser Unit - Dismantling
S232720
S232730
S232330
S217540
A232340
3
5
4
6
7
A
B
2
1
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 597/700
8 Remove the clutch friction/counter plates. Keep themtogether in sets, DO NOT mix the plates with those from
other clutches.
9 Remove pressure (end) plate.
10 Remove disc spring assembly.
Note: The disc spring is assembled within a liner (not shown)
to protect the hub support spline.
11 Position clutch assembly in press to compress piston
spring then remove circlip.
12 Lift off spring retaining plate.
13 Remove spring.
Note: Earlier assemblies have an oil baffle plate 13A fitted.
14 Knock the clutch shaft on a piece of aluminimum (or
wood) to remove the piston.
Note: If the piston does not loosen when the clutch shaft is
knocked on aluminimum, then hand pump air down the shaft
oil inlet hole.
15 Remove and discard piston and shaft ‘O’ rings. Make
sure the piston liner is secure. The liner must be a tight
fit on the piston.
Note: Earlier type piston 15A shown.
16 Repeat steps 2 to 15 to dismantle the opposite clutch.
64 - 2
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
64 - 2
Issue 2
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Reverser Unit - Dismantling (cont'd)
S232740
S217560
S145000
S145010
S217570
8
9
10
11
12
13
13A
1515A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 598/700
S217550
7
6
5
S217570
11A
1 Fit new 'O' rings onto the piston and shaft, lubricatewith oil then press piston fully into bore of clutch
housing.
Note: Earlier type piston 1A shown.
2 Install the piston spring, make sure the spring seats in
the piston.
Note: Earlier assemblies fitted with an aluminimum piston
must fit oil baffle plate 2A , make sure that the baffle plate
seats on the piston.
3 Fit the spring retaining plate.
4 Compress spring and secure with circlip.
5 Fit the disc spring assembly. Fit the assembly so that
the outer diameter curves away from the clutch piston.
Note: The disc spring is assembled within a liner (not shown)
to protect the hub support spline.
6 Fit pressure (end) plate. Make sure that the prongs on
the pressure plate DO NOT locate in the large grooves
in the hub (the ones with drilled holes).
7 Firstly, fit one friction plate followed by one steel
counter plate.
8 Continue fitting alternate friction and plain steel plates,finishing with a friction plate.
9 Fit the pressure (end) plate. Make sure that the prongs
on the pressure plate DO NOT locate in the large
grooves in the hub (the ones with drilled holes).
10 Fit the clutch friction/counter plates retaining circlip.
64 - 3
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
64 - 3
Issue 2
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Reverser Unit - Assembly
S217580
S217560
S145000
4
3
2
2A
10
9
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 599/700
S232370
13
11 Using a dial test indicator as shown, measure the endfloat of the pressure (end) plate, which should be 3.2 to
4.4 mm (0.126 to 0.173 in). If necessary, fit shim
between the retaining circlip and pressure (end) plate tocorrect end float inaccuracies.
Note: Later type shim has teeth on the outside diameter; theteeth prevent it from spinning during operation. If the shim
removed from the clutch does not have teeth then discard it
and use the new type shim.
12 Fit thrust washer and plastic type washer.
Note: Earlier assemblies have one thick thrust washer, one
thrust bearing followed by one thin thrust washer shown at
B.
13 Fit gear and splined hub assembly.
Note: Prior to fitting gear, align teeth of clutch plates using a
thin rod (screwdriver).
14 Fit needle roller bearing.
15 Fit plastic type washer and thrust washer.
Note: Earlier assemblies have one thin thrust washer, one
thrust bearing followed by one thick thrust washer shown at
B.
16 Smear the clutch end bearing with JCB MPL Grease
and press the bearing onto shaft.
17 Fit piston ring seals.
Note: If the piston ring seals are the polytetrafluoroethene
(PTFE) type then see page F/68-1 for the correct fitting
procedure.
18 Repeat steps 1 to 16 for the opposite clutch, make sure
that the opposite clutch end taper roller bearing ispacked with grease.
64 - 4
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
64 - 4
Issue 2
Syncro Shuttle Transmission
Reverser Unit - Assembly (cont'd)
S217600
S232720
12
A232340
B
14 A232360
B
15
S217590
17
16
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 600/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 601/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 602/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 603/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 604/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 605/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 606/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 607/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 608/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 609/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 610/700
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit (from machine serial number 400077 to 415011)
65 - 11
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
65 - 11
Issue 2*
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
S173590
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 611/700
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit (from
machine serial number 400077 to 415011)
Later type 2/4 wheel drive clutch assemblies have been
revised in order to simplify the clutch pack settingprocedure. The new clutch has no middle spacer, ie the
actuating sleeve (item 15) is 12.2 mm; 0.480 inches longer.Detailed below is the correct dismantling and assembly
procedure for the new clutch.
Dismantling
1 Remove the 2/4WD unit from the transmission - loosenthe output yoke retaining nut before removal.
2 Remove bearing 1, only if to be renewed.
3 Remove seal ring 2. Note, If the piston ring seal is
damaged or excessively worn then check for burrs ordamage on the shaft groove. If necessary remove burrs
with a fine grade abrasion paper and oil.
4 Pull off the 4WD output gear 5, together with its bearing
3, needle roller bearing 6 and thrust washer 4.
5 Using a suitable press, compress disc springs 8A , 8B
and remove the circlip 7.
CAUTION: There is approximately 26700N (6000lbf)
clamping force acting on the springs.
6 Remove disc springs 8A, 8B, pressure plate 9, shim(s)
10 (keep the shim(s) separate from the counter plates),and clutch pack friction plates and counter plates 11.
7 Remove the clutch drum retaining circlip 12 an dsupport washer 13.
8 Remove clutch drum 14 and actuating sleeve 15 .
9 Remove disc spring 16.
10 Remove the piston 17 and its spring steel ring 18.
11 Remove and discard piston O-rings 19 and 20.
12 Remove the piston housing 21 only if necessary, the
housing is a press fit on shaft 22.
Assembly
Note: There is now a presure test adaptor and clampassembly that can be used to 'bench test' the clutch. Bench
testing will ensure the clutch operates correctly prior to re-
assembling and installing in the machine. Refer to 'PressureTesting the 2/4WD Clutch' on page F/65-13.
1 Grease the shaft 22 then fit the piston housing 21 bypressing the shaft squarely into the housing (make sure
the housing is securely supported).
2 Fit new O-rings 19 and 20 to piston 17, locate the
piston into housing 21. Fit spring steel ring 18 ensuring
that it seats firmly in its groove.
3 Place the disc spring 16 into the housing 21.
4 Position the actuating sleeve 15 onto the disc spring 16.
5 Install the clutch drum 14 in the housing. Fit supportwasher 13 and drum securing circlip 12.
6 Build up the clutch pack 11, installing friction plates and
counter plates alternately, starting with a counterplate
and finishing with a friction plate.
7 Install shim(s) 10 and pressure plate 9.
8 Use the output gear 5 to align the clutch plate splines.
Ensure that all the plates are engaged with the gear
shaft splines. Rotate the output gear back and forth to
create maximum backlash then withdraw the geartaking care not to disturb the pack.
9 Place the first two disc springs 8B with their convex
sides uppermost, onto the clutch pack. (There are four
disc springs, which are identical). Place the other two
disc springs 8A, with their convex sides down, onto thefirst two - refer to inset A .
10 Using a suitable press, compress the disc springs 8A
and 8B, fit circlip 7.
11 Use levers to remove free play, as shown at B. Measurethe gap between pressure plate 9 and actuating sleeve
15. The gap should be 0.75 - 1.5 mm; 0.030 - 0.059inches. If necessary fit new shim 10 to achieve the
correct gap. (Shim 10 can be a combination of a single
counter plate, shim (thinner than the counter plate) or
both counter plate and shim). Check that the clutchpack splines are still aligned - see step 8.
12 Install the 4WD output gear 5 and its needle roller
bearing 6.
13 Install thrust washer 4 and bearing 3.
14 Fit sealing ring 2 and bearing 1.
15 Fit the 2/4WD unit to the transmission using a newgasket C. Apply JCB Lock & Seal to the mounting bolts
D, torque tighten the bolts to 56 Nm; 42 lbf ft.
65 - 12
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
65 - 12
Issue 2*
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 612/700
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit (from
machine serial number 400077 to 415011)
Assembly (cont'd)
16 Fit the output yoke E retaining nut F and washer G,
torque tighten the nut to 400 Nm; 295 lbf ft. Checkshaft end float which should not exceed 0.03 mm; 0.001
inch. Note, rotate shaft whilst measuring to fully seat
bearings.
17 If the end float is incorrect, remove the output yoke E
and bearing retaining circlip H. Note, if the end float iscorrect, it will still be necessary to remove the yoke - to
fit the oil seal, see step 19.
18 Add or subtract shims J to obtain correct setting. Shims
should be fitted between bearing outer race K and
spacer L. Replace the circlip and yoke and re-check theshaft end float.
19 When the shaft end float is correct, remove the yoke
and fit a new oil seal M.
20 Refit the output yoke E and tighten the new retainingnut F to 400 Nm; 295 lbf ft, stake the nut to the shaft
using a square ended staking tool, as shown at N.
21 Refit the hydraulic pipework and electrical connections.
65 - 13
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
65 - 13
Issue 2*
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
Pressure Testing the 2/4WD Clutch
1 Assemble the 2/4 wheel drive clutch, as described in'Assembly'.
2 Check the clutch pack end float and adjust as required
(see Assembly, step 11 ).
3 Insert the adaptor A into the oil gallery in the end of the
2/4 wheel drive clutch shaft as shown. Hold the adaptorin position with clamp B.
4 Use a hand pump to pressurise the clutch assembly
until gear, item 5 can be turned by hand. Note the
pressure gauge reading - DO NOT EXCEED 200 lbf/in2
(13.8 bar).
5 If the pressure gauge reading is between 125 - 135
lbf/in2
(8.6 - 9.3 bar) then the clutch is operating
correctly and can be fitted in the transmission.
6 If however the pressure gauge reading is above 135lbf/in
2(9.3 bar) then re-check the clutch for assembly
defects, especially the clutch pack end float (the shim
may not be to the correct thickness). Re-test after
checking for (and rectifying) assembly defects.
*
A
B
S185720
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 613/700
65 - 14
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
65 - 14
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 614/700
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit
from M415012
The gearbox may incorporate this type of 2/4 Wheel Drive
Unit, which can be distinguished from the other two types by
its external appearance. The Pressure-ON(4WD)/Spring-OFF(2WD) Unit can be recognised by the 4 groups of 3 holeslocated around the clutch pack housing.
Note: This type of unit is not interchangeable with the other
types, which are Spring-ON (4WD)/Pressure- OFF (2WD).
Dismantling
Note: To aid working on this item, use the output yoke as astand.
1 Remove the 2/4WD unit from the casing - (loosen the
output yoke retaining nut before removal if there is to be
a complete strip down of the unit).
2 Remove the shaft components E - M.
3 Remove bearing 1, only if to be renewed.
4 Remove seal ring 2. Note, If the piston ring seal is
damaged or excessively worn then check for burrs or
damage on the shaft groove. If necessary remove burrswith a fine grade abrasion paper and oil.
5 Pull off the 4WD output gear 5, together with its bearing
3, needle roller bearings 6 and thrust washer 4. Remove
thrust washer 7. (Note that thrust washers 4 and 7 arenot interchangeable).
6 Remove circlip 8 and shim(s) 9 if fitted. Retain anyshims as a set for reassembly.
Note: If only the clutch pack was to be removed, the job is
now complete.
7 Remove pressure plate 10, the clutch pack friction
plates 11 and counter plates 12.
8 Using a suitable press and an adapter similar to Y ,
compress spring 15 and remove circlip 13.
9 Remove spring retainer plate 14 and spring 15.
10 Withdraw piston 16 then remove and discard 'O' rings
17 and 18.
Note: The piston housing cannot be separated from the
shaft, as on the other types of 2/4WD units.
Assembly
If only the clutch pack has been removed, begin at step 4.
1 Grease the shaft, fit new 'O' rings 17 and 18 then locatepiston 16 over the shaft and into the housing.
2 Locate spring 15 into the piston and position the
retainer plate 14 over the spring.
3 Using a press and adapter Y , compress spring 15 and
fit circlip 13.
65 - 15
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
65 - 15
Issue 2*
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
4 Build up the clutch pack, installing friction plates 11 and
counter plates 12 alternately, starting with a counter
plate and ending with a friction plate. Use the 4WD
output gear 5 to align the clutch plate splines. Ensurethat all the plates are engaged with the gear shaft
splines. Rotate the output gear back and forth to create
maximum backlash then withdraw the gear taking carenot to disturb the pack.
5 Install pressure plate 10, shim(s) 9 and circlip 8 (Notethat the shimming should be such that it is just possible
to fit the circlip).
6 Measure the clutch pack end float using two
screwdrivers as shown at B. End float should bebetween 1.0 mm and 2.3 mm. Adjust as necessary, by
adding or removing shims 9.
7 Fit thrust washer 7, 4WD gear 5, needle roller bearings 6
and thrust washer 4.
8 Press bearing 3 squarely onto the shaft to seat on thrust
washer 4, taking care not to exert any force on the
housing i.e. rest the unit on the opposite shaft end, notthe housing.
9 Fit new seal 2.
10 If required, press a new bearing 1 into position, taking
care not to exert any force on the housing (see Step 8).
11 Fit the 2/4WD unit to the transmission using a newgasket C. Apply JCB Lock & Seal to the mounting bolts
D, torque tighten the bolts to 56 Nm; 42 lbf ft.
12 Fit the output yoke E, retaining nut F and washer G,torque tighten the nut to 400 Nm; 295 lbf ft. Check shaftend float which must not exceed 0.03 mm; 0.001 in.
Note: Rotate shaft whilst measuring to fully seat bearings.
Later assemblies use a flanged bolt in place of items F and G
(the 4WD shaft has an internal thread). This bolt must betorque tightened to 395 Nm; 291 lbf ft.
13 If the end float is incorrect, remove the output yoke E
and bearing retaining circlip H. Note, if the end float iscorrect, it will still be necessary to remove the yoke - to
fit the oil seal, see step 15.
14 Add or subtract shims
Jto obtain correct setting. Shimsmust be fitted between bearing outer race K and spacer
L. Replace the circlip and yoke and re-check the shaft
end float.
15 When the shaft end float is correct, remove the yoke
and fit a new oil seal M.
16 Refit the output yoke E and tighten the new retaining
nut F to 400 Nm; 295 lbf ft. Stake the nut to the shaft
using a square ended staking tool, as shown at N.
17 Refit the hydraulic pipework and electrical connections.
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 615/700
66 - 1
Torque Converter
Removal and Replacement
Removal
See pages F/61-1 and F/61-2 for transmission/torque
converter removal.
Before Replacing
Ensure that flywheel face, drive plate, and hardware are
clean and free from burrs or other surface imperfections.
When Replacing
Attach drive plate 1 and drive plate annulus 2 to torque
converter, tightening bolts 3 finger tight only.
Bolt drive plate to flywheel and check that run-out of pumpdrive shaft A does not exceed maximum permissible
0.38mm (0.015in.). If incorrect, tap torque converter by handto reposition.
When correct, remove the torque converter and drive
plate/annulus sub-assembly from the flywheel.
Torque tighten converter drive plate/annulus bolts 3.
Install the torque converter with its drive plate/annulus sub-
assembly onto the transmission input shaft, make sure that
the dogs on the converter pump drive shaft engage with the
recesses in the pump, also take care not to damage the oil
seal.
Rotate the engine flywheel so that one bolt hole is in a six O'
clock position.
Rotate the torque converter and drive plate assembly so that
one bolt hole is in a six O' clock position.
Install the transmission/torque converter assembly to the
engine.
Remove the access plate from the bottom of the engine
flywheel housing and through the access hole fit and handtighten one bolt (item 5) in the six 'O' clock position
Note: It is important to mount washers 4 with the outside
diameter radius against the drive plate, (ie) facing toward the
flywheel.
Rotate the flywheel until the next bolt hole is accessible, fit
and hand tighten the next bolt 5. Repeat the operation until
all bolts are fitted. Finally torque tighten bolts, rotating the
flywheel each time to align bolts 5 with access hole. Refit
plate.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft3 40 5 30
5 19 2 14
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
66 - 1
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 616/700
67 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
67 - 1
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 617/700
67 - 2
Torque Converter Stall Test
Ensure that the engine and transmission are at normal
working temperature. Run engine at maximum speed andcheck the No Load Speed (High Idle Speed - U.S.A). See
Engine Technical Data for correct figure; adjust if necessary.
Apply parking brake and footbrake firmly, select 4th Speed
Forward and open throttle fully. Engine speed should be as
specified at Torque Converter Stall in TransmissionTechnical Data. Select Reverse and repeat test.
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fully
engaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects the
transmission drive; this prevents the machine from being
driven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we cancomplete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold the
lever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake willnot be fully operational. Alternatively, disconnect the switch
at the park brake.
DO NOT stall the converter for longer than 10 seconds or
the transmission fluid will overheat.
If engine speeds are higher than the stated figures check the
transmission for clutch slippage or internal leakage.
If engine speeds are below the stated figures either the
engine is losing power and should be serviced/overhauled or
the torque converter reaction member clutch is slipping. To
check the engine, select Neutral, open throttle fully and
operate an excavator service to 'blow off' the main reliefvalve. Engine speed should fall to slightly above the
Maximum Governed Speed (see Engine Technical Data). If
engine speed is correct the torque converter is faulty.
Note: Maximum Governed Speed is a datum figure only. It
cannot be adjusted or checked with the engine installed inthe machine.
Pressure and Flow Test
Note: The tests must be carried out only in the following
order, step by step.
!WARNINGTake care when disconnecting hydraulic hoses and
fittings as the oil will be HOT.
Trans 1-2
1 Stop engine, remove transmission filter, and screw
adapter A (892/00304) on to the threaded spigot. Fittest adapter B (892/00301) and secure with adapter C
(892/00302). Connect flowmeter D (892/00229) as
shown and connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2) pressure
gauge to test connector E (see Service Tools, Section
1).
2 Start engine and run at 1000 rev/min. The flowmeter will
show the Pump Flow which should be as shown inTechnical Data. A low reading indicates a worn pump
or blocked suction strainer. The pressure gauge willshow the Main Line Pressure (see Technical Data). A
low reading can be caused by either a faulty pressure
maintenance valve or a worn pump. A high reading
indicates a faulty pressure maintenance valve or, if thepump flow is low, the oil cooler may be blocked.
3 Stop engine, remove flow test adapters and refit filter.
Connect pressure gauge and flowmeter into converter
out line as shown at F. Run engine at 1000 rev/min with
transmission in Neutral and note Converter Out
Pressure and Oil Cooler Flow, which should be as
shown in Technical Data. A high pressure together with
low flow could be caused by a blocked oil cooler. (See
also check 7.)
4 With parking brake and footbrake firmly applied, selectForward and check flow reading, which should not fall
by more than 4.5 litres (1 UK gal; 1.2 US gal) per
minute. A low reading indicates a high leakage rate in
that particular clutch, which could be caused by worn
or broken piston seals or shaft sealing rings. Select
Reverse and repeat the test.
5 If the clutch leakage rate is high, the Clutch Pressures
may be checked by connecting the pressure gauge into
ports G and H and repeating test 4. A low reading (see
Technical Data) would confirm a high leakage rate in
the particular clutch selected.
6 Stop engine, connect the pressure gauge into port J in
the transmission, and fit a load valve L into the
converter out line (see note).
Note: Make sure that the load valve L has been screwedfully out before starting the engine, otherwise the converter
seals will be damaged.
Start engine, run at 1000 rev/min and slowly screw
down the load valve whilst observing the gauge
reading, which should rise to the setting of theConverter Relief (Safety) Valve (see Technical Data).
DO NOT allow the pressure to exceed 10.3 bar (150
lbf/in2 ) or damage to the converter seals will be caused.
If the reading is higher than specified, the relief (safety)
valve must be faulty. A low reading indicates a faultyrelief (safety) valve, leaking converter 'piston ring' type
seal or leaking pump seal.
7 Stop engine and connect pressure gauge and
flowmeter into return line from oil cooler to transmissionas shown at K . Start engine, and with transmission in
Neutral check flowmeter reading, which will show the
Cooler Flow Rate (see Technical Data). The pressure
gauge will show the Lubrication Pressure (seeTechnical Data). Low flow and pressure readings could
indicate a blocked oil cooler.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
67 - 2
Issue 2*
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 618/700
1 Wind the PTFE piston ring seal around your finger as
shown, so that the seal forms a 'coil'.
2 Smear the seal with grease and then fit the seal to the
shaft.
Make sure that the seal sits below or flush with the
outer diameter of the shaft. If necessary, use finger
pressure as shown to make the seal flush with the shaft.
CAUTION: If the seal is not set below or flush with the outer
diameter of the shaft, then the seal will 'cut' when the shaft is
fitted to its mating component.
68 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
68 - 1
Issue 1
Synchro Shuttle Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 619/700
81 - 1
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
81 - 1
Issue 1
Powershift Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 620/700
81 - 2
Removal and Replacement
Park the machine on firm level ground.
!WARNING
A raised and badly supported mach ine can fal l on you.
Position the machine on a firm, level surface. Before
raising one end ensure the other end is securely
chocked. Do not rely solely on the machine hydraulics or
jacks to support the machine when working under it .
Disconnect the battery, to prevent the engine being
started while you are beneath the machine.GEN 1-1
Removal
1 Rest the bucket on the ground and raise the stabiliserlegs sufficiently to allow room for the transmission to be
pulled clear. Block/support the machine.
2 Drain the transmission system, see page 3/8-2.
3 Remove the engine bonnet, see page B/1-1.
4 Remove the engine fan retaining bolts P (4 off) and
remove the fan, see note 1.
Note 1: At a later stage the transmission is tilted to give
access to retaining bolts, if the fan is not removed at this
stage it will foul.
5 Remove rear axle drive shaft bolts E.
6 Remove 4WD shaft bolts F (use tool 892/00822).
7 Disengage the parking brake clevis at the parking brake
caliper and remove outer cable retaining circlip as
shown at C.
8 Remove the transmission dipstick tube and filter,
shown at M.
9 Remove the access bung/plate at the bottom of the
flywheel housing. Through the access hole, loosen and
remove the torque convertor to engine flywheel
retaining bolts Q.
10 Support the transmission with a trolley jack attachment
as shown at H (see Section 1, Tools), refer to note 2.
Note 2: The Powershift weight distribution is unbalanced. It
is very important that the transmission is securely supported
before attempting to complete the removal procedure. Thetrolley jack attachment prevents the transmission from
moving side to side AND front to back when being removed.
12 Using the trolley jack, lower the transmission and
engine to gain access to the top flywheel housing to
engine block retaining bolts J - do not remove bolts at
this stage.
13 Disconnect the transmission oil cooler at the
transmission unit, shown at B and N.
14 Disconnect the transmission solenoid valve flying lead
connectors A. Label the connectors for identification
when refitting.
15 Put a support under the engine as shown at G to
prevent it from dropping when the transmission is
removed.
16 Remove the flywheel housing to engine bolts J.
17 Manoeuvre the transmission with the torque convertor
clear of the engine housing.
18 Lower the trolley jack and pull the transmission and
torque convertor clear of the machine.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal procedure.
The solenoids should have been labelled before removing
connecters, however page F/91-1 identifies the solenoidsand the correct electrical connections.
Set the parking brake cable as described on page 3/15-1. If
the parking brake caliper has been removed reset central to
the parking brake disc, see page G/20 - 2.
Set the torque converter as described on page F/66 - 1.
Fill the transmission with the specified amount of JCB
Special Transmission Fluid (see page 3/1-1 for capacity).
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
E 118 12 87
F 79 8 58
J 98 10 72
K 237 24 175
P 44 4.5 33
Q 19 2 14
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
81 - 2
Issue 1
Powershift Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 621/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 622/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 623/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 624/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 625/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 626/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 627/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 628/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 629/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 630/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 631/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 632/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 633/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 634/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 635/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 636/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 637/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 638/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 639/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 640/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 641/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 642/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 643/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 644/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 645/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 646/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 647/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 648/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 649/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 650/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 651/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 652/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 653/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 654/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 655/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 656/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 657/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 658/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 659/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 660/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 661/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 662/700
88 - 1
Hydraulic 2/4 Wheel Drive Unit
Dismantling and Assembly
The Powershift 2/4 wheel drive unit dismantling and
assembly procedures are the same as for the Syncro Shuttletransmission 2/4 wheel drive units (later type), described on
pages F/65-11 to F/65-13, or (from M/C No. 415012) of the
'Pressure-ON/Spring-OFF' type, described on pages F/65-
14 to F/65-15.
Note that the Powershift 2/4 wheel drive clutch assembly isthe latest type, that is the new type of clutch has no middle
spacer, therefor the actuating sleeve is 12.2 mm (0.480
inches) longer. This arrangement simplifies the clutch pack
setting procedure.
Torque Converter
Removal and Replacement
The Powershift torque converter removal and replacement
procedures are the same as for the Syncro Shuttle
transmission, described on page F/66-1.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
88 - 1
Issue 2*
Powershift Transmission
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 663/700
91 - 1
Torque Converter Stall Test
Note: DO NOT stall the converter for longer than 10 seconds
or the transmission fluid will overheat. Make sure that the oillevel is correct and at normal operating temperature.
Before completing the following test, remove the
transmission dipstick. If there is any sign of smoke emitting
from the dipstick tube STOP THE TEST IMMEDIATELY and
dismantle the transmission for servicing.
1 Ensure that the engine and transmission are at normal
working temperature. Run engine at maximum speed
and check the No Load Speed (High Idle Speed -
U.S.A). See Engine Technical Data for correct figure;
adjust if necessary.
2 Apply parking brake and footbrake firmly. If necessary,
set the machine against a fixed obstruction.
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fully
engaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects the
transmission drive; this prevents the machine from being
driven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we can
complete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold thelever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake will
not be fully operational. Alternatively, disconnect the switch
at the park brake.
3 Select 2nd speed forward drive and open throttle fully.
Record the engine speed from the tachometer. Repeatthe test for 3rd speed forward and record the reading.
4 Repeat step 3 except this time select 2nd and 3rd gear
reverse drive respectively. Record the readings.
Note: Using 2nd and 3rd gears in forward and reverse drive
will ensure that ALL clutches are energised during the test.
5 All recorded readings should be as specified at Torque
Converter Stall in Transmission Technical Data, pages
F/1-8 to F/1-9.
If engine speeds are below the stated figures either the
engine is losing power and should be serviced/overhauled or
the torque converter reaction member clutch is slipping. To
check the engine, select Neutral, open throttle fully and
operate an excavator service to 'blow off' the main relief
valve. Engine speed should fall to slightly above theMaximum Governed Speed (see Engine Technical Data). If
engine speed is correct the torque converter reaction
member clutch is slipping.
If engine speeds are higher than the stated figures check the
transmission for clutch slippage or internal leakage. Toisolate a suspect clutch, tabulate the recorded readings as
shown in the example below:
Gear Direction Mainshaft or RPM
Select Clutch Layshaft Clutch
2nd Forward High Layshaft 20603rd Forward Low Mainshaft 1990
2nd Reverse High Layshaft 19853rd Reverse Low Mainshaft 1980
In the example shown, we can see that the engine speed is
abnormally high when 2nd speed forward drive is selected,indicating a slipping clutch.
From the table we can see that the layshaft clutch is working
normally (2nd speed reverse drive indicates 1985 rev/min).Therefore it follows that the suspect clutch is the forward
high. Assuming all other possible faults have been
eliminated (see Powershift fault finding) this clutch would be
dismantled for servicing.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 1
Issue 2
Powershift Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 664/700
91 - 2
Testing For Clutch Leakage
!WARNINGDO NOT go underneath the machine with the engine
running. Switch off the engine, apply the parking brake
and chock both sides of all wheels before goingunderneath the machine.Trans 2-1
Solenoid Identification
When testing individual clutch pressures (see page F/91-3),
it is necessary to isolate the clutch being tested. So for
instance, to check the layshaft clutch we could select 1st
gear forward - this would energise the layshaft and forward
low clutches. Because we only want to check the layshaft
clutch pressure and not the forward low clutch pressure,remove the electrical connector to the forward low clutch
BEFORE selecting 1st gear.
Use the table below to determine which solenoid electricalconnectors should be removed when pressure testing
individual clutches.
Gear Clutches Engaged (Solenoids Engaged)
Selected
1st Forward Forward Low & Layshaft (solenoids 2 & 4 )
2nd Forward Forward High & Layshaft (solenoids 1 & 4 )3rd Forward Forward Low & Mainshaft (solenoids 2 & 3)
4th Forward Forward High & Mainshaft (solenoids 1 & 3)
1st Reverse Reverse Low & Layshaft (solenoids 5 & 4 )
2nd Reverse Reverse High & Layshaft (solenoids 6 & 4 )
3rd Reverse Reverse Low & Mainshaft (solenoids 5 & 3)4th Reverse Reverse High & Mainshaft (solenoids 6 & 3)
Isolating a Suspect Clutch
1 Stop engine, connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 ) pressure
gauge to test connector A (mainline pressure test
point).
2 Make sure that both sides of all four wheels arechocked. Apply the footbrake and parking brake.
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fullyengaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects the
transmission drive; this prevents the machine from being
driven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we cancomplete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold the
lever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake will
not be fully operational. Alternatively, disconnect the switch
at the park brake.
3 Start engine and run at 1000 rev/min, engage 1st gear
forward. Record the pressure reading. Repeat the test
for all gear ratios in forward drive and record the
pressure readings as shown in the example below:
Example Only
Gear Ratio Mainshaft or bar lbf/in2
Select Clutch Layshaft Clutch
1st Forward Low Layshaft 9.65 140
2nd Forward High Layshaft 8.62 125
3rd Forward Low Mainshaft 9.65 140
4th Forward High Mainshaft 8.62 125
Readings should not vary between clutches by more than
0.7 bar (10 lbf/in2 ). In the example shown, we can see that
pressure is low when 2nd and 4th gear forward is selected,
indicating clutch leakage.
From the table we can see that the forward high clutch is
used for selection of both 2nd and 4th gear forward. Weknow from the table that the mainshaft and layshaft clutches
are working normally (1st and 3rd gear selection show
normal operating pressure). So we can assume that the
forward high clutch is leaking.
We can now confirm the forward high clutch is leaking by
completing an 'Individual Clutch Leakage Test', see next
page.
Note: Repeat above test using reverse ratios if necessary.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 2
Issue 2
Powershift Transmission
1 3 57
24 6
S247710
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 665/700
91 - 3
Testing For Clutch Leakage
Individual Clutch Leakage Test
In the following procedures the forward high clutch is tested,
therefore in step 2 a pressure gauge is connected to theforward high clutch test point.
When testing other suspect clutches connect a gauge to the
relevant suspect clutch test point. See page F/91-4 for theposition of individual clutch pressure test points. Because
the forward high clutch is suspect, a gear must be selected
that will use the forward high clutch, in this instance 2nd
gear forward.
1 Stop engine, connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 ) pressuregauge to test connector A , (mainline pressure test
point), see page F/91-4 .
2 Connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge totest connector G (forward high ratio clutch test point),
see page F/91-4 .
3 Remove the layshaft clutch solenoid feed connector 4,
this ensures that only the forward high clutch is
energised when 2nd gear forward is selected.
Note: See page F/91-2 for identification and position ofsolenoid feed connectors when testing other suspect
clutches.
4 Make sure that both sides of all four wheels are
chocked. Apply the footbrake and parking brake.
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fully
engaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects the
transmission drive; this prevents the machine from being
driven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we can
complete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold thelever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake will
not be fully operational. Alternatively, disconnect the switch
at the park brake.
5 Start engine and run at 1000 rev/min, select 2nd gearforward. Note the pressure readings on both gauges,
which should not vary by more than 0.7 bar (10 lbf/in 2 ).
If the difference on the gauges is greater than 0.7 bar
(10 lbf/in2 ) do the following:
a Stop the engine and interchange the gauges.
b Start the engine and run at 1000 rev/min, select
2nd gear forward. If the difference on the gauges is
still greater than 0.7 bar (10 lbf/in2 ) dismantle the
forward high clutch for servicing.
c If after interchanging the gauges, the readings are
different than at step 5, have the gauges calibrated
and repeat the testing procedure.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 3
Issue 2
Powershift Transmission
G
S247710
A
4
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 666/700
91 - 4
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 4
Issue 2
Powershift Transmission
S144482
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 667/700
91 - 5
Pressure and Flow Testing
Before completing any of the transmission pressure/flow
tests, make sure that the oil level is correct and at normaloperating temperature.
All gauges etc used in the following pressure/flow tests are
shown in Section 1.
!WARNINGFine jets of hydraulic oil at high pressure can penetrate
the skin. Do not use your fingers to check for hydraulic
oil leaks. Do not put your face close to suspected leaks.
Hold a piece of cardboard close to suspected leaks and
then inspect the cardboard for signs of hydraulic oil. If
hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, get medical help
immediately.HYD 1-1
!WARNINGTake care when disconnecting hydraulic hoses and
fittings as the oil will be HOT.Trans 1-2
!WARNINGDO NOT go underneath the machine with the engine
running. Switch off the engine, apply the parking brake
and chock both sides of all wheels before going
underneath the machine.Trans 2-1
!WARNING
Powershift transmission is in 4 wheel drive until de-selected by hydraulic pressure to 2 wheel drive. If the
machine is to be raised, make sure all four wheels are
off the ground. If only the rear wheels are raised, the
machine could still drive through the front axle.
TEST POINTS
A - Mainline pressure
B - Converter inlet/converter relief valve pressure
C - Converter outlet pressure
D - Mainshaft clutch pressure
E - Layshaft clutch pressureF - Pump flow (remove filter and fit adapters)
G - Forward high ratio clutch pressure
H - Forward low ratio clutch pressure
J - Lubrication pressure
K - Cooler flow (flowmeter in line from cooler to
transmission)
L - Reverse high ratio clutch pressure
M- Reverse low ratio clutch pressure
N - 2/4 wheel drive clutch pressure
P - Load Valve
Pump Flow
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Stop engine, remove transmission filter, and screwadapter X (892/00304) on to the threaded spigot. Fit
test adapter Y (892/00301) and secure with adapter Z
(892/00302). Connect flowmeter W (892/00229).
2 Start engine and run at 1000 rev/min. With the
transmission in neutral the flowmeter will show the
Pump Flow which should be as shown in Technical
Data, page F/1-7. A low reading indicates a worn pump
or blocked suction strainer.
3 Repeat step 2 and note gauge readings with engine
running at 2000 rev/min.
4 Stop engine and remove test adapters, refit filter.
Mainline Pressure
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Stop engine, connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 ) pressure
gauge to test connector A .
2 Start engine and run at 1000 rev/min. With the
transmission in neutral the pressure gauge will show
the Main Line Pressure which should be as shown in
Technical Data, page F/1-7. A low reading can be
caused by either a faulty pressure maintenance valve or
a worn pump. A high or low reading may indicate afaulty pressure maintenance valve.
3 Repeat step 2 and note gauge readings with engine
running at 2000 rev/min.
4 Stop engine and remove test gauge.
Converter Out Pressure/Oil Cooler Flow Rate
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Stop engine, connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2 ) pressuregauge and flowmeter into the converter out line as
shown at C and K respectively.
2 Run the engine at 1000 rev/min with transmission in
neutral. The pressure gauge indicates the Converter
Out Pressure and the flowmeter indicates the Oil
Cooler Flow Rate, both readings should be as
specified in Technical Data, pages F/1-6 & F/1-7. A
high pressure together with low flow could be caused
by a blocked oil cooler.
3 Repeat step 2 and note gauge readings with engine
running at 2000 rev/min.
4 Stop engine, remove test gauges and refit hoses tooriginal position.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 5
Issue 2
Powershift Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 668/700
91 - 6
Pressure and Flow Testing (cont'd)
Converter In Pressure
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Stop engine, connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2
) pressuregauge to test point B.
2 Start the engine and run at 1000 rev/min. With the
transmission in neutral the pressure gauge will showConverter In Pressure which should be as shown in
Technical Data, page F/1-6. A high or low reading could
indicate a faulty converter relief valve.
3 Remove pressure test gauge.
Converter Relief (Safety) Valve Pressure
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Connect a 0-20 bar (0-300 lbf/in2) pressure gauge to
test point B.
2 Fit a load valve P into the converter out line.
CAUTION: Make sure the load valve is in the OPEN
position(the adjusting knob screwed fully out) before starting
the following pressure test. If the load valve is not fully open,damage to the converter seals will be incurred.
CAUTION: DO NOT allow the pressure to exceed 10.3
bar(150 lbf/in2 ) or damage to the converter seals will be
caused.
2 Start the engine and run at 1000 rev/min. With the
transmission in neutral, slowly screw down the load
valve P whilst observing the gauge reading which
should rise to the Converter Relief (Safety) Valve
setting as specified in Technical Data, page F/1-6.
3 If the reading is higher than specified then the converter
relief valve is faulty. A low reading indicates a leaking
pump seal or a faulty converter relief valve.
4 Stop engine, remove test gauges and refit hoses to
original position.
Lubrication Pressure
Refer to the illustration on page F/91-4
1 Stop engine, connect a suitable pressure gauge intothe return line from the oil cooler to the transmission as
shown at J.
2 Start the engine and run at 1000 rev/min. With the
transmission in neutral the pressure gauge will indicate
the Lubrication Pressure which should be as specifiedin Technical Data, page F/1-6.
3 Repeat step 2 and note gauge readings with enginerunning at 2000 rev/min.
4 Stop engine and remove pressure gauge.
Section F Transmission
9803/3260
Section F
91 - 6
Issue 1
Powershift Transmission
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 669/700
i
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
i
Issue 2*
Contents Page No.
Technical Data 1 - 1
Descriptions
Compensating Master Cylinder- Pedals Locked - Normal Operation 2 - 1
- Pedals Locked - Compensating Operation 2 - 3
- Pedals Unlocked - Normal Operation 2 - 5
Fault Finding
- Brake System 5 - 1
- Brake Piston Seal Leakage Test 5 - 4
Brake System
- Bleeding 11 - 1
Parking Brake Caliper (machines up to serial number 441101- Dismantling and Assembly 20 - 1
- Setting Procedure 21 - 1
Parking Brake Caliper (machines from serial number 441102)
- Adjusting the Parking Brake 22 - 1
- Testing the Parking Brake 22 - 1
- Adjusting the Brake Pads 22 - 2
- Adjusting the Cable Slack 22 - 2
- Renewing the Brake Pads 22 - 3
- Dismantling and Assembly 22 - 4
Service Brakes
- Dismantling and Assembly Refer to page F/43 - 1
Master Cylinder and Servo Unit
- Removal and Replacement 30 - 1
- Dismantling and Assembly 31 - 1
*
*******
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 670/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 671/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 672/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 673/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 674/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 675/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 676/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 677/700
5 - 1
FAULT
A One or both brakes do not apply.
(Brake travel not excessive, brakes
not pulling to one side).
B Pedal travel excessive (but not
touching floor).
C Applying one brake (pedals
unlocked) also partially engages
the other brake.
D Pedal hard to operate.
E Pedals touch floor under constantpressure - no fluid loss.
F Pedals touch floor under constant
pressure - and fluid loss.
G Pulling to one side when pedals
locked together.
Brake System
Note: The brakes generate a high temperature when operating, this means that the casing will be hot to touch, this condition is
normal.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Master cylinder fault.
2 Friction/counter plate distortion.
1 Air in hydraulic system.
2 Leak in hydraulic system.
3 Friction/counter plate distortion.
1 Valve stem seal inside (non-active)
master cylinder piston not sealing.
1 Tightness at pedal pivot.
2 Fluid contamination/seal damage.
3 Misaligned push rod/pedal.
4 Kinked or crushed brake pipes.
Items 5 to 7 are for machines fitted
with servo assisted brakes only:
5 Vacuum failure due to low vacuum
at source.
6 Blocked/leaking vacuum pipe.
7 Servo defect.
1 Master cylinder fault.
2 Friction/counter plate distortion.
3 Air in hydraulic system.
1 External fluid leaks.
2 Internal fluid leaks.
1 Compensating feature not
working.
ACTION
1 Check master cylinder in single and
coupled pedal modes to identify fault
area, service as required.
2 Check friction/counter plates.
1 Check fluid reservoir level. Check for
fluid/air leaks, rectify as required.
2 Check for fluid loss at mastercylinder and brake piston, all pipes
and fittings for loose connections.
Rectify as required.
3 Renew friction/counter plates -
BOTH sides.
1 Renew master cylinder piston.
1 Inspect pedal pivot. Free-off/lubricate.
2 Flush system and renew all hydraulic
seals.
3 Check and rectify as required.
4 Check/renew brake pipework.
5 Inspect/service engine mounted
exhauster unit as required.
6 Check/renew vacuum pipe.
7 Renew servo unit.
1 Check master cylinder in single andcoupled pedal modes to identify fault
area, service as required.
2 Renew friction/counter plates -BOTH sides.
3 See item B.1.
1 Visually check brake circuit for fluid
loss, service as required.
2 See 'Brake Piston Seal Leakage
Test' on page G/5-4.
1 Inspect master cyl inder
compensating operation. Check ifblockage in bridging pipe. Service as
required.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
5 - 1
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 678/700
5 - 2
FAULT
G Pulling to one side when pedals
locked together (cont'd).
H Poor braking (not pulling to one
side).
J One or both brakes not releasing.
K Poor braking when hot.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
2 Braking system inoperative on
one side.
3 Friction plates worn beyond limits
or distorted on one side.
4 Badly adjusted push rods.
5 Annular piston fault (see item J6).
1 Friction plates worn beyond limits
or distorted on one side.
2 Master cylinder fault.
3 Annular piston fault (see item J6).
4 Incorrect/low axle oil.
5 Vacuum failure (machines fitted
with servo assisted brakes only).
1 Brake pedal spring fault.
2 Master cylinder fault (plunger
stuck in bore).
3 Blocked hole in master cylinder
reservoir cap.
4 Brake pedal free travel incorrect.
5 Fluid contamination/seal damage.
6 Annular brake piston(s) binding in
axle.
7 Kinked or crushed brake pipes.
8 Friction/counter plates not free on
splines and/or dowels.
1 Moisture in system vapourizing
when axle is hot.
ACTION
2 Unlatch pedals to test circuits
individually.
3 Renew frict ion/counter plates -
BOTH sides.
4 Adjust push rod (1mm minimum).
5 See item J6.
1 Renew frict ion/counter plates -
BOTH sides.
2 Check master cylinder in single and
coupled pedal modes to identify fault
area, service as required.
3 See item J6.
4 Fill axle with correct type of oil.
5 Inspect vacuum source/pipes,
service as required.
1 Fit a new spring.
2 Service as required.
3 Fit a new reservoir cap.
4 Adjust pedal free travel.
5 Flush system and renew hydraulicseals.
6.1 Check that correct brake fluid has
been used (incorrect fluid could swell
the annular brake piston seals).
6.2 Check if annular brake piston sealsin good condition.
6.3 Check that annular brake piston
rotates freely in its housing with no
seals fitted.6.4 Check that the annular brake piston
seal retracts the pistonapproximately 0.5mm (0.020 in).
7 Check and renew pipes as required.
8 Check friction/counter plates for free
movement, replace if required -BOTH sides.
1 Strip axle and clean annular piston to
remove moisture. Remove master
cylinders and check for corrosion,
service as required. Flush hydraulicbrake system.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
5 - 2
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
*
*
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 679/700
5 - 3
FAULT
L Excessive brake noise in operation.
Note: Due to the metal to metal contact
of oil immersed brakes, limited noise
can be heard which is consistent with
this type of design - this is normal.
M Fluid loss when machine standing,
for instance - overnight (see note).
Note: Confirm fault is as indicated by
checking that the pedals DO NOT touchfloor under constant pressure.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
1 Deterioration of axle oil or wrong
type of axle oil.
2 Axle oil loss.
3 Friction plates worn beyond limits.
4 Friction/counter plates in poor
condition.
1 Slight cut or nick in the brake
piston seal, see 'Brake Piston
Seal Leakage Test' page G/5-4.
ACTION
1 Change axle oil.
2 Refill axle with correct oil and check
for leaks.
3 Renew friction/counter plates.
4 Check for distort ion or surface
pitting and/or roughness of
friction/counter plates (annular
grooving of counter plates is
acceptable).
1 Strip axle, replace seal.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
5 - 3
Issue 2*
Fault Finding
*
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 680/700
5 - 4
Brake Piston Seal Leakage Test
The following procedure explains how to check if a brake
piston seal is severely damaged/perished or if the seal has asmall cut or nick. The test must only be done when the axle
is COLD.
!WARNINGBefore working on the brake system make sure the
machine is on level ground and chock all four wheels.BRAK 1-4
!WARNINGDo not drive the machine with any part of its brake
system disconnected. When the following test has been
completed reconnect all brake pipes and bleed the brake
system using the recommended procedure.BRAK 2-1
1 Remove and cap brake piston feed pipe A.
2 Fill the brake piston housing with JCB Light Hydraulic
Fluid.
3 Check for severe piston seal damage:
3.1 Install a hand pump (see note 1) fitted with a 0 - 40
bar (0 - 600lbf/in2 ) pressure gauge to port B, as
shown at X .
Note 1: The hand pump MUST be filled with JCB Light
Hydraulic Fluid. DO NOT exceed 69bar (1000lbf/in2 ).
3.2 Use the hand pump to generate a pressure in the
brake piston housing.
3.3 If the pressure falls off rapidly, or if no pressure
reading can be obtained, the seal is severely
damaged and needs replacing with a new one.
4 Check for small cuts or nicks in the piston seal:
4.1 Install an adapter fitted with a piece of clear
tube(approximately 122mm [48in.] long) to the
brake piston port B, as shown at Y (see note 2).
Note 2: The tube must be kept vertical during the test, use
tape to attach the tube to the side of the machine.
4.2 Fill the tube until approximately three quarters full
with JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid
4.3 Using a suitable pen, mark the level line of the
brake fluid on the tube, as shown at C.
4.4 After approximately 1/2 hour, check if the level has
dropped below the original marked line, if it has
then check the brake piston seal for slight nicks,cuts or generally for wear.
5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 for the opposite brake piston seal.
6 Reconnect all brake pipes and bleed the brake system
as recommended on page G/11-1.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
5 - 4
Issue 1
Fault Finding
S159830
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 681/700
11 - 1
Bleeding
!WARNINGBefore proceeding with the bleeding procedure it is
important to ensure that the parking brake is engagedand that one pair of wheels is blocked on both sides.BRAK 1-2
!WARNINGUse of incorrect fluid will cause serious damage to the
seals which could in turn cause brake failure.BRAK 1-1
Fill the master cylinder reservoir with the correct fluid (see
Lubricants, page 3/1-1), and ensure that throughout the
bleeding process the level is not allowed to fall below the
MINIMUM mark.
Unlatch the pedals, and bleed each brake separately asfollows:
Right Hand Master Cylinder
Attach a tube to the right hand brake bleed screw A ,
ensuring that the free end of the tube is immersed influid contained in a suitable container.
Open the brake bleed screw and apply full pedal
strokes of the right hand brake pedal until all air is
expelled.
Close the brake bleed screw with the pedal fully
depressed.
Left Hand Master Cylinder
Repeat procedure as for 'Right Hand Master Cylinder'but use left hand bleed screw and pedal.
Bridge Pipe
Attach a tube to either the left or right hand brake bleed
screw, ensuring that the free end of the tube is
immersed in fluid contained in a suitable container.
Make sure that the brake pedals are locked together.
Open the bleed screw and apply full pedal strokes ofthe brake pedals until all air is expelled.
Close the bleed screw with the pedals fully depressed.
Repeat the procedures as necessary.
Top up the reservoir to the full mark.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
11 - 1
Issue 1
Brake System
S107710
A
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 682/700
20 - 1
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
20 - 1
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 683/700
20 - 2
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown on the illustration is
intended as a guide to dismantling.
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Dismantling
To dismantle the parking brake caliper safely the tension inspring 10 must be released; apply and keep hand pressure
to item 13, remove items 3 and 4. Allow the spring to open
out to its full travel by slowly releasing the hand pressure on
item 13.
When Assembling
Renew pads if thickness of friction lining is less than 3mm
(0.125 in.).
Lightly grease all pivots and working surfaces, taking care to
avoid grease contacting the brake pads.
Fit shims A between the mounting bracket 2 and caliper
bracket 19 as necessary to align the parking brake caliper
assembly centreline to within ± 0.5mm (0.020 in.) of the
brake disc centreline.
Tighten nut 5 sufficiently to allow lever 7 to move freely with
minimum side clearance.
Apply JCB Lock & Seal to threads of bolts 1.
Set the caliper as described on page G/21 - 1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
1 118 12.0 87.0
17 6 0.6 4.4
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
20 - 2
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown in the illustration is intended
as a guide to dismantling.
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 684/700
21 - 1
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
21 - 1
Issue 2
Parking Brake Caliper
S152691
X
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 685/700
21 - 2
Setting Procedure
If the parking brake caliper assembly has been dismantled
or the brake pads renewed, then the caliper must be set asfollows:
!WARNINGBefore adjusting the parking brake, make sure that the
machine is on level ground. Put chocks each side of all
four wheels. Disconnect the battery so that the engine
cannot be started. If you do not take these precautions
the machine could run over you.BRAK - 008
1 Make sure that the caliper assembly is set central to the
parking brake disc (within ± 0.5 mm, ± 0.020 in), seepage G/20 - 2.
2 Disengage the parking brake (lever horizontal). Turn
handle grip A to bring pin B central to the slot.
3 Set the cable length:
i Disconnect clevis E from the caliper lever by
removing dowel pin G.
ii Set the caliper lever to 235 mm (9 1/4 in) from face
C by adjusting the cable length at adjusting nut D.Refit clevis E and torque tighten D to 27Nm (20 lbf
ft) after adjustment is achieved.
4 Set the caliper lever:
i Disconnect clevis E from the caliper lever byremoving dowel pin G.
ii Set the caliper lever to 225 mm (8 7/8 in) from face
C (or until the pads just touch the brake disc) by
adjusting nut F.
Note: Setting the 225 mm figure will ensure that correct
lever effort is applied to the parking brake handle
iii Refit clevis E to the caliper lever using dowel G.
5 Make sure that the parking brake switch (item X ) is
correctly adjusted, refer to Section C, 'ParkbrakeSwitch Adjustment'.
6 Test the parking brake:
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fully
engaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects thetransmission drive; this prevents the machine from being
driven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we can
complete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold the
lever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake willnot be fully operational.
i Make sure the parking brake is fully engaged (lever
vertical - also see note above). Select 2 wheel driveand third gear.
ii Make sure the brake pedals are locked together,
push down hard on the brake pedals and select
forward drive.
!WARNINGIf the machine starts to move during the following test,
immediately apply the foot brakes and reduce the engine
speed.2-2-5-1
iii Slowly release the brake pedals, if the machine has
not moved use the accelerator to graduallyincrease the engine speed to 1500 RPM - the
machine should not move. DO NOT test for longer
than 20 seconds.
iv If the machine moved inspect the caliper/pads,
reset as described above.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
21 - 2
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 686/700
22 - 1
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
22 - 1
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
(machines from serial number 441102)
Adjusting the Parking Brake
1 Disengage the parking brake (lever horizontal)
2 Turn adjuster A clockwise, half a turn.
3 Test the parking brake. See Testing the Parking
Brake.
4 If the brake fails the test, repeat steps 1 to 3.
Note: If after completing the above steps, the parking brake
does not pass the testing procedure. See Adjusting the
Brake Pads.
Testing the Parking Brake
Note: On machines from serial number 413772, when fully
engaged, the parking brake electrically disconnects the
transmission drive; this prevents the machine from beingdriven with the parkbrake on. Therefore, so that we can
complete the test, move the parkbrake lever fractionally
forward until the warning light is just extinguished; hold the
lever in this position for the duration of the test. DO NOT
move the lever too far forward, otherwise the parkbrake willnot be fully operational.
1 Make sure the parking brake is fully engaged (lever
vertical - also see note above). Select 2 wheel drive and
third gear.
2 Make sure the brake pedals are locked together, push
down hard on the brake pedals and select forward
drive.
!WARNINGIf the machine starts to move during the following test,
immediately apply the foot brakes and reduce the engine
speed.2-2-5-1
3 Slowly release the brake pedals, if the machine has not
moved use the accelerator to gradually increase theengine speed to 1500 RPM - the machine should not
move. DO NOT test for longer than 20 seconds.
4 If the machine moved inspect the caliper/pads, reset as
required.
A
S196790
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 687/700
22 - 2
Adjusting the Brake Pads
1 Turn adjuster A to return pin B to the bottom of the slot.
2 Check the pads just touch the disc when the parkingbrake is disengaged (lever horizontal).
3 If necessary, adjust the pad position by turning nut C
until the disc is clamped then back off nut C until the
pads have a clearance of 0.5 mm (0.020 in) between
the disc and one pad.
4 Engage the parking brake 3 times and repeat step 2.
Adjusting the Cable Slack
1 Loosen locknut E and remove pin G (at either end of
the cable).
2 Screw in the clevis F only enough to remove the cableslack.
3 Refit pin G and tighten locknut E to 27 Nm (19.9 lbf ft).
4 Test the parking brake, see Testing the Parking
Brake.
5 If the brake fails the test, repeat steps 1 to 4.
Note: The cable end must not contact lever H.
Note: If the brake cannot be adjusted by adjusting the padsand the cable slack, the cable must be replaced.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
22 - 2
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
(machines from serial number 441102)
Note: Illustration shows typical caliper installation.
A
S196790
B
C
G
H
FE
S210850
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 688/700
22 - 3
Renewing the Brake Pads
Renew pads when thickness of friction material is 3mm
(0.125 in).
1 Back the pads away from the disc by removing nut A.
Retain washer B.
2 Loosen nuts C enough to lift spring lugs clear of items
D and E.
3 Remove nuts F. Remove the old pads
4 Fit the new pads and tighten nuts F to 6 Nm (4.4 lbf in).
5 Reseat spring lugs and tighten nuts C.
6 Refit washer B and nut A .
7 Adjust the pads. See Adjusting the Brake Pads.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
22 - 3
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
(machines from serial number 441102)
A
B
C
E
D
F
F
S210860
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 689/700
22 - 4
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
22 - 4
Issue 1
Parking Brake Caliper
(machines from serial number 441102)
S210860
For assembly the sequence should be reversed.
When Assembling
Lightly grease all pivots and working surfaces, taking care toavoid grease contacting the brake pads.
Fit shims 2 to align the parking brake caliper centreline to
within ±0.5 mm (0.020 in) of the brake disc centreline.
Tighten nut 6 sufficiently to allow lever 8 to move freely with
minimum side clearance.
Dismantling and Assembly
The numerical sequence shown in the illustration is intended
as a guide to dismantling.
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
!
@
£
$%
^
^
&
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 690/700
30 - 1
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
30 - 1
Issue 1
Master Cylinder and Servo Unit
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 691/700
30 - 2
Removal and Replacement
!WARNINGBefore working on the brake system make sure the
machine is on level ground and chock all four wheels.BRAK 1-4
Removal
1 Lift away cab floor mat from base of front controlconsoles.
2 Remove bolts A and take off the steering pedestal
cover B.
3 Remove the left hand side console. If necessary, labeland disconnect electrical wires to the switches and
radio (if fitted).
4 Loosen and remove brake pipe unions C, plug and capto prevent loss of fluid and ingress of dirt.
5 Remove the brake pipes from the master cylinders:
5.1 Remove the engine cover, see page B/1-1.
5.2 Remove the battery.
5.3 Working from access hole K loosen and remove
the master cylinders bridging pipe D, axle feed
pipes E and reservoir supply pipes H.
6 Remove the brake pedals clevis F and disengage the
brake pedal from the servo unit (both pedals).
7 Loosen and remove the servo unit retaining nuts G
(both units).
8 Remove the left and right hand master cylinder and
servo units.
Replacement
Replacement is a reversal of the removal sequence.
!WARNINGUse of incorrect fluid will cause serious damage to the
seals which could in turn cause brake failure.BRAK 1-1
Fill the brake system with JCB Light Hydraulic Fluid, bleed
the system as described on page G/11 - 1 and set the
pedals (see below).
Set the Pedals
1 Unlatch pedals and ensure that pedal pads are level
with each other and fully back against their stops.
2 Adjust pedal linkages for free movement to give 1 mm
(0.040 in) on each pushrod.
3 With pedals still unlatched, apply an equal force to
each pedal and check if pedals remain level. If
necessary adjust by increasing the clearance on one of
the pushrods. Do not decrease either clearance below
1 mm (0.040 in).
4 Latch pedals and check for straight line braking; if
satisfactory straight line braking cannot be achieved
refer to fault finding, page G/5 - 1.
Torque Settings
Item Nm kgf m lbf ft
H 30-34 3.0-3.5 22-25
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
30 - 2
Issue 2*
Master Cylinder and Servo Unit
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 692/700
31 - 1
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
31 - 1
Issue 1
Master Cylinder and Servo Unit
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 693/700
31 - 2
Dismantling and Assembly
The servo unit (not shown) is a non serviceable part. Replace
a faulty servo unit with a new one
When Dismantling
Remove circlip 1 and washer 2. Shake the cylinder, or use
compressed air, to eject piston assembly 3.
Examine the working surfaces of piston and cylinder. If these
are not in perfect condition the master cylinder assembly
must be renewed.
Only seals and 'O' rings are serviceable. Replace a faulty
master cylinder and piston assembly with new ones.
When Assembling
!WARNING
Use of incorrect fluid will cause serious damage to the
seals which could in turn cause brake failure.BRAK 1-1
Clean and lubricate all components, including new seals,
with JCB Special Hydraulic Fluid. DO NOT USE
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE FLUID OR SERIOUS DAMAGE
WILL BE CAUSED.
Take care not to damage the machined faces of piston 3
when assembling new seal 5, which must be located as
shown at A.
Section G Brakes
9803/3260
Section G
31 - 2
Issue 1
Master Cylinder and Servo Unit
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 694/700
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 695/700
i
Section K Engine
9803/3260
Section K
i
Issue 4*
Contents Page No.
Technical Data 1 - 1
Exhaust System
Silencer Replacement 10 - 2
Engine
Removel & Replacement 15 - 1
*
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 696/700
1 - 1
Section K Engine
9803/3260
Section K
1 - 1
Issue 3
Technical Data
Type Perkins 1000 Series 4 cylinder Engines
AB - turbocharged, AA - Naturally AspiratedBore (nominal) 100mm (3.937 in)
Stroke 127mm (5.000 in)Swept Volume 4 litres (243 in3)
Compression Ratio Turbocharged 16.0:1, Naturally Aspirated 16.5:1
Compression Pressure 28 bar (400 lbf/in2 )
[maximum variation between cylinders 3.5 bar (50 lbf/in2)]Injection Sequence 1,3,4,2
Valve Clearance - Cold - Inlet 0.20mm (0.008 in)
- Exhaust 0.45mm (0.018 in)
Oil Pressure (hot) at maximum speed - AA 2.1 bar (30 lbf/in2)
- AB 2.6 bar (40 lbf/in2)
Maximum Air Cleaner Restriction 559mm (22 in H2O)
Fuel System
Injection System Details
Engine Injection Pump Injectors
Model Type BHP Code Static Timing Code Working/Setting
Pressures
All Wheel Steer Machines
AB50364 Turbocharged 96 CM78L/1100/1/2420 15.5° BTDC JG 230 atm
2 Wheel Steer Machines
AA50386 Naturally Aspirated 76 DM55L/1000/1/2420 16.5° BTDC HZ 220 atm
AB50388 Turbocharged 90 GM64L/1000/2/2420 23.0° BTDC JK 220 atm
AB50389 Turbocharged 96 CM78L/1100/1/2420 15.5° BTDC JG 230 atm
Idling Speed - All builds 750 rev/min
Maximum Governed Speed - All builds 2200 rev/min
Maximum No-load Speed (High Idle) - All builds 2320 - 2420 rev/min
Cooling System
Coolant Pressure 0.48 bar (7 lbf/in2)Coolant Temperature (Normal) 80-85 °C (176-185 °F)
Temperature Warning Light operates at: 98 °C (208 °F)
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 697/700
10 - 1
Section K Engine
9803/3260
Section K
10 - 1
Issue 1*
Exhaust System
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 698/700
10 - 2
Silencer Replacement
Naturally Aspirated Engines
Machines with serial numbers from 400030 onwards are
fitted from new with the latest type of silencer. Machineswith earlier serial numbers were fitted from new with a now
obsolete type of silencer. This should be replaced by one of
the latest type in event of failure.
To ensure that no unecessary mechanical stress are
imposed, adopt the following procedure when fitting a new
silencer:
1 When carrying out this preliminary installation all fixings
should be finger tightened only.
Using bolt/spring washer/plain washer A , attach
support bracket B to th engine. Mount the silencer
assembly C to the support bracket (usingscrews/washers D and backing strip E ) and the engine
exhaust manifold (using nuts/washers F ).
2 Once the silencer is loosely installed, tighten screw D to a
torque of 28 Nm (20.7 lbf ft). Then tighten nuts F to a
torque of 56 Nm (41.3 lbf ft). Finally tighten bolts A to a
torque of 56 Nm (41.3 lbf ft).
3 Clamp the exhaust pipe to the silencer outlet.
Turo Charged Engines
Machines from serial numbers 400841 onwards are fitted
with the latest typ of silencer. The latest type G differs fromits predecessor by the addition of welded strengthening
plates H on the lower tube and h introduction of a new
support bracket J.
In the event o failure, the latest type o silencer should be
fitted to all machines, including those previously fitted withthe earlir type.
Section K Engine
9803/3260
Section K
10 - 2
Issue 1
Exhaust System
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 699/700
15 - 1
Section K Engine
803/3260
Section K
15 - 1
Issue 1
Removal & Replacement
S24400
A B
C
D
E
FG
H
JKL
M
N
P
Q Q
R
S
8/10/2019 Manual de servicio - JCB - 214SS - 4x4x4.pdf
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/manual-de-servicio-jcb-214ss-4x4x4pdf 700/700
15 - 2
Engine Removal and Replacement
The following procedures describe the removal and
replacement of an engine when installed in a two wheel
steer machine (3CX, 214). On four wheel steer machines the
hydraulic pump is mounted to the side of the engine.
When Removing
1 Park the machine on firm level ground, engage the
parking brake and set the transmission to neutral.
Chock the road wheels.
2 Raise the loader arms and fit the loader arm safety
strut.
Note: In the event of engine failure, the loader arms will have
to be raised using suitable lifting equipment. Make sure that
the loader control lever is in the ‘raise arms’ position before
manually lifting the loader arms.
3 Remove the engine side panels
4 Remove the engine cover (including the exhaust stack,and pre-cleaner).
5 Disconnect and remove the battery. When
disconnecting the battery, take off the earth (black) lead
first.
6 Remove retaining bolts and then lift off the front grille.
7 Remove retaining bolts A and B (both sides) and lift off
the front nose guard.
8 Disconnect the hydraulic oil cooler hoses C from thehydraulic oil cooler. Plug and cap open orifices to
prevent ingress of dirt.
9 Drain the cooling system.
0 Remove the transmission oil cooler hoses D and E.
11 Remove the radiator top hose and bottom hose.
12 Remove the coolant bottle pipe.
13 Make a suitable alignment mark to allow correctrepositioning of the radiator shroud, as shown at F.
14 If an engine fan guard is fitted, remove retaining bolts
and lift off the guard.
15 Remove retaining bolts G (both sides) and lift off theradiator sub-assembly including radiator, hydraulic
cooler, and shroud. Take care not to damage the
17 Loosen and remove the exhaust silencer retaining bolts,
remove the silencer.
18 Loosen and remove the retaining clamp for the heaterhose. Remove the hose.
19 Loosen and remove the retaining clamp for the air filter
intake hose.
20 Loosen and remove the brake master cylinder reservoir
retaining bolts. Do not remove the pipes attached to the
master cylinder reservoir but put the reservoir out of theway. Make sure that the fluid level does not drain down.
21 Loosen and remove the battery carrier retaining bolts
and lift off the carrier with the air filter assembly. Use
tape to close the opening in the air intake manifold, this
will prevent ingress of dirt.
22 Label and remove all electrical connections, the number
of connectors will vary depending on the ancillary
equipment fitted to the engine. Typical electrical
connectors are:
i) starter motorii) alternator
iii) coolant pressure switch
iv) coolant temperature sender
v) engine oil pressure switch
vi) engine temperature sender
vii) engine shut off solenoid
viii) ether cold start (if fitted)ix) air conditioning compressor (if fitted)
23 If air conditioning is fitted:
23.1 Remove the belt from the clutch of the airconditioning compressor.
23.2 Disconnect the high and low pressure electrical
connectors at the compressor.
23.3 Loosen and remove the air conditioningcompressor retaining bolts.
Note: The air conditioning is a pressurised closed loopsystem, do not disconnect the hoses to the compressor.
Leave the hoses to the compressor intact.
23.4 Put the air conditioning compressor out of the
way (do not allow the compressor to ‘hang’ on
its hoses).
24 Loosen and disconnect the fuel lines J from the fuel
sedimenter Plug and cap open orifices to prevent
Section K Engine Section K
15 - 2Removal & Replacement